Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia"

See other formats 


lees § iad Ah 
i BUT eat 


3 
fh 


tte 


~ 9 4 gears (8 
Sra tevrngs <oirogroereres 


Piredhend’ Wateee hates als py heey tes 
Pee >. Noes epesedishacesrears ana 
. =e +m x 

Dansk by todos 
* 
ioe Petr rte fo Serer 
ame eee ee eS 


st CM as 
bea 


Sobtectitettpet ti 
a #08 F 51 to pl 


Chae 


ss 


a! 
Pen: 
Os el g 


anpts 


re 


ee 
eer ae 


- 
- 


ee 


ehe33t3 


os 


fh 


ae 


Stele & 


4 


Dia 


sett, Saleteaete 
best sage fr 


te 
1s 


sVecey 


ay 


ee 
Wy : 


P+ 
a ; 


ee) ’ ‘| Dp he | . 
i ty 1 oy _ > 77 


| 


i“ 


- 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES 


OF 


PHILA DELPAUYTA. 


PUBLICATION COMMITTEE. 
Josrru Lerpy, M.D., Wo. S. Vaux, 
Rozsert BriveGes, M.D., Gro. W. Tryon, JR., 
Epw. J. Nouan, M.D. 


PHILADELPHIA: 
ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, 
Corner Broad and Sansom Streets. 


1872. 


HAuu or tHe ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, 


PuHILApELpPuiA, March 4, 1873. 


T hereby certify that printed copies of the Proceedings for 1872 have been 
presented at the meetings of the Academy, as follows :— 


Pages 1to 24 . j : - April 16, 1872. 
Of 25to 56 . c j . June 25, 1872. 
: 57 to 72.. “ E . duly 9, 1872. 
es 73 to 88 . : 5 ark Wt 16, 1872. 
ce 89 to 120 . A : Spates 30, 1872. 
VT Led to 168 os : ; . September 3, 1872. 
coe at69to200 ee ‘3 C . October 15,1872: 
#201 to 232 -. 5 : : “s 22, 1872. 
| 288 to.264. .. s H . December 17, 1872. 
“e265 to 280 . ; : . February 11, 1873. 
UG 9 teh (oy PANGS wc : . March 4, 1873. 


SAMUEL B. HOWELL, M.D., 
Recording Secretary. 


PHILADELPHIA: 
COLLINS, PRINTER. 


LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS, 


With reference to the several articles contributed by each. 


For Verbal Communications see General Index. 


Berthoud, E. L. On Prehistoric Human Art from Wyoming and Co- 


ARS Sie ale eI alah 2) esi) oi s'6's°s « 3 s'qiage’ Sin a> Nigga wai nS ae 46 
Bland, Thos. and W. G. Binney. Notes on Lingual Dentition of Cer- 
tain Species or American Land’ Shells... 2.2. oo 2. cece ceecesess 135 


Conrad, T. A. Descriptions and Illustrations of Genera of Shells.... 50 
Descriptions of a New Recent Species of Glycimeris, from Beaufort, 


N. C., and of Miocene Shells of North Carolina................ 216 
Cooper, J.G. On New Californian Pulmonata, etc.................. 148 
Cope, E. D. List of the Reptilia of the Eocene Formation of New 

UIE eettate miolare iaerieiarciam static: © n1s 0 s'es asia eiesre # we aisis'elejsiwiaie Ww erste s 14 

Synopsis of the Species of the Chelydrine...............c.eeeeeeee 22 
On an Extinct Whale from California...... Slept BRR ode ccnan wane 29 
Coues, Elliott. Studies of the Tyrannide. Part I. Revision of the 
DAR Si RCN ate Sra sa o's sh 0's 8 ap eae news Rigg w ears wae Hee 56 
Material for a Monograph of the Spheniscide...................... 170 


Finsch, Dr. O. Remarks on the ‘‘Synopsis of the Genus Chettusia 
(Lobivanellus) with a Description of a New Species by J. A. 


DMN halos gyda bie «,d asain pied tink gf Calas vmP barnes wa'e 32 
Gabb, Wm. M. Notes on the Genus Polorthus, Gabb............... 259 
Notice of a Collection of Cretaceous Fossils from Chihuahua, Mexico 263 
Description of some new Genera of Mollusca............2.+220000: 270 
Lea, Isaac. Descriptions of Twenty-nine Species of Unionid from the 
LON a Votiw Misi s vas OeCi rer hehnanahCavipadsvaletces 155 
Lewis, James. Shells of Herkimer and adjacent Counties in the State 
Me Otte Rt a watd bath rter ena tadenere wae tae ches 97 
Eh CLTORE ERIC ING. O).) e/a. a.m asia SEES sie Ek Yn ees ee cess ase 108 
Meehan, Thos. On Numerical Order in the Branching of some Coni- 
SE MPL te elarete cic ce vitts ecm Ke ae We ees ooh MReREO Nana Ces 38 
On the Agency of Insects in Obstructing Evolution..............+5 235 


Streets, T. Hale. Notice of some Crustacea from the Island of St. 
Martin, W. I., collected by Dr. Van Rijgersma............... 131 


iv LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS. 


Tryon, Geo. W., Jr. Catalogue and Synonymy of the Recent Species 


of the Family Lucinide..........--ee eee cece eee cece ee eee cere 82 
Catalogue of the Family Chamida..............eeseee eee eeeeeee 116 
Catalogue of the Family Chametrachwide...........--++++-2++0-- 120 
Description of New Species of Marine Bivalve Mollusca........... 130 
Catalogue and Synonymy of the Family Galeommide.............. 222 
Catalogue and Synonymy of the Family Leptonide................ 227 
Catalogue and Synonymy of the Family Lascide.................. 229 
Catalogue and Synonymy of the Family Astartide.............-.- 245 


Catalogue of the Family Solemyida@..............+eseeeeeeeeeeeee 258 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES 


OF 


PHILADELPHIA. 


V3 72. 


JANUARY 2. 


Mr. Wo. 8. Vaux, Vice-President, in the chair. 


Twenty-three members present. 


The following paper was presented for publication: — 
“List of the Reptilia of the Eocene Formation of New Jersey.” 


By Epw. D. Core. 


Ona Mite in the Ear of the Ox.—Prof. Lrerpy remarked that 
he had received a letter from Dr. Charles 8. Turnbull, in which 


1872.] 


he stated that while studying the 
anatomy of the ear he had dis- 
covered in several heads of steers, 
at the bottom of the external 
auditory meatus, a number of 
small living parasites. They 
were found attached to the sur- 
face of the membrana tympani. 
Specimens of the parasite pre- 
served in glycerine, and a petro- 
sal bone with the membrana tym- 
pani, to which several of the 
parasites were clinging, were also 
sent for examination. These 
prove to be a mite or acarus, ap- 
parently of the genus Gamasus. 
The body is ovoid, translucent 
white, about 2 of a line long, and 
2 of aline wide. The limbs, jaws, 
and their appendages are brown 
and bristled. The body is smooth 
or devoid of bristles. The limbs 


10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


are from 2 to} a linelong. The feet are terminated by a five- 
lobed disk and a pair of claws, as represented in figure 3. The 
palpi are six-jointed, as represented in figure 1. The mandibles 
end in pincers or chele, resembling lobster claws, as represented 
in figure 2. The movable joint of the chele has two teeth at the 
end. The opposed extremity of the fixed joint of the chelez is 
narrow, and ends in a hook. 

Whether this mite is a true parasite of the ear of the living 
ox, or whether it obtained access to the position in which it was 
found after the death of the ox in the slaughter house, has not 
yet been determined. Dr. Turnbull observed it only in the posi- 
tion indicated. 


JANUARY 9. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 


Twenty-three members present. 


JANUARY 16. 
‘The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 


Twenty-one members present. 


JANUARY 23. 
Dr. Carson, Vice-President, in the chair. 
Twenty-six members present. 


Mr. Tuomas MeeEnAwN said that among the ranchmen and 
miners of California a belief exists that the mammoth Sequozas 
will live eight or ten years after being girdled. These trees often 
had strips of bark taken off for some distance up, and completely 
round, for the purpose of exhibition in other countries. 

This belief has been generally discredited by those of us ac- 
customed to the prevalent ideas of the effects of girdling. But 
experience having taught him how often popular observation was 
~ nearly at least correct, notwithstanding our predisposition to be- 
lieve implicitly accepted conclusions, he had watched for some 
opportunity to test, by some observations of his own, the Cali- 
fornian idea. 

A few years ago an Austrian pine on his grounds had the main 
stem partially girdled by an insect. The opportunity before re- 
ferred to suggested itself; and he completed the injury, entirely 
girdling the stem. It was then staked securely to prevent the 
wind from breaking it off at the injured place. The part above the 

[April 16, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1] 


injury was about four years old, and the whole tree perhaps ten 
years. It continued to grow both above and below the wound 
until the last season, when the upper portion died. The whole of 
the section between the horizontal tier of branches above the gird- 
ling and the tier below, a space of about eighteen inches, died the 
same season with the girdling. He now exhibited a portion of 
the trunk with part of the stem, which died the year of girdling; 
and part of the piece which had grown above, and died last year. 
There were four concentric rings of wood in the former and 
eight in the latter, showing that it had made four annual circles 
of wood after the complete girdling. 

He then observed that we might assume that the vital functions 
could scarcely be carried on between the upper portions of the tree 
and lower, if the intervening cells were dead. He supposed the 
cells forming the annual concentric masses of wood had a longer 
period of vitality in some species of trees than in others. In many 
trees it was well known that such a girdling as that performed on 
the pine would destroy them in one season. A recent examina- 
tion of a trunk of Paulownia led him to believe that in that tree 
the cells of the annual circles lived but two years. It was probable 
that even in the pine family the period of vitality might vary with 
different species. In the Rocky Mountains of Colorado he had seen 
many hundreds of trees of Pinus ponderosa which had the whole 
of the bark for about six feet from the ground stripped from the 
trees for the purpose of getting at the inner bark, which was used 
as food by the Ute Indians; yet he saw no trees which indicated 
that they had been destroyed by this heavy girdling process. 
In the case of the Austrian pine, however, though the formation 
of wood went on above the girdled portion, growth was not as 
vigorous as before. The first season after the young shoots were 
about one foot in length; but these annually decreased, until last 
year they were but two inches. 


Prof. Corr exhibited the cranium of a humped-backed whale 
from the Caribbean Sea, obtained by Dr. Goés, of St. Bartholomew’s, 
and presented to the Academy through the liberality of Messrs. 
Wm. 8. Vaux and Isaac Lea. He pointed out that while the 
scapula and cervical vertebrae were of the type of the true J/eg- 
aptere, the development of the coronoid process of the mandible 
was comparable to that seen in Balznoptera. The orbital plates 
of the frontal are rather wider than in JZ. longimana. The species 
was named Megaptera bellicosa. Its size was about that of the 
M.longimana, but the flippers were shorter. <A full description 
appeared in the Proceedings of the American Philosophical 
Society for 1871. 


Prof. Cope exhibited a portion of the skeleton of a large cro- 
codile from the cretaceous green sand of New Jersey, belonging 
to the genus Holops. The teeth were smooth, cylindric, acute, 
1872.] 


12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


and much curved, the muzzle gavial-like. 


The cervical vertebree 


were very large, and of depressed form; the walls of the long 
bones unusually thin, and pneumatic foramina large. He called 


it Holops pneumaticus. 


JANUARY 30. 


Mr. Wo. 8S. Vaux, Vice-President, in the chair. 


Twenty members present. 


Mr. Wm. Swaim was elected a member. 


The following standing committees were elected for 1872:— 


ANTHROPOLOGY. 
J. Aitken Meigs, 
F.V. Hayden, 
Henry S. Schell. 


COMPARATIVE ANATOMY. 


Harrison Allen, 
J. H. MeQuillan, 
Jos. Leidy. 


HERPETOLOGY. 


Edw. D. Cope, 
Harrison Allen, 
S. B. Howell. 


ARTICULATA. 
Geo. H. Horn, 
R. 8. Kenderdine, 
T. Hale Streets. 


Botany. 


KE. Durand, 
Thos. Meehan, 
Rachel Bodley. 


INVERTEBRATE PALHONTOLOGY. 


T. A. Conrad, 
H. C. Wood, Jr., 
Persifer Frazer, Jr. 


MAMMALOGY. 


Harrison Allen, 
Edw. D. Cope, 
Henry C. Chapman. 


ORNITHOLOGY. 


Bernard A. Hoopes, 

Edwin Sheppard, 

Theodore L. Harrison, 

Jas. A. Ogden. 
IcHTHYOLOGY. 

Edw. D. Cope, 


Thaddeus Norris, 
J. H. Redfield. 


RADIATA. 


Geo. H. Horn, 
J. G. Hunt, 
R. 8S. Kenderdine. 


VERTEBRATE PALMONTOLOGY. 
Jos. Leidy, 
Edw. D. Cope, 
Harrison Allen. 


MINERALOGY. 
Wn. S. Vaux, 
'E. Goldsmith, 
Jos. Wilcox, 
Clarence 8. Bement, 
Persifer Frazer, Jr. 
[April 16, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


STRATIGRAPHIC GEOLOGY. PuHysics. 
J. P. Lesley, R. E. Rogers, 
B. 8. Lyman, John F. Frazer, 
F. V. Hayden, John Warner. 
Franklin Platt. 
CHEMISTRY. INSTRUCTION AND LECTURES. 
F. A. Genth, Hector Tyndale, 
Robt. Bridges, R. 8. Kenderdine, 
E. Goldsmith. Wm. 8. Halsey. 
LIBRARY. 


Jos. Leidy, 
Robt. Bridges, 
Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. 


13 


On favorable report of the committee, the following paper was 


ordered to be printed :— 


1872] 


14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


LIST OF THE REPTILIA OF THE EOCENE FORMATION OF 
NEW JERSEY. 


BY EDW. D. COPE. 


The Eocene Formation occupies in New Jersey, according to 
Cook, a band extending from near the centre of the State, north- 
eastward, to the Atlantic coast in Mammouth County, in the 
neighborhood of Deal. Lithologically it consists of a light green 
glauconite mixed with variable quantities of clay and fine sand. 
The character of its fossils is marine, including sharks, rays, 
sawfishes, and swordfishes in great abunlance. These forms 
especially abound in the southwestern part of its area, for ex- 
ample, at Vincenttown, but in the northeastern region reptiles 
are more abundant, with cetaceans. It is also in that section, 
near to Shark River especially, overlaid by a thin stratum of 
loamy sand, which contains fragmentary remains of terrestrial 
vertebrates of the Miocene period; e.g., Hlotherium, Dicotyles, 
Rhinocerus, etc. Whether the larger mammal described as Hemt- 
caulodon (Cope) and Anchippodus (Leidy) were derived from this 
or from the Eocene bed remains uncertain. 

The reptiles belong to the Ophidia, the Crocodilia, and the 
Testudinata, and number only ten species. They are as fol- 
lows:— 


OPHIDIA. 


PALZOPHIS LITTORALIS, Cope. 
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1868, 234. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., XIV. 


990% 


Awe 
Shark River. 
PALZOPHIS HALIDANUS, Cope. 
l. c. 1868, 235. Tr. A. P. §., XIV. 22%. Dinophis, Marsh. 


Squankum. 
PALZHOPHIS GRANDIS Marsh. 


(Dinophis.) Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1859, 398; Cope Trans. Amer. 
Philos. Soc., XIV. 228. 


Shark River. 


[April 16, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15 


TESTUDINATA. 


PUPPIGERUS PARVITECTA, Cope. 
Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., XIV. 155 (Chelone). P. parviscutum Clapsu 
calami) 1. ce. 235. 
Squankum., 
LEMBONAX POLEMICUS, Cope. 
Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., XIV. 168. 


Farmingdale. 


LEMBONAX PROPYLAEUS, Cope, sp. nov. 


Established on an anterior portion of acarapace. This is very 
peculiar in all respects, and throws much light on the character 
of the genus. The anterior vertebral or nuchal bone is preserved 
entire. It is recognized from its combination of a free concave 
margin, with a basis of attachment of the first dorsal vertebra, 
and from the first marginal bone on each side symmetrically 
placed. The sutures thus exposed are very peculiar, and entirely 
unlike those of any turtle known to me. It isa kind of com- 
pound gomphosis, or mixture of the gomphosial and squamosal 
types. The prominences are long, and penetrate deeply; they 
are flat, and many grooved on both sides. The suture uniting 
the nuchal and first costal consists of a median lamina from the 
former, and two from the latter, fitting into grooves, but deeply 
grooved, and divided on the edges. That uniting the first mar- 
ginal is double squamosal, the former entering a groove of the 
latter, which sends its inferior lamina far under the marginal. 

The nuchal is crescent shaped, the anterior or free margin 
forming the concavity. The horns or external angles are much 
more produced than is usual in turtles, extending on the inner 
side of the marginals, and gradually tapering to a point. The 
middle of the edges of the first marginal takes part in the con- 
cavity of the front’of the carapace. This concavity is thus more 
extensive, both in respect to its depth and width, than in any 
living member of the order, having but a slight representation in 
some of them. Its edge is subacute in the middle and thickened 
laterally. It is bordered on each side apparently by a prominent 
angle for the edge of one (the best preserved) of the marginals 
turns posteriorly, and is thinned out. 

The texture of the bone is closely spongy, with scarcely any 
1872.] 


16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


dense layer without or within. This point alone distinguishes 
the form from any found in the cretaceous strata. The external 
surface of the carapace is smooth, and without trace of sutural 
grooves of the horny scuta. The carapace is very thick, more so 
than in any species of the order known, except the Agomphus 
jirmus. 


Measurements. : M. 
Width of nuchal between antero-external angles (above) 0.225 
Length do. three inches to right of middle : : - al 
Thickness . : ‘ ° : ¢ : ; : < 02 
Thickness first marginal . ; : : ; : : 30 


The length of the carapace, if proportioned to the size of the 
nuchal bone, as in Chelydra serpentina, would be forty inches, 
with the width nearly the same. If the length of head and tail 
were relatively less than in that species, and more than in the 
species of Chelone, the total length would have been seven and 
one-half feet. 

Of the affinities of the genus littlecan be said. The characters 
of the plastron, as I noted when describing the genus, are more 
those of Chelydra than Chelone, and the present specimen adds 
to the weight of the conclusion. The extensive union of the first 
marginal and nuchal, and of the same with the first costal, are 
very different from Chelone. The character of the sutures is 
equally distinct from anything seen in Chelydra. 

As compared with ZL. polemicus, the present reptile is thicker 
and probably considerably larger. The plastron is usually equal 
to or thicker than the carapace in tortoises. In the present animal 
the carapace is much thicker than the plastron of L. polemicus. 
From Farmingdale, Monmouth County, N.J., from the pits of 
the Freehold and Squankum Marl Company. Presented by the 
attention of A. J. Smith, director. 


LEMBONAX INSULARIS, Cope, sp. nov. 


Established on marginal and nuchal bones of a specimen from 
the Eocene bed of Vincenttown. The first marginal forms a pro- 
minent marginal angle, the sutures of the nuchal and second 
marginal approaching each other at a strong angle. The margin 
of the nuchal is continuous with the transverse edge of the ad- 
joining marginal, and has not bordered it on the free side for any 
distance, as is striking in LZ. popylaeus. There has evidently 

[April 16, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17 


been less concavity of this margin than in that turtle. The 
suture between the two is also peculiar in not underrunning the 
marginal to the same extent, and a portion of it underruns the 
nuchal. It is indeed possible that these bones represent the 
caudal and adjacent marginals, but the presence of a fragment 
bearing the support of a vertebra is more suggestive of the nu- 
chal. 

A prominent peculiarity of the bone is its great thickness. The 
first marginal near its suture with the second, measures an inch 
and three-quarters. The free margin is very thick and obtusely 
rounded. 


M. 

Estimated length first marginal (one edge broken) . : 0.15 
Thickness near suture of second. : - : ; 045 
a of nuchal . - : - 2 : ; -033 


Should the size of this turtle be proportioned to the thickness 
of the carapace, or to its relation to corresponding parts of the 
L. propylaeus, it will have been one of the largest species of the 
order, say from ten to twelve feet in length. 

The above descriptions leave much to be desired in regard to 
the characters of the genus. The peculiarities of the sutures 
distinguish the form from Chelydra, and the association with an 
especially marine fauna suggests natatory limbs like those of Pro- 
pleura or Chelone. 


CROCODILIA. 


THECACHAMPSA SQUANKENSIS (?Marsh). 


Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1869, 391 (no description). Cope, Trans. Amer. 
Philos. Soc., 1869, 65. 


Squankum. 


THECACHAMPSA SERRATA, Cope, sp. nov. 


Established on cervical and dorsal vertebra of an adult croco- 
dile of about the size of a South American jacare (J. sclerops). 
The teeth are not preserved, so that reference to this genus is 
only made in consequence of the simple form of the hypapophyses 
of the cervical vertebrae, a character belonging also to other 
genera. The neural arches and odontoid element are co-ossified. 
The axis is compressed concave laterally, and with a very pro- 
minent hypapophysial extending on the anterior half keel of the 
body. The parapophyses are inferior or on the lower plane, and 

.1872.] 


18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


look backwards. They are separated by a concavity from the 
diapophysial projections, which is continuous with the anterior 
surface of the odontoid. 

In a posterior cervical the cup of the centrum is transverse 
oval, and the neural canal ample and transverse. The parapo- 
physial articular surfaces are J-shaped, the convexity forwards. 
The roof of the canal is deeply excavated on the middle line 
above, and from the fossa thus formed the ridge of the neural 
spine rises. This ridge is peculiar in the possession of a double 
row of teeth or serre separated by pits; on the posterior edge a 
median series of teeth is most prominent. The edge of the cup 
is thick, of the ball strongly shouldered, the shoulder obsoletely 
ridged. 

The first dorsal has a similar transverse articular surface and 
neural canal, and the serration of the neural spine is strongly 
marked. The parapophysial articular- face is an isosceles spheri- 
eal triangle with the long angle upwards. 


M. 

Axis and odontoid, length 2 : : ; 5 ; 0.058 

Cervical length (total)  . : : : ; : , .042 

Diameter of cup, f vertical . : 2 p : : 028 
outside measure, | horizontal . ; . 3 < 5 O81 
Diameter canal, transverse ¢ 3 ; ; : ; .02 

a neural spine at base . a 3 . 0 : .018 


The serration of the neural spines constitutes the most striking 
peculiarity of this crocodile. The use of the structure cannot 
be surmised, as they were in large part at least concealed by 
muscles and integument. It is intermediate in size between the 
T. minor and T. squankensis. 

Presented to the writer by A. J. Smith, the courteous director 
of the marl pits of the Farmingdale and Freehold Marl Company. 
They were found in the Eocene marl of Farmingdale. 


?THECACHAMPSA MINOR, Marsh. 
Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1870. 


The smallest of our crocodiles, stated by Marsh to belong per- 
haps to the same genus as the 7. squankensis. 


[April 16, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19 


FEBRUARY 6. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 
Twenty-five members present. 


The following paper was presented for publication: “ Synopsis 
of the Species of Chelydrinz.” By E. D. Cope. 


Notice of Corundum.—Prof. Letpy remarked that the speci- 
mens of corundum presented this evening were of unusual interest 
and beauty. They were from Franklin, Macon County, N. C., 
where the mineral is said to occur in some abundance, contained 
in a vein of chlorite. The specimens are fragments of large 
crystals, presenting portions of the faces of the latter. They 
exhibit in association the three varieties of the mineral. Mainly 
composed of gray corundum, with the crystal surfaces of bright 
ruby, and the interior with mingled rich blue sapphire. The ruby 
and sapphire, though of fine color, have not been found in a con- 
dition fit for gems. Some small crystals of gray corundum 
exhibit brilliant and translucent summits of ruby. 

A large crystal of corundum from the same locality is now in 
the city. It is a truncated, six-sided, compressed pyramid, about 
two feet in length, and weighs about three hundred pounds. The 
summit is one foot by six inches in diameter. It is much fissured, 
and has a quantity of chlorite adherent or partially imbedded 
towards the base. The surface is ruby; the interior is of gray 
corundum with mingled sapphire. 


Remarks on Fossils from Wyoming.—Prof. Lretpy made the 
following observations: The various fossils from the tertiary for- 
mation of Wyoming, which both I and Prof. Marsh have referred 
to Lophiodon, 1 suspect to belong to a genus distinct from this, as 
represented by the species Lophiodon isselense, of France. In 
this, as in the related and living Tapir, there are six molars in 
both upper and lower series. In the upper premolars of the Lo- 
phiodon isselense a single ridge extends from the outer part of the 
crown to the inner lobe, and the last lower molar has a trilobate 
crown. 

In Hyrachyus agrarius, which I suspect to be the same as the 
Lophiodon Bairdianus of Prof. Marsh, there are seven molars to 
both upper and lower series. The upper two back premolars have 
two well-marked ridges extending between the outer and inner 
part of the crown; and the last lower molar has a bilobed crown, 
as in the Tapir. 

Portions of two lower jaws, which I exhibit, probably belong 
to a eae species of Hyrachyus, perhaps to the same animal as 
1872. 


20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


that indicated by Prof. Marsh under the name of Lophiodon nanus. 
One of the specimens was obtained, by Dr. Joseph K. Corson, 
U.S. A., at Grizzly Buttes; the other, by Dr. J. Van A. Carter, at 
Lodge-pole Trail, Wyoming. In both these the molar series is 
six, and the last molar has a bilobed crown. In the upper jaw 
Specimen referred to Lophiodon nanus by Prof. Marsh, there are 
seven molars. One less in the lower jaw may be regarded as a 
less important character than the others separating Hyrachyus 
from Lophiodon, in which view I refer the specimens to the former 
under the name of Hyracuyus NANus. Probably also the other 
species which have been noticed under the names of Lophiodon 
modestus, L. affinis, and L. pumilus, may be viewed as pertaining 
to Hyrachyus. 

I further exhibit portions of jaws of several individuals of a 
small pachyderm allied to Hyopsodus. The specimens were dis- 
covered, by Dr. J. Van A. Carter, at Grizzly Buttes and Lodge-pole 
Trail, Wyoming. 

In Hyopsodus, seven molars, a feeble canine, and the incisors 
together form an unbroken row. In the lower jaw specimens, 
which I propose to refer to a genus with the name of Microsyops, 
six molars, a comparatively large canine, and the incisors form 
the corresponding series. 

In Hyopsodus, the lower true molars, except the last one, are 
of uniform width at the fore and back part of the crown. in 
Microsyops the fore part of the crown is decidedly narrower than 
the back part. In both genera the crown of these teeth is com- 
posed of an outer pair of demiconoidal lobes with crescentoid 
summits and an inner pair of conical lobes. In Hyopsodus the 
contiguous horns of the crescentoid summits of the outer lobes 
conjoin in the antero-internal lobe, and the anterior horn of the 
crescentoid summit of the antero-external lobe ends at the base 
of the antero-internal lobe. In Microsyops the anterior horn of 
the crescentoid summit of the antero-external lobe ends in a tuber- 
cle in front of the antero-internal lobe, while its posterior horn 
ends in the latter; but the anterior horn of the postero-external 
lobe, instead of joining the antero-internal lobe, as in Hyopsodus, 
ends at the base of the antero-external lobe. The character of 
these teeth leads me to the belief that the jaw specimens referred 
to Microsyops belong to the same animal as that named Hyopso- 
dus gracilis by Prof. Marsh, and with this view I propose the 
name of MIcROSYoPS GRACILIS, which may be used in either case, 
whether the animal is or is not the same as Hyopsodus gracilis. 

Two additional specimens I suppose belong to an insectivorous 
animal, though they may perhaps indicate a small marsupial. 
They were obtained, by Dr. Carter, at Lodge-pole Trail, Wyoming. 
One of the specimens, an upper jaw fragment, contains a molar 
tooth. This resembles the back molars of the Opossum, but with 
the outer lobes of the crown proportionately better developed, and 


[April 16, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21 


the median lobes reduced to a minute condition. A strong basal 
ridge bounds the crown externally, a thin one anteriorly, and 
a strong festoon-like portion at the bottom of the inner lobe pos- 
teriorly. The second specimen, an isolated tooth, is a diminished 
representative of the one described. It may be a last tpper or 
other premolar of the same animal, or a corresponding true molar of 
a smaller species. We have no means of determining the proba- 
bility of these specimens belonging either to Omomys or T'riaco- 
don, and I propose to name the animal to which they pertained 
Palzacodon verus. The larger tooth is 2 lines fore-and-aft, and 24 
lines transversely; the smaller one is 1? lines fore-and-aft, and 2 
lines transversely. 


FEBRUARY 13. 


The President, Dr. RUsCHENBERGER, in the chair. 
. Twenty-one members present. 


FEBRUARY 20. 
Mr. Wn. 8. Vaux, Vice-President, in the chair. 
Twenty-four members present. 


The following paper was presented for publication: “On an 
Extinct Whale from California.” By Edw. D. Cope. 


FEBRUARY 27. 
Mr. Wo. 8. Vaux, Vice-President, in the chair. 
Nineteen members present. 


On favorable report of the committees, the following papers 
were ordered to be published:— 


1872.] 


22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF THE CHELYDRINZ. 
BY E. D. COPE, A.M. 


Tus group of tortoises, so far as their structure is exactly 
known, is confined to North and Tropical America. The number 
of species is small, though the present list adds several to those 
previously known. Their structure is highly interesting, as ex- 
pressing relationship to groups which existed during mesozoic 
time. JI allude to the family of Proplewride, found in the creta- 
ceous greensand of New Jersey, which possessed features of the 
sea-turtles, combined with those of the present group, or the 
snappers. The latter possess the imperfect and small plastron 
of the Propleuride, conjoined with the ambulatory limbs of the 
Emydidzx. In other respects they resemble the Hmydide, and 
I am inclined, until further discoveries of structural peculiarities 
shall have been made, to allow them to remain in that family, 
although both Dr. Gray and Prof. Agassiz have referred them to 
a distinct one, under the name of Chelydidx. Certain it is, that 
they are also related to the Cinosternide, which is peculiar in the 
absence of the mesosternal bone. Claudius approaches the latter 
family in its short tail and lack of posterior vertebral bones. 

The only possible exception to the rule of distribution above 
laid down, is the genus Platysternum, Gray, from eastern Asia. 
This form has been placed here, but appears to associate them 
with more typical Hmydide; until its structure be better known, 
its position will remain doubtful. 

The vertebrae of Chelydra serpentina present some peculiarities 
as compared with Trionyx Testudo and Emys, as follows :— 


Testudo polyphemus. Cervical vertebree 2-3 and 4 opisthoccelian, 4th bi- 
convex, remainder proceelian. Caudal vertebree all proccelian. 

Trionyz ferox. Cervical vertebre all opisthoccelian, caudals all proccelian. 

Chelopus guttatus. Cervical vertebree as in Testudo, the balls of the poste- 
rior transverse bilobed ; caudals all proccelian. 

Chelydra serpentina, Cervicals asin Testudo ; the caudals all opisthoceelian. 


There are only three well-ascertained genera of this family, to 
which a fourth may perhaps be added. They are distinguished 
as follows :— 


[April 16, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23 


I. Tail elongate, five pairs of scuta of the plastron. 
Two rows of marginal scuta ; inguinals separated from ventrals by a long 
scute. MACROCHELYS. 
One row of marginals; inguinals as last. . CHELYDRA. 
II. Tail short, four pairs or fewer scuta of the plastron. 


Anterior lobe of plastron fixed. CLAUDIUS. 
Anterior lobe of plastron movable on the remainder? STAUREMYs. 


MACROCHELYS, Gray. 
Gypochelys, Agassiz. 


MACROCHELYS LACERTINA, Schweigger. 
Chelydra, Schw., Chelydra temminckit, Troost., Chelonura, do., Hol- 
brook, Hmysaurus, do., Dum. Bibr. 
Mississippi River and rivers of Texas. 


CHELYDRA, Schvw. 


Chelonura, Flem. Hmysaurus, Dum. Bibr. 


CHELYDRA SERPENTINA, L. 


From Canada to Equador. 

This species presents an extraordinary range, enduring both 
arctic cold and tropical heat. I can find no specific difference 
between shells from Pennsylvania, Mexico, and Equador. Prof. 
Peters has reached the same conclusion respecting Equadorian 
specimens. 

CHELYDRA ROSSIGNONII, Bocourt. 

Miss. Sclentif. Mexique Reptiles et Batrach, 1870, p. 18, Tab. V., fig. 2. 

This species differs from the last in having four barbels instead 
of two, a larger plastron with a stouter bridge, and in the stronger 
and longer dentations of the posterior margin of the carapace. 

Mexico and Guatemala (Bocourt). 

Some extinct species of this genus have been discovered in the 
miocenes of Europe. 


CLAUDIUS, Cope. 
Proceed. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1865, 1867. Bocourt, Miss. Sci. Mex. 
Rept., p. 19. 
This genus has received several accessions through the efforts 
of those excellent naturalists, MM. Sumichrast and Bocourt. 


The latter has described two species as previously named, but I 
1872. ] 


24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


think the identifications must be reconsidered, and one of the 
names originally proposed by himself (C. megalocephalus), be 
retained. The species are thus distinguished :— 


J. Inguinal scuta two. 


Shell depressed, broad, carinee very weak ; one long anal plate ; inguinals 

transverse ; tail smooth ; head brown, shielded above to behind the eyes. 
C. SEVERUS. 

Shell with three elevated keels, the carapace emarginate between the anal 
scuta ; one short anal plate ; inguinals longitudinal ; tail with four rows 
of tubercles; head white spotted above, brown spotted below. 

C. PICTUS. 


IJ. Inguinal scuta one or wanting. 


Head very wide, smooth above; two anal scuta; lobes of plastron sub- 

similar; dorsal keel grooved. C. MEGALOCEPHALUS. 

Head narrower, with a horny shield on the top of the nose ; posterior lobe 

of plastron narrower and more acute than anterior; dorsal keel simple. 
C. ANGUSTATUS. 


CLAUDIUS SEVERUS, Cope, sp. nov. 


Carapace an elongate oval, with convex sides; the upper sur- 
face nearly plane in profile, rising anteriorly, sloping to the an- 
terior margin, and descending rather abruptly to the posterior. 
General form rather depressed, the middle line including the entire 
width of the vertebral scuta below the level of the proximal part 
of the costals. The latter present an obtuse longitudinal carina 
on the twomedian. The two central vertebral scuta also possess 
a weak keel, of which a trace appears anteriorly on the fifth or 
last; first and second flat. The scutal sutures bounding the ver- 
tebrals, costals, and marginals (except those between the last) 
are bounded by flat but marked grooves of the shell. Thus a 
continuous band-like groove extends round the carapace above the 
marginal bones, and is continuous with a similar one passing 
along the anterior margin of each costal, and undulate grooves 
along the margins of the vertebrals. The first costal is one-fourth 
longer than the second. The vertebrals are hexagonal, longer 
than broad, with a rounded notch behind and projection in front. 
The first is narrowed urceolate, deeply notched behind, and mar- 
gining nearly half the first marginal in front. The nuchal is 
broad transversely, and very narrow; the anterior one narrower 


than the posterior. The last and penultimate are a little wider, 
[April 16, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95 


the last joining the last costal by a very short suture. The mar- 
gin of the carapace is regular without notch behind or elsewhere. 
The plastron is small, rather broad, and rounded in front, and 
much contracted and acute behind. The bridge is rather wider 
than in C. angustatus, and more as in Chelydra. The anterior 
lobe is immovable in the dried specimen. Pectoro-abdominal 
suture transverse, length of pectoral on median suture equal 
abdominal and two-thirds femoral length, and equal to that of 
the anal. Latter much longer than wide. The abdominal plate 
is the only one which covers the bridge from within, but does not 
extend quite half-way across. Each is met by two large ingui- 
nals, which are broadly in contact with each other, and are 
‘broader than long. 

The color of the carapace is brown, but wherever rubbed of a 
wax-yellow. The marginals at the bridge are principally a 
strong yellow, which color covers the whole of the plastron. 

The soft parts are preserved in alcohol. The head is large for 
the size of the carapace, and is remarkably broad, and with rather 
short muzzle. This projects, however, much beyond the mouth, 
the end of the under jaw visible when closed, being scarcely 
beyond the margin of the orbit. Beak short, obtuse, not dentate; 
an obtuse festoon of the tomia below the orbit. Two beards. 
Head covered with skin above, except from the line of the poste- 
rior margin of the orbits to the end of the muzzle, which is pro- 
tected by an undivided horny plate. 

The skin is but slightly granular. There are five curved scuta 
on the inner side of each fore foot, and a single row of scuta 
above on each digit. The fore feet are webbed to the bases of the 
ungues. The hind feet are well palmate, and with a free outer 
web supported by a clawless toe. There are six curved scuta 
on the inferior outer face of the base of the lower leg, of which 
the first and third reach the external margin, and the others are 
more internal except the lowest, which is very small. The tail is 
very short, depressed, and incurved, with a terminal compressed 
corneous scale. It is smooth, or without tubercles, above and 
below, but anterior to the anus above are three pairs of very 
small tubercles, one on each side of the median line. 

Color of soft parts dirty white below, dark brown above; sides 
of head with close yellow reticulations behind. Throat and 
lower jaw yellow; a dark spot on each side of the symphysis con- 
1872. ] 3 


26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


tinued towards the angles of the jaws, where yellow reticula- 
tions appear above it. 


Measurements. M. 
Length of carapace (straight) . 5 ' , , ’ ; . 0.18 
es Co (Oyat aD) 4 “ 2 : : - 20 
cm Asiron ;: : : : s : : 3 : . 26 
eT hase es anterior lobe from hyo-hyposternal suture . . .056 
SS ies Bs posterior lobe from same point . : : . .069 
Widths: re at ano-femoral suture . ‘ ; ; : > e018 
OO ere cs anterior lobe at anterior abdominal suture . . .058 
(oe. sbridoer@east) eam. ; . c ; c : : -, '.018 
cc “head at tympana : : : : : : : Sy (inn! 
Length of ‘“ He (straight) : 5 é : : . 053 
Sos Sc: staillsfrommamtsy as : : : : : : .  .024 
Width of palm (greatest) . ; x 5 : : 2 : . .030 
ac) <Sesole ie ; : ‘ A 3 < : : - 035 


This species was found at Santa Efigenia, on the western side 
of the Isthmus of Tehuantepec, Mexico, by Francis Sumichrast, 
and sent by him to the collections of*the Smithsonian Institu- 
tion. (Coll. No. 485.) I am indebted to the secretary, Prof. 
Henry, for the opportunity of making an examination of it, 
Prof. Sumichrast says of it in his notes, that it is rare, and only 
lives in muddy pools. In the young the dorsal crests are more 
distinct. During life the anterior lobe of the sternum possesses 
a slight mobility, which disappears on drying. 


CLAUDIUS PICTUS, Cope, sp. nov. 


Staurotypus salvinii, Bocourt, Miss. Sci. Mex. Rept. 22, tab. v., fig. 3, 
1870; nec Grayii Proc. Z. S. Lond., 1864. 

This fine species has been identified by MM. Duméril and Bo- 
court with the species described by Dr. Gray, as above cited; but 
it appears to me to be very distinct and perhaps pertinent to 
another genus. Dr. Gray describes the anterior lobe of the ster- 
num in §. salvinii as narrowed like the posterior, while it is 
broadly rounded in this animal. He also states that in his species 
the tail has a median crest of compressed tubercles, as in Che- 
lydra, with a lateral series on each side. In this species there are 
four series of minute warts, as in the other Claudii, and in no 
way resembling those of Chelydra. This is evidently not Gray’s 
species, and it remains to compare it with the Claudii, and espe- 
cially with C. severus. It differs from this tortoise in the cara- 

[June 25, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27 


pace with more nearly parallel sides, with three stronger or more 
elevated keels above. It differs in the possession of an emargi- 
nation between the analscuta. The plastron differs in the shorter 
and less acuminate posterior lobe with shorter bridge. The 
femoral scuta extend behind the abdominals on the bridge, while 
the latter cover its entire width in C. pictus. The infra-marginal 
plates are longer than wide in this species; in C. pictus they are 
transverse. The tail of this species exhibits the usual four rows 
of tubercles, while in C. severus it is smooth. The head is nar- 
rower in C. pictus, and the colors more varied. Thus the top of 
the head is pale spotted on a brown ground, the jaws are yellow 
with brown cross-bands; a yellowish band extends from their 
angle over the tympanum to the side of the neck. Carapace yel- 
lowish-brown with a dark brown spot on the posterior part of 
each scutum; limbs brown above; plastron yellow with a brown 
spot on each scutum. Length of carapace, .136 m. 

From Vera Paz. 

This species is beautifully figured by Bocourt, as above cited. 


CLAUDIUS MEGALOCEPHALVDS, Boe. 
Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., 1868, X. p. 122. C. angustatus, ‘* Cope,’’ Bocourt, 
Miss. Sci. Mex. Zool. Rept., p. 20, tab. iv. 

This species and the C. angustatus constitute the typical and 
smaller forms of the genus, distinguished by the very slender 
bridge of the plastron and single inguinal or intermarginal. The 
present animal, after being described as distinct by Bocourt, was 
subsequently referred to the longer described C. angustatus, but I 
am disposed to regard his first conclusion as the more correct, 
having received from Sumichrast a second specimen of the latter, 
which confirm its characters. 

In C. megalocephalus, according to Bocourt, the head is very 
wide and the muzzle short, with hooked beak. Its upper surface 
does not display the oval horny scute seen in C. angustatus, and 
though there is a convexity of the edge of the maxilla below the 
front of the orbit, it is not an acute tooth as in the type of C. 
angustatus. This appearance may perhaps be due to age. 

The carapace is three keeled above, the median keel fissured in 
its length. The keels traverse all the costal and vertebral scuta, 
except perhaps the last vertebral. The plastron is rather wide 
with the anterior lobe a little longer; neither lobe is much nar- 
1872.] 


28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


rowed, and there are two anal scuta whose average length equals 
that of the femorals. ‘The median suture of the abdominals is 
only one-third that of the pectorals (three-fifths in C. angustatus). 
Tail very short, with four series of minute tubercles above. Length 
of carapace .118 m., width .079. 

Color above dark brown; plastron light reddish-brown (Bo- 
court), neck yellowish below. 

From Mexico. 


CLAUDIUS ANGUSTATUS, Cope. 


Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1865, p. 187; Proceed. Amr. Phil. Soc., 
1869, tab. ix. 

This species is rather more slender than the last; the head is 
narrower, and the posterior lobe of the plastron narrower and 
more acute. The horny plate on the nose, and the undivided 
dorsal keel, constitute other distinctions, the last of which are 
noticed by Bocourt. In one of our specimens there is a single 
anal scutum, in another there are two. 


STAUREMYS, Gray. 


Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1864, p. 127; Supplement to Catal. Shield Rep., 
1870, p. 65, f. 22. 

This name was applied by Dr. Gray as a subdivision of Stauro- 
typus, Wagl., which belongs to the Kinosternide, a family defined 
by the absence of the mesosternal bone. If this arrangement 
expresses the true affinities of the species referred to it, it is un- 
necessary to introduce it here. Dr. Gray states that the anterior 
lobe of the sternum is movable as in Staurotypus triporcatus, but 
is more acute than in that species, being in this respect like the 
posterior lobe. This difference is only specific, and the supposed 
genus Stauremys, as defined by Gray, would not appear to stand 
on any foundation. Should, however, it turn out to embrace a 
species of Chelydrinz, it will rest on the character given above, 
as distinguishing it from Claudius, viz., the movable anterior lobe 
of the sternum. M. Bocourt appears to believe it to be one of 
this group, from his referring to it a species of Claudius (C. 
pictus, Cope), and as he may be correct, I introduce it into the 
present synopsis. 

Dr. Gray’s descriptions render it plain that the only known 
species is quite distinct from those described above. 

[June 25, 


| 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29 


STAUREMYS SALVINII, Gray. 
Loe. cit. 


Shell brown; temple and side of neck pale marbled; below 
pale, about the size of Claudius severus. 
Haumanchal, Guatemala. 


ON AN EXTINCT WHALE FROM CALIFORNIA. 


BY PROF. E. D. COPE. 


GrorcE Davinson, of the United States Coast Survey, recently 
presented the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences, the 
proximal portion of the left ramus of the mandible of a whale- 
bone whale. The specimen was found in digging a well at San 
Diego, on the coast, in the southern part of the State, at a depth 
of seventy-four feet below the surface, July 27th, 1871. 

The angle and condyle are broken from the specimen, and the 
distal extremity was not preserved. It possessed a coronoid pro- 
cess, the apex of which has been lost. The inner face is plane, 
somewhat convex above, behind the basis of the coronoid process. 
Anteriorly it becomes more convex, the surface turning inwards 
to the superior and inferior margins. The exterior face is con- 
vex, so that at the posterior foramen its diameter above the mid- 
dle is greater than that below the middle. The inferior outline, 
from below the coronoid process to below the last external fora- 
men, is straight, not decurved. It is obtuse most of this distance, 
but becomes narrowed at the anterior point. The superior mar- 
gin is obtuse anteriorly, narrowed acute for ten inches anterior 
to the coronoid process ; it is not truncate anteriorly. The internal 
foramina are large, and form a series below the upper margin, 
without distinct groove. The external foraminal series termi- 
nates much anterior to the interior, that is, the last external is 
opposite the sixth from behind of the inner row. There is no in- 
ternal Meckelian groove. The Meckelian cavity of the ramus is 
large behind the coronoid, but small and in the upper part of the 
ramus at the last exterior foramen. The dental foramen is large 
and above the base of the Meckelian cavity; to that its inner 
wall descends to the floor of the latter. Below the base of the 
1872.] 


30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


coronoid the inferior part of the ramus is rounded, but narrower 
than at the dental foramen. 


Measurements. M. 

Length from middle of base of coronoid to last exterior foramen 0.22 

‘* tolastinterior foramen . ‘ é “ A ; ees 
Extent measured by four last interior foramina . c : . .064 

Depth (inner side) at basis coronoid . A c c : 5, oll 
‘¢ at last exterior foramen P : : : C - 5 *30i8 
Greatest transverse diameter ramus at last external foramen . .042 
Depth Meckelian tube at last external foramen . : : . 024 
- *é ‘* atmental foramen . : : : =o aa 
Width se ee St es : ; : : . 082 

** ramus two inches behind basis of coronoid process (where 

broken) . ; : - : : 5 ‘ : Oss, 
Depth of do. at do. abou i : : ; : : F 5 AUG 


The presence of coronoid process indicates that the present 
species was a finner, and allied to Balxnoptera. Though there 
are no vertebree or other elements to determine its reference to 
this genus or to its ally Hschrichtius, it may be proper to refer it 
provisionally to the latter genus, since so many of its allies on 
the Atlantic coast formations have been found to be referable to 
it. This course is still more appropriate from the fact that the 
strata of tertiary age near San Diego are reported to be of mio- 
cene age, the same in which the eastern EHschrichtii have been 
found. As to its specific characters, these differ entirely from 
those of the latter. The ramus lacks the decurvature of most of 
them. In size it approaches nearest the Z. polyporus,! Cope, and 
£. priscus, Leidy. It is much less convex externally than the 
latter. The exterior series of pores does not extend so far poste- 
riorly as in /. polyporus, and the dental foramen has a superior 
position, besides other differences. Size that of EH. priscus. 

The species may bear the name of its discoverer, and be called 
EscHRICHITUS DAVIDSONII, in recollection of the efforts of George 
Davidson to aid the cause of science in various ways. 

This whale, when living, probably attained a length of about 
forty feet. 


1 Proceed. Amer. Phil. Soc., 1870, p. 285. 


[June 25, 


_— 


a 


Ee 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31 


Marcu 5. 
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the chair. 
Eighteen members present. 


The following papers were offered for publication :— 

“Remarks on the Synopsis of the Genus Chettusia (Lobiva- 
nellus) with a Description of a New Species by J. A. Ogden.” 
By Dr. O. Finscu. 

“On Numerical Order in the Branching of some Conifere.”’ By 
THos. MEEHAN. , 


Marcu 12. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 
Twenty-four members present. 


The following paper was presented for publication :— 
“On Prehistoric Human Art from Wyoming and Colorado.” 
By E. L. Berruovp. 


Marcu 19. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 


Twenty-two members present. 


Marcu 26. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 
Eighteen members present. 


On favorable report of the committees, the following papers 
were order to be published:— 


1872.] 


32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


REMARKS ON THE ‘‘SYNOPSIS OF THE GENUS CHETTUSIA (LOBIVANEL- 
LUS), WITH A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES BY J. A. OGDEN.” 


BY DR. O. FINSCH. 


The newly described Cheltusia nivifrons, Ogden (p. 196), is 
without the slightest doubt identical with CurTrusIa cRASSI- 
RostrRIS, De Fil. (Defilippia crassirostris, Salvad.), our Limnetes 
crassirostris (Vogel, Ost. Africas, p. 641). On the plate (PI. I.) 
the back and scapulars are wrongly ‘“ dark-brown” colored, instead 
of “light brownish-gray,” as accurately noticed in the description. 
A very good and trustworthy representation is given by von 
Heugliss: Ornithologie Nordostafricas, t. XX XIII. 

To Ch. senegalla, p. 194: “Vanellus albifrons, Bripp.”(!) 
noticed as a synonym of this species, has never been published 
by Dr. Brippell, at least I could not find the source. 

The next ally of Ch. senegalla is Ch. lateralis, Sin. (p. 195, No. 
5), which finally will turn out to be only a stage of plumage. 
(Vide Ost. Africa, p. 643.) 

To Ch. inornata, Schl. p.195. This must stand as Ch. cinerea, 
Blyth., which is wrongly used as a synonym of Ch. gregaria (No. 
10). 

Ch. inornata, Sws. (nec. Schleg.) is by no means identical with 
tinornata, Schlegel, but a very different species from Western 
Africa, which has been omitted in the Synopsis, as also the fol- 
lowing well-marked species :— 

Ch. (Hoplopterus) ventralis, Wagl. ex India, by mistake as 
synonymous with Ch. gregaria noticed. 


Ch. (Hoplopterus) speciosa, Wag]. ex Africa. 
Ch. (Hoplopterus) cayana, Sabh. ex America merid. 
Ch. coronata, Gil. ex Africa. — 
Ch. melanoptera, Bripp. ex Africa. 
Ch. (Lobivanellus) biloba, Gm. ex India. 
Ch. (Lobivanellus) pectoralis, Cuy. ex Australia. 
Ch. (Sarciophorus) pileatus, Gul. ex Africa. 


BREMEN, G., February, 1872. 


[June 25, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33 


ON NUMERICAL ORDER IN THE BRANCHING OF SOME CONIFERZ. 
BY THOMAS MEEHAN. 


In a paper entitled “ Adnation in Conifers,” read at the 
Chicago meeting of the American Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science, and which was published in the “‘ Proceedings” 
for 1868, I pointed out that the true leaves of Coniferze were 
mostly adherent to the stem—not merely “decurrent” as is 
usually said of some of them; and that the vigor of the axis or 
stem was the measure of the adhesion. I now propose to show 
that axial vigor also determines the law of branching in some 
cases, and that the branching is on a numerical plan. 

In the most vigorous growths of Thuja occidentalis, the com- 
mon American arbor vite, the leaves are almost wholly united 
with the axis, only the delicate sharp awns are free. These are 
arranged in pairs, one leaf opposite the other. The upper pair 
alternates with the lower (decussate). A branch appears at the 
eighth node; and always at the eighth node when the vigor of 
the branch remains the same. As the axis weakens the branches 
appear at the sixth node. This is the general average. With 
greater weakness the fourth node gives birth to the branch; and 
finally as the plant takes on its frondose flattened form, a branch 
pushes from every alternate node. But in no case does a branch 
push at an odd number. They are always from the second, fourth, 
sixth, or eighth node. 

In Thuja gigantea, Nutt., the same law prevails, the sixth 
and eighth being more numerous. 

In Libocedrus decurrens all appear to be on the alternate plan. 
I have seen no instance, even in vigorous shoots, where the 
branches push otherwise than from every second node. This is 
also true of Chamecyparis Lawsoniana, Parl.; and of C. obtusa, 
Sieb., C. pisifera, and C. retusa—all probably varieties of one 
thing. 

In Biota orientalis, the branching is mostly from the fourth node, 
occasionally from the second or sixth; rarely one will come from 
the third and odd number. In the curious variety B. O. pendula, 
Parl., where the plant has lost or never achieved the power to 


1872.] 


34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


produce frondose branches, the numerical order is lost: branchlets 
push at any indefinite point along the stem. 

In Chamecyparis spheroidea, Spach., the American white 
cedar, the branching is pretty regular at the fourth node, some- 
times from the second, rarely from the fifth. 

In Chamecyparis nutpensis, Spach., the yellow cedar of the 
Pacific Coast, the course is the same as in the American arbor 
vite. 

Sometimes in very stout shoots of this plant the leaves will be 
in whorls of three. It is curious to note then that the branching 
is on the odd numbers; either at three, five, or so on; but yet not 
in a regular graded series as in its normal condition and in the 
arbor vites. I have counted as many as fifteen nodes without a 
branch, and this absence of order in branching also exists in 
junipers. In these the leaves are mostly in threes, though still 
decussate, and the branching takes place at the odd numbers, and 
is irregular. 

Callitris quadrivalvis has four leaves in a whorl, and here again 
we have the irregular branching of the junipers. 

The result of these observations is that in a large number of 
cases the frequency of branching is in company with declining 
vigor; that presence of leaves in an opposite pair is favorable to 
a regularity of branching on even numbers; and that whorls of 
three or more are associated with irregular branching on odd 
numbers. 

It is proper to remark that this branching has reference to the 
growth of one season. There are axillary dormant buds at every 
node, which may push according to circumstances during any 
subsequent year. 

In connection with this subject are some observations worthy 
of note, though not probably original. As soon as the branching 
at alternate nodes begins in Libocedrus, Thuja, Biota, and others, 
the frondose character commences. The pair of adated leaves 
just above the node which bore a branch, is much contracted. 
These are always on the upper and lower faces, and are known as 
the dorsal leaves. The next pair of leaves are more developed, 
more free from cohesion with the axis, and from one of them a 
branchlet usually springs. These are the marginal leaves. 
Usually the branchlets, one from a node and from every second 
node, are alternate with the ones above and below it; but when 

[June 20, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35 


the branchlet pushes from the main branch, the first series of two 
or sometimes three are one above another, and on the upper side. 
The flattened frondose form is the result of this plan of develop- 
ment. Rarely two branchlets will proceed from each node, one 
from the axil of each opposite leaf. 

In some species each succeeding pair of cohering leaves are 
of equal length and strength. In the Thujas and in Chame- 
cyparis Lamsoniana this is characteristic; but in Libocedrus 
decurrens, and Chamecyparis obtusa, and allies, every first pair 
succeeding a branchlet, and which on the flattened conditions 
constitute the dorsal pair, are very much abbreviated and 
shortened, so much indeed as to scarcely proceed beyond the line 
of the lower pair, and thus some writers have been led to describe 
these plants as having 4-verticillate leaves. 

The seedling or first year’s growth of Biota orientalis exhibits 
this subverticillate character. The first pair of leaves succeeding 
the cotyledons is so near as to appear almost two of a series of 
four cotyledon lobes. For many successive nodes the leaves 
appear to be 4-verticillate. 

In regard to the early leaves of coniferous plants, those which 
follow the cotyledons are nearly free, having little cohesion with 
the stem or “decurrence,” as botanists say. As the axis becomes 
thicker, or, as I have termed it in the paper referred to, endowed 
with more vitality, there is less of the free portion and more of 
the adnated or cohering, until in Pinus there is nothing left but 
a thickened bed or pulvinus; and the axial bud which generally 
marks the diverging place of the proper leaf has to push and in 
a difficult way perform the function ofleaves. If any thing tend 
to check the vitality of the tree, so that the axial buds do not 
develop, the adnating power is weakened, and the true leaves 
again become free from the stem. This is seen in Pinus edulis, 
Engl. At any time through its existence, where the branches are 
weak by being shaded or starved by other branches, the pulvint 
develop into true leaves, and the axial bud, usually producing 
two “needles,” does not push. Street trees and osier willows when 
annually trimmed, though the subsequent growth is vigorous, 
increase their trunks slowly in girth, and die much earlier than 
uncut ones. Thus their vitality is impaired. Some pine trees 
when cut down push up strong sprouts, and these will often have 
the pulvini developed into true leaves as in the weakened Pinus 
1872. ] 


36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


, 


edulis. I have shown already, in the paper before referred to, 
that Thujopsis borealis (Chamecyparis, Nutkensis, Spach.) also — 
throws out free leaves always in the weakened cutting state. In 
some garden varieties of Thuja and Biota the weak axis of the 
seedling condition remains throughout many succeeding years of 
growth. In all these cases the leaves are free. These free leaved 
forms are still regarded by some excellent European botanists as 
species of unknown introduction, although, as stated in my paper 
on * Adnation in Conifera,” their derivation from Thuja and Biota 
is founded on direct evidence. I refer to this incidental matter 
chiefly to add the new observation, in connection with the leading 
points of the present paper, that with their weakened condition, 
the regular numerical order of branching, as noted in the fully 
developed forms, does not exist. 

I do not suppose this law of vital vigor so far as developed will 
account for all the phenomena of free or adnated leaves; or for 
all the numerical relations of branchlets to the nodes. I have 
myself pointed out some apparent exceptions, but I trust I have 
made it clear that it performs no mean part in the order of these 
things. 


[June 25, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


oo 
-T 


APRIL 2. 
Mr.V aux, Vice-President, in the chair. 
Twenty-three members present. 
The following paper was presented for publication :— 


* Descriptions and Illustrations of Genera of Shells.” By T. A. 
ConraD. 


Remarks on some Eatinct Mammals.—Proft. Lrrpy exhibited 
specimens of fossils from the Tertiary of Wyoming. One of these 
is an upper jaw fragment with two molars; the other a lower jaw 
fragment with a single molar. The upper molars have crowns 
composed of four lobes, of which the outer are like the corres- 
ponding ones in Anchitherium. Of the inner lobes, the front one 
is much the larger, and is prolonged outwardly in advance of the 
antero-external lobe. It is homologous with the antero-internal 
and antero-median lobes as existing in Anchitherium in a com- 
pletely connate condition. The postero-internal lobe is thesmallest 
of the crown. It is conical and conjoins that in front. A barely 
perceptible trace of a postero-median lobe is seen. <A strong basal 
ridge incloses the crown, except externally, where it is feebly 
produced. 

The three upper molars occupied a space of 8 lines. The first 
molar is 24 lines fore and aft and 3} transversely ; the second is 
23 lines fore and aft, and the last one 2+ lines. 

A question arises as to whether these teeth pertain to any of 
the animals previously indicated from lower jaw specimens with 
teeth. They are too large for the known species of Hyopsodus or 
Microsyops. They nearly accord in size with the lower molars of 
Notharctus, and perhaps belong to this genus. Linnotherium 
appears not to differ from this, as the number of teeth and their 
constitution are the same. 

The lower jaw fragment accompanying the upper one may be- 
long tothe same animal. The molar it contains, though resembling 
those of Notharctus, differs in several points. I propose to refer 
the fossils to a species with the name of Hipposyus FORMOSUS. 

Prof. Leidy further remarked that he had recently the oppor- 
tunity of examining the tooth described by Prof. Marsh under the 
name of Palxosyops minor. The tooth evidently belongs to the 
curious pachyderm with the beaver-like incisors named T'rogosus 
castoridens. On observing the molar tooth, which is not worn away 
like those in the jaw specimen upon which the latter was named, 
it at once called to mind, the tooth which had been described 
under the name of Anchippodus riparius. On comparison, it 
would appear as if the specimens referred to Palwosyops minor 
1872.] 


“ 


38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


and Trogosus castoridens, really belong to the same genus and 
species. The tooth of Anchippodus riparius was obtained from 
a tertiary formation, miocene or eocene, in Monmouth Co., N. J. 
If the determination is correct, it would go to show that the Brid- 
ger Tertiary formation of Wyoming was contemporaneous with 
the Tertiary deposit of Monmouth Co., N. J. 


Prof. Core stated that the largest mammal of the Eocene for- 
mations adjoining those of Wyoming, 7. e. of the Wahsatch group 
of Hayden, was the Lathmodon radians, Cope, of about the size 
of Rhinocerus. It was an odd-toed ungulate, with peculiar dental 
characters. The incisors were well developed above and below 
as in the Tapir, but the dental series was little interrupted. The 
crowns of the upper molars were all wider than long, and presented 
mixed characters. On the outer margin one only of the two 
usual crescents of Ruminants was present, but a tubercle repre- 
sented the anterior one. The one which was present was di- 
rected very obliquely inwards. Inner crescents were represented 
by two angles, the posterior forming the inner angular margin of a 
flat table, the anterior , a mere cingulum at its anterior base. The 
arrangement of these parts was stated to be of interest in connee- 
tion with the relationships between the types of hoofed animals. 
The single outer crescent was a ruminant indication, while the 
inner table resembled the interior part of the crown of Titanothe- 
rium. It differed, however, in its early union with the outer mar- 
gin, its edge being thus possibly homologous with the posterior 
transverse crest in Rhinocerus. The premolars had two or three 
lobes with crescentic section arranged transversely. He regarded 
the genus as allied to Chalicotherium. 

He stated that the mammalian fauna of Wyoming and Utah 
more nearly resembled that of the Paris Basin than any yet dis- 
covered in our country, and that it had been discovered to con- 
tain a still greater number of generalized mammalian forms. One 
of the most marked of these was the genus just described by Dr. 
Leidy. 


APRIL 9. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 
Sixteen members present. 


Remarks on some Extinct Vertebrates.—Prof. Lerpy directed at- 
tention to some fossils upon which he made the following obser- 
vations. Several teeth and jaw fragments from the Loup Fork of 
the Niobrara River, Nebraska, obtained by Prof. Hayden, appear 
to indicate a large species of Felis, not previously described. 
The most characteristic specimen consists of an upper sectorial 
molar about as large as that of the Bengal Tiger, and consequently 

[June 25, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39 


much too large for either of the largest existing american cats, 
the Panther and the Jaguar. It is as much too small to have 
pertained to the American Lion, Felis atrox, for its breadth is but 
slightly greater than that contained in the lower jaw from which 
the latter was described. Breadth of the crown of the tooth is 154 
lines; its thickness in front 8 lines. The measurements in the 
corresponding teeth of a Bengal Tiger are, 16 lines in breadth, 
and 74 lines in thickness in front. The form of the fossil tooth is 
the same as in the other feline species. 

The extinct species may be named FELIS AUGUSTUS. 

A distal extremity of a humerus, from the Niobrara River, about 
the size and construction of the’ corresponding part in the Bengal 
Tiger, may belong to this species. 

Another fossil, consisting of a detached body of a vertebra, ap- 
parently indicates an extinct reptile allied to Plesiosaurus and 
Discosaurus. The specimen, recently received from Prof. Hayden, 
was obtained in 1870, on Henry’s Fork of Green River, Wyoming. 
It is free from attached matrix, and was the only specimen pertain- 
ing to the animal which was found. It probably belonged to a for- 
mation of earlier date than that of the same locality which has 
yielded other fossils previously described. 

The vertebra is from the base of the tail, and is much shorter in 
relation to its other dimensions than in Plesiosaurus or Discosau- 
rus. The extremities are concave, and encircled near the margin 
of the articular surfaces with a narrow groove. Posteriorly there 
are two large articular facets, as widely separated as the bone 
would permit, for the junction of a chevron. Anteriorly there are 
no marks of chevron attachment. The roots of strong transverse 
processes or diapophyses project from the sides of the body just 
above the middle. The neural arch was completely co-ossitied 
with the body, leaving no trace of its earlier separation. 

The breadth of the body is 23 lines; its depth 19 lines, and its 
length i inch. 

Viewing the specimen as probably representing a genus different 
from those mentioned, I propose to name it with the species as 
OLIGOSIMUS GRANDAVUS. 

Another fossil is a remarkable specimen, obtained by Prof. 
Hayden in the “ Black Foot country” at the head of the Missouri 
River. It looks as if it had formed part of the dermal armor of 
some huge saurian or perhaps of an armadillo-like animal. It is 
imperfect, and looks as if it were half broken away. In its pre- 
sent state it is hemiovoid, about two inches in diameter, concave 
below, and convex above, where it is covered by about fifteen 
large mammillary bosses. 

Accompanying this specimen there is a distal phalanx, which 
may belong to the sameanimal. It is rather less than two inches 
long. The articular surface is transversely elliptical, 1} inch 
wide, and 11 lines deep, and feebly depressed, so as to indicate a 


1872.] 


40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


moderate degree of mobility. The upper surface of the bone slopes 
to the end and is transver sely conyex. The extremity is expanded 
at the borders. Beneath are several vascular perforations. 
Though the specimens are not sufficiently characteristic to deter- 
mine positively whether they belong to a mammal or a reptile, or 
whether they even belong together to the same animal, the former 
one is so peculiar that I am disposed to regard it as representing 
a genus and species, which may be named TYLOSTEUS ORNATUS. 


Curious habit of a Snake.—Mr. Cope made the following re- 
marks :— 

I had for some time a specimen of Cyclophis xslivus, received 
from Fort Macon, N. Ca., through the kindness of Dr. Yarrow, 
living in a wardian case. The slender form of this snake, and 
its beautiful green and yellow colors, have led to the opinion 
that it is of arboreal or bush-loving habits. It never exhibited 
such in confinement, however, and instead of climbing over the 
Caladia, ferns, etc., lived mostly under ground. It had a curi- 
ous habit of projecting its head and two or three inches of its 
body above the ground, and holding them for hours rigidly in a 
fixed attitude. In this position it resembled very closely a sprout 
or shoot of some green succulent plant, and might readily be mis- 
taken for such by small animals. 


Intelligence in Monkeys.—I have two species of Cebus in my 
study, C. capucinus, and a half-grown C. apella. The former 
displays the usual traits of monkey ingenuity. He is an admirable 
catcher, seldom missing anything, from a large brush to a grain, 
using two hands or one. His cage door is fastened by two hooks, 
and these are kept in their places by nails driven in behind them. 
He generally finds means sooner or later to draw out the nails, 
unhook the hooks and get free. He then occupies himself in 
breaking up various objects and examining their interior appear- 
ances, no doubt in search of food. To prevent his escape I 
fastened him by a leather strap to the slats of the cage, but he 
soon untied the knot, and then relieved himself of the strap by 
cutting and drawing out the threads which held the flap for the 
buckle. He then used the strap in a novel way. He was accus- 
tomed to catch his food (bread, potatoes, fruit, ete.) with his 
hands, when thrown to him. Sometimes the pieces fell short 
three or four feet. One day he seized his strap and began to 
throw it at the food, retaining his hold of one end. He took 
pretty correct aim, and finally drew the pieces to within reach of 
his hand. This performance he constantly repeats, hooking and 
pulling the articles to him in turns and loops of the strap. Some- 
times he loses his hold of the strap. If the poker is handed him, 
he uses that with some skill, for the recovery of the strap. When 
this is drawn in, he secures his food as before. Here is an act of 


rJune 25, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. - Al 


intelligence which must have been originated by some monkey, 
since no lower or ancestral type of Mammals possess the hands 
necessary for its accomplishment. Whether originated by Jack. 
or by some ancestor of the forest who used vines for the same 
purpose, cannot be readily ascertained. 

After a punishment, the animal would only exert himself in 
this way when not watched; as soon as an eye was directed to 
him, he would cease. In this he displayed distrust. He also 
usually exhibited the disposition to accumulate to be quite su- 
perior to hunger. Thus he always appropriated all the food with- 
in reach before beginning to eat. When different pieces were 
offered to him, he transferred the first to his hind feet to make 
room for more; then filled his mouth and hands, and concealed 
portions behind him. With a large piece in his hands, he would 
pick the hand of his master clean before using his own, which he 
was sure of. 


* 


APRIL 16. 
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the chair. 
Twenty-three members present. 


The following paper was presented for publication :— 


“Studies of the Tyrannide. Part I. Revision of the Species of 
Myiarchus.” By Exxtiorr Coves. 


APRIL 23. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 
Twenty-one members present. 
The following paper was presented for publication:— 


“Catalogue and Synonymy of the Family Lucinide.”’ By Gero. 
W. Tryon, Jr. 


Prof. P. Frazer, Jr., noticed a granular sediment at the bottom 
of several bottles of water from the Geyser Spring, Saratoga, 
and on taking them out they proved to be phanero-crystalline 
individuals of peculiar form. This form seemed at first sight to 
be that of the sphenoid or wedge-shaped hemi-pyramids of one of 
the tetragonal or rhombic systems. On testing the crystals they 
proved to be nothing else than carbonate of lime, and the diffi- 
culty lay in making their habitus and composition harmonize. 
Arragonite crystals they certainly were not, and if they were cal- 
cites 1 is evident that they could not be sphenoids. 

1872. 


492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


On a closer examination it turned out that they were acute 
rhombohedrons with four planes largely and the other two planes 
only very minutely developed, thus giving to the crystal the ap- 
pearance of a tetrahedron or sphenoid, two of whose angles were 
truncated by small planes. 

It suggested itself as a means of obtaining crystals from a 
saturated carbonic acid solution of those substances not readily 
soluble in pure water, to allow the gas to escape uniformly but 
slowly, and thus allow each crystal time to complete its comple- 
ment of planes. 


APRIL 30. 


The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 
Twenty-nine members present. 
The death of Wm. W. Greruarp, M.D., was announced. 


The following were elected members: Geo. Stiles, M.D., Pass- 
more Williamson, Bloomfield H. Moore, Mrs. Bloomfield H. Moore, 
Alfred D. Jessup, Wm. F. Miskey, Wm. G. Freedly, F. B. Gowen, 
E. Burd Grubb, Thos. R. Dunglison, M.D., and John Thompson. 


Permission being granted, Dr. H. ALLEN called attention toa 
novel method of studying the appendicular skeleton of vertebrates. 
He had found that a radiated arrangement of bones could be de- 
tected in the shoulder girdle. The recognition of such a plan sug- 
gested the propriety of characterizing rays as divergent from a 
hypothetized centre with respect to their positions to the longi- 
tudinal axis of the body. The scapula thus becomes the neurad; 
the pre-coracoid and coracoid bones the heamad; while the ray of 
the arm is the manad. The neurad ray is single and may seg- 
ment twice, as in some batrachians, or but once, as in others of 
the same class. The heamad rays never segment. They may be 
single or double. The manad rays are multiple in fishes, and may 
not diverge from a single point. In Gobius some of these rays 
appear as actinapophyses to the neurad rays. 

The manad rays are single in other vertebrates. They do not 
segment in fishes, but may twice segment (‘‘glenoid’’-brachium) 
with other forms. It is necessary to remember that the centre of 
this radiate arrangement-is not at all times at the shoulder-joint, 
but may be at a point at which the ‘glenoid” (Parker) scapular, 
pre-coracoid, and coracoid bones converge. This is instanced in 
man and the salamander. 

The study of the pelvic gitdle yields similar results to those 
above stated. The centre here is at the acetabulum. The neurad 
ray (ilium), the two heamads (pubis and ischium), as well as the 

[June 25, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43 


pesad (femur) do not segment. The late Y-shaped ossification 
(man) is without morphological value. 

Dr. A. endeavored to establish a plan for the construction of the 
hand and foot, by premising a system of divergent rays project- 
ing from the distal extremity of the manad and pedad segments 
respectively. He conceived it to present a better principle of 
action than does the hypothesis of Gegenbaur, which rests upon 
marginal chains of ossicles appended distad to the limb. 

In the fish the primal divergence of the rays from the multiple 
manad are infinite, and do not permit of subsequent divergences. 
In all other vertebrates the primal divergence is finite (single), 
and the subsequent divergences vary; they attain their maximum 
number (four) in the carpus and tarsus of Ichthyosaurus and 
Plesiosaurus. 

In taking the limbsof the salamander‘ as illustrations, it is found 
that the humerus gives off at the elbow two rays, the ulna and 
radius. The ulna at the wrist gives off two rays in the shape of 
carpal bones, which are serially homologous with the radius and 
ulna. The lateral (7. e. outer) ray segments three times to pro- 
duce the outer toe. The median (7.e. inner) ray segments once 
and then yields divergents to produce by serial segmentation the 
toes placed median to the axis of the carpal quantity. The radius 
does not present divergents but segments to project the inner- 
most toe. In this arrangement the ulna is seen to be the more 
potential of the divergents of the humerus, since its several diver- 
gences make up the bulk of the hand and account for the projec- 
tion of all the toes excepting the innermost. In the foot the fibula 
is the more potential bone, since the area of its related divergen- 
ces yields the bulk of the foot, asdoes the ulnain thehand. Again, 
of the first ulnar divergence the median is the more potential, 
since the lateral passes off to the outer toe, exhibiting axial repe- 
tition of segments only. The tendency for the greater potentiality 
to be found in the median ray of any given divergence, finds an 
apparent exception in the penultimate divergence in [chthyosaurus 
and Plesiosaurus, where it would appear as though the lateral ray 
yielding the last divergence is the outer instead of the inner side. 
Enough is secured, however, to modify the prevalent idea concern- 
ing the acquisition of toes. Conceding that the above scheme is 
correct, it will follow, that, inasmuch as in the several diver- 
gences the median rays are favored, and the toes are the ultimate 
projections of such rays, they may be initiated from towards 
the centre and not always from the sides. It was observed, for 
example, that in the bi-dactylous foot of the Proteus the ulnar 
divergent produced an axis composed of five segments to consti- 
tute the outer toe. The radial div ergent repe ated segments four 
times, the terminal three comprising the inner toe. Now, the hand 


' Gegenbaur. 


1872.] 


44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


of the Proteus is tri-dactylous, and it is found that the third toe 
is the median ray of a divergence terminating the ulnar projec- 
tion. 

In this connection reference was made to Buhl’s' account of a case 
of congenital defect in the human foot, in which four toes only 
were present. The missing toe was the fourth, which is the median 
terminal divergent of calcaneal side of foot; the normal arrange- 
ment of the human foot being as follows: The potential side 
(tibial (7), remembering the twist of the posterior extremity, 
caused the speaker to consider the potential side of the foot to be 
homologous with the ulnar side of the hand) is segmented twice 
(astragalus and scaphoid) to produce three divergents (1st, 2d, 
and 3d metatarsals), each of which segments four times in form- 
ing the first three toes. The outer weaker side segments serially 
twice (caleaneum, cuboid) to yield two divergents (4th and 5th 
metatarsals), which thence form the fourth and fifth toes.* 

The relations between the term actinapophysis and the term 
ray, as used in the above descriptions, were next dwelt upon. It 
was proposed to restrict the term actinapophysis to a segment 
projected from the side of an axial ray, while such axial rays are 
always in themselves projections from a hypothetical non-osseous 
centre. It follows that unless a ray can be traced to such centre, 
it cannot be considered of primai value, and becomes actinapo- 
physal. In the event of the correctness of this hypothesis, many 
of the identifications of Parker must fall. 

Actinapophyses may behave like primal rays with respect to 
the bone from which they spring. The separately ossified tip to 
the acromion process is an example. This is an interesting ex- 
pression of an actinapophysis projecting in an opposite direc- 
tion to the axis of its own ray. Ruge,? in his descriptions of 
abnormalities of the acromion, figures two disjuncted actinapo- 
physes in the above position. They are, it was judged, the 
two centres of ossification of the acromial tip, not co-ossified 
axially, as is the rule, but placed as divergents to the primal ray. 

Dr. A. felt inclined to claim for such centres the name of ‘ cen- 
tres of nutrition,’ and to revert the present application of the 
theory to Goodsirt (1845). 


1 Congenital absence of femur, etc. Zeit. f. Rat. Med., 1860, p. 128. 

2 In the hand the radius (ulna, Gegenbaur) yields the scaphoid for a 
segment, and the trapezius and trapezium as divergents (probably). The 
ulna gives the semilunar fora segment and magnum unciform and cunei- 
form for divergents; the fourth and fifth toe are secondary divergences 
from the unciform (probably). 

3 Zeit. f. Rat. Med., 1859, p. 258. 

‘ Of the forces which exist in connection with centres of nutrition 
nothing very definite can yet be stated. When this branch of inquiry 
shall have been opened up, we shall expect to have a science of organic 
forces bearing direct relations to anatomy, the science of organic forms.’’— 
An. and Path. Obs., Art. Centres of Nutrition. 


[June 25, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45 


The speaker was of the opinion that, as a principle, it was capa- 
ble of interpreting much of the skeleton. He had reason to be- 
lieve, that, the bilaterality of centres of ossification (Serres) so far 
as they apply to the neural and heamal axes (vertebral column 
and sternum) being assumed, all other arrangements of the 
scleral tissues were about * centres of nutrition.” The costal series 
(inclusive of the clavicles), with its multiple segmentations and 
occasional actinapophyses; and more especially the infra-cranial 
arches (the branchial (hyoid), mandibular apparatuses), were held 
to be parts of a system similar to the above in kind. 


On favorable report of the Committees, the following papers 
were ordered to be printed :— 


1872.] 


46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


ON PREHISTORIC HUMAN ART FROM WYOMING AND COLORADO, 
BY E. L. BERTHOUD, A.M., C.E. 


[Journal of a Reconnoissance made along Creek Valley, Colorado, in October and 
November, 1871.] 


GREELEY, COLORADO. 

Oct. 21,1871. We leave Greeley, lat. 40° 25’, long. 104° 367 
west, at 24 P.M., cross Cache La Poudre Railroad, half mile east 
of town, our course is N. 60° east. Camping in the evening below 
the mouth of the Cache La Poudre, and on north bank of South 
Platte River, our reconnoissance line takes us to Low Wet Creek, 
three miles north of the river, but the total want of water in the 
creek compels us to go to Platte River for camp. 

Altitude above the sea 45.56. Vegetation is getting more 
stunted; the only trees and shrubs found are Populus angulata, 
Salix muhlenbergiana? Rhus triloba, and Negundo aceroides; 
Cerasus serotina: while a few Cleome integrifolia, and Aster 
Nove-Anglix? are yet in flower, and Cactus opuntia, covers the 
high prairie everywhere. 

Platte River abounds in wild geese, A. canadensis; brant, A. 
Bernicla ; some white gulls and sooty terns. 

Oct. 22. Leave camp at 7 A.M., course N. 36° east. Travel- 
ling to-day to reach Crow Creek for evening camp; soil is sandy 
and covered in every direction with prickly pear of most annoying 
thickness; our view in every direction except west is bounded by 
a dreary, grayish, monotonous prairie, still it is singular to see 
what a large amount of animal life exists here. 

Three kinds of wolves, the little prairie fox Canis velox, ante- 
lopes, badgers, prairie dogs, two kinds of rabbits, black-tailed 
deer were seen by us to-day at 3 P.M., in full sight of Crow Creek; 
we find in several prairie ridges multitudes of Ostreea or Inocera- 
mus shells, forming beds of dark, soft earthy limestone. Reach- 
ing Crow Creek we camp in a bend of the stream. 

Oct. 23. We follow Crow Creek to-day for nine or ten miles in 
a course on average about N. 40° east. Water and grass scarce 
and bad. We cross and recross the creek to-day, but it is dry 
and sandy, and its banks wofully parched; at 3 P.M. finding a 

[June 25, 


Wyoming Territory 


WON. Lat 
@enws = weftewraeve awe wen te = a a a ee ne ia ee ne ee ~_S ee  e 
‘ é 
2. ae ee 


), BD, 
Mh WAS § waxes £ 


“a é 
Z i PINE BLUFFS a 
~—— 


Colorado Terr. 


Give 
oe 
8 
EC / 
ae 
3 
Se 
1S 
j 


an i. ae Vee BED i. = 9 
t Rt ee ne “asec K WD 
i A bE wie H° Sa 
SS : 
A = oe) SNe —— > 
x SS We ayn MW | 
‘=. = VESTS Be 
= y Sf iss Ss «x 
% Si ays \\ * bess 
72 x Ez S SY Locali y- where the 4, BS 
me —= s ei: vestiges of Ancient Vul- ZS ) 
= = J A A lages appeal! Wale GUatat — 
= = i(4 tes of rude unplements =e 
= =) we Flent chaps ete. elt Zip 
= Be tat, A | 
' 
i 
i 
’ 
‘ 
a 
as 
N 
Jf < STONE IMPLEMENTS a 
IN GRAVEL BED GENERAL VIEW OF DEAD PINE BLUFFS 
é B b LAT. 40° N LONG.104° w 
S i’ By, 
q|_ 3” | 
ey 
A i 
id 
0,7 
che? St “\L Th 
er eh | \ > 
a fe LE ees ar 
ry 
ais SHOWING LOCATION 
’ 
A cf TERTIARY SHELLS etd 
’ 
IMPLEMENTS, FIRE-PLACES 
CLC; CLC. 


SCALE FOUR MILES TO 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 4T 


water hole of green slimy liquid, we camp on the west side of the 
creek. 

While investigating the formation of the bluffs capped with 
gravel, we find many beautiful moss agates, and numerous flakes 
and rude stone implements, mixed in tertiary gravel and seemingly 
coeval with it. 

Oct. 24. Crossing Crow Creek at camp our course is N. 23° and 
N. 11° east. 

On leaving Crow Creek I obtained a complete suite of stone im- 
plements and rude fragments which occur mixed in a gravel and 
sand deposit that composes the summit and sides of the low bluffs 
on the east bank. I found them in the gravel, in the soil, in every 
kind of position, and sometimes weather beaten or stained by 
weather and rain. The accompanying gravel is composed of smooth 
pebbles of quartzite jasper, agate, granite, mica, slate, basalt; with 
a few shells and fossil wood, or wood opal; while in the low grounds 
at the foot of the bluffs ancient fireplaces, burnt fragments of bone 
and wood, with flint and agate, chips and implements, almost uni- 
versally distinct from those on the summit of the low hills border- 
ing Crow Creek; so much is this the case, that the two seem to 
point to a distinct era, the later presenting some progress and re- 
finement even in stone implements. 

The evidences of the oldest and rudest art do not even show 
traces of fire or fireplaces; rough implements, irregular piles of 
pebbles, are all that is left us to show and identify to the observer 
the obscure seat of a still more obscure barbarism. 

Another fact puzzles me, that whenever and wherever on Cache 
La Poudre, Big Thompson River, Clear Creek, Crow Creek, and 
Platte River, we find evidences of “ Pre-aboriginal’’ occupation, 
it is invariably on the low bluffs bordering these valleys, and in a 
tertiary gravel deposit; but if we go back in the higher region 
of the prairies, they almost disappear or present a difference in 
form or material. 

The shape, the location, the rude barbarism of these first 
attempts of art irresistibly lead us to compare them to the rude 
tools of Abbeville in France, or the implements of kerne in Eng- 
land. Iam glad to be able to give a few shells from this place, 
which will serve to guide us in determining the age of the gravel 
beds of Crow Creek. 

We are fast nearing the high table-land, between South Platte 
1872.] 


48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


River, Crow Creek, and Pole Creek; this is a dividing ridge capped 
by conglomerate in many places, and under this on Low Wet, 
Little Crow Creek, etc., miocene beds with Oreodon, Titanothe- 
rium and fresh-water turtles. The gravel beds of Crow Creek 
may be quaternary? but they seem made up from the decomposed 
capping north of us, and at Golden City apparently underly the 
newer tertiary beds, capped with basalt ? 

Continuing our course about N. 15° east we reach Crow Creek 
again in the evening; passing over a bed of lignite or tertiary 
coal. Prairie very sandy and dry; formation soft sandstone and 
clay beds. 

Oct. 25. Course about N. 11° to 17° east, following Crow Creek 
three or four miles. I noticed in two places in the steep bluffs 
bordering the stream the burnt stones and black carbonaceous 
remains of old fireplaces, from four to eight feet below the present 
surface. 

At 11 A.M. we again leave Crow Creek, and begin to cross 
another large bend in that stream. We are in sight of bright, 
white bluffs north of us and directly in our course. These are the 
white or chalk bluffs, that extend west to near the foot of the 
black hills and on the boundary between Colorado and Wyoming 
Territories, on the parallel of 41° N. Antelopes abound here, 
we saw also to-day sixteen wild horses, which at the first sight of 
our men went off at a rattling pace; the patriarch of the flock, a 
fine black stallion, driving the rest before him.- 

Passing over a flat well-grassed prairie bottom we reach at 1 P.M. 
some long low ridges, that insensibly are lost in a low flat bottom, 
bordering a small dry affluent of Crow Creek. 

Halting here to await the arrival of the party some two miles 
back, I strolled over the ridges to pick up specimens of agates 
or fossils; while so occupied I found at the foot of the first ridge 
the evidences of the deserted site of an ancient village; the stone 
heaps and circles, the projecting and polished boulders, the stray 
flint tools and weapons, the multitudes of broken flakes or frag- 
ments left in the primeval workshop; while all around dispersed 
in rude circles, the boulders of quartzite, of jaspery rocks, yellow, 
red, or gray, nowhere else “in situ,’ speak of some method or 
manner of industry, totally unlike our more modern Indian or 
mound builder’s vestiges. 

I made a sketch of this locality, marked 4A A on the map, and 

[June 25, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49 


also made a collection of the better formed implements and 
weapons. I examined this locality critically, to get some clue to 
its antiquity. 

North, half a mile farther, another old site was reached, marked 
by four large boulders, placed on end in some sort of rude order. 
Crossing a small valley I reached another spot indicated by 
similar rude monuments, and characterized by heaps of ancient 
implements and chiplings of the most primitive kind; these are 
strewn in every direction on a grassy ridge sloping down into a 
small valley. The boulders here and elsewhere may have been 
placed as rallying points for the family circle of the ‘“ Pre-abo- 
riginal” man. 

Located on points of land and extended promontories, these 
ancient sites favor strongly the idea of location near some ancient 
estuary or fresh-water lake ; whose vestiges the present topography 
of this region favors. 


Note on the Shells accompanying the Flints.—These represent four 
species, three only determinable. My friend, T. A. Conrad, to whom I 
submitted them, states that one of them is a Corbicula, the other a Rangia, 
both estuary shells, ‘‘certainly not of later age than older Pliocene, or 
possibly Miocene, but there is no trace of Ranga in the Eocene.’’—E.D. 
CopPE. 


1872.] 


50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


DESCRIPTIONS AND ILLUSTRATIONS OF GENERA OF SHELLS. 
BY T. A. CONRAD. 
CRASSATELLA, Lam. 
Subgenus PACHYTHZRUS. 
C, Pteropsis, Conrad, Pl, I., fig. 1, Cretaceous. 
C. Ripleyana, Conrad, fig. 7, Cretaceous. 
C. ligeriensis, D’Orb. fig. 10. Cretaceous. 

I do not suppose this group of Cretaceous, Eocene, and Oligocene 
shells will be recognized as a genus distinct from CRrAssATELLA, 
and therefore I propose it as a subgenus to mark the differences 
which characterize the species of Cretaceous and older tertiary 
formations, and distinguish them from Miocene and recent forms. 

For description of the subgenus, see Amer. Journ. of Conch., vol. 
v. p. 47. 

CRASSATELLA. 
Miocene and recent. 
C. undulata, Say, Plate I., fig. 9. 
PLEUROCONCHA. 


Shell radiately ribbed, hinge of right valve with 2 cardinal teeth, 
posterior one immediately under the apex, triangular, thick, and 
directed obliquely posteriorly, anterior tooth approximately direct, 
no cartilage pit as in Crassatella. 

Crassatella Gallieni, D’Orbigny. 


I originally proposed this genus under the objectionable name 
of RaproconcHa, and as it has not been accepted I feel at liberty 
to alter the orthography though not the meaning of the name. 

In an attempt at a natural classification of bivalves it would be 
wrong to include this shell in the genus CRASSATELLA, as the above 
diagnosis must render evident to any one who studies the subject. 

In indicating the genus an error occurred in quoting the name 
of Guerangeri, instead of Gallieni as Tintended. Itseems hardly 
possible that any one could suppose that I would quote the As- 
TARTE figured on the same plate as the type of the genus. Had 
I done so it would have been quoted AsTARTE, not CRASSATELLA. 
C. Robinaldini was incorrectly referred to this genus. 

PrycHomya, Ag., is described as having 3 diverging cardinal 

[June 25, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51 


teeth in each valve, which with other characters show a wide 
generic difference between it and PLEUROCONCHA. 


PLIONEMA, Conrad. 


Shell subrotund, sculptured with close radiating lines or fine 
ribs ; hinge of left valve with 2 robust diverging teeth; lunule 
none. 

Astarte Guerangeri, D’Orbigny. 

The radiating ribs and lunule areI think sufficient to distinguish 
this as a subgenus. When it is considered that all the numerous 
species, Cretaceous and recent, of the genus ASTARTE or CRASSINA 
are characterized by a well-marked and generally profound lunule, 
and when ribbed, always concentrically, the Aslfarte Guerangert 
forms too marked an exception to place it in the group of typical 
species. 

SCAMBULA. 


Shell triangular, compressed ; in the right valve one direct tooth 
under the apex, with a pit on each side of it, and a long lateral 
tooth anteriorly, posterior dorsal margin carinated, which promi- 
nent line fits into a doubled lateral tooth, in the opposite valve, 
left valve with 2 long approximate direct teeth, and a long ante- 
rior marginal lateral tooth, pallial line invisible, inner margin finely 
crenulated on a raised line. 

§. perplana, Conrad, PI. I., fig. 2 

The crenulations on the shell closely resemble those of PAcuy- 
THARUS (Cretaceous forms of CRASSATELLA), being arranged in a 
slightly prominent line. The hinge of this shell is very distinct 
from that of CRASSATELLA. 


PTEROMERIS. 


Shell triangular, compressed, radiately ribbed, not oblique; 
hinge of left valve with 2 diverging cardinal teeth, the anterior 
one slightly grooved; the posterior one elongated, profoundly 
bifid; posterior hinge margin carinated. 

P. perplana, Pl. I., fig. 3. 

This genus was indicated in the Proceedings of the Academy of 
Natural Sciences in 1862. It was not founded on Asfarfe minu- 
tissima as stated by Stoliczka, but on Cardita perplana a Mio- 
cene shell. Muricromeris was proposed for the former, which from 


1872.] 


ay, PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Lea’s description and figure must be sufficiently distinct in generic 
character. 

In the Eocene catalogue published in the American Journal of 
Conchology, Astarte minutissima was incorrectly referred to PTE- 
RoMERIS. This shell, and Cardita atomus, Deshayes, look much 
alike externally. 


VETERICARDIA. 


This genus was improperly printed Vetocardia. and I here re- 

store the correct orthography. 
V. crenalirata, Pl. I., fig. 4. 
Venericardia dupiniana, from D’Orbigny, fig. 11. 

Stoliczka has figured a shell under the name of Cardita Jaguenoti 
which has more external resemblance to VENERICARDIA than any 
cretaceous form known to me, but the hinge is different from that 
of CarpITA or VENERICARDIA, and also from that of the present 
genus. 


PLEUROMERIS. 
P. tridentata (Cardita), Say. 


May be regarded as the type of this genus, which was described 
in the Amer. Journ. of Conch., vol. III., p. 12. 


P. decemcostata, Pl. I., fig. 8 


This isa Miocene species in which formation most of the species 
are found, though the genus first appeared in the Eocene. I 
refer to this genus Cardita Kickxii, C. chameformis, Sowerby, C. 
scalaris, C. analis, Phil. 


EULOXA. 


Equivalved; hinge of right valve having a long oblique bifid 
tooth immediately under the apex, and one pyramidal thick dis- 
tant tooth anteriorly, left valve with 3 distant cardinal teeth, one 
under the apex oblique thick entire, posterior tooth slender and 
very oblique, anterior tooth small, pallial line with a slight sinus ; 
inner margin entire. 


E. latisuleata, Pl. I., fig. 5. Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sciences, vol. xiv. p. 585. 


This genus essentially differs from Crasstna in the thick an- 
terior tooth of the right valve; in having 3 teeth in the left valve, 
and in having a dental pit in the right valve where CrassinA has 


[June 25, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3 


or 


a prominent tooth, and in having a pallial sinus. I know of one 
species only, LZ. latisulcata, a Miocene fossil. 


ALVEINUS. 


Shell equivalved, smooth; hinge of both valves with a central 
pit or emargination; right valve with 2 approximate tuberculiform 
minute teeth, the first immediately under the apex and the other 
beneath and alittle in advance of it; a lanceolate furrow in front of 
it ; left valve with 2 tuberculiform teeth situated in respect to each 
other in a line with the anterior hinge margin; a submarginal 


channel runs entirely round the valves to the apex; pallial line 
entire ? 


A. minutus, Conrad, Pl. I., fig.6. Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. i. p. 138, Pl. X., 

fig, 2. 

A minute shell of the Oligocene period found at Enterprise, 
Miss. The exterior has much resemblance to that of a ventricose 
Dosinia. The channel around the submargin of the entire shell 
is, I believe, an unique character. The figure is greatly enlarged. 
We have but two specimens of this littie bivalve, which is ex- 
tremely thin in substance. 


P PARASTARTE. 


Comparing this minute shell with Goodallia triangularis, the 
hinge is found to correspond with that of the latter, and therefore 
P. triquetra, Conrad, (Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sciences, 1862) must 
be named Goodallia triquetra. 


LATIARCA. 


Shell triangular, thick, capacious ; hinge line narrow medially, 
broad at the ends ; cardinal plates elevated strongly and rugosely 
striated transversely, the larger plates descending; medial plates 
very irregular; lower margin of posterior cicatrix elevated and 
acute, area between the beaks with conspicuous grooves angulated 
under the beaks. 


Latiarca idonea, Conrad, Pl. II., fig. 1. Amer. Journ. Conch., p. 289. Eocene. 
The most essential difference between this genus and /donearca 

is the want of the internal plate, very prominent in the latter, 

which is also a much shorter shell, with a broader hinge plate. 
Cucullza crassatina, Lam., is a fine example of this genus. Des- 

hayes, Cog. Foss. pl. XXXL, fig. 8, 9. 

1872.] 


54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


IDONEARCA. 


Shell triangular, thick, ventricose, with radiating lines, hinge 
broad, medial cardinal plates prominent, linear, transverse, or di- 
rect and transversely striated ; anterior and posterior plates elon- 
gated, oblique or descending, angular at the inner ends and 
strongly striated transversely, inner plate prominent, curved, car- 
dinal area subequal, grooved. 

I. capax. Pl. II., fig. 2. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., 2d series, vol. III., p. 328, pl. 
XXXV., fig. 2. 

This genus is one of the most characteristic of the Cretaceous 
forms, and has the earliest and most developed form of hinge, now 
represented by the recent Cucullea. Stoliczka confounds with 
Macropon, the two very distinct genera of IDONEARCA and GRAM- 
MATODON. ‘The latter is a Jurassic genus unknown in Cretaceous 
strata. 

Having obtained the hinge of a New Jersey bivalve belonging 
to a group of which Cucullea vulgaris, Morton, is the typical form, 
I am enabled to subjoin a list of all the species of Idonearca 
known to me. 


AMERICAN. EvuroPEAN. SYRIAN. 
antrosa, Morton. glabra, Sowerby. brevifrons, Conrad. 
capax, Conrad. disparilis, D’ Orbig. induratus, Conrad. 
Matthewsoni, Gadd. Gabrielis, D’ Orbig. opiformis, Conrad. 
Tippana, Conrad. fibrosa, D’ Orbig. orientalis, Conrad. 
truncata, Gabb. Marciana, D, Orbig. subrotunda, Conrad. 

sagittata, D’ Orbig. Syriaca, Conrad. 


tumida, D’ Orbdig. 
INDIAN. 


disparilis, D’ Obigny. 
TRIGONOARCA. 


This genus is eminently characteristic of the Newer Cretaceous 
series. It has very marked and distinct generic characters, par- 
ticularly in having teeth like Axinza and an internal elevated 
plate like IponEARCcA and CuUCULL™/A. 

Stoliczka doubts whether this genus should not rather be a sub- 
genus of NoETIA, a very strange reference considering that NoETIA 
is strongly ribbed, has comparatively fine hinge teeth, no internal 
plate and reversed beaks, and above allis no older than the Mio- 


[June 25, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55 


cene, while TRIGONOARCA disappeared at the close of the Chalk 
epoch. It combines the characters of AX1nN#A and IDONEARCA 
and connects these with CucuLnma. 

The American species have a very short posterior hinge area, 
which is rather long anteriorly. 


Subgenus BREVIARCA. 


Shell short; hinge area minutely striated across ; hinge line de- 
scending at the ends; cardinal plates minute, crowded. 
T. perovalis, Plate II., fig. 4. 
T. Saffordii, Gabb, Plate IL., fig. 3. 


1872.] 


56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


STUDIES OF THE TYRANNIDZ.—PART I, REVISION OF THE SPECIES 
OF MYIARCHUS. 


BY ELLIOTT COUES. 


A complete and perfectly satisfactory account of this family 
can only be rendered by some one who has access to the principal 
European collections as well as those of this country. But if the 
large amount of United States material is thoroughly worked up, 
it may become an important contribution to the urgently needed 
monograph of the future. The present is the first one of a series 
of papers in which more or fewer of the genera of Tyrannide 
will be considered as time and circumstances may allow. The 
basis of these “studies” should be explicitly stated. The investiga- 
tion is grounded, first, upon the entire Smithsonian series, which, 
in the liberal policy pursued by the authorities of that institution, 
is placed in my hands; and probably, in the end, the specimens 
will be made up in sets, labelled in accordance with my views, and 
distributed to home and foreign societies. Through the friendly 
offices of Mr. J. A. Allen, the whole collection of the museum 
of Comparative Zoology has been sent to me. The large suite 
of the Philadelphia Academy is examined, as well as the Lafres- 
naye types and other specimens in the Boston Society’s Museum; 
while I have received, through the courtesy of Dr. Brewer and 
Prof. Hyatt, such specimens as the rules of the society permit to 
leave the building. Mr. Lawrence generously places the fly- 
catchers of his private cabinet at my service; they represent all 
his types and many other indispensable examples. Prof. Orton 
has promptly signified his willingness to transmit, from the ex- 
tensive collection of Vassar College, Poughkeepsie, such speci- 
mens as I may desire to inspect. Others are derived from my 
own cabinet and miscellaneous sources. Since it does not appear 
that there is any important material in southern or western cities, 
what is just recounted virtually represents the gross amount 
available in the country; and what this is may be inferred by the 
fact, that the specimens of Myiarchus alone are over two hundred 
in number. 


[June 25, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5ST 


Genus MYIARCHUS Casanis. 


Myiarchus, Cab., Fn. Peruy. 1844, 152. Type Muscicapa feror, Gm. 
Despotina, Kaup, ? ,1851.! Type ? 

Kaupornis, Bp., ? Ateneo Italiano, 1854. Type Myzobus stolidus, Gosse. 
Blacicus, Cab., J. f. O. 1855, 480. Type Myzobius tristiz, Gosse. 
Myionaz, Cab., Mus. Hein. ii. 1859, 73. Type Muscicapa crinita, L. 
Non Myiarchus apud Bp. Consp. Ay. i. 188. 

Muscicapa, Tyrannus, Tyrannula, ALIQUORUM. 


The genus, so called, rests upon no structural characters, while 
its synonyms are among the vagaries of ornithology. But the 
term is a convenient des#znation of a group of flycatchers modelled 
in the likeness of Musciapa crinita, L. They stand near Tyr- 
annus proper, and closely resemble the olivaceous, yellow-bellied 
species (“ Laphyctes”) of the latter, such as verticalis; but are 
distinguished by not having the outer primaries emarginate, nor 
the wings longer than the tail, nor a flame-colored crest. The bill 
and feet of the two genera do not differ noticeably; or rather, 
these members, in the species of Myiarchus, vary as much inter se 
as the difference between Myiarchus and Tyrannus in the same 
respects. 

But the distinction between Myiarchus and Tyrannus, due to 
the tolerably strong features of the latter genus, is considerable, 
compared with the differences subsisting between Wyiarchus and 
several allied olivaceous flycatchers. Color aside, there are no 
substantial characters by which the Myiarchi can be distinguished 
generically from “ Empidias” fuscus, “Empidonax”’ acadicus, 
* Myiodynastes” audax, and others, among which I am not sure 
that some forms with which I am at present unacquainted may 
not fall in Myiarchus as defined for the purposes of this paper. 

In the matter of external anatomy, or contour, we can only say 
that Myiarchi are rather large tyrannulas, with the nearly even 
tail so lengthened that when measured inside the coccyx it equals 
or rather exceeds the wing in length; with the wing rather short, 
and its point formed by the third, or third and fourth quills, 
closely supported by the second and fifth, the first being only as 
long as the inner primaries; with the bill of the most ordinary 
tyrannuline shape, a little more or less than half its own length 


1 J quote this and the following name on Gray's authority, having no 
means of verifying the references. 


1872.] 5 


58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


broad opposite the nostrils, and a little shorter than the tarsus, 
which latter somewhat exceeds the middle toe and claw in length; 
and with the occipital and coronal feathers somewhat lanceolate 
and lengthened into a slight crest. 

Coloration is a good arbitrary clue to the genus. The upper 
parts are more or less olive, sometimes clear and bright, sometimes 
grayish or brownish; the throat is more or less ashy, variable in 
shade; the belly is more or less yellow, from a rich shade to a 
mere trace; and the wing and tail feathers are marked with rufous, 
sometimes intense, and occupying the whole of certain feathers, 
sometimes reduced to a mere trace; but even in those species, in 
which it is at a minimum, it may be detected in some specimens. 
If one will lay the following birds side by side, one will see this 
distinctive brand of coloration running through them all, though 
at first sight such a form as antillarum does not particularly re- 
semble validus. The Tyranni afford a parallel series between ex- 
tremes, from the most olivaceous yellow-bellied species, like vert7- 
calis, to the dark ashy white-bellied carolinensis. Still, in a cer- 
tain per cent. of specimens of several Myiarchi the rufous is 
ordinarily imperceptible. 

Judged by the foregoing standard, * Blacicus” ¢risizs is a pure 
Myiarchus ; in fact, it is the insular representative of nigriceps, as 
stolidus is of lawrencei. “ Blacicus’’ pallidus, however, falls under 
“ Contopus,” owing to the smallness of the feet. “Tyrannus” 
antillarum, Bryant, referred by Gray to typical Tyrannus, is 
certainly a true Myiarchus, being simply an insular variety of M. 
stolidus. But this error of Gray’s is a slight matter, compared with 
his assignment of sfolidus itself to an entirely different genus of an- 
other sub-family; this bird being pure Myiarchus, only specifically 
distinguishable from M. lawrencei as its insular representative. I 
know nothing of the “Onychopterus tuberculifer Lafr.”’ which 
Gray interpolates betwixt the larger and smaller species of typical 
Myiarchus; but I suspect it does not belong just here. Likewise 
I have not seen four other species ascribed to the genus, viz.: 
tricolor, cantans and gracilirostris, Pelzeln, and fasciatus, Landb.; 
so I cannot say whether or not they fall in the group as here de- 
fined; but there is little, if any doubt, that they belong here. 
Excepting these, I have before me, I believe, types or typical spe- 
cimens of all the described species of Myiarchus; and these I 
purpose to elaborate in this paper. And that I may not be mis- 

[July 2, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59 


understood in my method of treating them, I will state explicitly 
that I am governed, on this occasion, by the following arbitrary 
rules or definitions :— 

I. I predicate “species” upon specimens presenting any defi- 
nite, constant, tangible characters whatsoever, that do not, so far 
as it appears, grade into the characters of other specimens. 

IJ. I predicate “varieties” upon specimens presenting indefinite 
and inconstant yet tangible characters that are seen to grade into 
the characters of other specimens. 

III. I predicate “synonyms” upon specimens presenting in- 
definite, inconstant, and intangible characters due to individual 
peculiarities, or to age, sex, season, or locality; as well as upon 
specimens presenting no special characters at all. 

My present belief is, that there are only four' forms of Myi- 
archus that do not intergrade, and that are differentiated from 
a common original stock to such degree, or in such manner, that 
we cannot account for their respective peculiarities according to 
highly probable laws of geographical variation depending upon 
differences in food, climate, etc.; but I cannot here enter upon 
debatable ground. According to the foregoing practically con- 
venient if not very scientific rules, I find that the specimens ex- 
amined represent nine species, two of which each present three 
tangible varieties.* 

Before proceeding to handle these species and varieties I will 
recount several propositions that should receive due consideration. 

a. The normal inherent variability in size, of the whole bird 
and of its several members, is at least 12 per cent. of the mean. 
(This is independent of all extraneous influences.) 

b. Size varies in direct ratio with the latitude of the breeding 
place. 

c. Size of peripheral parts, as compared with total size, varies 


' One is the series comprising crinitus, validus, cinerascens, tyrannulus 
and pheocephalus ; the second is lawrencii and nigriceps; the third, sto- 
lidus ; fourth, trist7zs. 

2 In defining these varieties, as I do beyond, I must not be taken as 
meaning that the characters assigned always apply in full force: that 
would be prima facie evidence of species. On the contrary, I describe the 
extreme phase of variation, which shades by insensible steps into the 
‘typical’? condition of the species. 


‘ 


1872.] 


60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


in inverse ratio with the latitude of the breeding-place.' (Cf. 
Allen, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. ii. p. 229 ) 

d. The ? is generally a little smaller than the %. 

e. Intensity of coloration varies in direct ratio with the tem- 
perature and humidity of the breeding-place. Moisture, however, 
intensifies color morethan heat; aridity tones down color more than 
cold. Birds from hot dry places, therefore, are paler ceteris 
paribus, than birds from wet places of the same or eyen lower 
temperature. (Cf. Allen, op. cit. p. 239.) 

f. The rufous coloration belongs to the category of what some 
call “ embryonic features,” in the sense that it generally decreases 
with age. Young birds are suffused with rufous to an extent 
rarely if ever seen in the old; this is shown both in the greater 
extent of the color on the quills and tail, and in the modification 
of the olivaceous by admixture, young birds being ‘“browner” 
than the old. 

g. In the adult state, the freshest plumage is the most oliva- 
ceous, as the feathers wear browner with exposure. 

h. The yellow coloration increases with age to a certain extent; 
and in the fall is at least as bright as, if not brighter than, in 
spring, in equally mature birds. 

7. The sexes do not differ in color to a recognizable degree.’ 

k. Variation unconnected with age, sex, or season, is in inverse 
ratio with the migration or changeable geographical distribution 
of individuals. 

This last important generalization is well illustrated in the cases 
of crinitus and stolidus. The former is the most extensively dis- 
persed species of the genus, being found at different seasons from 
Guatemala to New England. As its individuals are never con- 


1 But certain localities produce larger bills, in opposition to this rule, or 
show greater variability in the size of the bill, according to influences at 
present unknown; ¢. g., the large bills of the Tehuantepec Myiarchi ; the 
extremely variable bills of the Jamaican M. stolidus. 

2 An unquestionable fact, in its application to er¢nitus and some others. 
Authors, however, speak of color-differences in the sexes of the South Ame- 
rican species, fervor. I have been unable to verify such statements, and 
think that a point of age, not of sex, is involved, younger birds having ru- 
fous that afterward disappears. If so be it, that such sexual differences 
really subsist in the case of feroz, then my entire characterization of that 
species falls to the ground, and the bird cannot be specifically distinguished 
from the variety of crindtus that I call irritabilis, beyond. 


[July 2, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61 


tinuously subjected to local modifying influences of a special 
kind, it preserves its peculiarities intact; specimens from the ex- 
tremes of its range are utterly indistinguishable. But the non- 
migratory individuals of Mexico, belonging to the same erini/us 
stock, present recognizable local varieties; whilst J. stolidus, a 
thoroughly localized bird, stationary in several places, has de- 
veloped several sharply distinguished insular races peculiar to the 
islands they respectively occupy.’ 

I can offer no satisfactory explanation of the fact that several 
species of the genus are distinguished by the amount of rufous 
coloring, though I suspect it may be referable to proposition e, 
considering fuscous a “more intense’ coloration than rufous. 
Certainly the northernmost bird, crinitus, and the bird of the 
New Mexican deserts, have the most rufous of any continental 
forms. The extent of rufous decreases even in the Mexican varie 
ties of crinitus, is still less in lawrencii, and almost or quite 
disappears in the purely tropical nigriceps, ferox, and phexocepha- 
lus. But evencontinental specimens of an opposite character occur, 
whilst the insular species, validus and stolidus, offer completely 
rebutting testimony. 

This general question of the production of the rufous aside, 
study of these birds makes it evident that large allowance must 
be granted for purely individual—commonly called “ accidental” — 
differences in amount or intensity of the rufous in specimens of 
the same species. Though it is certain that, for example, validus, 
cinerascens, and crinitus, with its varieties, may each be recog- 
nized with tolerable facility by their respective patterns of the 
rufous, whether occupying the whole, or a small part, or a different 
part of the inner webs of the rectrices, yet it is equally certain 
that no such slight distinctions as its occupying a fourth, a fifth, 
or a sixth of the web, fading insensibly or changing abruptly into 
the fuscous, ete., can be relied upon at all. Among the varieties 
of M. stolidus, indeed, we can trace the restriction of the rufous 
by insensible degrees, from its occupying two-thirds of the inner 
web to its narrow edging of the feather, and finally to its forming 
a mere trace at the end. Moreover, the rufous differs so much in 


1 Of. remarks upon the more stationary forms of Aegiothus, as compared 
with the most nomadic individuals (/inarius) of the genus. Coues, P. A. 
N. 8. P. 1869, p. 182, e¢ seg. 


1872.] 


62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


extent and even in pattern in the same individual at different 
stages of plumage, that we can only compare age for age and 
season for season with any success in determination of specific 
characters. It is most probable that even the wide limits I set for 
variability in this respect, due to age, season, and individual pecu- 
liarity, will require to be somewhat enlarged. 

The foregoing paragraphs must not be construed as any attempt 
to undervalue the interesting and sometimes extremely curious 
characters distinguishing the several species. Though in the 
following pages I may appear to have “unnecessarily,” if not 
unwarrantably, reduced the number of species, yet I am persuaded 
that no unprejudiced ornithologist could have reached different 
conclusions upon study of the same material. It may be well to 
remember that two hundred specimens of Myiarchus have never 
before been examined by one person at a coup d’wil; and I really 
think that with two thousand specimens instead of two hundred, 
I should not be able to establish as many species as are here 
allowed. Others will judge whether I have placed the species 
here discussed upon sure footing; I simply ask for impartial 
criticism. 

1. My1ARCHUS VALIDUS. 
Tyrannus crinitus, Gosse, B. Jam. 186; nec auct. 
Myiarchus validus, Cab., Orn. Not. ii. 351, et auct. 
Myionaz validus, Cab., M. H. ii. 73. 
Pyrocephalus (Myionaz) validus, Gr., H.-L. No. 5520. 
Tyrannula gossit, Bp., C. A. i. 189. 
Red Petchary, Anglice. 

M. inter majores, rostro crasso, tarsum quante; coloribus 
intensis ; olivaceo-fuscus, gulé cinereo-plumbea, hine ventre sensim 
sordide flavido ; remigibus, rectricibus tectricibusque alarum supe- 
rioribus et intus et extus rufomarginatis, tectricibus alarum cau- 
deeque inferioribus rufescentibus. Long. tot. 7.50-8.50, ale et 
caude 3.80-4.20, tarsi et rostri .80—.90, digiti 3tii cum ungue 
.70-.80; rostri latitudo ad nares .35-.40. (Poll. Angl. et dec.) 

Hab.—Ins. Jamaica. (Mus. S. I. et G. N. L.) 

Obs.—A stationary localized form’which by isolation from its 
allies and continuous subjection to special modifying influences, 
has become so far differentiated as to be recognizable on sight, 
and which is not now known to intergrade with its nearest ally, 
erinitus. 


[July 2, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63 


The bill is nearly at the maximum size for the genus, is largely 
light-colored at base below, and not perfectly black elsewhere, as in 
var. cooperi, another subtropical form. The rufous coloration is 
at the maximum both of intensity and extent; it occupies a part 
or the whole of every single feather of the wings and tail and their 
coverts ; it is intense on the outer edges of the primaries, paler on 
the inner edges of these and other remiges, paler still (yet not 
whitish) on the outer edges of the inner remiges; it tips and 
edges all the upper coverts, and suffuses all the under coverts, 
both of wings and tail; it usually occupies the whole outer rectrix, 
and whole inner web of the other rectrices (saving the middle pair), 
excepting a narrowest possible shaft line; moreover, it narrowly 
edges the outer webs of the rectrices. In fact, the tail might be 
described as rufous, with the central rectrices and a narrow 
shaft line on the others, fuscous. Nothing like this is known to 
occur in any continental form. Likewise the bird has a peculiar 
sordid aspect below, arising from impurity both of the ash and the 
yellow; which colors have no definite line of separation. 

Jamaica the only recorded locality. 

No synonymical questions involved. 

Specimens examined, five. 

2. MYIARCHUS CRINITUS. 

a. VAR. crinitus. 
Muscicapa crinita, L., 8. N. i. 325. 
Tyrannus crinitus, Sws., Quart. J. xx. 1826, 271. 
Myiobius crinitus, Gr., G. B. i. 248. 
Tyrannula crinita, Bp., C. A. i. 189. 
Myiarchus crinitus, Cab., J. f. O. iii. 1855, 479, et auct. 
Myionaz crinitus, Cab., M. H. ii. 73. 
Myiarchus (Myionaz) crinitus, Scl., C. A. B. 232. 
Pyrocephalus (Myionaz) erinitus, Gr., H.-L. No. 5518. 
Musecicapa ludoviciana, Gm., 8. N. i. 934. 
Tyrannus ludovicianus V.,O. A. 5. i. pl. 45. 
Muscicapa virginea, Mill. (G. R. Gr.) 
M. virginea cristata, Briss. Orn. ii. 412. P. E. 569, f. 1. (G. R. Gr.) 
Crested Flycatcher, Anglicé. 


M. inter majores, rostro modico, tarso breviore, coloribus claris ; 
olivaceus, gulé cinerea, hine ventre, crisso tectricibusque alarum 
inferioribus flavis ; remigibus primariis et extus et intus, rectricibus 
(mediis exceptis) intus nec extus rufomarginatis; rectrice exteriore, 
remigibus secondariis, tectricibusque alarum superioribus flavidal- 
1872.] 


64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


bido marginatis, in pogoniis rectricum interioribus colore rufo 
latissimo, fusco angustissimo, linea recta segregatis ; rostro fusco, 
infra ad basin pallido. Long. 7.50-8.00, alee et caudze 3.80-4.20, 
tarsi .75-.85 (nunquam .907), digiti 3tii .65-.75, rostri .70-.80, 
rostri lat. .83-.40. 

Habitat sstiv. partibus orient. Reip. Amer. Sept., hyeme Amer. 
Centrali, presertim Guatemala. (Costa Rica, Lawr., Ann. Lye. 
1868, 115.) Cuba? (Gundl., 239.) An Amer. Merid.? 

Obs.—These references and diagnosis apply exclusively to the 
bird that breeds in the United States, entirely withdrawing in the 
fall to winter in Central America. This is pure crinitus; the birds 
that summer in Mexico and elsewhere south of the United States 
have developed other varieties (infra). During the extensive 
migrations, its passage seems rapid and its path narrow; for we 
have no Antillean (except as above) nor West Mexican quotations 
of the bona fide erinitus, and few Mexican skins are certainly re- 
ferable to it. In passing from its winter headquarters, either it flies 
across the Gulf, or else it hugs the eastern coast of Mexico. I have 
yet to see typical crinitus from South America. 

Diagnostic points to be remembered are these: bill never quite 
black; stout and comparatively short, hardly or not equalling 
the tarsus, which latter never (7) touches .90; back pure olive, 
throat pure ash, belly, etc., pure yellow; inner secondaries and 
upper wing coverts and outer rectrix edged with yellowish-white 
(never rufous—c/. validus), in marked contrast with rufous edgings 
of primaries and inner webs of rectrices; all rectrices but the 
middle pair so nearly completely rufous on the inner webs that a 
mere line of fuscous persists next the shaft (cf. trritabilis et 
cooper’); this runs of equal breadth the whole length of the 
feathers (cf. cinerascens); it is sometimes inappreciable on some 
feathers (then about as in validus); none of the rectrices ever with 
more than a trace of rufous on the outer web. 

About sixty specimens examined. (Mus.8.L., etc. etc.) Nearly 
all these not of the United States are Guatemalan, are positive 
duplicates of Pennsylvania skins, for instance, and were doubtless 
hatched in the United States. Other Guatemalan examples and 
many Mexican skins of birds that never saw the United States, 
represent different varieties, as follows. 


[July 2, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65 


b. VAR. trritabilis. 
Tyrannus irritabilis, Vieillot, Ency. Meth. 1823, ii. 847, ex Suiriri pardoy- 
rojo, Azara, Apunt. ii. 143, No. 195. Paraguay. 
Tyrannula irritabilis, Bp., C. A. i. 189. ‘* Amer. Merid. Parag.”’ 
Myiarchus erythrocercus, Scl. et Salv., P. Z. S. 1868, 631, 632. Venezuela. 
Myiarchus mexicanus, Lawr., A. L. N. Y. ix. 1869, 202. Yucatan. 
Myiarchus yucatanensis, Lawr., P. A. N.S. P. 1871, 235. Yucatan. 
Pyrocephalus (Myionaz) erythrocercus, Gr., H-L., No. 5522 (‘‘erinitus p. 
Hartl.; irrztabilis p. Bp. ; ferox %, Burm.’’) 
Num Myiarchus mexicanus, Kaup, P. Z. 8. 1851, 51 ? 

M. Myiarcho crinito ipsissimo simillimus, sed noteo aliquantu- 
lum obscuriore, gastreeo aliquantulum dilutiore, rectricibus rufo 
et fusco fere dimidiatis ! rostro modico, nec crassitie Jf. cooperi pari. 

Habitat in America Centrali et Meridionali. Paraguay (Page ; 
avis Azarana-Vieillotiana ipsissima! Mus. 8. I, No. 16,349). 
Parana (Page; Mus. 8. I., No. 16,348). Bahia (Mus. G. N. L.; 
spec. cum typo erythrocerci, Scl., comparatum et identicum esse 
probatum). Venezuela (unde erythrocercus ipsiss.). Yucatan 
(Mus. 8. [. et G. N. L. specimina typica yucatanensis, Lawr., 
1871 = mexicanus Lawr., 1869). Guatemala (Mus. G. N. L). 
Costa Rica (Mus. 8. I., No. 29,423). 

Obs.—This bird, so far from being specifically distinct from the 
ordinary North American form, is so extremely similar as to be 
with difficulty recognizable as a variety of typical crinitus. The 
size is the same; there are no evident nor constant differences in 
the relative proportions of bill, feet, tail, and wings, and the general 
colors only differ by a shade. The bill is exactly as in crinitus ; 
having neither the elongate, constricted shape of cinerascens, nor 
the general bulkiness of var. cooperi and of validus. In most of 
my specimens it happens that the plumage is old and worn, so 
that these look browner or grayer on the back than is usual for 
true crinitus; but the Paraguay and Parana skins in better 
feather are not to my-eye an appreciable shade different from 
several United States skins; the yellow below, however, is recog- 
nizably paler, and the gular ash seems to have a little more pectoral 
extension. There is, however, one obvious and nearly constant 
discrepancy in the pictura of the tail feathers, enabling me to 
predicate a variety. On on average the rufous and the fuscous on 
the inner webs of the rectrices are dimidiate—half-and-half in 
amount; this never occurs to my knowledge in United States 
crinitus (cf. deser.). The relative breadth varies as follows: The 
1872.] 


66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


fuscous occupies from 3 to 2 in the type of “ yucatanensis” and 
other skins of the same, shot at the same time by the same person; 
from 2 to } on different feathers of the tail of the Bahia specimen 
“compared with type of ‘erythrocercus’ in Mus. P. L. S.;” from 4 
to zin the Parana and Paraguay skins; from 4 to +in some Central 
American skins; and then we have }-¢ to nil in a Nicaraguan 
(S. I., No. 41,789) and in various North American skins. Com- 
ment is unnecessary. 

As the foregoing synonymy may be regarded with mistrustful 
surprise, it becomes me to state my case explicitly. “ Tyrannus 
irritabilis Vieill.” is generally enumerated amongst the synonyms 
of crinitus—correctly so, leaving out of consideration the varieties 
of the latter. But Vieillot’s bird, being based on Azara, is of 
course South American, and I have yet to see pure crinitus from 
that portion of the continent, ali my South American specimens 
being characterizable as above. So we have ‘a local habitation 
and a name,” as firm ground for further investigation. 

I take the Nos. 16,349, 16,348 (Paraguay and Parana) as 
being unquestionably the Azara-Vieillot bird; they are both dis- 
tinguishable from United States crinitus by the characters above 
detailed; but one of them has the fuscous stripe along the inner 
web much broader than the other. 

Next, the Bahia skin (Mus. G. N. L.), as I see by the label, has 
been compared with the type of erythrocercus, in Mus. P. L. S., 
and found identical. It is in poor plumage, quite brownish above, 
and “ streaky” below, and has the fuscous rather broader still, but 
there is less difference in the breadth of the fuseous in this speci- 
men, and in No. 16,348, than there is between 16,348 and 16,349. 
All three are unquestionably identical. This fixes the status of 
“ erythrocercus.” 

Then, the type of “ yucatanensis” Lawr. 1871 (=“‘mexicanus”’ 
Lawr. 1869), now in my hands, has the rufous and fuscous exactly 
as in typical “ erythrocercus,” and is in other respects a duplicate 
of the latter. That Mr. Lawrence did not recognize this identity is 
doubtless due to the fact that his example of “erythrocercus” 
was not in his hands at the time. When he published “yuca- 
tanensis (based on the same Yucatan specimen he called ‘ mexi- 
canus” in 1869) he did so simply upon Dr. Sclater’s announcement 
that mexicanus Kaup was the bird called * cooperi” by Baird— 
quite a different variety, and usually held to be a different species. 

[July 2, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67 


Thus we arrive at the above synonymy. I should add, in 
justice to an excellent young ornithologist, noted for discrimi- 
native abilities, that I am not the first to perceive the identity of 
the specimens here discussed. They are all labelled “*mexicanus”’ 
in Robert Ridgway’s handwriting—he having accurately distin- 
guished them from the following larger, heavier-billed form from 
Southern Mexico. But Kaup’s name, even if it belongs here, is 
clearly anticipated by Vieillot’s. 

Specimens examined, ten. 


¢. VAR. coopert. 
“Tyrannula mexicana, Kaup, P. Z. §., 1851, 51,’’ auctoritate Sclat- 
eriana, fide Lawr., P. A. N. 8. P. 1871, 235. Non auctorum! 
Tyrannula coopert, Kaup, P. Z. 8. 1851, 51. Non Muscicapa coopert 

Nuttall, que Contopus borealis. 

Myiarchus cooperi, Baird, B. N. A. 180.—Scl. P. Z. S. 1859, 884; C. A. B, 

233.—S. and §., Ibis, 1859, 122, 440. 

M. Myiarcho crinito similis; maximus inter majores; rostro 
enormi, nigro; notzo obscuriore, gastrao dilutiore; fusco et rufo 
in pogoniis interioribus rectricum fere dimidiatis. Long. rostri a 
fronte in apicem .80-1.00; ale et caudee 3.90-4.25; tarsi .85-.95 ; 
long tot. (exuviarum) 7.50—9.00. 

Habitat.—Mexico, preesertim partibus merid.-occid. ‘ Mexico” 
(Verreaux, Sallé, Mus. S. I.). Tehuantepec (Sumichrast, Mus. 8S. 
J. et G. N. L.). Mazatlan, Guadalaxara (Grayson, Mus. 8. I.) 
*“ Gautemala” (Mus. P. L. S., fide ejusd. Cat.). 

Obs.—This variety is distinguished, in its extreme of develop- 
ment, from crinitus by the larger size, skins running up to nine 
inches; by the larger bill, which sometimes attains a length of an 
inch, and equals, or even slightly exceeds, the tarsi, which are 
themselves usually a tenth of an inch longer than in ecrinitus; 
by the olivaceous being not so clear as in erini/us, nor the under 
parts (usually) so bright yellow; and especially by the presence 
of a band of fuscous on the inner webs of the rectrices, varying 
from } or } to nearly 4 the width of the vanes. In its strongest 
differentiation, the variety looks very different from typical erini- 
tus, but with only a dozen specimens on hand, I can trace it 
directly into crinitus, of which it is unquestionably a mere local 
race. It seems nearly confined to southern and southwestern 
Mexico; Sclater, however, quotes it from Guatemala. 


1872.] 


68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The Mazatlan and Guadalaxara skins are the two biggest 
Myiarchi I ever saw; one of them is marked “length (fresh) 94;” 
their bills are enormous, comparing with ordinary crinitus almost 
as Tyrannus magnirostris or crassirostris do with carolinensis. 
They are scarcely different from crinitus in color, except in the 
definite fuscous stripe, about 4 the width of the inner web, on 
the tail feathers. The several Tehuantepec skins are essentially 
similar, but grade towards crinitus, or rather towards irritabilis, 
and in other skins the boundary line is too shadowy to be seen 
at all. 

Of my own knowledge, of course I have no idea what the 
“'Tyrannula mexicana” of Kaup is—for no one who has not seen 
the type can tell anything about it. But, according to Mr. Law- 
rence (/. ¢.), Dr. Sclater has recently examined the type, and 
announces it is what Prof. Baird called “cooperi” in 1858. Now 
I have in my hand the specimen (No. 9100, Mus. S. I., ‘* Mexique,” 
Verreaux) that furnished the account in the Birds of North 
America, and it is one of the large heavy-billed examples of true 
var. coopert as characterized in this paper; that is to say, ** mexi- 
canus” Kaup, and “cooperi’”’ Kaup, are one and the same thing, 
if Dr. Sclater has correctly apprehended Prof. Baird’s article. I 
hardly see, however, how this can be, for Kaup must have meant 
to indicate two species or varieties, and it is reasonable to suppose 
his specimens showed some differences. My own surmise is, that 
the type of ‘*mexicanus” is one of those intermediate specimens 
that Dr. Sclater could hardly help identifying with Baird’s de- 
scription of “cooperi,” the latter’s No. 9100 being by no means 
one of the largest-billed specimens; and it seems to be also Mr. 
Ridgway’s opinion, to judge by his labelling, that “ mexicanus” is 
rather referable to the smaller-billed variety above characterized 
under the name of irritabilis. However, the game is not worth 
the candle, since fortunately it proves that the name need not be 
used at all; and the sooner “ mexicanus” is forgotten the better. 
It has caused vexatious mistakes enough already, four different 
authors having used it in as many different senses, in the vain 
attempt to identify something not identifiable. 

Turning to a more inviting point,it is interesting to observe 
how many Myiarchi come to a focus, as it were, on and near the 
Isthmus, and thence radiate in all directions. First we have in 
winter the birds that breed in the United States, constituting true 

[July 2, 
' 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69 


erinitus ; another, non-migratory, set spreading for a short dis- 
tance northwestward to form the local race cooperi, and yet 
anotber, chiefly spreading southward throughout the greater part 
of South America, forming the variety irrifabilis. It is little, if 
any, beyond the southern terminus of cinerascens, forms the 
southern limit of Jawrencez, and constitutes the northern boundary 
of nigriceps and tyrannulus (feror). In fact, every continental 
species treated of in this paper, excepting pheocephalus, occurs 
between Tehuantepec and Panama; this is the very centre of the 
genus. 
Specimens examined, twelve. 


3. MyIARCHUS CINERASCENS. 

Tyrannula cinerascens, Lawr., A. L. N. Y. v, 1851, 109 (descr. orig.). 

Myiarchus cinerascens, Scl., Ibis, 1859, 121, 440; P. Z. 5. 1859, 384; 
C. A. B. 233 (excl. syn. Tyr. mexicana, Kaup). 

Myarchus mexicanus, Bd., B. N. A. 179 (sed non Tyr. mex., Kaup) ; 
Coues, P. A. N.S. P., 1866, 59; Coop., B. Cal. i., 316, cum fig. 

Myionax mexicanus, Cab., M. H. ii., 74 (non Kaup). 

M. mexicanus var. pertinaz, Bd., P. A. N. 8. P., 1859, 303 (Cap. St. 
Lucas). 

M. inter majores, rostro angusto, nigro; coloribus dilutis; oliva- 
ceo-cinereus, pileo brunnescentiore, gulé ex albida cinerea, ventre 
sensim ex albido flavo; remigibus secondariis tectricibusque ala- 
rum superioribus albido marginatis; remigibus primariis rectri- 
cibusque rufo-indutis+ut in M. crinito, sed rufo vix in apicem 
rectricum porrecto, et ab fusco linea curvataé segregato. Statura 
M. crinito. par, tarsis longioribus (.80-.90), rostro angustiore 
(.27-.33). 

Habitat partibus Reip. Amer. 8. merid.-occid., et Mexico.— 
Utah (McCarthy). Nevada (Ridgway). N. Mexico, Arizona 
(Coues). California (Cooper). Cap. St. Lucas (Xantus, “ var. 
pertinax”). Texas (Couch). Mazatlan (Grayson). Mirador 
(Sartorius). Tehauntepec (Sumichrast). Orizava (Botter’). Mus. 
S. I., G. N. L., E. C., ete. 

Obs.—One of the better marked species of this difficult group. 
I have seen no indeterminable specimens, though I suspect that 
questionable ones will yet appear from southwestern Mexico. 
But the fact that the bird occurs there associated with varieties 
of crinitus without losing its distinctive features, favors the sup- 
position of its integrity. 

1872. ] 


70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The most reliable peculiarity of cinerascens is the contour of 
the rufous on the rectrices. In all other Myiarchi examined the 
rufous, no matter how broad or how narrow, is straight-edged 
against the fuscous from base to tip; but in cinerascens it occu- 
pies the whole inner web for about 3 or 2 the length of the 
feather, and then bends inward to give way to fuscous that conse- 
quently possesses most or all of the tip of the feather. It is a 
curiously slight matter to be so constant as it appears; and it is 
not absolutely invariable. Thus, in U.S. specimens, constituting 
the best-marked examples, the rufous is commonly altogether shut 
off from the end of the feathers, while in Tehuantepec skins the 
rufous gains the very tip, being but little encroached upon by the 
fuscous. However, even in these specimens, which barely escape 
being troublesome, the peculiar pattern 7s exhibited. But in no 
case do other than adult birds show the peculiarity; e. g., in No. 
1595, Mus. E. C., shot from the nest in Arizona, the wings and 
tail are nearly as rufous as in validus! the margins of all the 
remiges and upper wing coverts, and all the tail feathers are 
rufous, the rectrices having each merely a narrow shaft-line of 
fuscous; the upper parts are grayish-brown, without olive; the 
cap warm pure brown, the belly white, slashed with yellow. 

But cinerascens has other marks, none of them infallible, all of 
them nevertheless useful. It is the palest Myiarchus of all. The 
upper parts are gray, merely suffused with olive, and browner on 
the head; the gular ash is gray and hoary; the belly very pale 
yellow, or yellowish-white, without sharp demarcation from the 
hoary on the breast; the margining of the inner secondaries and 
wing coverts is grayish-white (not yellowish nor ochrey-white) ; 
the bill is almost perfectly black. My palest birds come from the 
United States deserts and from Cape St. Lucas; here the olive 

above and yellow below are barely appreciable. Tehuantepec and 

Mazatlan birds are the brightest; here the yellow is almost as 
pure as in erinitus (and these, it will be remembered, are the ones 
with rather dubious tail-coloration). 

There is nothing diagnostic in the size or shape of this bird, 
but several tangible characters are usually exhibited. Compared 
with crinitus, the bill has a constricted, somewhat more terete 
shape; probably it is rarely if ever quite half as wide as long op- 
posite the nostrils. The tarsi average longer, frequently touching 
.90. The wings average a little shorter relatively, and the tail a 

[July 2, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71 


trifle longer, the latter exceeding the former, on an average, .10 
to .25, instead of equalling the wings. 

Var. “ pertinax” not distinguishable even as a local race; the 
specimens vary infer se, and some of them are perfect duplicates 
of my Arizona skins. The yellow-bellied Tehuantepec bird comes 
much nearer the requirements of a geographical variety. 

Baird’s erroneous identification of Kaup’s ‘* mexicana” is per- 
fectly excusable, and, indeed, was well nigh unavoidable under the 
circumstances. Kaup’s careless notice is worthless for all practi- 
cal purposes, and we have to thank Dr. Sclater for telling us. 
what his bird really is. (Cf. Lawr., P. A. N.S. P., 1871, 235.) 
Other American writers copied Baird’s mistake. This point 
settled, the synonymy of the bird is plain, Mr. Lawrence’s origi- 
nal description being perfectly satisfactory. 

Specimens examined, thirty-five, from the above-mentioned and 
intermediate localities. 


4, MyIJARCHUS TYRANNULUS. 

Muscicapa tyrannulus, Mill. (G. R. Gr., H.-L. No. 5527.) 

Muscicapa aurora, Bodd., P. E. 571, f. 1. (G. R. Gr.) 

Muscicapa flaviventris, Steph. (G. R. Gr.) 

Muscicapa feror, Gm., 8. N. i. 934, e Buff. 1. c. Max. Beitr. iii. 285. 

Tyrannus ferox, Vieill., Enc. Met. ii. 848; Sws., Quart. J. xx. 1826, 
276; D’Orb., Voy. Ois. 306. 

Myiarchus ferox, Cab., Orn. Not. i. 248; Schomb. Guiana, iii. 700 ; 
M. H. ii. 73; Burm., Syst. Uebers. ii. 470; Scl. P. Z. 8. 1855, 150; 
C. A. B. 233. 

Myiarchus swainsoni, Cab., M. H. ii. 72. (Specim. Braziliana.) 
Myiarchus panamensis, Lawr., A. L. N. Y vii. 1860, 284, 295. (Spec. 
e Panamaet N. Grenada). Id., ibid. ix. 1868, 115. (Costa Rica.) 
Mytarchus venezuelensis, Lawr., P. A. N.S. P., 1865, 38. (Sp. junior. 

e Venez.) 

M. inter majores, rostro modico; olivaceo-fuscus, gulé cinerea, 
ventre flavo, alis caudaque fuscis, hand rufo indutis, rectricibus 
concoloribus, remigibus primariis intus, secondariis ex intus et 
extus, flavido marginatis. Long tot. 7-7.75; ale 3.30-3.70, caudve 
3.50-3.90, tarsi .80-.90, rostri .65-.75. 

Habitat.—Amer. Cent. et Merid. Panama (/ichks, MceLeannan, 
Galbraith, Mus. G.N.L.). Venezuela (Nash, Mus. G.N.L.). New 
Granada (Schott, Mus. 8. I.). Costa Rica (Arcé, Mus. O.8., fide 
Lawr.1.c.). Para, Bogota, Trinidad, Tobago, Bolivia (Mus. P.L.8.. 


72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


fide ejusd. Cat.). Bahia (Bryant, Mus. 8.1.). Brazil (Mus. L. 
Agassiz). 

Obs.—The ordinary South American Myiarchus is distinguished 
at a glance from all the foregoing by the reduction of the rufous 
edging of the rectrices and primaries to a mere trace, or its entire 
absence. 

This bird averages a little smaller than erinitus; the bill is 
shaped and colored exactly as in that species, but is rather 
smaller; the wings are shorter, both absolutely and relatively, not 
often quite equalling the tail; the tarsi, on the contrary, are a 
little longer. In these respects the bird tallies to a nicety with 
cinerascens. 

The colors are rarely if ever as bright and clear as in erinitus. 
There is generally a mere trace of rufous on the outer edges of the 
primaries and rectrices, and in younger birds is quite noticeable; 
but I have never seen a touch of it on the inner webs of the rec- 
trices. The outer edges of the wing coverts and inner remiges, 
and the outer edges of the outer rectrices, and the inner edges of 
the remiges, are whitish or pale yellowish; otherwise the wings 
and tail are concolor and unicolor. 

With both Mr. Lawrence’s types, a typical Brazilian swainsoni 
labelled in Dr. Sclater’s handwriting, and various unquestionable 
ferox before me, I cannot distinguish even a geographical variety 
among them all. They are indisputably identical. 

Swainsoni is one of those constantly recurring cases of the 
attempt to distinguish Brazilian individuals from specimens of the 
same species from northern South America. Sometimes, I know, 
local influences have produced modifications recognizable as geo- 
graphical varieties, and I am willing to admit in this case that 
swainsont may run a shade darker, and possibly average a trifle 
larger than ordinary ferox ; but the difference is not even tangible, 
much less reasonably constant. Birds from either locality differ 
as much among themselves as they do from each other; and some 
specimens of swainsont are more like ferox than they are like 
other specimens of swainsont. 

Panamensis, as originally described, was compared with crinitus 
and cinerascens, and its striking differences correctly indicated. 
But Iam persuaded that if Mr. Lawrence had compared it with 
ferox, he would have been satisfied of its identity with the latter. 

Venezuelensis is based upon a youngish bird, which, as usual 


[July 2, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73 


in this genus (see above), shows more rufous than is retained in 
adult life. ‘The outer webs of the rectrices show quite a rufous 
edging ; but there is none at all on the inner webs; and in all 
other respects the specimen is a perfect duplicate of some skins 
of ferox. 

The older names above quoted, including the one it seems ne- 
cessary to adopt for the species, are given upon Gray’s authority. 
I have not been able to look up the references, but I presume there 
is no doubt of their pertinence. 

Specimens examined, thirteen. 

5. MyIARCHUS PH HOCEPHALUS. 
Myiarchus pheocephalus, Scl., P. Z. 8. 1860, 481; C. A. B. 238. 
(Babahoyo, Ecuador.) Lawr., A. L. N. Y.ix. 1869, 237. (Guayaquil. ) 

M. inter majores, rostro modico; olivaceus, caput versus cine- 
rascens, gula cinerea, ventre flavo, pileo alis caudaque fuscis, his 
non rufo notatis, remigibus interioribus rectricibusque exterioribus 
extus albido marginatis; statura I. crinito par? 

Hab.—Ecuador (Frazer, Mus. P. L. 8., fide Cat. A. B.). Ins. 
Puna, Guayaquil (Reeve, Mus. S. I., No. 54,083). 

Obs.—My material is insufficient for a satisfactory determina- 
tion in this case, but the species is different from any other, so 
far as I can judge from the single imperfect specimen before me, 
labelled phzocephalus in Lawrence’s handwriting, which is the basis 
of his citation, /.c. It is apparently an old bird moulting, the quills 
and tail feathers being ungrown. The wings and tail are blackish 
with the whitish edgings above mentioned, and are without a trace 
of rufous; in these respects the bird is like ferox, but there the 
resemblance ends, phxocephalus being clear olive, much like 
crinitus on the back, shading on the head and neck into olivaceous 
ash, not very different from that of the throat. The pileum shows 
quite dusky in contrast. The whitish edgings of the remiges and 
outer tail feathers are strong. The dimensions cannot be given 
exactly, but the bird seems to have been nearly 8 inches long, 
with the wing and tail each about 32; the bill measures .75 from 
the front, the tarsus .90. 

Additional information respecting the bird is desirable, since 
there is room for suspicion that it is a local race of the preceding. 


1872.] 6 


74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


6. MyIARCHUS LAWRENCII. 

Tyrannula lawrencii, Gir., 16 Sp. Tex. B. pl. 2. 

Myiarchus lawrencii, Baird, B. N. A. 181, pl. 47, f. 3. Sel., P. Z. 8S. 
1859, 366, 384. Id. et Salv., Ibis, 1859, 121, 440. Taylor, ibid. 114. 
Lawr., A. L. N. Y. ix. 1868, 113. Id., ibid. ix. 1869, 204. 

Blacicus lawrencti, Bd., B. N. A. 182. 

Pyrocephalus (Myiarchus) lawrenctt, Gr., H.-L. No. 5525, (cum 5529). 

Myiarchus mexicanus, Scl., P. Z. S. 1856, 296. 

Myiarchus rufomarginatus, Cab., M. H. ii. 73. 

Myiarchus nigricapillus, ‘* Cab. MSS.” (e specim. costaricensibus ; cf. 
J. f. O. 1861, 249), apud Scl., C. A. B. 2338. Lawr., A. L: N. Y. ix. 
1868, 113; recte haesitat ! 


M. inter minores, rostro lato depresso; fusco-olivaceus, pileo 
statim fuscescente, ould cinerea, ventre statim flavissimo; remigibus 
tectricibusque et extus et intus rufomarginatis, rectricibus omnibus 
semper extus, crebrissime necnon intus rufomarginatis. Long. 
tot. 6-6.75; alz et caudze 3.00-3.33, rostri .62—-.70, tarsi .65-.75. 

Habitat.—Mexico et Amer. Cent. Texas? (auct. Giraud.) N. 
Leone (Couch, apud Baird). Colima (Xantus). Mazatlan 
(Grayson). Orizava, Tehuantepec (Sumichrast). Guatemala 
(Salvin et al.). Merida (Schott). Grecia, Barranca, Angostura 
(Carmiol, Frantzius). 

Obs.—With much the same strong olive, clear ash, and rich 
yellow that characterize crinitus, lawrencit is distinguished on 
sight by its smaller size; pileum generally dark, in strong contrast 
to the back; wing coverts and inner secondaries edged with much 
the same rufous as the primaries are (as in validus), and very 
narrow rufous edging of the tail feathers, often wanting altogether 
on the inner webs, and almost always stronger on the outer webs 
than on the inner ones. In young birds the edging of the inner 
webs is usually very noticeable, but it is never, so far as I have 
seen, so broad as is usually the case with the associated continental 
species and varieties ; never half the breadth of the vane. Further- 
more, the bill of Jawrencii departs from the thick, deep, heavy style 
of the larger Myiarchi, and is broad and flat nearly as in the smaller 
olivaceous flycatchers, such as Contopus and Empidonazx. It varies 
much, as usual, in precise shape, but is generally just about half 
its own length broad at the nostrils. 

Mr. Lawrence has already very properly called attention to the 
fact, that the supposed MW. nigricapillus of Dr. Cabanis offers no 
tangible specific characters ; while for myself I cannot make out 

[July 16, 


-+"e%n 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75 


that it is even a recognizable variety. It is true that in Costarica 
lawrencii tends to be a little darker on the pileum, with the yellow 
a little more extensive; but it is also true that these characters 
will not decide the status of ten per cent. of current specimens. 
Nigricapillus is simply a slight tendency towards nigriceps. _ 

The normal variations in size and color are precisely parallel 
with those already discussed under head of J. cinerascens. 
Northern and western specimens average a trifle paler than 
usual; the southernmost are the brightest. Sometimes the 
edgings of the inner remiges and the coverts are whitish. Tehu- 
antepec skins show the stoutest bill; this is likewise the case in 
crinitus var. and cinerascens, showing the uniform operation of 
some unknown local influences. One example (34,810, Mus. S. L., 
Costarica) has exceptionally short wings and tail, these members 
measuring only 2.80 and 2.90 respectively. 

Specimens examined, thirty-three. The bird seems to range 
throughout Mexico and Central America. I have never seen a 
United States skin, and though the species may overstep the 
Mexican boundary, this remains to be shown. Probably Giraud’s 
bird came from Northeastern Mexico, as some others of his sixteen 
** Texas” birds certainly did. 

7. MyIARCHUS NIGRICEPS. 
Myiarchus nigriceps, Scl., P. Z. 8. 1860, 68, 295; Cat. A. B. 234 
(Ecuador). Lawr. Ann. Lyc. 1861, 327 (New Grenada). 
Myiarchus brunneiceps, Lawr., 1. c. (nomen pro temp.). 


M. inter minores, rostro lato depresso; clare olivaceus, pileo 
statim nigricante, gulaé restricta clare cinerea, pectore et ventre 
flavissimis ; alis caudaque fusco-nigris, hac innotatis, illis minime 
rufalbida marginatis. Long. tot. 5.60—6. 25; alis et caude 2.90-3.10, 
rostri .60-.65, tarsi .65-.70, rostri lat. ad basin .30. 

Habitat.—Ecuador (Pallatanga, Esmeraldas, Fraser, fide Scl., 
l. c.; Quito, Backalew, Mus. 8. I.). Panama (McLeannan and 
Galbraith, Lawr.,1.c.). Mus. G. N. L. and 8. I. 

Obs.—Distinguishable on sight from lawrencii by the black or 
blackish cap, in marked contrast with the clear olive back, exten- 
sion of the rich yellow high up the breast, and particularly by the 
absence of rufous on the tail; in this respect comparing with 
lawrencit just as ferox does with crinitus. The wings, as usual 
in the genus, share the extinction of rufous on the tail; a mere 
rufous trace can only be detected in some specimens on the outer 
1872. ] 


76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


edges of a few primaries, the inner edges of which, however, show 
it a little more plainly. For the rest, the secondaries and coverts 
are evidently ochrey-whitish margined. The bird will average 
smaller than lawrencii, but the difference in size is not marked. 

The three specimens examined, one of them the basis of Mr. 
Lawrence’s remarks upon the proposed ‘ brunneiceps,” which he 
has since abandoned, are absolutely identical. Having no doubt 
that nigriceps is simply a geographical representative of lawrencit, 
I fear that troublesome specimens will yet occur from intermediate 
localities. But the differentiation has become perfectly tangible, 
and I have seen no connecting links, so that I can indorse the 
species, upon the principles already laid down for my guidance in 
this paper. 


8. MyYIARCHUS STOLIDUS. 


Notandum: species flexibilis, per insulas Antillarum singulatim 
diffusa, in stirpes locorum varios secreta, characteres tamen com- 
muniter proebentes, ut sequuntur. Statura maxima inter species 
minores generis; long. tot. 6.50-7.50, ale et caude 3.00-3.50, 
rostri .65-.75, tarsi .70-80. Rostrum elongatulum, quodammodo 
eoarctatum. Noteum fusco-olivaceum, in pileo statim aut sensim 
fuscescens. Gula ex albido cinerascens. Venter ex albido flaves- 
cens aut flavus, rariore albidus. Remiges primarii et rectrices 
fusci, et extus et intus rufo-marginati, rarissime innotati. Tectrices 
alarum superiores et remiges secondarii flavidalbido-marginati. 

I admit none of the many nominal species established upon 
this elastic type; for they all run into each other. But I can 
distinguish three local races, the extremes of which are readily 
characterized, though their mutual intergradation—as perfect as 
we ever see in stationary insular birds—renders it impossible to 
put them on substantial specific bases. ' 

Compared with the only large insular species (validus), these: 
birds of the sfolidus pattern fill the same position that lawrencit 
holds in relation to the larger continental species and varieties 
with which it is associated, though they are perfectly distinct 
from lawrenci. In the lengthened and constricted bill stolidus 
differs from the flatter-billed lawrencii, and copies a noticeable 
feature of cinerascens. 


[July 16, 


-T 
-T 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


a. VAR. stolidus. 


Myiobius stolidus, Gosse, B. Jam. 168. 

Tyrannula stolida, Kaup, P. Z. $8. 1851, 51. 

Myiarchus stolidus, Cab., J. f. O. 1855, 479, et auct. March, P. A. N.S. P. 
1863, 288. 

Tyrannula (Myiarchus) stolida var. dominicensis, Bry., P. B. 8. N. H. 
xi. 1866, 90. St. Domingo. 

Pitangus (Kaupornis) stolidus, Gray, H.-L. No. 5438. 


Myiarchus (‘*common tom fool’’) March, 1. c. 289. 

Myiarchus ———-——— (“greater tom fool’’), March, ibid. 

Myiarchus —————— (‘‘ curiously feathered bird’’), March, ibid. Al- 
bino. 


M. fusco-olivaceus, pileo statim fusco, gula pallidé cinerea, ventre 
flavo, pogoniis rectricum interioribus fusco et rufo fere dimidiatis. 

Habitat.—Ins. Jamaica. St. Domingo. Hayti. 

Obs.—To take this variety as a standard for comparison of the 
others (though of course it is no more “typical of the species” 
than either of the others is), I find its particular character in the 
combination of decidedly yellow belly with tail feathers so broadly 
edged on the inner web with rufous that this color and the fuscous 
occupy nearly equal areas. Either color may be restricted to one- 
third of the width of the web, but neither is ever wanting. The 
primaries are lightly touched with rufous on their outer webs; the 
secondaries and upper coverts are edged with soiled whitish, 
always evident, generally yellowish, in young birds tinged with 
rufous. The dark olive of the back is generally pretty pure, con- 
trasting with the blackish cap; but in weather-worn plumages the 
upper parts are grayish-brown, including the pileum, and in such 
ragged state the wings show little edging, and the yellow of the 
belly looks pale and dirty. 

This bird is best known by Jamaican material, but specimens 
from some of the other islands are indistinguishable. I have 
before me all the specimens upon which Mr. March (/. c.) based 
his remarks upon the smaller Jamaican “petcharies” or “tom 
fools ;” there is certainly nothing but pure sfolidus among them, 
though their individual variations are unusually great. Some of 
the skins appear to somewhat exceed the normal limits above 
given in size, and the differences in the size and shape of the bill 
are remarkable. One has a twisted bill; several others are albi- 
notic, a condition to which the species seems singularly liable in 
this locality. 

1872. | 


78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Examining Dr. Bryant’s typical examples of var. dominicensis 
(Port-au-Prince; Younglove), I can see that, as he says, the remiges 
and rectrices are a little more rufous than in most Jamaican skins ; 
but I also find that they can be precisely matched by some of the 
latter, and consequently I am unable to recognize a variety in 
this case. Dr. Bryant’s other varieties (lucaysiensis and antil- 
larum), however, are quite different. 


b. var. phabe. 


Tyrannus phabe, D’Orb., Sagra’s Cuba, Ois. p. 84. Excl. syn. 

ge sagre,”’ Gundl., Av. Cuba. 

Tyrannula (Myiarchus) stolida var. lucaysiensis, Bry., P. B. 8. N. H. xi. 
1866, 66. Inagua and Nassau. 

Tyrannula bahamensis, Bryant, ibid. p. 90 Gin text). (Not Hmpidonax 
bahamensis, Bry.). 


M. olivaceo-fuscus, pileo sensim obscuriore, gula et pectore 
cinereo-albis, ventre albo vix flavo-tincto, remigibus vix rufomar- 
ginatis, pogoniis rectricum interioribus rufo et fusco fere dimi- 
diatis. 

Hab.—Cuba. Bahamas. 

Obs.—The Cuban and Bahaman birds (which are precisely 
alike) ordinarily have the inner webs of the rectrices, as in 
Jamaican stolidus, nearly half rufous, half fuscous; but the rufous 
tends to be a little restricted, half the breadth of the vane seeming 
to be its maximum width, while it is frequently reduced to a mere 
edging, especially in Cuban skins. Variety phebe, however, is 
well distinguished from variety sfolidus by other characters, the 
chief of which is the almost entire absence of yellow on the under 
parts. These, in fact, are “white,” shaded in front with ashy, 
and just tinged behind with yellow—the latter, however, is some- 
times inappreciable. The rufous edging of the primaries is at a 
minimum; the whitish edging of the secondaries and upper 
coverts is at a maximum. There is not so much olive in the 
color of the upper parts as in var. stolidus, while the cap is much 
less abruptly darker. 

Dr. Bryant says that his variety (lucaysiensis) is “larger than 
either the Jamaican s/olidus or the Cuban sagre,’’ and probably 
this is so, on an average, but any difference there may be in this 
respect eludes me in comparing any except the largest lucaysiensis 
with the smallest of the others. I can only distinguish lucayst- 


[July 16, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79 


ensis from true sfolidus by the nearly white belly, and find it 
absolutely inseparable from the Cuban sagre. 

I cannot find where (if anywhere) Dr. Bryant has characterized 
the Bahaman bird as “ bahamensis ;” but on p. 90, in text under 
“dominicensis” he says that the latter “ differs from sagre and 
bahamensis in the distinct yellow of the abdomen,” etc., showing 
that his “ bahamensis” is a white-bellied bird, and being from the 
Bahamas, it must be the same as lucaysiensis. 


ec. VAR. antillarum. 
? Myiarchus sp., Taylor, Ibis, 1864. Porto Rico. 
Tyrannus (Myiarchus) antillarum, Bry., P. B. 8. N. H. 1866, p. 2. 

Porto Rico. 

Myiarchus antillarum, Sund., Of. Vet. Ak. Forh. 1869, 599. 
Tyrannus (Tyrannus) antillarum, Gray, H. L. No, 5544. 

M. olivaceo-fuscus, pileo sensim obscuriore, gulé et pectore 
cinereo-albidis, ventre albo vix aut non flavo-tincto, remigibus 
primariis minimé rufo-marginatis, rectricibus omnino immarginatis, 
sed crebrissime macula rufa in apice pogonii interioris notatis. 

Hab.—Porto Rico (Bryant, Swift, Latimer, Mus. 8. I1.). An 
Tobago (Jardine)? 

Obs.—The Porto Rican form is almost a species. Local differen- 
tiation is here at an extreme, the better marked examples looking 
very little like the Jamaican sfolidus, and not particularly resem- 
bling even the whitish-bellied Cuban phewbe. In extreme cases the 
tail feathers have no rufous edging at all, and the belly is pure 
white. But we have already seen, in the Cuban and Bahaman 
bird, that the belly fades away from the yellow that is found in 
the Jamaican, through every shade, till it is sometimes white ; 
and we have likewise observed the reduction of the rufous toa 
mere edging of the rectrices; thence into antillarum is but a 
step. Some specimens of antillarum have the inner webs mar- 
gined with rufous part way down; and the difference in this 
respect between these and some Cuban phoebe is not so great as 
may be found among different individuals of either of the other 
varieties. These examples of antillarum also show the most 
yellowish on the belly, this often exceeding the amount exhibited 
by Cuban or Bahaman skins. In the purest anéillarum, however, 
the rufous is usually restricted to a mere trace at the end of the 
inner webs, and it may disappear altogether. 

I could easily and plausibly describe antillarum as a species, but 
1872. ] 


80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


I am confident that my mode of treating it is a better way. In 
fact, my view is simply an amplification of the judicious query 
that Dr. Bryant inserted after the word “species” in the first 
sentence of his original description. 

Avoiding all qualified expressions, and ignoring details, I may 
finally recapitulate and discriminate the three insular varieties of 
stolidus, thus :— 

Var. stolidus: Belly yellow, tail feathers edged with rufous. 

Var. phebe: Belly white, tail feathers edged with rufous. 

Var. antillarum: Belly white, tail feathers not edged with rufous, 

Twenty-nine specimens examined of the several varieties, from 
the localities above quoted. 


9. MyYIARCHUS TRISTIS. 
Myiobius tristis, Gosse, B. Jam. 167, pl. 41. 
Blacicus tristis, Cab., J. f. O. 1855, 480, et auct. 
Pyrocephatlus (Blacicus) tristis, Gray, Hand-List. i. 363, No. 5536. 

Minimus inter minores, rostro lato depresso; olivaceo-fuscus, 
pileo nigrescente, gula e cinerea albida, ventre flavo, remigibus 
rectricibusque minimé rufo marginatis, illis extus et intus, his 
extus nec intus. Long. tot. 5.50-6.00, alee et caudze 2.75-3.00, 
rostri .60, tarsi .68, rostri lat. ad nares .33. 

Hab.—Jamaica. Mus.S8. I. and G. N. L. 

Obs.—The smallest species of the group, and the one showing 
the least rufous on the tail and primaries of any of the smaller 
ones, unless it be antillarum. There is no rufous at all on the 
inner webs of the rectrices, but close inspection will show rufous 
traces on the outer webs of these feathers near the base, at any 
rate; rufous edging is evident on the outer webs of the primaries, 
and a very pale cast of rufous is more conspicuous on their inner 
webs. The upper wing and tail coverts show the same thing, but 
the edging of the inner secondaries is whitish. 

This species does not particularly resemble any of the foregoing. 
It shows perhaps the broadest and flattest bill of any; the width 
of the bill, at or just behind the nostrils, exceeding half its length. 
In this respect it departs notably from JZ. stolidus, its geographical 
associate, and repeats lawrencii and nigriceps. Its affinities are 
really closest with the last named. Although nigriceps and tristis 
do not sufficiently resemble each other to render special com- 
parison necessary, they are still evident geographical representa- 
tives—tristis holding the same relation to the insular forms with 

[July 16, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81 


which it is associated, that nigriceps does to the continental form 
lawrencii, which it replaces in Northern South America. 


Of the five following birds, referred by their respective authors 
and others to the genus Myiarchus, I have no information :— 


Tig 
2 


1872.] 


Myiarchus fasciatus, Landb., Leybold, J. f. O. 1865, 402. Mendoza. 


. Myiarchus cantans, Pelz., op. cit. 182. Brazil. Probably=tyran- 


nulus. 

Myiarchus tricolor, Natt., Pelz. Orn. Bras. ii. 182. Brazil. Pro- 
bably=nigriceps. 

Myiarchus gracilirostris, Pelz., op. cit. 183. Brazil. Probably= 
nigriceps. 

Tyrannus tuberculifer, D’Orb, and Lafr., Syn. No. 6. D’Orb., Voy. 
Ois. p. 307, pl. 82, f. 1, 2. Bolivia. Myzobius tuberculifer, Gray. 
Mylarchus tuberculifer, Cab. Tyrannulatuberculifer, Bp. Pyro. 
cephalus (Onychopterus) tuberculifer, Gray, H.-L. No. 5528. An 
Myiarchinus verus? The description indicates a bird of the 
Myiarchus pattern of coloration, and D’Orbigny says that it is 
allied to M. feroz. 


2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


CATALOGUE AND SYNONYMY OF THE RECENT SPECIES OF THE 
FAMILY LUCINIDE. 


BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR. 
OrnveR LUCINACEA, H. & A. ADAmMs. 
Genera of Recent Mollusca, ii. 466. 1857. 


Family LUCINIDA, H. & A. Adams. 
Genera, ii. 466. 1857. 


Genus LUCINA, Bruguiere. 
Encyc. Meth. t. 284. 1792. 


1. L. ARGENTEA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 6. 1850. 


Moluccas. 
2. L. ARTEMIDIS, Carpenter, Zool. Proc. 201. 1856. 
Acapulco. 
3. L. BIcoRNIS, Reeve, Icon. sp. 8. 1850. 
Philippines. 


4, L. BOREALIS, Linn. Syst. Nat. Edit. xii.,1134. 1767. Reeve, 
Icon. sp. 13. 1850. 
Tellina radula, Mont. Test. Brit. 68. 1803. 
Lucina alba, Turton, Dith.. Brit. 114, t. 7, f. 6, 7. 1822. 
Venus spuria, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. xiii. Ed. 3284. 1790. 
Venus circinnata, Brocchi, Coq. Foss. Sub-app. ii. 552, t. 
14, f. 6. 
Lucina lactea, Macgillivray. Moll. Aberd. 255. 1843. 
Lucina leucoma, Macgillivray. Moll. Aberd. 256. 1848. 
Northern Europe. 
5. L. Canirornica, Conrad, Jour. Philad. Acad. vii. 255, t. 20, f. 
IS) 183%. 
L. annulata, Reeve, Icon. sp. 17. 1850. 
California. 
6. L. concenTRIca, Ad. & Ang. Zool. Proc. 426, t.37,f.19. 1863. 
South Australia. 
7. L. COLUMBELLA, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 543. 1818. Reeve, 
Icon. sp. 30. 1850. 
LL. Adansoni, Orb. Moll. Isl. Canaries, 107, t. 8, f. 26-28. 
1839. 
Canary and Cape Verde Is. Senegal. 
| July 16, 


22. L. 


1872.] 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83 


. CARNOSA, Dunker, Novit. Conch. t. 26, f. 4-6. 1865. 


Port Natal. 


- ORISTATA, Recluz. Mag. Zool. 270, 1842, t. 60. 1843. 


Campeche. 


. CANDEANA, Orb. Moll. Cuba, ii. 299, t. 27, f. 43-45. 


Cuba. 


. CRYPTELLA, Orb. Voy. Am. Merid. 587, t. 84, f. 18-20. 


Pernambuco. 


. DENTIFERA, Jonas. Philippi Neue Conch. ii. 206, Lucina, 


t. 1, f. 3. Reeve, Icon. sp.10. 1850. 
Red Sea. 


- DUNKERI, Menke, Zeit. Mal. 41. 1845. 


Northwest Africa. 


. FENESTRATA, Hinds. Voy. Sulphur, 66, t. 19, f. 2. 1844. 


Monte Christi. 


. FILosA, Stimpson, Shells, N. Engl. 17. 1851. Gould, 


Invert. Mass. Ed. 2. f. 404. 1870. 
L. radula, Gould (not of Mont.), ib. Edit. 1,69. 1841. 
New England. 


. GEMMA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 64. 1850. 


Philippines. 


. GIBBIA, Desh. Guerin’s Mag. t. 107. 1844. 


Sumatra. 


. JAMAICENSIS, Chemn. Conch. Cab. vii. 24, t. 38, f. 408, 409. 


1784. Reeve, Icon. sp. 7. 1850. 


L. funiculata, Reeve, Icon. sp. 40. 1850. 
West Indies. 


. LACTEA, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 225. 1855. 


Australia, New Zealand. 


- MAZATLANICA, Carp. Mazat. Cat. 99. 1857. 


Panama, Mazatlan. 


. PENNSYLVANICA, Linn. Syst. Nat. Edit. xii. 1134. 1767. 


Reeve, Icon. sp. 29. 1850. 
ZL. aurantia, Desh. Anim. s. Vert. vi. 236. 1835. Reeve, 
Icon. sp. 81. 1850. 
LL: speciosa, Reeve, Icon. sp. 32. 1850. (Red Sea, Err. Loc.) 
LL. trisinuata, Orb. Moll. Cuba, ii. 300, t. 27, f 46-49. 1853. 
LL. virgo, Reeve, Icon. sp. 28. 1850. 
West Indies. 
Pisip1umM, Dunker, Mal. Blatt, 227. 1860. 
Japan. 


36. 


G2 


tr 
. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


. PISUM, Reeve, (not Phil.) Incon. sp. 66. 1850. 


Singapore, Port Essington. 


. Portesrtana, Orb. Voy. Amer. Merid. 586, t. 84, f. 10, 11. 


Rio Janeiro. 


. PUSILLA, Gould, Bost. Proce. viii. 282. 


North Carolina. 


. PECTINATA, Carp. Mazat. Cat. 100. 1857. 


Mazatlan. 


- PROLONGATA, Carp. Mazat. Cat. 100. 1857. 


Mazatlan. 


. SEMPERIANA, Issel. Mal. Mar. Ross. 82. 1870. 


Red Sea. 


. SIMPLEX, Reeve, Icon. sp. 11. 1850. 


North Australia. 


. SULCATA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 20. 1850. 


Hab.—? 


. TENUISCULPTA, Carp. Philad. Proc. 57. 1865. 


Mazatlan, California. 


- UNDATA, Carp. Zool. Proc. 279. 1865. 


Gulf of California. 


- VITREA, Desh. Guerin’s, Mag. t. 106. 1844. 


Sumatra. 
. Voorua@vet, Desh. Journ. de Conch. 2d ser. ii. 106, t. 11, 
foots VIS ie 
L. mirabilis, Dunker, Novit. 77 t. 26, f. 7-9. 1865. 


Mozambique. 


Subgenus HERE, Gabb. 
Pal. Calif. ii. 28,100. 1869. 


- EXCAVATA, Carp. Mazat. Cat. 98, 1857. 


Panama, Mazatlan. 


. LINGUALIS, Carp. Ann. Mag. N. Hist. 3d ser. xiii. 313. 


1864. 
Cape St. Lucas. 


Subgenus Woop, Deshayes. 
Anim. s. Vert. bass. Paris, 1, 790. 


. DIGITARIA, Linn. Syst. Nat. Edit. xii. 1120. 1767. 


L. digitalis, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 544. 1818. Reeve, 
Icon. sp. 65. 1850. 
Mediterranean. 
[July 16, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85 


Subgenus Cycuas, Klein. 
(not Brug.) Meth. Ostracol. 129. 1753. 


38. L. pENTATA, Wood. Gen. Conch. 195, t. 46, f. 7. 1817. 


L. strigilla, Stimpson, shells, N. E. 17. 1851. 

I. Americana, C.B. Ad. Contrib. Conch. 243. 1852. 

I. Chemnitzii, Phil. Zeit. Mal. 1848. 

DL. divaricata, Lam. (not Linn.) Anim.s. Vert. v. 541. 1818. 

LL. divaricata, (part) Chemn. Conch. Cab. vi. 134, t. 13, f. 
129. 1782. 

L. quadrisulcata, Orb. Voy. Amer. Merid. 584. Moll. Cuba, 
ii. 294, t. 27, f. 34, 36. 

L. Lamarckii, Dunker, Weinkauff, Journ. Conch. x. 315. 
1862. 

LI. eburnea, Reeve, Icon. sp. 49. 1850. 

L. pilula, C. B. Ad. Contrib. Conch. 244. 1852. 

L. Sechellensis, Orb. Voy. Am. Merid. 384. 

L. Cumingti, Ad. and Ang. Zool. Proc. 426, t. 37, f. 20. 
1863. 

L. serrata, Orb. Voy. Am. Merid. 384. Moll. Cuba, ii. 295, 
t. 27, f. 37, 39. 1853. 

LI. ornata, Reeve, Icon. sp. 48. 1850. 

L. ornatissima, Orb. Voy. Am. Merid. 384. 

New England to Brazil, W. Coast N. and S. America, E. Coast 
of Asia, Seychelles, Isl. Bourbon, Australia.’ 
39. L. prvaricaTa, Linn. (not of Lam. etc.) Syst. Nat. Ed. xii. 

1120. 1767. 

L. digitaria, Poli (not Linn.) Test. Utr. Sicil. t. 15, f. 25. 
1791. 


'Itis very curious to observe that most of the above distinguished authors, 
finding that the West Indian divaricata of Lamarck, Gmelin, and Chemnitz 
is distinct from the European divaricata of Linn., have each immediately 
rechristened the former without troubling themselves to ascertain whether 
any one else had previously made the same discovery. To this carelessness, 
and to the insane desire to describe species, are to be ascribed the terrors of 
the science to the novitiate, who in nine cases out of ten is frightened at 
the very threshold by an heterogeneous mass of a hundred thousand names, 
representing probably not more than one-fifth that number of species. Long 
and familiarly known to Conchologists as this species is, they have per- 
mitted nearly all of the above synonyms to stand as distinct species. The 
geographical range is great, but well established by numerous authorities. 


1872.] 


86 


40. 


4]. 


44, 


L. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Cardium discors, Mont. Test. Brit. 37. 1803. 
L. undularia, 8. Wood. Crag. Foss. 844. 
L. commutata, Phil. Enum. Moll. Sicil. i. 32,-t. 3, f. 15 
1836. ; 
ZL. arcuata, Mont. Test. Brit. 85, t. 3, f. 2. 1803. Reeve, 
Icon. sp. 61. 1850. 
. Hurope. 
GIBBA, Gray, Ann. Philos. 136. 1825. Reeve, Icon. sp. 54. 
1850. 
L. spheroides, Conrad, Jour. Phil. Acad. vi. 262, t. 9, f. 
10. 1831. 
LI. divaricata (part.), Chemn. Conch. Cab. vi. t. 13, f. 130. 
1782. 
Senegal. 
Subgenus CoDARIA, Scopoli. 
Introd. Hist. Nat. 1777. 


Lentillaria, Schum. Essai Nov. Syst. 147. 1817. 


. ANTILLARUM, Reeve, Icon. sp. 37. 1850. 


West Indies. 


. BELLA, Conrad, Jour. Acad. Phil. vii. 254, t.19,f11. 1837. 


L. fibula, Reeve, Icon. sp. 4. 1850. 
I. munda, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 225. 1855. 
L. ramulosa, Gould, Bost. Proce. ili. 276. 1850. Moll. U.S. 
Expl. Exped. 415, f. 523. 1852. 
California, Sandwich Isles, Australia? 


. CANCELLARIS, Phil. Zeit. Mal. 21. 1846. 


Mazatlan. 


. IMBRICATULA, C. B. Adams, Bost. Proce. ii. 9. 1845. 


L. occidentalis, Reeve, Icon. sp. 38. 1850. 

LL. pecten, Reeve (not Lam.), Icon. sp. 34. 1850. 

LL. pectinata, C. B. Adams, Contrib. Conch. 243. 1852. 

L. pectinella, C. B. Adams, Contrib. Conch. 244. 1852. 
West Indies. 


2 INTERRUPTA, Lam. (Cytherea), Anim.s. Vert. v. 574. 1818. 


Reeve, Icon. sp.5. 1850. 
Fiji, Torres Straits. 


. LINTEA, Conrad, (MSS. ?”) 


Tampa Bay. 


. MInuTA, Desh. Isl..Reun. 20, t. 3, f. 4-7. 1853. 


Isl. Bourbon. 
[July 16, 


54. L. 


55. L. 


56. L. 


57. L. 


1. M. 


1872.] 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87 


. NASSULA, Conr. Proc. Philad. Acad. 24. 1846. 


Tampa Bay, Fla. 


. OBLIQUA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 42. 1850. 


Chusan. 


L. PARVULA, Gould, Bost. Proc. viii. 36. 1861. 


Bonin I. Loo Choo, Hakodadi, Australia. 


- PuNcTATA, Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xii. 1134. 1767. Reeve, 


Icon. sp. 2. 1850. 
Mazatlan, Panama. 


- RETICULATA, Poli (Tellina), Test. Utr. Sicil. 1, t. 20, f. 14. 


iy St. 
LI. pecten, Lam. (not Linn.) Anim. s. Vert. v. 543. 1818. 
Reeve, Icon. sp. 38. 1850. 
LI. squamosa, Desh. Expl. Sci. Mor. 95. 
Mediterranean, W. Coast Africa. 


. REEVEI, Desh. Conch. Ins. Reun. 19, t. 3, f. 8,9. 1863. 


Isle Bourbon. 
RUGIFERA, Reeve, Zool. Proc.68. 1835. Reeve, Icon. sp. 1. 


1850. 
Australia. 


SCOBINATA, Recluz, Journ. de Conch. III. 252, t. 10, f. 6, 


1852. 
Guadaloupe. 


TIGERINA, Linn, Syst. Nat. Edit. xii. 1133. 1767. Reeve, 
Icon. sp. 38. 1850. 
L. exasperata, Reeve, Icon. sp. 4. 1850. 
L. costata, Orb. Moll. Cuba. ii. 296, t. 27, f. 40,42. 1853. 
So. Coast U. S., West Indies, Brazil, Amboyna 
(Rumph.), Nicobar Is. (Chemn.) 


Subgenus Miura, H. & A. Ad. 
Genera, ii. 466. 1857. 


CuILDRENI, Gray, Zool. Jour. i. 221. 1825. Reeve, Icon. 
sp. 12. 1850. 
Brazil. 
Genus MYRTEA, Turton. 
Conch, dith. 138. 1822. 
Cyracheza, Leach. Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. xx. 272. 1847. 
orrcInNATA, A. ADAMS, Ann. Mag. N. H. ser. iii., ix. 226. 


1862. 
Japan. 


88 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


2. M. pecussatTa, A. Adams, Ann. Mag. N. H. ser. iii., ix. 226. 
1862. 
Japan. 
3. M. DELIcCATULA, A. Adams, Ann. Mag. N. H. ser. iii., ix. 226. 
1862. 
Japan. 
4. M. FABULA, Reeve, Icon. Lucina, sp. 69. 1850. 
Philippines. 
5. M. rFiImBriaTuLa, A. Adams, Ann. Mag. N. H. ser. iii., ix. 225. 
1862. 
Japan. 
6. M. gippa, A. Adams, Ann. Mag. N. H. ser. iii., ix. 225. 1862. 
Japan. 
7. M. LAMELLATA, A. Adams, Ann. Mag. N. H. ser. iii., ix. 226. 
1862. 
Japan. 
8. M. Layarpi, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 225. 1855. 
Ceylon. 
9. M. muricaTa, Chemnitz (Tellina), Conch. Cab. xi. t. 199, f. 


10. 


Lbs 


14. 


1945-6. 1799. 
LL. ochracea, Reeve, Icon. sp. 44. 1850. 
ZL. scabra, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v.542. 1818. Reeve, Icon. 
sp. 45. 1850. 
L. Nuttallii, Conrad, Jour. A. N.S. Philad. vii. 255, t. 20, 
fe Je Sane 
Tumbez, Peru, to California. 
MyrrEA OBESULA, A. Adams, Ann. Mag. N. H. 3d ser. ix. 226. 
1862. 
Japan. 
MyrrEA PLICATULA, A. Adams, Ann. Mag. N. H. 3d ser. ix. 
226. 1862. 
Japan. 


. MygrEA RETICULATA, A. Adams, Ann. Mag. N. H. 3d ser. ix. 


225. 1862. 
Japan. 


. MyrTEA SEMINULA, Gould, Bost. Proc. viii. 36. 1861. 


Hong Kong. 
M. spINIFERA, Mont. (Venus), Test. Brit. 577, t. 17, f. 1. 1803. 
Reeve, Icon. Lucina sp. 39. 1850. 
[July 16, 


15: M. 


16. M. 


o Es 


1872.] 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89 


Lucina Hiatelloides, Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sicil. i. 32. 
1836. 
Astarte ornata, Goldfuss, Petr. Germ. ii. 195, t. 135, f. 9. 
Europe. 
SrraNnGeEI, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 225. 1855. 
Moreton Bay. 
veNustTA, Phil. Abbild. und Beschreib. ii. 206, Lucina, t. 
1, f.2. Reeve, Icon. Lucina, sp. 15. 1850. 
Bay of Manilla. 


Genus PHILIS, Fischer. 
Jour. Conch. ix. 345. 1861. 


. CuminetI, Fischer, Jour. Conch. ix. 346. 1861. 


Moluceas. 


Genus LORIPES, Poli. 
Test. Utr. Sicil. i. 31. 1791. 


Anodontia, Link, Samml. iii. 156. 1807. 


. ANATELLOIDES, Reeve, Icon. sp. 19. 1850. 


West Indies. 


. ASSIMILIS, Angas, Zool. Proc. 910, t. 44, f. 8. 1867. 


New South Wales. 


. BARBATA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 15. 1850. 


Hab.—? 


. BULLATA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 35. 1850. 


Hab.—? 


. EDENTULA, Linn, Mus. Ulric, 74. Reeve, Icon. sp. 9. 1850. 


L. chrysostoma, Phil. Zeit. Malak. ii. 181. 1845. 
West Indies. 


. EDENTULOIDES, Verrill, Am. Jour. Sci. xlix. 226. 1870. 


Gulf of California. 


. Frormpana, Conrad, Am. Jour. Sci. Ist ser. xxiii. 344. 


1833. 
Pensacola, Fla. 


. GLOBULARIS, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. v. 544. 1818. Reeve, 


Icon. sp. 53. 1850. 
L. ovulum, Reeve, Icon. sp. 58. 1 
L. tumida, Reeve, Icon. sp. 52. 1852. 
New Caledonia. 
GLOBULOSA, A. Adams. 
7 


90 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


10. L. GuARANIANA, Orb. Voy. Amer. Merid. 586, t. 84, f. 10, 11. 


it 


16. 


Mie 


Rio Janeiro. 


. L. 1crERIcA, Reeve, Icon. Lucina, sp. 60. 1850. Angas, Zool. 


Proc. 651. 1865. 
So. Australia. 


. L. LAOTEA, Linn, Syst. Nat. 1119) 17/67. 


L. gibbosa (not Gmel.), Costa, Cat. 21. 1829. 

LL. leucoma, Turton, Reeve, Icon. sp. 41. 1850. 

Amphidesma lucinalis, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. v. 491. 1818. 

L. fragilis, Phil. Zeit. Mal. ii. 181, 1845; Moll. Sicil. ii. 25, 
1844. 


Var. L. Desmarestii, Payr. Cat. Moll. Corse. 44, t. 1, f. 19, 20. 


1826. 
England, Canary Islands, Mediterranean. 


. MALUM, Reeve, Icon. sp. 26. 1850. 


Philippines. 
- ovUM, Reeve, Icon. sp.21. 1850. 
Philippines. 
. Paraaonica, Orb. Voy. Am. Merid. 587, t. 84, f. 16, 77. 
Patagonia. 
. PHILIPPIANA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 23. 1850. 
L. edentula, Philippi (not Lamarck). 
Hab.—? 


. PHILIpprnARUM, Hanley, sp. Shells. 1840. Reeve, Icon. 


sp.18. 1850. 
L. corrugata, Desh. Guerin’s Mag. t. 82. 1843. 
Singapore, Bay of Manilla. 


. PILA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 24, 1850. 


Hab.—? 


. PLICIFERA, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 225. 1855. 


Borneo, Loo Choo. 


. RoTATA, Gould, Bost. Proc. viii. 32. 1861. 


Loo Choo. 


. VESICULA, Gould, Bost. Proc. ili. 256. 1850. Expl. Exped. 


414, f. 525. 
Tonga Islands. 


. VILARDEBOANA, Orb. Voy. Am. Merid. 587, t. 84, f. 14, 15. 


La Plata. 


[July 16, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9] 


Genus CRYPTODON, Turton. 
Brit. Bivalves, 121. 1822. 


Thyatira, Leach, Jeffreys, Mal.et Conch. Mag. ii. 42. 1829. 
Axinus, J. Sowerby, Mineral Conch. t. 314. 1823. 
Ptychina, Phil. Moll. Sicil.15. 1836. 

Clausina, Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.xx.18. 1847. 


1. C. Crouttnensis, Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xx. 19. 1847. 
Ibid. 3d ser. ii. 122, t. 5, f. 2. 
Skye and Shetland Islands. 
2. C. rERRUGINOSUS, Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Moll. ii. 60, t. 34, f. 1. 
1853. Reeve, Icon.-Lucina, sp. 63. 1850. 
Kellia abyssicola, Forbes, Aigean Invert. 192. 
Mediterranean to England. 
3. C. FLEXUosUS, Mont. Test. Brit. 72 (Tellina). 1803. Reeve, 
Icon. Lucina, sp. 62. 1850. 
Azinus angulatus, Nyst. (not Sowb.) Coq. Foss. Belg. 141, t. 
6, f. 13. 
Venus sinuosa, Donov. Brit. Shells ii. t. 42, f 2. 
Lucina sinuata, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v.543. 1818. 
Cryptodon bisinuatus, 8. Wood, Crag. Moll. 
Ptychina biplicata, Phil. Moll. Sicil.i.15,t.2,f4. 1836. 
European Seas. 
4. C. Gouxnpr, Phil. Zeit. ftir Malak. 74. 1845. Gould, Invert. 
Mass. 2d edit. 100, f.406. 1870. 
Lucina flexuosa, Gould (not Mont.) Invert. Mass. Ist edit. 
T1,£.52. 1841. 
Thyasira Gouldi, Stimpson, Shells. N. Eng.17. 1851. 
Massachusetts— Connecticut. 
. C. JApontcus, Adams, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 227. 1862. 
N. Japan. 


qn 


6. C. MAncuuricus, Adams, Ibid. 227. 1862. 
- Manchuria. 
7. C. optonaus, Adams, Ibid. 227. 1862. 
N. Japan. 
8. C. pLicatus, Adams, Ibid. 227. 1862. 
N. Japan. 
9. C. potyaonus, Gould, Bost. Proce. viii. 35. 1861. 
Cape Good Hope 


1872. ] 


to 


eis 


ALOE, 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


. Sars, Loven, Index Moll. Scand. 1846. Reeve, Icon. 


Lucina, sp. 52. 1850. 
Norway— Sweden. 


. SERRICATUS, Carpenter, Philad. Proc. 57. 1865. 


Sts. of Fuca to Catalina Isld. 


. SUBORBICULARIS, Adams, Ann. and Mag. N. H. ix. 227. 


1862. 
North Japan. 


. SUBQUADRATUS, Adams, Ibid. 227. 1862. 


North Japan. 


. SUBRADIATUS, Gould, Bost. Proce. viii. 35. 1861. 


Simon’s Bay. 


. SULCATUS, Adams, Ann. and Mag. N. H. ix. 227. 1862. 


Manchuria. 


. TRANSVERSUS (Lucina), Bronn. Weinkauff Conchyl. 168. 


1867. 
Mediterranean. 
Genus GAFRARIUM, Bolten. 
Icon. Museum Bolten. 1798. 
Fimbria, Muhlf. Entwurf. 52. 1811. 
Idothea, Schum. Essai Noy. Gen. 160. 1817. 
Corbis, Cuvier, Regne Anim. ii. 408. 1817. 


. CeLATUM, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 62. 1853. 


Isld. Luzon. 


. ELEGANS, Deshayes. 
. FIMBRIATUM, Linn. (Venus.) Syst. Nat. Edit. xii. 1113. 


1767. Reeve, Conch. Syst. t. 57. 
Fiji Islands, ete. 


. scITULUM, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 70. 1853. 


Puerto Gallaro. 


. SoWERBYI, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 45. 1841. Conch. Syst. t. 


58. 


Genus UNGULINA, Daudin. 
Bosc. Hist. Coq. iii. 76. 1802. 


ALBA, Rang. Hist. Moll. t. 44,f 1,2. 1802. 
Senegal. 


. OBLONGA, Bosc. Hist. Coq. iii. t. 20, f. 1, 2. 1802. 


U. rubra, Roissy, Buff. de. Sonn. Moll: t. vi. f. 20, f. 1, 2- 
H. & A. Adams, Genera, iii. t. 114, f. 4, 4a. 


[July 16, 


6. M. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93 


U. transversa, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 487. 1818 
Western Coast of Africa. 


Genus SCACCHIA, Philippi. 
Moll. Sicil. ii. 27. 1844, 


. ELLIPTICA, Scacchi (Tellina). Ossery. Zool. ii. 14. 1833. 


H. & A. Adams, Genera iii. t. 814, f. 5. 5a. 
Mediterranean. 
ovaATA, Phil. Enum. Moll. Sicil. ii.17. t. 14, f. 9. 1844. 
Kellia cycladia? Wood, Crag. Moll, ii. 122, t. 11. f. 4. 
Mediterranean. 
Genus MYSIA, Leach. 
Menke, Synopsis, Method. Edit. 2. 112. 1830 


Diplodonta, Bronn, Ital. Tertiiir geb. 9. 1831. 
Spherella, Conrad, 'Tert. Foss. 17. 1838. 


. ABBREVIATA, Gould, Bost. Proc. viii. 32. 1861. 


Hong Kong. 


. ALATA, Adams & Reeve (Cyrenoida) Voy. Sam. 80, t. 24, 


f.12. 1850. 
Corea. 


. AMERICANA, Morelet. 


BRASILIENSIS, Mittre, Jour. de Conch. 1. 240. 1850. H. 
& A. Adams, Genera iii. t. 114, f. 6. 
Rio Janeiro. 


. BULLATA, Dunker, Novitates Conch. 76, t. 26 f. 1-3. 1865. 


Ceylon. 
CALCULUS, Reeve, Icon. Lucina sp. 68, 1850. 
Gulf of Nicoya. 


. CorEEnsts, Adams & Reeve (Cyrenoida). Voy. Sam. 


80, t. 22,f.14. 1850 
M. obliqua, Gould (not Philippi) Otia. Conch. 171. 
Loo Choo, Corea. 


. Cuminar, Sowerby. 
. DOLABRATA, Gould, Bost. Proce. viii. 32, 1861. 


Cape Good Hope. 


. FIGLINA, Gould, Bost. Proce. viii. 32. 1861. 


Japan. 


. GLOBULOSA, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 226. 1855. 


Moreton Bay. 


yoo. 


= MM. 


aM. 


. M. 


Ses 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Goutpr, Tryon. 
M. obliqua, Gould (not Phil.), Bost. Proc. viii. 32. 1861. 
Loo Choo. 
GRANULOSA, Dunker, Zeit. Mal. iii. 1853. 
Peurto Cabello. 
GruNERI, Dunker, Ind. Tams. 55. 1853. 
Guinea. 
JANEIRENSIS, Reeve, Icon. Lucina, sp. 48. 1850. 
Rio Janeiro. 


. INCONSPICUA, Phil. 
. InpicA, Desh. 
. LEUCOPH HOTA, Reeve, Icon. Lucina, sp. 59. 1850. 


Hab.—? 


. LUCINZFORMIS, Val. Voy. Hombr. et Jacq. 116, t. 3, f. 3. 


1856. 
Philippines. 


. Moretonensts, Desh. 
. Novo-ZELANDICcA, Reeve, Icon. Lucina, sp. 14. 1850. 


New Zealand. 


. OBLIQUA, Phil. Zeit. Mal. 20. 1846. 


Mazatlan. 


. OBLONGA, Sowb. 
. Pacirica, Fischer, Jour. de Conch: vii. 376, t. 13; 12: 


1860. 
Pacific Ocean. 


. Puoiuiprit, Gay, Hist. Nat. Chili, vii. 354, t.8,f.5. 1854. 


Chili. 


. PHILIPPINARUM, Sowb. 
. PISIFORMIS, Deshaves. 
, PUNCTATA, Say (Amphidesma), Jour. Phil. Acad. ii. 308. 


1822. 
Southern Coast United States. 
ROTUNDATA, Montagu (Tellina), Test. Brit. 71, t. 2, f. 3. 
1803. 
Lucina rotundata, Reeve, Icon. sp. 38, 1850. 1803. 
Venus lupinus, Brocchi, Cat. Foss. Subapp. 
Diplodonta dilatata, Phil. Moll. Sicil. i. 31, t.4,f 7. 1836. 
Diplodonta Barleet, Jeffreys, Ann. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1858. 
Glaucomene Montaguana, Leach. Synopsis, 313. 
Southern Coast of England to Mediterranean , 
Sea, Canary Is. 
[July 16, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95 


30. M. Savienyr, Vaillant, Jour. Conch. xiii. 124 1865. 
Red Sea. 
31. M. semrAsPERA, Phil. Abbild. Tellina 25. 1846. 
Lucina orbella, Gould, Bost. Proc. iv. 90. 1851. 
Lucina celata, Reeve, Icon. sp. 27. 1850. 
VAR. DISCREPANS, Carp. Mazat. Cat. 108. 1857. 
Guayaquil, Mazatlan to San Diego, Cal. 
32. M. SEMIRETICULATA, Orb. Moll. Cuba, 41. 
Cuba to Patagonia. 
33. M. SENEGALENSE, Reeve, Icon. Lucina, Hrrata. 1850. 
M. Adansoni, Reeve, Icon. Lucina, sp. 51. 1850. 


Senegal. 
34. M. spHzrRicuLA, Deshayes. 
Australia. 
35. M. supetoposa, C. B. Adams. 


36. M. supquaprRata, Carp. Zool. Proc. 230. 1855. 
Mazatlan to Panama. 
37. M. suprucosA, Dunker, Zeit. Mal. 183. 1848. Novitates 
Conch. 15, t. 4, f. 10-12. 
Hab.—? 
38. M. TRIGONULA, Brown, Ital. Tert. Geb. 96 t. 3, f. 2. 
Diplodonta apicalis, Phil. Enum. Moll. Sicil. i. 31, t. 4, f. 6. 
1836. . 
Lucina astartea, Nyst. Coq. Foss. Belg. 121, t. 6, f. 4. 
Mediterranean—Canary Islands. 
39. M. VeNezvuELENsIs, Dunker, Zeit fiir Malak. 184. 1848. No- 
vitates Conch. 15, t. 4, f. 7,8, 9. 


s 


Porto Cabello. 


Subgenus FELANIA, Recluz. 
Jour. de Conch. ii. 60. 1851. 


40. M. Anansi, Angas, Zool. Proc. 910, t. 44, f. 9. 1867. 
Port Jackson. 
41. M. CANDEANA, Orb. Moll. Cuba, ii. 299, t. 27, f. 43, 45. 
Cuba. 
42. M. cornEA, Reeve, Icon. Lucina, sp. 25. 1850. 
M. sericata, Reeve, ibid. sp. 55. 1850. 
Gulf of Nicoya, Mazatlan. 
43. M. pIAPHANA, Gmel., Syst. Nat. edit. 13, vi. 3292. 1790. 
Le Felan, Adanson, Moll. Senegal, 227, t. 16,f. 8. 1757. 
Senegal. 


1872.] 


96 


44, 


45. 


46. 


47. 


48. 


49. 


. NITENS, Reeve, Icon. Lucina, sp. 57. 1850. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


- FRIABILIS, Reeve, Icon. Lucina, sp. 57. 1850. 


Hab.—? 


. JACKSONIENSIS, Angas, Zool. Proc. 910, t. 44, f.10. 1867. 


Port Jackson. 


Ins. Muerte. 


- ROSEA, Recluz, Jour. de Conch. ii. 72 t. 2, f. 10-12. 1851. 


W. Coast Africa. 


. TELLINOIDES, Reeve, Icon. Lucina, sp. 56. 1850. 


West Indies. 


. usTA, Gould, Bost. Proce. viii. 32. 1862. 


Hakodadi Bay. 


UNIDENTIFIED LUCINID®. 


? L. Antarctica, Phil. Mal. Blatt. 1.166. 1857. 
Sis. Magellan. 
L. lenticula, Gould, Bost. Proce. iii. 252. 1850. 
Patagonia. 
L. granulosa, C. B. Ad. Bost. Proe. ii. 9. 1845. 
West Indies. 


[July 16, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97 


SHELLS OF HERKIMER AND ADJACENT COUNTIES IN THE STATE OF 
NEW YORK. 


BY JAMES LEWIS. 


AT various times I have prepared catalogues and other papers 
relating to the shells of this region. The latest catalogues of 
shell-bearing mollusca of Herkimer and adjacent counties was 
printed in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences 
in 1860. Since that date several species have been found which 
previously had not been noticed. Corrections have also been 
made of species wrongly named. 

A few rare land-shells have been detected in obscure retreats, 
where the progress of civilization has not reached them. For con- 
venience of reference I arrange the species alphabetically, without 
following the most recent classification, my object being geogra- 
phical distribution rather than classification. 


Amnicola Cincinnatiensis ? Anthony. 

Erie Canal and Mohawk River. In the rivers, this shell some- 
times attains remarkable size. Specimens submitted to Mr. Tryon 
were pronounced to be Cincinnatiensis or new. I do not feel dis- 
posed to quote this as a new species on account of its size, for the 
reason that other shells not recognized as new species sometimes 
attain remarkable size in this region. 


A. lustrica, Say. 

Schuyler’s Lake, Otsego County; Little Lakes, Herkimer 
County ; Smith’s Pond, Litchfield, Herkimer County ; Erie Canal. 

The shells found in Erie Canal are doubtlessly introduced. 
Have been seen there only on one occasion (1869). 

A. pallida, Hald. 

Lakes, rivers, and canal. I can distinguish these shells from 
those shells of Massachusetts called A. porata, Say, by Gould, 
only by their color, due to locality. 

Ancylus fuscus, Adams. 

Schuyler’s Lake and Little Lakes, New York. 
Ancylus parallelus, Hald. 

Schuyler’s Lake and Little Lakes, New York. 
1872. ] 


98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Ancylus tardus, Say. . 

Mohawk River. Found under stones along the margin of the 
stream at low water. I have found them only during the fall 
months. None could be found in 1871. 


Anodonta edentula, Say. ’ 
Mohawk River and Erie Canal; also streams running south to 
the Susquehanna River. 


Anodonta fluviatilis, Lea. 
In ponds and streams near Schuyler’s Lake. 


Anodonta imbecilis, Say. 
Erie Canal. Very scarce and small. 


Anodonta lacustris, Lea. 

Schuyler’s Lake, Little Lakes, Smith’s Pond, and a small pond 
at Herkimer. A small variety occurs in a marshy creek on the 
hills eight miles south of Mohawk. 


Anodonta Lewisii, Lea. 

Hrie Canal and Mohawk River. During the last ten years this 
species has been very nearly exterminated in the canal, affected, no 
doubt, by chemicals introduced in the armory sewage at Ilion. 


Anodonta subcylindracea, Lea. 

Krie Canal, Mohawk River, and ponds at Herkimer. Not 
abundant. 
Anodonta undulata. 

{rie Canal and Mohawk River. Scarce. 
Bythinella obtusa, Lea. 

Erie Canal and Mohawk River. In the rivers this species some- 
times grows very large; it is usually much larger here than spe- 
cimens I have seen from other localities. 


Carychium exiguum, Say. 
On moist land in the Valley of the Mohawk. I have not found 
it abundant elsewhere. 


Goniobasis livescens, Menke. 

Krie Canal and Mohawk River. The shells vary, exceedingly, 
under the influences of station. The shells are characterized 
here as elsewhere by a weak epidermis, easily worn off. The 
species has, no doubt, been introduced from western waters by 
way of the canal. It is extremely abundant on rocks and hard- 

[July 16, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99 


clay banks in the Mohawk River, preferring swift water. I have 
no doubt a variety of this species furnished the type of Mr. Tryon’s 
Gon. Haldemani. 

Goniobasis virginica, Gmelin. 

Common enough in the canal at long intervals. Has no doubt 
been introduced since 1856. Is said to abound in the Hudson 
River, and in streams near Buffalo. Is very seldom found in the 
Mohawk River. 

In 1871 I found specimens which attain nearly the size of adults 
of this species, but which exhibit colors and forms somewhat 
unlike it. They seem to blend the colors of Trypanostoma sub- 
ulare and Goniobasis livescens, and approximate the form and 
size of Gon. virginica. I am persuaded by the circumstances 
attending them that they are hybrids, and probably derived from 
Gon. virginica, and perhaps both the other two mollusca just 
named. ‘The supposed hybrids are not found apart from virginica. 
Feeling unwilling to assume the responsibility of suggesting /y- 
bridity in a case which others might have settled by proposing a 
new species, I submitted specimens to Mr. Charles M. Wheatley 
for his opinion. I feel privileged to say that Mr. Wheatley assents 
to my view respecting the shells. 

Helix albolabris, Say. 

A common species. A variety with a tooth is found in the 
town of Litchfield. A single reversed specimen was found near 
Mohawk in June, 1871. 

Helix alternata, Say. 

This is the most abundant Helix of this region. It does not 
offer any notable varieties. 
Helix arborea, Say. 

Formerly somewhat abundant, but now extremely rare in the 
valley of the Mohawk. 
Helix chersina, Say. 

Damp grounds along the valley of the Mohawk. This species 
is rare, and very few have been seen for many years. 
Helix concava, Say. 

Somewhat abundant in damp ravines. 

Helix dentifera, Binney. 


Found in ravines in the town of Litchfield (1871). Only a very 
1872.] 


100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


few specimens have been found. Some of these have the reflected 
margin of the aperture of a beautiful rose color. 


Helix electrina, Gould. 
Formerly abundant, but now quite scarce. 


Helix fallax, Say. 

Two specimens from Litchfield (1871), appear to belong to this 
species. They differ essentially from the variety of tridentata 
found here—heretofore regarded as fallax. 


Helix fuliginosa, Griffith. 
Abundant in some of the ravines in Litchfield. 


Helix hirsuta, Say. 
I have never found this species. Col. E. Jewett, of Utica, in- 
forms me he had found it several years ago near New Hartford. 


Helix indentata, Say. 
Always rare. It has not been found for several years. 


Helix intertexta, Binney. 

Found in ravines and on hillsides shaded by poplars. It is not 
a very abundant species, but may usually be obtained in the 
months of July and August. 


Helix ligera, Say. 

I have found a single specimen only. Dr. William Brown, of 
Litchfield, has half a dozen specimens taken from under an old 
fence on a hill in Litchfield. The shells are smaller than typical 
ligera and the apex is less pointed. It may be placed between 
typical ligera-and demissa, and seems to identify these forms as 
varieties of one type. 


Helix lineata, Say. 

A rare species. Scarcely twenty living specimens have been 
found since 1854. [Since the above was written, Dr. Brown has 
presented numerous specimens found in Litchfield. ] 

Helix inornata, Say. 

Common inravines. Apparently more abundant than in former 
years. 

Helix minuscula, Binney. 


A rare species. Wet land in the Mohawk Valley. 


[July 16, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101 


Helix minutissima, Lea. 

A few specimens have been found in Litchfield by Dr. Brown 
(1871). 
Helix nitida, Mull. 

Usually found abundantly on wet ground, near streams, ponds, 
and lakes. More common in the valley of the Mohawk. 
Helix palliata, Say. 

Not abundant. Occurs somewhat more plentifully in the Litch- 
field ravines than elsewhere. 
Helix perspectiva, Say. 

Litchfield; very scarce. (1871.) 
Helix pulchella, Meill. 

Common on damp soil in many localities. 
Helix Sayii, Binney. 

Common in ravines, but not so abundant as to be found with- 
out laborious search. 


Helix striatella, Anthony. 

Sometimes very numerous in the valley; usually not abundant 

elsewhere. 
Helix tridentata, Say. 

A small variety. Common in ravines. 
Helix thyroides, Say. 

Seen only in the Mohawk Valley. Col. Jewett, of Utica, finds 
this species abundant and associated with albolabris by the side 
of the railroad embankment, seven miles east of Utica. The few 
specimens I have found occurred in an alder swamp west of the 
Mohawk. 

Lymnea catascopium, Say. 

Erie Canal and Mohawk River. I have seen a few shells, evi- 
dently referable to this species, in a small lake in the south part 
of Herkimer County. 

Lymnea columella, Say. 
Lakes. Not abundant. 

Lymnea desidiosa, Say. 
Common. 

Lymnea elodes, Say. 

Stagnant water in various localities. 
1872.] 


102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Lymnea gracilis, Say. 

Schuyler’s Lake. At times very abundant. Usually scarce. 
Lymnea humilis, Say. 

Less abundant than desidiosa. 


Lymnea pallida, Adams. 
Little lakes. Very scarce. 


Lymnea stagnalis, Say. 

Traces of this species have been found in the lakes elsewhere 
named. <A single dried specimen (with the soft parts) was found 
in the Erie Canal, spring of 18 ime Probably introduced from 
Cayuga Lake.? 


Lymnea umbilicata, Adams. 

None have been seen for many years. All that have been found 
inhabited a pool of stagnant water in a wood lot that has long 
since been cleared, and the pool dried up. 


Margaritana marginata, Say. 
Erie Canal and Mohawk River; not abundant. 


Margaritana rugosa, Barnes. 
More abundant than the preceding, in the same localities. 


Margaritana undulata, Say. 

Single specimens have been found in the Erié Canal and Mo- 
hawk River. The species abounds in streams emptying into 
Schuyler’s Lake. 

Melantho decisus, Say. 

Inhabits Schuyler’s Lake and Little Lakes without any asso- 
ciate species. Found also in the Erie Canal and Mohawk River 
with the two species next named. <A few reversed specimens have 
been found. 


Melantho integer, Say. 

The opercle of the adult has the form of that of JZ BAneR OSUS 
Say. Iam inclined to regard these shells as varieties of ponde, 
rosus. Weversed and malformed specimens occur sometimes in 
considerable numbers in the Erie Canal. Largest shell found is 
over two inches long. 


Melantho rufus, Haldeman. 


This species, as well as integer, has evidently been introduced 
[July 16, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103 


here, but at a more recent date. No shells of this species have 
been found here earlier than 1855, since which time they have 
gradually increased in size and numbers. The largest shell yet 
found is 1.83 inches long. It is in the collection of Mr. Charles 
M. Wheatley, of Phoenixville, Pa. 

Physa heterostropha, Say. 

Common in rivers and streams; also in stagnant water. Some 
of the varieties simulate the forms of gyrina, ancillaria, and inte- 
gra, but I do not think, from all I have seen, that either of those 
species can be entered here 
Physa hypnorum, Drap. 

A small variety. Not common. 

Planorbis armigerus, Say. 

Sometimes very abundant instagnant water. It is not constant 
in the stations where found. 
Planorbis bicarinatus, Say. 

Erie Canal, Mohawk River, Schuyler’s Lake, Little Lakes, and 
Smith’s Pond. Shells found in Smith’s Pond are very white, like 
ivory. Those found in Little Lakes are small and pale, but not so 
white as those of Smith’s Pond. 

Planorbis campanulatus, Say. 

Lakes and ponds. The few found in Smith’s Pond are white, 
like bicarinatus in the same pond. 
Planorbis deflectus, Say. 

Lakes. Not abundant. 
Planorbis exacutus, Say. 

Lakes. Not abundant. 
Planorbis parvus, Say. 

Stagnant water. Sometimes (rarely) abundant. 
Planorbis trivolvis, Say. 

Canal, rivers, lakes, and stagnant water. 
Planorbis hirsutus, Say. 

Schuyler’s Lake. Rare. 

Pisidium abditum, Haldeman. 

I think P. variabile, Prime, may be included under this species 

asasynonym. The shells occur in a great variety of stations. 


1872.] 


104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Pisidium equilaterale, Prime. 
Ditches and Erie Canal. Sometimes plenty. 


Pisidium compressum, Prime. 
Erie Canal and Mohawk River; also lakes and ponds. 


Pisidium ventricosum, Prime. 

The shells of this region are between ventricosum and subrotun- 
datum, Prime. I am inclined to believe subrotundatum is a small 
variety of ventricosum. My local specimens were obtained from 
a stagnant pool near Mohawk, and from Little Lakes. 


Pisidium virginicum, Bst. 
Erie Canal and Mohawk River. 


Pupa coutracta, Say. 


Damp flat lands, Mohawk Valley. 


Pupa pentodon, Say. 
Damp flat lands, Mohawk Valley. 


Somatogyrus subglobosus, Say. 

Erie Canal. Introduced since 1860. This species comes from 
the west, and in a very few years has become numerically more 
abundant than any other mollusc in the canal. 


Spherium croceum, Lewis. 

I described this species many years ago. Mr. Prime puts it in 
the synonyms of one of his species (S. secure). Since the publi- 
cation of Mr. Prime’s papers I have had opportunity to study S. 
croceum, and find it in very different circumstances from those 
which determine the habits of S. secure, typical specimens of which 
I have collected in Massachusetts. My shells are found usually 
in coarse angular gravel anchored by a byssus. They are more 
abundant in a small stream that connects the two “ Little Lakes” 
in the south part of this county than elsewhere. 

Spherium fabale, Prime. 

Small stream in the town of Litchfield, Herkimer County (head- 
waters of the Unadilla River). Found in the fall of 1871. Brought 
to notice by Dr. Litchfield. 


Spherium occidentale, Prime. 
Stagnant waters, subject to drying. Not unusually found alive 
in the soil of dried stations. 


[July 16, 


EO 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105 


Spherium rosaceum, Prime. 

This shell I proposed as “ Cyclas errans,”’ a number of years 
ago. Mr. Prime puts it in his synonymy of S.rosaceum. It seems 
to me, however, that the habits of this molluse are more like those 
of S. partumeium, Say, which species is usually found in stagnant 
water, while Mr. Prime’s rosaceum is a river shell. My shells are 
the most fragile of their class that Ihave seen. From my present 
knowledge of species and their habits, I am induced now to reclaim 
my species. I have found these shells usually adhering to the 
trunks of the “dwarf button-ball” growing in a stagnant pool; a 
more solid variety sometimes occurs in ditches. 

Spherium simile, Say. 


Lakes... Abundant. 


Spherium solidulum, Prime. 

Mohawk River. Not plenty. 
Spherium striatinum, Lamarck. 

Mr. Say’s description of Cyclas edentula, if read with the un- 
derstanding that his idea of the anterior and posterior of bivalves 
was the reverse of the present usage, will be found to accord to 
the shells here referred to. This species occurs in the outlet of 
Schuyler’s Lake, in swift water among gravel, while S. simile 
occurs in still water in mud in the same stream. A recent writer 
supposes striatinum to be the young of simile. This is an error. 
S. striatinum occurs as far east as the Connecticut River at Spring- 
field, Massachusetts, and is found in many of the larger streams 
in New York, Ohio, and States westward. Is very abundant in 
the Erie Canal, less so in the Mohawk River. It has been found 
in Oneida Lake. (F. E. Spinner.) 


Spherium transversum, Say. 

Sometimes abundant in the canal. A few may be found in late 
summer months in the Mohawk River. Evidently a western spe- 
cies, introduced, though known since 1853 to inhabit the canal. 


Succinea aurea? Lea. 

A small, orange-colored species found sometimes: in the month 
of June around the “ Little Lakes’ may be aurea. The species 
has not been authoritatively determined. 


Succinea avara, Say. 
A large variety, sometimes 11-20 inch long, is found on the moist 
muddy banks of the Mohawk River, sometimes very plenty, some- 
8 


106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


times rare. Smaller shells abound along water-margins on the 
hill regions south, at Little Lakes, and at *Schuyler’s Lake. Dr. 
Brown finds it in Litchfield. 

Succinea obliqua, Say. 

Damp, shaded grounds along the Mohawk. ‘This species is 
sometimes found on vegetation and trees, several feet from the 
ground. SS. Totteniana, Lea, has similar habits, and has been found 
on apple-trees or hill-sides near woods. 

Succinea ovalis, Gould. 

Margins of ditches, river banks, lake-shores, &c. Sometimes 
very abundant. 
Succinea Totteniana, Lea. 

Inhabits ravines and hill-sides, wooded. Is nearly as large as 
obliqua, and has similar arborial habits. 


Trypanostoma subulare, Lea. 


Erie Canal and Mohawk River. Prefers still water and a muddy 
slope. Very abundant. 
Unio cariosus, Say. 

Mohawk River and Erie Canal. Scarce. 
Unio complanatus, Lea. ; 

Canal, rivers, muddy streams, &c., but not in lakes. Our most 
abundant species. 


Unio lutiolus, Lam. 


Mohawk River. Erie Canal,rarely. It is probably more abun- 
dant in the river a few miles below Little Falls. 


Unio radiatus, Lam. 


Lakes. The only Unio found in Little Lakes and Schuyler’s 
Lake, though complanatus occurs in the oullet of Schuyler’s Lake, 
and in streams emptying into the lake. 

Unio Tappanianus, Lea. 

Mohawk River. Abundant only at times. Some cause not un- 
derstood makes them scarce only in exceptional seasons, as is the 
case with many other molluscs. 

Valvata tricarinata, Say. 

Erie Canal, Mohawk River, Schuyler’s Lake, and Little Lakes. 
In “ Little Lakes” the shells are varied; bicarinata and simples, 
occurring as prevailing forms in the upper lake ; along the marshy 
borders V. sincera, Say, occurs. I am disposed to believe sincera 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107 


is only a variety of tricarinata; and it owes its deviation from 
the usual forms to the influence of station. “ V. sincera” is found 
in marshes in Michigan. 


Vertigo Bollesiana, Morse. 
On vegetation by roadside, margin of a swamp in Litchfield, 
1871. Those I have are from Dr. Brown. 


Vertigo milium ? Gould. 

A small species is sometimes found among the drift floated by 
the rivers at high water in the spring, near Mohawk. 
Vertigo ovata, Say. 

Litchfield, with V. Bollesiana, 1871. It may possibly also 
occur in the valley; but specimens heretofore regarded as this 
species were referred by Morse to the following species. 

Vertigo ventricosa, Morse. 

Sometimes found alive in bogs. Oftener found dead in the high- 

water drift floated into windrows by the river. 


Vitrina limpida, Gould. 

In November and December, 1864, I found immense numbers 
of large, fine specimens of this Vitrina along the shaded slopes of 
a ditch on the flats near Mohawk. The soft parts were very dark. 
Since that time no specimens of Vitrina have been seen near Mo- 
hawk though repeated search has been made for them. Dr. Brown, 
of Litchfield, finds Vitrina in his yard. His residence is on a rich 
soil, the eastern slope of a hill, at an elevation supposed to be 
about 1260 feet above the sea-level. His specimens are not nu- 
merous, but are apparently perennial.' 

Vivipara contectoides, W. C. Binney. 

A colony (from Illinois) planted in the Erie Canal, fall of 1867, 
is now thriving. A few specimens were found there in the spring 
of 1871, remarkable for their beauty and perfect development. 

Zua lubrica, Leach. 
Stations are numerous, but shells not abundant. 


Monawk, N. Y., Jan. 15, 1872. 


' Since the preceding notes were written, Dr. Brown has presented nu- 
merous large adult specimens taken late in the fall of 1871. The shells are 
apparently identical with those of the colony of 1864, but are not so pale— 
being slightly tinged with green. The soft parts of Dr. Brown's speci- 
mens are not so dark as those found in 1864. Similar variations in color 
have been observed in the soft parts of well-known species of Succinea. 


108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


SHELLS OF TENNESSEE. (No. 2.) 
BY JAMES LEWIS, M.D. 


Stnce the publication of my papers on the Shells of the Holston 
River, and on the Land Shells of Tennessee,’ a few supplementary 
species have come to my notice, and conclusions have been reached 
respecting some of the operculate univalves that occur in the small | 
streams and springs of Knox, Blount, Monroe, and adjoining 
counties in Tennessee. In this paper conclusions are presented 
as to what seem to be, with only one or two exceptions, known 
species. For the identification of species and varieties in several 
instances thanks are due to Mr. Lea, Mr. Wheatley, Dr. Hartman, 
and others. Too much credit cannot be awarded to the enterprise 
and interest with which Miss Law has extended her explorations. 

UNIONIDZ. 

Unio argenteus, Lea. 

Conasauga Creek. 


Unio Cumberlandianus, Lea. 
Conasauga Creek and other streams. Scarce. 
Unio Conradicus, Lea. 
Conasauga Creek. 
Unio Jonesii, Lea. 
Conasauga Creek. A single specimen. 
Unio pilaris, Lea. 
Holston and Clinch Rivers. 
Unio Pybasii, Lea. 
Various creeks and streams. Somewhat common. 


Unio sparus, Lea. 

Various creeks and streams. Scarce. 
Unio tumescens, Lea. 

Holston and Clinch Rivers. Not abundant. 
Margaritana minor, Lea. 


Conasauga Creek. Not abundant. 


' American Journal of Conchology. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109 


Anodonta edentula, Say. 
Holston River. Scarce. 


CORBICULAD &. 
Spherium fabale, Prime. 
Turkey Creek, near Concord. Scarce. 
Spherium occidentale, Prime. 
Lyon’s Bend, Knox County. 
Pisidium abditum, Haldeman. 
Pond Spring, Monroe County ; Haskell’s Spring, Knox County. 


Pisidium compressum, Prime. 

Pond Spring. Rare. 
Pisidium virginicum, Bet. 

Turkey Creek, a few large single valves; Tellico River, more 
abundant, not large. 


AQUATIC PULMONATES. 


Lymnea columella, Say. 
Sinking Creek. Abundant. 
Lymnea desidiosa, Say. 

Pond Spring. Abundant. Other localities, a few. 
Lymneza humilis? Say. 

A single specimen was taken alive from a rock high up ona 
bluff facing the Tennessee River in Roane County. It may have 
strayed from a little spring of water trickling down the cliff a few 
feet away. 

Physa heterostropha, Say. 

Specimens are usually found in the various parcels of shells taken 

from small streams and springs. 
Physa hypnorum, Drap. 
A single specimen. Station unknown. 


Planorbis bicarinatus, Say. 
A few small specimens from a lagoon near Chilhower Mountain 
in Blount County. Larger specimens in Tellico River. 


Planorbis parvus, Say. 


A few dead shells were sent for identification, taken from some 
spring. Two specimens, evidently alive when taken, have been 


110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


found among other shells. This class of shells is apparently scarce 
in the regions explored. 


Ancylus Haldemani, Bourgy. ? 

Holston River. No specific name was suggested for this shell 
in my previous paper. It may possibly be A. obscurus, Hald.; if 
so, the two names are probably synonyms. 


LAND SHELLS. 
Helix arborea, Say. 


Blount and Monroe Counties. Very scarce. 
Helix clausa, Say. 


Blount County. Among forty specimens was one having all 
the features of H. Mitchelliana, Lea. 


Helix demissa, Binney. 


The typical form is scarce. The few I have secured are small 
and pale. The larger shell of this group, which in my previous 
paper I treated as a variety of ligera, is proportionally a little 
more elevated and decidedly yellow. Mr. W.G. Binney, I am in- 
formed, regards it as a variety of demissa. It is apparently as 
distinct from the typical demissa as sculptilis, Bland, is from in- 
dentata Say. ‘This consideration induces me to reclaim for the 
larger shell the name acerra, hesitatingly suggested in my previous 
paper. I have a single specimen in no respect distinguishable 
from the typical demissa except by two teeth, within, as in 
gularis. 

Helix gularis, Say. 

In my endeavors to find young specimens of this species among 
the numerous shells sent by Miss Law, I am constrained to regard 
as such the small depressed shells which in my former paper I re- 
ferred to suppressa. The shells hitherto regarded as suppressa 
differ so essentially from undoubted specimens of that species from 
Pennsylvania that I cannot unite them. Among the shells of this 
type from Miss Law appear to be three varieties of gularis differ- 
ing in size, form, and elevation. A fourth form is more polished 
and subglobose, with the umbilicus entirely closed. It may be 
hereafter separated as a distinct species. 


Helix hirsuta, Say. 


A common species accidentally omitted in former papers. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 111 


Helix indentata, Say. 
Blount, Knox, and Monroe Counties. Very rare. 
Helix inflecta, Say. 
A common species accidentally omitted in previous papers. 
Helix lasmodon, Phillips. 
Besides the usual depressed form, Miss Law reports a single 
specimen, elevated like some of the varieties of gularis. 
Helix ligera, Say. 
A few well characterized specimens from Monroe County, larger 
and paler than Ohio shells. 
Helix Mitchelliana, Lea. 
A single shell. (See H. clausa.) 
Helix profunda, Say. 
A single dead shell found on a bluff in Roane County. 
Helix sculptilis, Bland. 
Monroe County. Very scarce. 
Helicina orbiculata, Say. 
Byrd’s Bluff, Roane County. Somewhat abundant. 
Succina avara, Say. 


Single specimen only. Monroe County. 


OPERCULATED AQUATIC UNIVALVES. 
Trypanostoma aratum ? Lea, or bicinctum, Tryon. 
Holston River. Scarce. 


Trypanostoma glandulum, Anth. Mel. glans, Anth. 

Holston River. This will, I think, prove to be a young Stre- 
phobasis. 
Trypanostoma robustum, Lea. 

Holston River. 


Trypanostoma Troostii, Lea. 
Holston River. 


The species that follow are mostly from small streams and 
springs, to which frequent references will be made; and to save 
space the various stations are here tabulated, and references made 
to them (in remarks on species), by numbers. 

[Numbers on the right refer to species associated, locally. ] 


112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Knox County. 


1. Sinking Creek.  [6, 8, 10,12.] 3. Lea’s Spring. [6, 8, 10, 12.] 
2. Turkey Creek. [7,8,9,11,12.] 4. Campbell’s Sta- 
tion. ufenGag select sa] 
Blount County. 
5. Abram’s Creek. eee alate 9. Cox’s Spring. [8, 12.] 
6. Cox’s Creek. Spel 10. Brook running into 
7. Six Mile Creek. [4, 12.4 Little Tennessee River. [8.] 
8. Pistol Creek. [6, ‘7, 8, 11, 12.] 
Monroe County. 

11. Bat Creek. [9.] 22. Cardin’s Spring. OS ate 7 
12. Conasauga Creek. ES 23. Cannon’s Spring, [8.] 
18. Fork Creek. [8, 9.] 24. Carmichael’s Spring. [9, 12.] 
14. High Falls (Conasauga 25. Dougherty’s Spring.  [8, 11.] 

Creek). jpabals alas 713351 26. Elliott’s Spring. [12.] 
15. Ghormley’s Branch. 27. Honeysuckle Spring.  [8, 11.] 

(Creek. ) [9.] 28. Marshall’s Spring. [8.] 
16. Henderson’s Branch. [7, 12.] 29. Pond Spring. [8.] 
17. Powdermill Branch. [6, 8.] 30. Rausin’s Spring. pie] 
18. Brook running into Bat 31. Rausin’s Spring outlet. [11, 12.] 

Creek. [4, 7 8, 9, 12.] 382. Sink Hole Creek. [6, 9=] 
19. Shady Grove. (Brook or 30. Williams’ Spring. fells 

creek?) — [8 11.7 

20. Tellico River. [1, 8, 14, 15.] 34. Wilson’s Spring. [8.] 
21. Clark’s Spring. [8, 12.] 30. Wilson’s Spring outlet. [8.] 


McMinn County. 


36. Athens. [Sli 37. Middle Creek. (8, 12.] 
Roane County. 

388. Byrd’s Bluff. [16.] 41. Periwinkle Branch. foie 

39. Bowman’s Spring. pits] 42. Shanty Branch. [d.] 

40. Cave Spring. (ela 43. Brown’s Spring. [8.] 


Rhea County. > 
44, Piney River. fly alle 


Loudon County. 
45. Thurston’s Creek. [12.] 


Trypanostoma Lyonii, Lea. 
Localities, 12, 20, 44. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113 


Trypanostoma validum ? Anthony.* 
Loe. 5. 


Trypanostoma fastigiatum ? Anthony.’ 

Loc. 20. The three supposed species above named seem to form 
a natural group with 7. parvum, Lea, and like that species they 
are found associated with shells which seem to be a variety of An- 
culosa subglobosa, Say. It is possible some future writer may 
unite them as one species. 


Trypanostoma, (N. S.) Lea. 
Localities, 7, 18. 


Trypanostoma attenuatum, Lea. 
Localities, 41, 32. A variable species, which some of my cor- 
respondents call 7’. strigosum, Lea. 


Trypanostoma unciale, Hald. 

Localities, 1, 3, 5, 8, 17,32. The species is defined as striate or 
carinate above. I have separated from it all plicate-striate shells 
that have been referred to this species by my correspondents. 
The largest shells occur in loc. 8; they are also variable, some of 
them passing through phases referable to the next species to forms 
entirely free from striations and carine. The most perfect forms 
occur in loc. LT. 


Trypanostoma Estabrookii, Lea. 

Localities, 2, 4,8, 16,18. The shells of loc. 18 are very fine, 
perfect, and slender; and have been referred by a correspondent 
to T. unciale. The shells of loc. 16 are small and imperfect. 


Goniobasis arachnoidea, Anthony. 

Localities, 1, 2,3, 4, 6,9, 10, 18, 17, 18, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 28, 29, 
35, 36, 37, 43. The local varieties are very perplexing, and some 
of them could not have been identified but for the aid derived from 
shells of other localities. Some of the various forms have been 
referred to Try. unciale ; others to Gon. baculum; some of the 
more slender varieties have been referred to Gon. carinifera, Lam. 
The shells of one locality (23) have been called an undescribed 
species of Trypanosioma. Of two other localities (28, 43) the 
shells have been supposed to be another undescribed species of 
Trypanostoma. These shells bear a strong resemblance to Mr. 


' According to Mr. Wheatley. 


114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Lea’s figure of Melania perstriata, and I have specimens of loc. 
28 that were returned to me as perstriata. : 

Shells of loc. 10 bear a strong resemblance to Mr. Lea’s figure 
of 7’. Sycamorense, from which they are (by implication) supposed 
to be distinct. 

Some of the least plicate specimens of loc. 2 are very like Mr. 
Lea’s figure of Melania oblita, and, of course, have been referred 
to Try. unciale by my correspondents. I unhesitatingly refer 
Mr. Anthony’s Mel. baculum as a synonym to Gon. arachnoidea ; 
baculum being the adult form, arachnoidea the immature form ; 
arachnoidea has priority; but at the same time I think a careful 
study of the various shells which may yet be identified with arach- 
noidea will result in assigning priority to some other name. 


Goniobasis parruta, Lea. 

Localities, 2,4, 11,138, 15,18, 22, 24,32. This is also a variable 
species. The inreodt specimens occur in loc. 2; the most perfect 
shells occur in loc. 18. 


Goniobasis acuto-carinata, Lea. 
Localities, 1, 3. 


Goniobasis aterina, Lea. 

Localities, oe Dd, 6, 8, 14,19, 22, 25, 27, 30, 31, 33, 36, 39, 40, 41) 
44. Localities 2, 4, produce remarkably perfect shells which my 
correspondents have differently named as graminea, Hald.; Saf- 
fordii, Lea, and alerina, Lea. Usually this species is much 
eroded. 


Goniobasis castanea, Lea. 

Localities, 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 9, 14, 16, 18, 21, 24, 26, 31,37, 45. lLe- 
calities 2, 4 produce shells, ie upper w Mone of which are smooth; 
all the other localities produce shells which, when perfect, are 
slightly but variably carinate above. Some of the varieties have 
been referred to Gon. difficilis, Lea; but as that species is “obso- 
letely plicate” on the upper whorls, the reference does not seem to 
have been well considered. Localities 30, 31 produce decallate 
shells that bear a strong resemblance to figures of Gon. pulla, 
Lea, but possibly not identical. Some of the varieties have been 
referred to “ Mel. simplex, Say.” I'am not able to say the iden- 
tification is conclusive. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115 


Goniobasis instabilis, Lea. 

Locality 14. I have the name from Mr. Lea. The shells are 
all smooth, which may account for their diflicult identification. 
Melantho rufus, Hald. 

Locality 20. Common. 

Melantho decisus, Say. 

Locality 20. Less common. 
Pomatiopsis lapidaria, Say. 

Locality 38. Not abundant. 


Monawk, N. Y., Jan. 10, 1872. 


116 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


CATALOGUE OF THE FAMILY CHAMIDZE. 


BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR. 


Family CHAMID A, Swainson. 
Man. Malacol, 874. 1840. 
Genus CHAMA, Linn. 

Syst. Nat. Edit. x. 1758. 


THE subgenus ARCINELLA, of Schumacher, adopted by H. & A. 
Adams, has no systematic value, the peculiarities on which it is 
founded, recognizable at once in the type species, so fade away 
through the series of species that no distinct line of demarcation 
remains. The species of Chama are very difficult, owing to irre- 
gularity of growth, sculpture, and coloring, and I am convinced 
that the comparison of large suites of specimens would result in 
a wholesale reduction of the species. Some of the earlier species, 
described by Linneeus and Lamarck, cannot be identified with 
any certainty at this day. 


1. C. #ruainosa, Lamarck. 
(not identified.) 
2. C. ARCINELLA, Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xii., 1139. Reeve, Icon. 
sp. 26. 1846. 
Arcinella spinosa, Schum. Essai, Nov. Gen. 142. 1817. 
West Indies. 
3. C. ASPERSA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 24. 1846. 
Philippines. 
4. C. BRAsSICA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 31. 1847. 
Searcely distinct from C. Pacifica. 
Philippines. 
5. C. Bupprana, C. B. Adams, Panama Shells, 253. 1852. 
Panama. 
6. C. CARDITHFoRMIs, Reeve, Icon. sp. 33. 1847. 
Hab.— ? 
7. C. cistuta, Reeve, Icon. sp. 51. 1847. 


C’. appressa, Reeve, Icon. sp. 55. 1847. 
Honduras. 


19. 


20. 


21. 


22. 


23. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. aly, 


. CorBIEREI, Jonas, Menke Zeitsch. 126. 1846. Savigny, 


Desc. Egypte, t. 14, f. 8. 
Red Sea. 


. CORRUGATA, Brod. Zool. Trans. i. 305, t. 31, f.7. Reeve, 


Icon. sp. 9. 1846. 
Real Llejos, Central America. 


. CRENULATA, Lamarck. 


(not identified.) 


. CORNUCOPIA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 22. 1846. 


Red Sea. 


. CRISTELLA, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. Reeve, icon. sp. 42. 


1847. 
Batavia—South Australia. 


. crocATA, Lamarck. 


(not identified.) 


‘ CLAASSENI, Jonas, Zeit. Malak. 127. 1846. 


Red Sea. 


. DECUSSATA, Lamarck. 


(not identified.) 


. DIVARICATA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 20. 1846. 


Philippines. 


. EXIGUA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 47. 1847.. 


Singapore. 


. ECHINATA, Brod. Zool. Trans. i. 305, t. 39, f.5. Reeve, 


Icon. sp. 35. 1847. 
Porto Portrero, Central America. 


. ExoGyRA, Conrad, Journ. Philad. Acad. vii. Reeve, Icon. 


sp. 38. 1847. 
California, Mexico. 


. FIBULA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 27. 1846. 


Philippines. 
. FLonIDA, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. Reeve, Icon. sp. 49. 
1847. 
Honduras. 
- FOLIACEA, Quoy, Voy. Astrol. Reeve, Icon. sp. 8. 1846. 


Philippines. 


1. FRONDOSA, Brod. Zool. Trans. i. 302, t. 38, f. 1,2. Reeve, 


Icon. sp. 1. 1846. 
C. purpurascens, Conrad. 
W. Columbia to Mazatlan. 


118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


24. C. GRYPHOIDES, Linn. Syst. Nat. Edit. xii.11389. Reeve, Icor. . 
sp. 438. 1847. 
C. unicornis, Phil. (not of Lam.) Moll. Sicil. i. 68. 
C. asperella, Deshayes, Lamarck, vi. 581. 


= 


Mediterranean. 
. lostomaA, Conrad, Jour. Philad. Acad. vii. Reeve, Icon. 
sp. 7,13. 1846. 
C. producta, Brod. Zool. Trans. i. 305, t. 39, f. 4. 
CU. coralloides, Reeve, Icon. sp. 18. 1846. 
C. echinata, Brod. (partim.) Zool. Trans. i. 306, t. 39, f. 
Osi 


bo 
or 
©) 


Sandwich Islands. 
26. C. Japonica, Lam. 


(not identified.) 
27. C. LactnraTA, Adams & Reeve, Voy. Samarang. 
‘ »China. 


28. C. Lazarus, Linn. Syst. Nat. Edit. xii. 1139. Reeve, Icon. 
sp. 4. 1850. 
C. damecornis, Lam. 
Mauritius, Philippines. 
29. C. LImBULA, Lam. 
(not identified.) 
30. C. LINGUA-FELIS, Reeve, Icon. sp. 53. 1847. 


Philippines. 
31. C. topata, Brod. Zool. Trans. i. 303, t. 38, f. 4,5. Reeve, 
Icon. sp. 29. 1847. ' 


West Indies.* 
32. C. Meyer, Jonas, Zeit. fiir Malak. iii. 127. 1846. 
Red Sea. 


| 
| 


33. C. MULTISQUAMOSA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 12. 1846. 
Philippines. 
34. C. MACROPHYLLA, Chemn. Conch. Cab. vii. 149, t. 52, f. 514, 
515. Reeve, Icon. sp.6. 1846. 
C. Lazarus, Lam. (not Linn.) Anim. s. Vert. 
West Indies. 
35. C. NIVALIS, Reeve, Icon. sp.12. 1846. 


ee 


Philippines. 


* Mr. Reeve says that this locality is erroneous, and that well-authenti- 
cated specimens from China are in the British Museum; but Mr. Broderip 
is correct, as it is a common West Indian species. The Chinese specimens 
must have made a long voyage before they were collected there. 


a ——— 


36. 


37. 


38. 


39. 


40. 


41. 


50. 


51. 


. RUBEA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 37. 1847. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119 


. OBLIQUATA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 28. 1846. 


Philippines. 


. Pacirica, Brod. Zool. Trans. i. 303, t. 39, f. 1. Reeve, 


Icon. sp. 15. 1846. 
C. Broderipti, Reeve, Icon. sp. 2. 1846. 
C. imbricata, Brod. Zool. Trans. i. 304, t. 39, f. 2. Reeve, 
Icon. sp. 3. 1846. 
Lord Hood’s Islands. 


. PANAMENSIS, Reeve, Icon. sp. 45. 1847. 


Panama. 


!. PELLUCIDA, Brod. Zool. Trans. i. 302, t. 38, f.3. Reeve, 


Icon. sp. 32. 1847. 
Peru to San Diego, California. 


. PRETEXTA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 46. 1847. 


Hab.—? 
Perhaps = C. frondosa, Brod. 


. PLANATA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 25. 1846. 


Philippines. 


. PULCHELLA, Reeve, Icon. sp.10. 1846. 


C. fimbriata, Reeve, Icon. sp. 41. 1847. 


Australia. 


. RADIANS, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. Reeve, Icon. sp. 19. 1846 


Hab.—? 


'. RerLexa, Reese, Icon. sp. 16. 1846. 


N. Australia, 


Philippines. 


. RUDERALIS, Lam. 


(not identified.) 


. Rupre.it, Reeve, Icon. sp. 30. 1847. 


Red Sea. 


. SARDA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 40. 1847. 


Honduras. 


. SENEGALENSIS, Reeve, Icon. sp. 5. 1846. 


Senegal. 


. SULPHUREA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 14. 1846. 


Philippines. 


. sorDIDA, Brod. Zool. Trans. i. 309, t. 39, f. 8, 9. Reeve, 


Icon. sp. 238. 1846. 
Tsle of Cuna, Central America. 
Doubtfully distinct from venosa, Reeve. 


54, 


56. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


- sINuoSA, Brod. Zool. Trans. i. 303, t. 39, f. 11. Reeve, Icon. 


sp.1ll. 1846. 
C. ferruginea, Reeve, Icon. sp. 21. 1846. 
West Indies to Brazil. 


. SPINOSA, Brod. Zool. Trans. i. 306, t. 38, f. 8,9. Reeve, 


Icon, sp. 44. 1847. 
C. fragum, Reeve, Icon. sp. 48. 1847. 
C. Jukesii, Reeve, Icon. sp. 39. 1847. 
C. pellisphoce, Reeve, Icon. sp. 54. 1847. 
Lord Hood’s I. to California, Philippines, Australia. 


. TUMULOSA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 52. 1847. 


Honduras. 


. VARIEGATA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 50. 1847. 


Honduras. 


}, VENOSA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 34. 1847. 


C. Janus, Reeve, Icon. sp. 36. 1847. 
Perhaps = C. sordida, Brod. 
Gallapagos Is. 


CATALOGUE OF THE FAMILY CHAMETRACHEIDZ. 
BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR. 
Family CHAMETRACH AIDA, H. & A. Adams. 
Genera of Recent Mollusca, ii. 464. 1857. 


Genus CHAMETRACHZA, Klein. 
Ostracol. 149. 1758. 


Hippopus, Martini, Verzeichn, e. auserl. Samml. 1773. 
Tridacna, Da Costa, Elem. Conch. 274. 1776. 
Chama, sp. Linn. Syst. Nat. 


1. C. ELoNGATA, Lam. Anim.s. Vert. Reeve, Icon. sp.2. 1862. 


(Var.) C. COMPRESSA, Reeve, Icon. sp.5. 1862. 
(Var.) C. ELONGATISSIMA, Bianconi, Mem. Acad. Bologna, vii. 


t. 25, f. 2. 
Mozambique, Philippines. 


a i a 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121 


2. C. crocEA, Lam. Anim.s. Vert. Reeve, Icon.sp.9. 1862. 
(Var.) C. Cuminetrr, Reeve, Icon. sp. 7. 1862. 
(Var.) C. FERRUGINEA, Reeve, Icon. sp. 8. 1862. 
Philippines. 
3. C. aiaas, Linn. Syst. Nat. Reeve, Icon. sp.1. 1862. 
C. mutica, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 
C. rudis, Reeve, Icon. sp. 4. 1862. 
Indian and Pacific Oceans. 
4. C. SERRIFERA, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. Reeve, Icon. sp. 6. 


1862. 
Moluccas. 
5. C. sqguamosa, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. Reeve, Icon. sp. 3. 
1862. 
Moluccas. 


Doubtfully distinct from C. gigas, Linn. 


Genus HIPPOPUS, Meuschen. 
Mus. Gevers, 488. 1787. 
Pelvis, Muhlf. Entwurf. 67. 1811. 
Cerceis, Gistel, Naturg. 172. 1848. 


1. H. Hrpporvs, Linn. ( Chama.) Linn, Syst. Nat. Ed. xii. 1137. 
H, equinus, Meuschen, Entwurf. 67. 1811. 
H. maculatus, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. Reeve, Icon. sp. 1. 
1862. 


Eastern Seas. 


122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


May 7. 
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the chair. 
Twelve members present. 


Mr. THomas G. Gentry called the attention of the Academy to 
what he regarded as a rare and remarkable case of hybridism, 
which occurred between Macacus nemestrinus, male, and Macacus 
cynomolgus, female. After exhibiting an alcoholic specimen of 
the young, and a stuffed specimen of the mother which was clearly 
identified as Macacus cynomolgus, he detailed the leading charac- 
ters of the two parents. 

He stated that the male differed from the female in being more 
robust and of greater dimensions; in the almost perfect smoothness 
of the face, which is of a pale flesh color, while in the female it is 
black and invested with a close growth of short black hairs; in the 
absence of a crest upon the head of the male, which is a prevailing 
characteristic of the species (JZ. nemestrinus), and its presence in 
the female, which is a prominent feature of the species to which she 
belongs; in color; and, lastly, in the unequal development of the 
caudal appendage, which in the male is about seven inches in 
length, and densely clothed with long hairs, while in the female 
it is more than twice the length, and nearly naked for more than 
two-thirds of its extent. 

He further said that there could be no doubt of the genuineness 
of the case, as the two had been isolated from all other monkeys 
during the past two years. 

He also called the attention of the Academy to a fact which he 
believed not to be generally known, and which goes far to show 
the close relationship between the Bimana and Quadrumana. In 
this instance, the menstrual flow, as sometimes occurs in the 
human species, continued at the regular periods up to the time of 
birth. 


May 14. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 


‘Twenty-seven members present. 

The following paper was presented for publication :— 

“ Notice of some Crustacea from the Island of St. Martin, W. I. 
Collected by Dr. Van Rijgersma.” By T. Hale Streets, U.S. N. 

Mr. Tuomas Mzrnan observed that on several occasions, before 


the Academy and other scientific bodies, he had offered some facts 
and suggestions tending to prove that what are popularly termed 


eee Ce 


eS 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123 


Pine needles are not properly leaves, but rather branchlets, which, 
through the real leaves becoming attached for nearly their whole 
length to the axis or stem, had of necessity taken on themselves 
the offices of leaves. He believed that many botanists had coin- 
cided with his views; but some very distinguished ones, among 
others he believed his esteemed friend Prof. Asa Gray, did not feel 
warranted in fully agreeing with him. He was rather glad of this 
hesitation, because it was an incentive to him to continue his 
observations and searches for new facts which might either 
weaken or confirm his original views. 

He now wished to offer to the Academy two additional obser- 
vations in favor of the axial origin of these so-called leaves. 

In plants in general the leaves unfolded contemporaneously ’ 
with the branches or axes. He could not call to mind an instance 
where the axis first extended to its full length before the leaves 
ventured to push forth from the nodes. The axial buds usually 
remained dormant until this final length was approached. When 
this occurred, or if anything happened to destroy the apex of the 
growing shoot, then the axial buds pushed into growth, and never 
to any great extent before. Inthe Pine family we had the follow- 
ing axial experience. The buds which bore the needles were axial 
buds, situated at the base of the scale—the adnated leaf as he 
maintained. These buds remained nearly at rest until the axis 
had reached its full length, and in this respect coincided with the 
axial buds of trees in general. A pine tree in the spring season 
presented the appearance of an immense chandelier, with its long 
axial shoots as the naked burners. In this respect it is apparent 
that, regarding the fascicles of pine needles as branchlets, the 
law of folial development coincidental with axial growth finds no 
exception in the Pine family. 

The next striking consideration was one derived from the 
nature of the inflorescence. In vegetable morphology, the floral 
system of plants was made up of neither leaf nor axis separately, 
but conjointly of both. In the inflorescence of the pine, the male 
catkins each took the place of a fascicle. The axial bud at the 
base of the leaf scale, instead of a bunch of needles, developed as 
a spike of flowers. This spike or catkin is metamorphosed nee- 
dles. If these needles were leaves merely, we could hardly ex- 
pect inflorescence to be formed from them. It would be an excep- 
tion to regular rule. But regarding the needles of the pine as 
rather axis than leaf, their development to flowers accords with 
general law; and he held that it was more philosophical to accept 
conclusions based on general law, than to hunt for new laws to 
account for apparent exceptions to general rule. 

For his own part he felt there needed no further reasoning than 
he had offered at previous times; but he thought perhaps these 
additional suggestions might have weight with other minds that 
had not yet decided as fully as he had done. 


124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


May 21. 
The President, Dr. RUSCHENBERGER, in the chair. 


Thirty members present. 


The following papers were presented for. publication :— 

* Notes on Lingual Dentition of certain species of North Ameri- 
can Land Shells.” By Thos. Bland and Wm. G. Binney. 

“On anew California Pulmonata.” By John G. Cooper, M. D. 


Prof. Corr called attention to the anterior curvature of the 
horn in the common deer Cariacus virginianus, and said it was a 
point of interest to determine whether the true axis or beam was 
curved forwards or not. On comparison with the Cariacus ma- 
crotis of the plains, it was found that the true beam was partly 
erect and was branched (as already shown by Baird) while an 
anterior snag was directed forward, marking exactly the curved 
line of the axis of the C. virginianus. The curvature of the latter 
was then shown to be due to the predominant development of 
this large anterior snag, and the partial suppression of the true 
beam. 

He then exhibited a spike or second year’s horn of the C. vir- 
ginianus, and alluded to the oceasional occurrence of permanent 
spike-horned deer in the Adirondack region of New York. He 
said Alexander B. Lamberton, a gentleman who had spent much 
time in that region, confirmed the statements that had been made 
as to their existence, but said that they were rare. He then ex- 
hibited a pair of simple beams or spikes of three feet in length, 
which had been taken from a black-tailed deer (C. macrotis) shot 
within three miles of the Kansas Pacific R. R. in Kansas. They 
had evidently belonged to an adult animal, and were the first ex- 
amples of spike-horned deer of that species which had been re- 
corded. 


Prof. Cope further remarked that observation on varieties and 
variation was at the basis of a true system of creation, and that 
while it was often necessary for the sake of systematic clearness to 
unite many varieties under one specific head, we did not in this 
way escape their recognition and study. He said that the neces- 
sary exactness of systems had concealed from many the fact as 
well as the meaning of variation. 

There were and had been for years two schools of naturalists, 
whose modes of treating natural history subjects were quite 
different. In reference to these modes, they might be called 
the technical and natural schools. As, howeyer, the claim of the 
latter to better appreciation of natural affinities and classifica- 
tions appeared to him to be doubtful, he thought they had 
better be called the pseudo-natural school, while the so-called 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125 


technical naturalists were such on account of their pursuing an 
analytic method. The pseudo-natural school decided on the 
affinities of organic types by their “physiognomy” or their facies 
habit and the like, reading nature with an artist’s eye, and at- 
taining opinions of systems without the trouble of much ana- 
tomical study. They protested against the strict adhesion to 
“technical” (or structural) characters, saying that they violate 
“natural affinities” oftener than support or express them. Thus 
their systems become physiognomical, and please the eye by 
their appearance, rather than the mind by their expression of ex- 
act structural relations; in accordance with this system, species 
were always well distinguished, and could not have been derived 
from common parents, but that nevertheless everything “ runs 
together,” and that the higher groupings are mainly “ opiniona- 
tive,”’—in fact, that, although nature has a beautiful system, we 
do not yet understand it, and that it is ‘‘too soon to generalize.” 
Perhaps this obscurity has its advantages, as it certainly shelters 
in its profundities any theory of creation its supporters may 
choose to adopt. Hence they might be called the Anesthetic 
school, or the Anzsthesiasts (ov aic9yts). 

The unnatural school think that the way of determining the 
origin and relations of an object is to ascertain of what it is com- 
posed. This was to be accomplished by analysis of all its ap- 
pearances, and an account taken of every character. In this way 
the structure is learned, and a system based on anatomy is estab- 
lished. As anatomical systems are unnatural, and anatomical 
characters very difficult to discover by the anzsthesiasts, they 
regard such systems with disfavor, although they admit that they 
constitute the only correct classification of bones, teeth, brains, ete. 
The analysts even find that species having very close specific 
relationships occasionally present different generic characters. 
This was proof positive to the Anzesthesiasts of the errors of the 
technical school. But it was still less to their credit that they laid 
stress on variations and monstrosities, which were mere accidents. 
The fact that the analyzers believed in the development of species, 
showed their systems to be unnatural. 

The speaker did not take sides, but observed: that, in order to 
ascertain the relations of a species, he usually examined it first. 


Mr. ToomAs MEEHAN said he had recently read, in the published 
Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, the report of 
a discussion between Professor Cope and Mr. Eli K. Price in re- 
gard to the Hypothesis of Evolution. Mr. Price appeared to lay 
much stress on the assumed fact that variations were rather the 
result of interference by art with the regular flow of natural laws, 
and that it was therefore unphilosophical to attempt to found any 
theory of evolution on the facts of variation. 

For himself he might say, that no theory of development, so far 


126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


as he had been able to understand them, had satisfied his mind ; 
but that there was a continual growth of form, wholly unaided by 
man or any external agency, he thought fully warranted by nume- 
rous facts. He believed that this natural and inherent growth 
force in relation to form, was greater than even some who believed 
they understood the laws governing evolution were disposed to 
admit. Not only intelligent minds like that of Mr. Price, but even 
evolutionists, like Professor Gray and Dr. Engleman—judging 
from the last edition of the Manual of Botany, seemed indisposed 
to allow great power to inherent change; for whenever a marked 
change occurred, and there happened to be distinct forms at each 
end of the line, we find the fact assumed that such change could 
only occur by outside influences. Thus we find in a recent notice 
of Rubus neglectus of Peck, the expression “ hybrid?” Also in 
relation to the oaks Quercus tridentata, Q. quinqueloba, Q. Leana, 
(). heterophylla, “probably some or all of them hybrid ;”’ and so on 
in other instances. 

He wished to claim no credit for any particular original dis- 
coveries, but thought it had fallen to his fortune perhaps as much 
as to that of any one, to remark that art both in the animal and 
vegetable world had had more credit awarded to it in the matter of 
change than it was entitled to. He had shown long ago in the 
American Nat uralist, that even in the production of double flowers, 
usually deemed peculiarly the privilege of the florist, nature herself 
was the peer of the gardener. He had shown by direct evidence that 
some things had been found double in a wild state, and the great 
probability that the double forms of so many species of such a 
common thing as the Butter-cup (Ranunculus), and other weeds 
never cultivated, originated naturally in the same way; and in 
numerous papers and remarks before this institution, and in other 
places, he had shown that there was as great variation in those 
genera which had only one species in a given locality, as there are 
in the cases of the Oaks and Blackberries before referred to. At 
the present moment he remembered especially a short paper in the 
American Naturalist on the Ox-eye daisy (Chrysanthemum leucan- 
themum) and in the Proceedings of the Academy on “ Variations 
in Epigza repens,” There are no “allied species” here to hybri- 
dize with. They are far out of the way of cultivation. Neither 
gardening nor hybridization can by any possibility have anything 
to do with the great variations we see. 

But he would now offer another contribution to this class of 
facts. He had journeyed last summer several hundred miles 
through the Rocky Mountains of Colorado, and had noted re- 
markable variations in the only species of Oak in that region, 
Quercus Douglassii, or @. Neo-mexicana of some authors. The 
first plants he found of this occupied large clumps in flat open 
spaces, and grew only about three feet high. He felt sure he had 
several species, and collected specimens accordingly. One form 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127 


had the leaves so much like the Quercus Cerris of Europe, that 
branches of the two mixed together could scarcely be separated ; 
others came near in their resemblance the European Quercus 
robur ; and again some near Q. alba of our own country. Did these 
species grow there, we should assuredly have the remark by the 
esteemed author of the “ Mannal.”  ‘* Probably a hybrid between 
Q. cerris and Q. alba.” It was only after many successive days 
of acquaintance with it, during which it had ranged from a low 
bush to a small tree—from leaves deeply lobed to leaves almost 
entire—from leaves of a deep shining grecn to leaves of a glau- 
cous gray—trees with fruit pretty well matured, to others only 
just commencing to set their fruit—from long to short peduncu- 
lated, elongated to sub-rounded fruit—and so on through other 
changes—that he was forced to the conclusion that he had but 
one species to deal with, and such he believed would be the con- 
clusion of any careful botanist. 

Whatever may be ultimately accepted as the correct theory of 
evolution, the fact of evolution so great as to produce forms equal 
to the most decided species could scarcely be disputed ; and this, 
too, as such cases as this of Quercus Douglassii proved, entirely 
removed from the hand of art, or the agency of hybridization. 


May 28. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 
Thirty-six members present. 


The following gentlemen were elected members of the academy: 
Jos. H. Ogden, Jos. E. Gillingham, D. 8S. Holman, J. W. Miller, P. 
P. Morris, and T. M. Drown, M.D. 

Mons. E. Riviere, of Menton, France, was elected a correspon- 
dent. 

On favorable report of the committees, the following papers 
were ordered to be printed. 


Permission having been granted, Prof. Cope exhibited some 
vertebre of 2 Plesiosauroid reptile and thosé of a smaller species, 
probably a Clidastes, which were found in close proximity near 
Sheridan, Kansas, by Joseph Savage, of Leavenworth. According 
to this gentleman, the vertebral column of the Clidastes was found 
immediately below that of the Plesiosauroid and in a reversed 
position, as though it had been swallowed by the latter or larger 
reptile. The largest vertebree of the Clidastes were about three- 
quarters the length and one-fourth the diameter of those of the 
Plesiosauroid, and the animal must have furnished a large, or at 
least a long, mouthful for its captor. The bones of the Clidastes 


128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


were not in good condition, but resembled those of C. cineriarum, 
Cope, though smaller. 

The Plesiosauroid was new to science, being the third species 
discovered in the Cretaceous of the Niobrara group. Specifically 
it was nearest to the Hlasmosaurus platyurus, Cope, but was 
readily distinguished by the relatively shorter cervical vertebra, 
and the regular acute ridges on the exterior surfaces near the 
margin of the articular faces, as well as the less contracted form 
of all the vertebral centra. As the neural arches and the cervical 
parapophyses were not coossified with the centra, the species 
was referred to the genus Plesiosaurus, with the name P. gulo, 
Cope, and the following description :— 

Specimen represented by eleven cervical, thirteen dorsal, and 
seven or eight other vertebrae, with portions of scapular and 
pelvic arch and ribs. 

The cervicals are longer than wide, and considerably com- 
pressed in form anteriorly, but depressed posteriorly; this is 
partly due to pressure, but not wholly, and it is likely that the 
posterior centra are about as transverse as in Cimoliasaurus 
magnus, Leidy, while the anterior are relatively several times as 
long. In the length the latter resemble the English Plesiosaurt, 
in which the centra are also compressed. The compressed ante- 
rior centra exhibit a ridge on the side above the middle. A more 
massive ridge extends between the articular extremities at the 
lower part of the side, and presents a pit for the parapophysis. 
The pit for the neural spine is of nearly similar size. Where the 
cervicals begin to be depressed, two foramina appear near together 
on the inferior face, and the articular extremities display an open 
obtuse emargination below. They are also emarginate for the 
neural canal above, so as to have a form approaching a transverse 
figure 8. In the large posterior cervicals the sides are contracted 
both below and at the sides. In all the cervicals the articular 
faces are a little concave, in the larger with some median con- 
vexities. 

In none of the dorsals preserved are the diaphopyses seen to 
issue from the centra, hence they are probably not posterior in 
position. ‘The centra soon become smaller than those of the 
posterior cervicals, and are subround in section, with a well- 
marked emargination for the neural canal. The sides are gently 
concave, and are without angulation, but are marked near the 
articular extremity with short, sharp, and regular undivided ridges, 
eight ina half inch. The articular faces are slightly concave and 
without ridges. There are the two inferior foramina, and one on 
the lower part of each side. The articular face for the neural arch 
is an oval pit extending the length of the centrum and inter- 
rupted by some transverse ridges near the middle. The vertebrz 
diminish in size posteriorly. ‘Two centra, probably sacral, resem- 
ble the dorsals, but present an extensive vertical articular surface 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129 


on each side. This has raised edges and terminates above in the 
longitudinal surface for the neural arch, having thus a T-shape. 
It narrows below to an obtuse point, and no doubt supported a 
free diapophysis. 

The fragments of the pelvic and scapular arches indicate that 
they were capacious. The clavicle inclosed a large foramen, was 
rather narrow, and thickened on the inner edge. Its glenoid 
surface was wide and sub-rhomboid. Some of the other bones 
were quite thin. 


MEASUREMENTS, 


M. 
Length of anterior cervical : : : : : 0.062 
Depth articular face do. . : , P : : .050 
Width of articular face do. : ; < : F .050 
Length of posterior cervical. ; : ; : 07 
Depth articular face do... : : ‘ ; ; 052 
Width ee cs 5 : : : : : .090 
Distance between parapophysi . 2 ‘ : : .048 
Length anterior dorsal : : : : ; ‘ .059 
Depth articular face do. . Ns F 2 , 3 .062 
Width = “ - re i ae oe .072° 
‘* neural canal on centrum : * ; p O17 
Long diameter proximal end clavicle : : : 114 


Associated with these remains were those of a turtle of the 
size of some of the large Cheloniidz of recent seas. The only por- 
tions were the scapulo-procoracoid, the coracoid, and the mandible 
nearly complete. The two former were like those of Chelydra; 
the procoracoid issuing nearly at the articular extremity, and the 
coracoid being of moderate elongation and much expanded dis- 
tally, and with nearly straight axis. The mandibular rami were 
remarkably slender and with correspondingly short symphysis. 
The tomia obtuse and directed outwards, the apex flat and obtuse. 
Coronoid process slightly elevated; articular bone osseous. 
Length coracoid .250 m.; diameter distally .080; distal width of 
scapula .058; length ramus of mandible .150; length symphysis 
030. 

The general characters of this form were thought to agree with 
Cynocercus, Cope, though the individual was larger than that 
on which the C. incisus was established. 


130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF MARINE BIVALVE MOLLUSCA. 
BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR. 
1. CRASSATELLA ADELINZ, Tryon. Plate 6, fig. 1. 


Shell ovate, triangular, anteriorly rounded, posteriorly pro- 
duced; umbones depressed, slightly undulated. Surface white 
with brown rays, occasionally marked with cuneiform characters 
of darker color under a thin dark brown epidermis; within choco- 
late color, margins white without crenulations. 

Length 3, alt. 2.25, diam. 1.13 inches. 

Habitat. unknown. Museum of the Academy. 

This species is nearly allied to C. Antillarum, Reeve, but is 
not so gibbous, and is more narrowly produced behind; it is also 
readily distinguished by its peculiar colored markings. 


2. LucrnA (CopaxrA) DistrnGvENDA, Tryon. Plate 6, fig. 3. 

Shell orbicular, depressed, disk-like, covered with flattened 
radiating ridges which are crossed by numerous close-set, raised, 
concentric striz. White with a faint tinge of pink: interior with 
a broad marginal band of deep pink. 

Long. 3, alt. 2.65, diam. 1 inches. 

Habitat., Gulf of California. W.M. Gabb. Museum of the 
Academy. 

This fine large species has been confounded, by Mr. P. P. 
Carpenter and others, with an analogous West Indian species— 
Lucina tigrina, Linn. It is readily distinguished, however, by 
its flattened form and border, and more depressed ribs. 


3. CIRCE (CRISTA) BIDIVAVICATA, Tryon. Plate 6, fig. 2. 

Shell oblong-oval, thick, somewhat ventricose, sides declining 
convexly and ventral margin slightly rounded, covered by radiating 
rounded ribs which are finally bifurcate and nodose; ribs poste- 
riorly bi-divaricate, forming a series of M’s. Rust colored with 
brown splotches, white within. 

Long. 1.65, alt. 1, diam. .65 inch. 

Habitat.—Red Sea. Museum of the Academy. 

This species resembles Crista divaricata, Chemn., its charac- 
teristic difference being the doubly divaricate disposition of its 
ribs. 


pO A eee EEE ee Ee 


Trvon-New Marine Bivalve Mollis ca 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131 


NOTICE OF SOME CRUSTACEA FROM THE ISLAND OF ST. MARTIN, W. I., 
COLLECTED BY DR. VAN RIJGERSMA. 


BY T. HALE STREETS, U.S.N. 


BRACHYURA. 


MAIOIDEA. 


PERICERA CORNUTA, H. Milne-Edwards. Hist. Nat. des Crust., Vol. I. p. 
335; Pl. XIV. bis. Fig. 5. 


OCYPODOIDEA. 
GELASIMUS AFFINIS, Noy. sp. 

Male. This species is very closely allied to G. mordax, Smith. 
The carapax is convex longitudinally and slightly so transversely. 
The dorsal surface of the carapax is very similar to that of G. 
mordax. Like that species it is punctate, and the space between 
the puncta is perfectly smooth. The regions are but faintly 
marked out on the dorsum; a prominent sulcus separates the gas- 
tric and cardiac regions. The front is broad and deflexed. Its 
dorsal surface is grooved in the medial line; the tip is curved back- 
ward and downward so as to be completely hidden when looked 
at from above; it is bifid. The front is marginate above at the 
point where it is curved backward. The upper edge of the supe- 
rior orbital border is straight, but directed a little backward. The 
ascent of the outer portion of the curved lower edge is much more 
gradual and is longer than the inner portion of the same edge, 
which is curved rapidly downward. The raised margin of the 
lower edge is finely denticulated. The antero-lateral angle is some- 
what projecting, and the anterior portion of the lateral border is 
thin and straight. The margin is raised, and in some cases finely 
denticulated. The posterior portion of it is curved inward and 
terminates opposite the cardiac region. From the point where 
the postero-lateral border turns inward, a line runs downward and 
backward in a curved manner to join the posterior border. In the 
space left by the divergence of these two lines there is one, and in 
some cases two, short plications. 

In the larger cheliped, the merus is triangular in form, the ante- 
rior surface is smooth, the borders are granular or tuberculose, 
and the superior surface is arcuate and crossed by short pecteni- 


‘ 


132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


form lines, as is also the external surface. The superior and 
external surface of the carpus is obscurely tuberculose, and the 
inner surface is crossed by an oblique, smooth ridge. The basal 
portion of the propodus is shorter than the digital. The superior 
and external surface is covered thickly with small depressed tuber- 
cles. On the superior surface these tubercles are distinct and are 
separated by distinct intervals, but they become gradually smaller, 
more numerous, and are thickly crowded together towards the in- 
ferior border. A raised tuberculose margin extends from the 
base of the propodal finger along the whole length of the inferior 
border to the carpus. The inferior part of the inner surface is 
minutely granulose, and is crossed by an oblique tuberculose ridge 
which extends to the evacuation for the reception of the carpus. 
The space between this ridge and the base of the dactylus is 
covered with tubercles. The superior edge is carinated; from its 
posterior part a tuberculate line curves downward around the 
upper part of the depression into which the carpus folds. The 
fingers are long and slender, smooth and punctate. The row of 
tubercles along the inner margin of the prehensile edge of the 
propodal finger curves upward behind the base of the dactylus. 
The prehensile edge is armed with tubercles; there is a large one 
near the middle and another at the tip. The dactylus is tubercu- 
lose at its base; its prehensile edge is also armed with tubercles ; 
those in the median line are the largest. The tips are hooked. 
In the ambulatory feet the merus is broad and compressed, and 
the upper part of the superior surface is marked by pectiniform 
lines; the fourth and fifth segments are hairy. 

The abdomen is similar to that of G. pugnax. The second and 
third segments are broadest. The terminal segment is narrower 
than the penultimate, and is arcuate in form. 

The female is distinguished from the male by being minutely 
eranvlose on the dorsal surface of the carapax, and the carapax 
is nearly plane transversely. 

Dimensions of the male. Length of the carapax .56-.65 in.; 
breadth .37—.44 in. Length of the hand .74-1 inch. Length of 
the carapax of the female .50-.53 in.; breadth .31-.37 in. 

This species can be distinguished from G. pugnax by having the 
anterior surface of the merus smooth, and a smooth oblique ridge 
on the inner surface of the carpus. It differs from G. mordax in 
not having the superior surface and the upper part of the external 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133 


surface obscurely tuberculose, nor is the inferior portion smooth. 
The carapax in the female is nearly plane, and the lateral margins 
of the branchial region are not tuberculose. 


LEUCOSOIDEA. 


CALAPPA GALLOIDES, Stimpson. Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York. Vol. 
Vils sp. 7h 
ANOMOURA, 


Dromra LATOR, H. Milne-Edwards. Hist. Nat. des Crust., Vol. II. p. 174. 


PETROLISTHES NODOsuUs, Nov. sp. 


The carapax is broadly ovate, about as broad as long. It is 
nearly plane from side to side, and convex from behind forward. 
The anterior portion is nodulated ; the nodules are arranged in a 
semicircular manner transversely across the dorsum from one 
hepatic region to the other. There are two nodules, larger than 
the others, placed in the centre behind and between the orbits. 
The posterior portion of the carapax is indistinctly imbricated. 
The front is prominent and deeply tridentated. The middle tooth 
is the largest and triangular in shape, and very slightly more 
prominent than the lateral ones. The lateral teeth are broad; 
their outer margin is convex and the inner is concave; their apices 
are directed inward. A shallow groove is in the middle of the front; 
and there is also a groove on each side running down into the 
lateral teeth. The superior margin of the orbit is inflated and 
everted. The external angle is acute, but not prominent. The 
eyes are large. The peduncles of the antenne are knobby; the 
first article presents an obtuse tooth on its anterior margin. 

The right cheliped was missing. The left is large, compressed, 
imbricated on the superior surface, and smooth on the inferior. 
The hand is as long as the carapax; the width is greater at its 
junction with the dactylus than where it joins the carpus. The 
posterior margin is covered with a dense pubescence. The dac- 
tylus and propodus closely approximate, and their approximated 
borders are finely denticulated. Their extremities are hooked. 
The dactylus presents a slight groove on its superior surface. The 
carpus is shorter than the hand. The anterior margin is armed 
with four large, serrated, and imbricated teeth; the two middle 
ones are the largest, and are united at their bases; the external 
tooth is smallest. The superior edge of the distal extremity of 
the carpus is dilated. There isa small tooth at the external angle ; 


134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


and between the two angles are two rounded prominences. The 
superior surface presents a well-marked ridge with a sulcus on 
each side of it. 

The ambulatory feet are hairy: the third article is broad, com- 
pressed, and imbricated. The color of the carapax and cheliped 
is reddish. The length of the carapax is .025 of an inch. 


PETROLISTHES JuGosus, Noy. sp. 

The carapax is rotundo-ovate in outline, about as broad as long, 
depressed, and smooth, or very lightly granular under the micro- 
scope. The front is deflexed and trilobate. The lobes are rounded; 
the middle one is more prominent than the lateral ones. There is 
a well-marked median furrow extending to the tip of the middle 
lobe; and a furrow on each side which terminates at the anterior 
border of the lateral lobes. The anterior border of the front pre- 
sents a well-defined raised margin. The superior border of the 
orbits is not inflated. The external angle is obtuse and not pro- 
minent. The eyes are large; the first article of the antennary 
peduncle has a projection on its anterior border. 

The chelipeds are large, compressed, and granular; the left is 
larger than the right. The hand is as long as the carapax. Its 
width is greater at its junction with the dactylus than where it 
articulates with the carpus. The posterior border is pubescent. 
The posterior part of the superior surface is broadly grooved, and 
this groove is continued on the propodus. The anterior part of 
the upper surface presents another slighter groove; and a broad 
ridge runs longitudinally along the centre of the same surface. 
The carpus is shorter than the hand, and its anterior margin is 
armed with five small teeth. Its upper surface is marked by three 
longitudinal ridges. The posterior and external borders are di- 
lated. The anterior angle of the merus is armed with a tooth. 

The ambulatory feet are pubescent, and minutely granulated 
under the microscope. The third article is compressed; the fourth 
and fifth articles are ridged on their upper surfaces, in their long 
direction. The color is a reddish shade; the chelipeds are more 
deeply colored than the carapax. The length of the carapax is 
-019 of an inch. 


MACROURA. 


PALEMON JAMAICENSIS, Olivier. H. Milne-Edwards. Hist. Nat. des Crust., 
Vol. Il. p. 398: 


ne ee ee 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135 


NOTES ON LINGUAL DENTITION OF CERTAIN SPECIES OF NORTH 
AMERICAN LAND SHELLS. 


BY THOMAS BLAND AND W. G. BINNEY, 


We are indebted to Miss Annie E. Law, of Jalapa, Tennessee, 
and to Mr. Henry Hemphill, of Oakland, California, for the 
specimens from which we extracted the jaws and lingual mem- 
branes here described. 


ZONITES LZVIGATUS, Pf. 
Jaw as usual in the genus. 


ZONITES INTERTEXTUS, Binney. 
The jaw and lingual membrane are as usual in the genus. 


ZONITES DEMIssus, Binney. 
Jaw arched, ends attenuated, pointed; anterior surface smooth, 
cutting edge with well developed sharp median projection. 
Lingual membrane as usual in the genus. Laterals above 
eight in number on either side of central line. 


ZONITES LASMODON, Phillips. 

Jaw and lingual membrane as usual in the genus. 
ZONITES INTERNUS, Say. 

The jaw and lingual membrane are those of Zonites (or Hya- 
lina), and not of Helix, thus showing the generic position of the 
species, which is not so well marked by the shell. 

The jaw is slightly arcuate, ends attenuated, pointed; median 
beak-like prominence to the cutting edge. 

The lingual membrane is long and narrow. Central teeth 
large, with a long median cusp. Laterals like the centrals, but 
bifid, four in number, marginals aculeate. 


PATULA sTRIGOSA, Gould. 

Jaw long, low, slightly arcuate; anterior surface smooth except- 
ing near the lower margin, where there are numerous, crowded, 
subobsolete ribs, or coarse striw, crenellating the cutting edge. 
There is a very strong muscular attachment to the upper margin. 

The lingual membrane is as usual in the genus. (See fig. 129 of 
L. and Fr. W. Shells, I.) The marginal teeth are wide and low, 
with one inner, long, obtuse, oblique denticle, and several short 
side blunt denticles, obtusely rounded. 


136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


PaTULA cooPERI, W. G. Binn. 
Lingual membrane as in Patula strigosa. 


PATULA IDAHOENSIS, Newc. 

The jaw very much resembles in form and in its crenellated 
cutting edge that of Patula striatella. (See fig. 141 of L. and 
Fr. W. Shells, part I.) Its anterior surface has coarse perpendicu- 
lar striz: or obsolete wrinkles, not well formed ribs. There is a 
stout membranous attachment to the upper margin. Lingual 
membrane as in Patula Hemphilli. (See Am. Journ. of Conch., 
VI. 247.) 


PATULA PERSPECTIVA, Say. 

The jaw and lingual membrane are quite like those of P. stria- 
tella. The ends of the jaw, however, are more squarely truncated, 
and the striz are not converging. ° 


HELIX POLYGYRELLA, Bland. 

Jaw slightly arcuate, ends but little attenuated, blunt; anterior 
surface with fifteen broad ribs, denticulating either margin. 

Lingual membrane as in H. auriculata. 

We are indebted to Mr. Harford for the living specimens from 
which the notes on this species are drawn. 


HELIX PALLIATA, Say. 

Jaw short, high; anterior surface with more than fifteen ribs, 

denticulating either margin. 
HELIX OBSTRICTA, Say. 

Jaw with ten ribs. Lingual membrane as in #. palliata. 
HELIX DEVIA, Gld. var. 

This small, doubtful form from Salmon River, Idaho, has the 
jaw arcuate, ends blunt, with about seven stout ribs denticulating 
either margin. The lingual membrane is broad, teeth as usual in 
the genus, the marginals low, wide, with one oblique, bluntly 
bifid, inner denticle, and several short, blunt, outer denticles. 


HELIX FIDELIS, Gray. 

In Amer. Journ. Conch., VI. p. 207, pl. ix. fig. 1, we described 
and figured the jaw as short, high, thick, rough, strongly arcuate, 
ends attenuated, blunt, cutting edge with a well developed, blunt, 
median projection, marked with decided longitudinal striae, which 
crenellate its margin. We have lately had an opportunity of 
examining numerous other adult specimens, and find them decid- 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137 


edly costate, usually with about six ribs, denticulating either 
margin. 
PALLIFERA DORSALIS, Binney. 

An opportunity has lately been given us by Mr. H. Prime of 
examining living specimens from Westchester Co., New York. 
We find Mr. Morse’s description and figure of the jaw to be quite 
correct, and have no doubt of the genus being distinct from 
Tebennophorus. The species appears to us well marked also, 
especially by the great activity of the animal’s motions. 

Mr. Prime noticed it climbing on trees, a habit often observed 
by us in several of our land shells. Thus Helix thyroides in 
the garden of one of us at Burlington, N. J., constantly climbs 
the fruit trees, to eat the gum which exudes from the branches. 

Our figure 535, of L. and Fr. W. Shells, part I., is defective. 
The head does not extend beyond the mantle. See the upper 
figure in Terrestrial Mollusks, III., pl. lxiii. 


10 


138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


JUNE 4. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 
Twenty-two members present. 


The following papers were presented for publication :— 

*“ Descriptions of Twenty-nine species of Unionide from the 
United States.” By Isaac Lea. 

“A Contribution to the Ichthyology of Alaska.” By Edw. D. 
Cope. 


Note on Gamasus of the Ox.—Prof. Lripy read an extract from 
a letter from Dr. C. 8. Turnbull, in which it was stated that the 
writer had been misunderstood in relation to the Acarus of the 
Ox, described in the Proceedings for January 2d. He had seen 
the cattle killed, and was positive that the mites occupied the 
position in the ear of the steers while these were alive. Such 
being the case, the acarus may be viewed as a parasite of the Ox, 
and may be specifically named GAMASUS AURIS. 


Mr. TuoMAs MEEHAN presented some specimens of the common 
asparagus, and remarked that in consequence of observing last 
year so many plants that had evidently flowered, producing no 
seeds, he had this year examined them in a flowering condition 
and found them perfectly dicecious. Imperfect stamens existed 
in the female flowers, but they were never polleniferous. An occa- 
sional gyneecium in the male flower would make a weak attempt 
to produce a pistil, but no polleniferous flower ever produces a 
fruit. There was a great difference in the form of the male and 
female flowers. The former were double the length of the latter, 
and nearly cylindrical, while the female flowgr was rather cam- 
panulate. Other observers had nearly made the discovery of 
division in this plant. The old * English Botany” of Smith gave 
it the character of being occasionally imperfect, and the authors 
of “ Deutchland Flora” considered it as occasionally Polygamous. 
But Mr. M. was satisfied from a half day’s investigation among 
many plants that in this region at least the asparagus is never 
perfect, but truly dicecious. 

He had observed another matter, small, but which might be of 
importance to systematic botanists, as well as to those engaged in 
evolutionary studies. One flower had a quadrifid stigma, and a 
four-celled ovary. The trinate type, or its multiple, is so closely 
associated with the endogenous structure, that he considered this 
circumstance particularly worthy of note. 

The male flowers seem very attractive to insects, various kinds 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139 


of which seem to feed on the pollen. The honey bee was a fre- 
quent visitor. None seemed to be attracted to the female flowers. 
In the division into separate sexes the plant had gained nothing 
in the way of aid by insect fertilization. Fertilization seemed 
wholly accomplished by the wind. The male flowers are produced 
in much greater abundance than the female ones. 

Mr. M. added that this discovery had a more than usual practi- 
cal importance. Many attempts had been made to improve the 
asparagus, as garden vegetables and the farm cereals had been im- 
proved ; but it had ‘often been questioned whether these improved 
forms would reproduce themselves from seed as other garden 
varieties did. The tendency of thought the few past years had 
been in the direction of the belief that permanent varieties could 
be raised, and several improved kinds had been sent out by seeds- 
men, and were popular to a considerable extent. He said he had 
himself inclined to this opinion; but this discovery of complete 
dieecism in asparagus, whereby two distinct individual forms were 
required to produce seed, rendered a true reproduction of one 
original parent impossible, as the progeny must necessarily par- 
take of both forms. 

Mr. Meehan further said he had been requested by one of the 
members, Professor Frazer, to call the attention of the Academy 
to an orange on the table, which had produced a second smaller 
fruit under the rind of the larger one. The orange externally 
presented nothing unusual, but on being peeled the second one 
was found of about one-fifth the size of the principal one, of a tur- 
binate shape, and fitting into the lower larger one as into a cup. 
This upper secondary orange had the regular colored skin with 
its endopleura, and the whole inclosed by the regular skin of the 
primary fruit. He explained that a fruit was formed by the sud- 
den arrestation of growth in a branch, and what would be under 
ordinary circumstances an elongated branch, with its several nodes 
and axillary leaves and buds, is to form a fruit compressed and con- 
densed, so to speak, into the organized mass we call a fruit. In 
the orange before us, the central axis, after having had its elon- 
gating direction arrested, made another feeble departure onward, 
and the small orange was the result. These sudden accelerations 
of a nearly arrested growth are, though not common, sometimes 
seen in fruits. They have been most frequently seen in the pear. 
Here the renewed growth of the central axis bursts through the 
primary cuticle as seen by the manner in which it is drawn up 
with the secondary growth. He believed he had seen an instance 
of a pear making three series of growths in one fruit. In the 
larch it was quite common to find a branch arrested in its de- 
velopment to form a cone, push out again into vigorous growth 
at the apex, after resting as it were for nearly a month, while the 
cone was forming. These larch cones, with branches growing as 
it were completely through them, are very often seen. Aurantia- 


140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


‘ 
ceous plants seem addicted to these irregularities. It was not 
unusual to find several young seedling plants spring from one 
orange seed. 


JUNE 11. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 
Twenty-five members present. 


Prof. Cope offered some remarks on the discoveries recently 
made by Prof. Marsh as to the structure and characters of the 
Pythonomorpha, based especially on material recently obtained 
by him in Kansas. As the writer had recently passed in review 
much similar material, he was much interested in Prof. Marsh’s 
conclusions. These, he said, were of importance. In the first 
place, he had ascertained that what was formerly supposed to be 
the inner side of the quadrate bone was the outer side, a conclu- 
sion Prof. Cope thought entirely consistent with the other known 
relations of the parts. 

Secondly. He had discovered the stapes, and had entirely con- 
firmed the opinion of the speaker, which Prof. Marsh had appa- 
rently overlooked. This was stated as follows:' the quadrate 
‘‘is characterized by the presence of an oval pit. . . . Its use 
is uncertain, but there is some probability that it received the 
extremity of an osseous or cartilaginous styloid stapes. A groove 
on the under side of the suspensorium would accommodate such 
a rod, and in a position nearly similar to that which it occupies 
in many of the Ophidia.” It is in precisely this position that 
Prof. Marsh is so fortunate as to have discovered it. 

Thirdly. Prof. Marsh believes that he has found the columella. 
I have supposed it to be wanting, from the absence of its usual 
points of attachment on the parietal and pterygoid bones. It 
remains to compare the bone found by Prof. Marsh with ali- and 
orbito-sphenoid and ethmoid ossifications found in many sau- 
rians. 

Fourthly. Prof. Marsh has observed the parieto-quadrate arch 
described by the speaker, and makes the interesting observation 
that it is formed of three elements, the median connecting the 
parietal with the opisthotic. This piece, he says, is ‘ apparently 
the squamosal;” as the latter bone completes the zygomatic arch, 
it cannot occupy a position in the parieto-squamosal, unless it 
sends a branch in that direction. 

Fifthly. He discovers the malar arch, proving it to be incom- 
plete and supported by the postfrontal bone. Prof. Marsh also 
observes an ossification in the glenoid cavity of the opisthotic, 
which he regards as the pterotic (of “ Huxley,” which should be 


' Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1869, p. 180. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141 


Parker), an identification which cannot probably be maintained. 
The connections of the pterotic, where present, are very different. 
The bone in question is present in Hdestosaurus tortor, Cope. 

Sixthly. Prof. Marsh completes almost entirely our knowledge 
of the anterior limbs. The previous descriptions of these mem- 
bers in Clidastes propython, Cope, Holcodus ictericus, Cope, 
and other species, had left the number of phalanges and their 
relative positions, as well as those of the carpals, uncertain; these 
points are now happily supplied by Prof. Marsh’s important re- 
searches. 

Seventhly. He has done much for the pelvic arch and hind 
limbs. He was the first to announce the existence of both, and 
actually described the pelvis of Hdestosaurus dispar ; the speaker, 
however, first described the hind limb in Liodon crassartus and 
I. dyspelor, Cope. Prof. Marsh is in error when he says the 
“absence of these extremities in the Pythonomorpha was consid- 
ered satisfactorily established.” I had never stated that they 
were certainly absent, and the last time I wrote observed that this 
order * possessed an anterior pair only, or with the posterior pair 
so reduced as to have been insignificant.”* They appear, ac- 
cording to Marsh, to have been relatively small in some of the genera. 
In Liodon dyspelor, Cope, the anterior are the smaller. Prof. 
Marsh lays students under especial obligation for his determina- 
tions of the pelvic elements and the excellent figures of all the 
parts connected with the support of the hind limb. His figure of 
the fore limb is also highly important, as it will be difficult soon 
to duplicate his beautifully complete specimen. 

In subsequent pages there are six additional species described, 
bringing up the number from the Kansas Cretaceous to twenty- 
three. Two new genera are proposed, viz., Lesfosaurus for those 
previously referred by myself to Holcodus, Gibbes, and Rhino- 
saurus for species allied or belonging to Liodon. As to the for- 
mer, it is no doubt a well-marked genus, and I am willing to 
believe Prof. Marsh’s opinion, that it will not include Gibbes’ Hol- 
codus acutidens, will turn out to be well founded; but there is, 
on the other hand, insufficient evidence to show that it is not 
Platecarpus, Cope. If Liodon curtirostris be referred to it, it 
will very probably prove to be Platecarpus, as that species pre- 
sents palatine teeth, much as in P. tympaniticus, and the pleuro- 
dont character is not wanting in some of the other species. hi- 
nosaurus includes such species as Liodon proriger, Cope. As 
the name has been used two or three times before, it may be al- 
tered to Rhamphosaurus, but I have always had doubts that the 
conic projecting snout would distinguish the species generically 
from the true Liodon, with which it agrees in dentition. The 
type of Liodon, L. anceps ord., is, however, very little known. 


1 Hayden, Geol. Survey of Wyoming, etc., 1870, p. 885, 


142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Remarks on Mastodon from New Mexico.—Proft. LEipy directed 
attention to portions of a lower jaw of Mastodon recently received 
for examination from the Smithsonian Institution. The speci- 
mens were from New Mexico, and were presented to the latter by 
the Hon. W. F.M. Arny. One of the specimens contains a molar 
resembling that from California, described before the Academy, 
and supposed to belong to Mastodon obscurus, which was origin- 
ally named from a tooth said to have been deawen from the mio- 

cene formation of Maryland. The other fragment is part of the 
symphysial prolongation of the jaw containing portions of tusks. 
This resembles in its form and proportions the corresponding part 
of the European Mastodon angustidens. These and other speci- 
mens, including the portion of an upper tusk, having a band of 
enamel, from California, described before the Academy under the 
name of Mastodon Sheppardi, lead to the inference, that a species 
resembling Mastodon angustidens, inhabited North America during 
the middle tertiary period. The late Dr. Falconer states that he 
saw at Genoa the cast of a lower jaw of a Mastodon from Mexico, 
with an enormous beak containing a large lower incisor. The 
animal to which it belonged was named Lthynchotherium. This 
perhaps may be the same as the species named Mastodon obscurus. 
A full description of the New Mexican and Californian fossils, 
with plates, will shortly be given. 


JUNE 18. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 
Twenty-three members present. 


The death of Dr. Wm. Stimpson was announced. 


JUNE 25. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 
Sixteen members present. 


The death of John Farnum, Maj. Sydney S. Lyon, John G. 
Moore, and T. Clarkson Taylor, was announced. 


On favorable report of Committees, the following papers were 
ordered to be printed :— 


NO 
=] 


LEE 


1 
ys 


— 
& 


% 


Cooper On.New California Mollusce. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143 


ON NEW CALIFORNIAN PULMONATA, ETC. 


e BY J. G. COOPER, M.D. 


ALEXIA SETIFER. Cp. n.s. Pl. 3, fig. A. 1 to 6. 

Sp. cu. Alexia ‘‘ A. myosotis’’ persimilis, sed test& juniore etis bre- 
vissimis deciduis munita, linea spirali ante sutura sitis. Var. tenwis, 
elongata, pallida. 

Lat. 0.08 ad 0.14, alt. 0.30 ad 0. 40 partes cent. pollici. 

‘Shell very similar to A. myosotis (of the northern Atlantic 
States), but the young provided with short deciduous bristles, 
arranged in a spiral line just in front of the suture. 

Form varying from ovate to lanceolate, translucent, smooth, 
pale to dark corneous, with a purple tinge, often marked with nu- 
merous longitudinal paler stripes; apex short, or rather length- 
ened and subacute; suture usually distinct, whorls six or seven, 
the nuclear three or four, very narrow, and nearly alike, with the 
apex inverted or planorvoid; the last elliptic-ovate, and forming 
nearly three-fourths of the total length; aperture nearly two- 
thirds of total length; peristome iiekened and projecting hori- 
zontally, especially in front, appressed to columella, leaving a 
slight umbilical fissure open, then blending with a strong plait 
which winds obliquely inward; parietal wall with a white trans- 
verse flat denticle near its middle, and usually a small tubercle 
above it, making the mouth three-toothed on the inner side. 

Young shell showing the bristles on about three whorls, the 
first two or three being without them, and losing them by wearing 
off after attaining half its growth. 

The variety fenuis is’ slender, elongated, shell usually thinner 
and paler, sometimes amber-yellow. Many of the more robust 
form are, however, fully as thin and pale. 

Animal yellowish-white, translucent; eyes black; tentacles trans- 
parent, faintly wrinkled, muzzle strongly wrinkled transversely. 

This species seems chiefly characterized by the bristles of the 
young shell, but these may exist in some other species, being easily 
overlooked, or rubbed off in cleaning the shell, which is often 
covered with adhesive mud. 

The usual form of the adult differs much from the figure given 
by Binney of “A. myosotis,’ more resembling other European 


144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


species. The variety tenuis, however, is very similar to that of 
Binney and Tryon. The figures show the varieties of form and 
color met with here, but scarcely two specimens are exactly alike, 
and some adult shells are as ventricose as the young one figured. 

I found this species exceedingly numerous on the stony shore 
of a tide-water creek within the limits of San Francisco, but only 
for a distance of about ten rods, where a rocky point comes to the 
shore, though a few can be found for half a mile on loose stones 
and timbers, crawling under the stones in great numbers when 
the tide is out long. They look so similar to the buds of the 
Salicornia which grows about the spot that they may easily be 
overlooked by enemies when crawling among it. They creep 
rather rapidly by a steady gliding motion, like the other pulmo- 
nates, and live for a week or more in a damp vial, though killed | 
quickly by immersion in fresh water. 

Though so numerous that several hundred may be scraped off 
from the bottom of a small stone, it is strange that this shell has 
escaped the notice of a host of collectors for more than twenty 
years, though many of them must have passed within a few yards 
of the spot, as it is close to the old southern entrance to the city 
by land. This suggests that it may have been introduced from 
China on the bottoms of fishing-boats, or as ova in damp nets or 
otherwise, especially as the Chinese have always made the creek 
a fishing station, and cultivate the low land along its shores. It 
is, however, just as likely to be native, and to have been over- 
looked on account of the limited and rather inaccessible locality 
it inhabits. Until it is proved that these delicate aquatic mol- 
lusca can be transported from one country to another by the ways 
of commerce, it is better to consider them indigenous. I may be 
able to find them in other similar localities out of the way of 
foreign vessels. 

It is almost as probable that the Assiminea, which is equally 
numerous in the same spot, was introduced in the same way, though 
that is probably the same as found in other similar creeks about 
the bay.! 


1 Note on ‘*A. myosotis”’ of U. S. Atlantic Coast. The variations of the 
Pacific shell suggest that the form figured by Binney is only the northern 
attenuated form of what may occur farther south more fully developed as 
‘* Leuconia’ Sayit (Kuster sp.), which, according to Jay’s catalogue, is 
found in New Jersey. Conrad’s and De Kay’s descriptions of * borealis” 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145 


I will probably be able to make explorations sufficient to deter- 
mine most of these doubtful points relating to this and many 
other species, before the publication of the Conchology of Cali- 
fornia by the Geological Survey. 


LIMAX (AMALIA) HEWSTONI. Cp.n.s. PI. 3, Fig. B. 1 to 5, 

Sp. cu. Limax ‘ Z. Sowerbdii’’ similis, dorso postice valde carinato ct 
altiore ; clypeo granulatim rugoso, et sulco subelliptico super spiraculo 
submediano ; colore ex brunneo nigrescens vel supra nigerrima, later- 
ibus pallidioribus, disco motivo infra albescens. 

Long. circa duo polliceo, alt. corporis bis major quam lat. disci motivi. 
Testa oblongo-ovalis, + poll. 


Similar to LZ. Sowerbii (of England), the back being strongly 
carinate even when fully extended, and higher than the front of 
body; shield granulate-rugose, and with a groove, sub-elliptic in 
outline, above the level of the spiracle, which is just behind the 
middle; color blackish-brown, or deep black above, the sides paler, 
the locomotive disk beneath whitish. 

Length about two inches or less, height of body twice the width 
of foot. Shell oblong-oval, } inch long. Its other characters 
agree with those common to most of the subgenera Amalia and 
Eulimax. The figures best show the comparative points. 

I have named this species in compliment to Dr. George Hew- 
ston, of this city, who has made many interesting observations on 
the habits of the species in his garden. 

It is, I believe, the first “‘ Amalia” found in the United States, 
native or naturalized. In the remarkable groove on the shield it 
differs from any I find described, but, as this is not apparently 
connected with any organic difference, it seems merely a specific 


indicate varieties like ours but not described by Binney, while Say’s ‘‘ ¢wr- 
ritus’’ is like the young. 

Binney’s figure of the animal of ‘' Tralia,’’ from Charleston, is so much 
like ours, that it seems probable that it may also be a more southern deyelop- 
ment of the Alexia, while his ‘‘ 7. pusilla,” from Florida, looks very like 
some forms of our A. setifer, the revolving lines and labial denticles being, 
perhaps, more perfect characteristics not found far north. Melampus biden- 
tatus presents similar variations with a like geographical range. Eastern 
conchologists may decide whether it is not more likely that the southern 
shell extends north under a less perfect form, than that the northern shell 
has come from Europe, and also which of the names quoted is prior, if it is 
distinguished from the latter. 


146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


character. It does not even coincide with the outline of the at- 
tached portion, or with the shell, and, though general, is in some 
so faint as to be scarcely visible. 

The L. fuliginosus, Gld., seems very similar, and might pass 
for the same, though described as from “ New Zealand,” but has 
ferruginous tentacles. 

It is barely possible that this species was introduced from China 
or elsewhere, as I have not met with it beyond the vicinity of San 
Francisco, but it is so exceedingly numerous in every garden here 
that it seems indigenous. It is found in drier places than our 
others, and is active all summer in moist shady places. I find 
none like it described from Asia or Europe. 


LIMAX (EULIMAX) CAMPESTRIS, Binney. 
Var. OccipENTALIS. PI. 3, fig. C. 1 to 5. 


This, the only indigenous eastern species, has not been before 
announced from west of the Rocky Mountains, and I, therefore, 
give a figure of the California form which appears rather more 
robust than the eastern. It presents the same range of colors, 
from amber-brown to black, being paler when it first emerges from 
its retreat in the dry season. I have found it numerous at San 
Francisco and Santa Cruz, at Clear Lake, Alta, 3625 ft. elev. on 
west slope of the Sierra Nevada, and Truckee, 5866 ft. high on the 
east slope, besides observing probably the same at points near 
lats. 37° and 39° in the valleys. It has not been noticed in 
Oregon. 

ARIOLIMAX CALIFORNICUS. Cp. n.s.? Pl. 3, fig. D. 1, 2, 3. 


Sp. cu. A. forma, colore, ete. ‘'A. Columbiano”’ similis, sed sulcis 
dorsalibus multo frequentioribus; seepe bis numero, et transyersé reti- 
culatis. 


Resembling A. Columbianus in form and color, but with the 
dorsal grooves much more numerous (26 to 36), often twice as 
many, and the connecting reticulations transverse. 

The figures given of portions of this form, taken from life, show 
the remarkable dissimilarity in the reticulations of the dorsal 
region, and, did I not find considerable variation among them, I 
would consider it certainly a different species. 

The black form next mentioned agrees with the Oregon animal 
in this character as shown in E. Young and adult of the yellow 
form, from one to six inches long, all show the same peculiarity, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147 


and it may be only an adaptation to a drier climate. It is quite 
well shown even in alcoholi¢e specimens, and I am surprised that 
it has not before been mentioned. Some parts of Mr. W. G. Bin- 
ney’s description may, however, be taken from this variety. The 
following notes have not before been published, and are all taken 
from the southern form. Mr. Voy has brought it from the Sierra 
Nevada, lat. 39°, alt. about 3500 feet, but I have not heard of it 
elsewhere out of the coast range. 

The locomotive disk, anal and generative orifices are like those 
of Limax. Fig. D, 3, shows the latter as preserved in alcohol in 
a specimen taken in copulo. I may be able to describe them more 
fully from fresh ones. The mantle is minutely granulated, which 
may have led Mr. Tryon to place it in Amalia. The dorsal- 
grooves are unicolor with the rest of body, but those of the upper 
margin of foot are colored brown (sometimes very pale), the color 
permanent in alcohol, and the stripes wider at every fourth or 
fifth, like the grooves. The longitudinal division of the foot be- 
neath is very faintly perceptible. 

The young, just hatched, is pale-yellowish, with pellucid whitish 
spots, and when an inch and a half long is colored like adult, 
while the shell is perceptible through the thin shield. This can 
also be seen by looking into the grisacle of the adult when fully 
expanded. 

Eggs are laid from April lst to June, and vary in size from 0.44 
xX 0.36 to 0.35 x 0.26 inch. (probably laid by slugs of various 
ages). They have a shelly but tough envelope, and, after they are 
laid, the shell is often entirely wanting in the animal, having ap- 
parently been absorbed to form the egg-shells!) This may explain 
the absence or fragmentary state of the shell in some species re- 
ferred to Arion. 


ARIOLIMAX NIGER. Cp.n.s. PI.3, fig. E.1, 2, 3, 4. 


Sp. cu. A. forma, testa, et maxilla ‘‘ A. Columbiano’’ per similio, sed 
minor, robustior, colore nigro, tentaculis et disco motivo infra pallidi- 
oribus, maxilla costulis cirea xx, dorso non carinato., 

Long. ii. et dim. poll. (65 millimetres. ) 


In form, shell and jaw, it resembles A. Columbianus, but is 
smaller, back rounder, more robust, black, with tentacles and loco- 
motive disk beneath paler, its jaw with only about 20 riblets. 
Length 2} inches. 


148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Dr. Gould mentions a **small specimen uniformly slate color” 
(probably from alcohol), which indicates that this is also found in 
Oregon. <A very young one from east of S. F. Bay has the shield 
and back brownish with small irregular black spots, and no cari- 
nation perceptible as it is in the yellow species, which shows it 
stronger in the young than the adult. The dorsal grooves agree- 
ing with those of the Oregon form suggested that it was only a 
southern dwarfed variety of that, which is often mottled with 
blackish; but Dr. Gould’s specimen was also small, and may in- 
deed have been collected in California. Here I find none inter- 
mediate between this and the yellow variety. The color and dorsal 
grooves agreeing with Limax Hewstoni also suggested hybridity, 
but I have never found this in the same localities with that species. 
We thus have three very distinct species often equally black, but 
the only common cause I can guess for this similarity is possibly 
more nocturnal habits than in the others. The comparative 
rarity of this form may be a consequence of more thorough con- 
cealment in the daytime. I found them copulating in December, 
and the young was found in February probably recently hatched. 


ARION? ANDERSONII. Cp.n.s. Pl. 3, fig. F. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. 

Sp. cu. A, *' Ariont foliato”’ similis, sed multo minor, spiraculo prope 
medio clypei forte granulato rugosi, testa interna valida; cauda acuta. 
Foramen generativum ut in Ariolimaz et Limax Hewstoni situm. 

Long. ii. et dim. poll. ; lat. dioci motivi plus quam dimidium alt. cor- 
poris. 

Similar to “ Arion foliolatus,” but much smaller, the spiracle close 
to middle of shield, which is strongly granule-rugose ; a strong 
internal shell; tail acute. Length two and a half inches; breadth 
of locomotive disk more than half the height of body. Form 
slender, gradually tapering from the shield backwards to an acute 
point ; shield large, covering one-third of back, distinctly granular, 
the spiracle not perceptibly anterior to middle, except when the 
animal is fully extended; upper tentacles little over one-fifth of 
the length of mantle, which is free in front nearly as far back as 
the spiracle, and a narrow edge free behind; dorsal furrows about 
18, distinetly darker colored; foot slightly projecting at sides, the 
lateral bands distinctly separated beneath and marked by muscu- 
lar fibres running obliquely backward and outward on the under 
surface. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149 


Color. Reddish-gray, the body somewhat clouded with black, 
the shield paler, clouded, or more usually with a dark band on 
each side above the spiracle, converging in an elliptic form; a pale 
dorsal streak. Head uniform pale-brown, tentacles darker. Foot 
and often the mantle tinged with olive. 

Shell large and thick, the nucleus near posterior left corner ob- 
tusely rhomboidal, concave beneath. Length about 0.14, breadth 
0.06 inch.! Jaw arcuate, wider near. middle, with 20 to 30 riblets 
denticulating the lower margin. 

Hab. Near south and east sides of San Francisco Bay north- 
ward to Santa Cruz. It is confined to well wooded hills or damp 
river-banks, being less able to bear heat and dryness than our 
other slugs. I have named it for Dr. C. L. Anderson of the latter 
place, a zealous naturalist, who has much aided me by collecting 
this and other species of mollusca. 

This species combines the form and spiracle of Arion with the 
shell and jaw of Ariolimax, making the generic distinctness of the 
two forms doubtful, and consequently connecting Arion still more 
closely with Zimaz. The minute caudal mucous gland and acute 
tail of this species also approach the character of Limaz, and 
make the modern separation of these genera into separate families 
still more unnatural. 

The rule adopted by Agassiz of founding family divisions on 
modifications of the general forms, and genera only on those of 
special organs, will apply well in the case of these animals. But 
a difficulty arises here in the disagreement of this species in several 
points from the latest definition of the genus Arion, in those cha- 
racters above indicated as connecting it with Ariolimar. Still, as 
Arion is the older genus, it would seem more proper to extend its 
generic limits to include a more developed shell and jaw than 
usual, than to make Avzolimasx include a species as different from 
the type in form, position of spiracle, and structure of locomotive 
disk. The form of the caudal termination seems like that of 
Arion hortensis. Orifice of generative organs about half-way be- 
tween tentacle and shield as in Limawz, ete. 

In colors, this species is so similar to “A. foliolatus,” Gld., that 


! The shell represented in the figures is from a larger specimen than the 
animal figure. 


150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


it might be considered identical if not for the important differ- 
ences indicated in the diagnosis. 

Mr. Binney places that species without hesitation in subgenus 
Lochea, which has the shell represented by calcareous granules 
only, but remarks that he had not examined the jaw or granules, 
and, as the types are probably still preserved in the Smithsonian 
Institution, this important omission may yet be attended to. 

Dr. Gould says, in Binney’s Terr. Moll. ii. p. 31, “¢ That this 
animal belongs to the genus Arion there can be little doubt, from 
the peculiar structure of the tail, as represented in Mr. Drayton’s 
figure, and from the anterior position of the respiratory orifice.” 
He did not examine any specimens with reference to the shell, but 
figures the dorsal areolee as peculiarly granulated and indented, an 
appearance apparently caused, as in our species, when in alcohol, 
by minute reticular subdivisions. The figure represents the tail 
as acute, though Dr. Gould describes it as “somewhat truncated 
at tips exhibiting a conspicuous pit which was probably occupied 
by a mucous gland.” As he was not aware of the existence of 
this gland in his “ Limax” Columbianus, he may have examined 
specimens of the latter when partly or wholly destitute of the 
shell (as described by me), and confounded them with Drayton’s 
figure, as alcoholic specimens do not retain all the specific charac- 
ters. The great similarity of the figure published as of the Arion 
to that of LZ. Columbianus makes it probable that some such con- 
fusion has occurred, the only essential difference being the posi- 
tion of the spiracle. 

Mr. Tryon places this species in Ariolimax, but on what grounds 
is not stated. This would be justified by the discovery of the 
shell and generative orifice in alcoholic specimens, but is rendered 
doubtful by other considerations above pointed out. 

Mr. Drayton’s original figure probably represented A. Ander- 
sonii, though Dr. Gould’s description does not agree wholly 
with if. 


LISINOE DIABLOENSIS. Cp. n.s. , Pl. 3, fig. G. 1, 2, 3, 4. 
Helix (indet., near Traskii), Cp., Proc. Cal. Acad. Sc. III. 260, 1866 ; 
332, 1867 (as perhaps a hybrid). 
H. Diabloensis, Cp., Amer. Journ. Conch. IV. 221, 1868. 
Arionta? Diabloensis, Cp., ibid. V. 205, 207, 1870. 
Sp. cH. Testa depresso-turbinata, infra paullo concayva, anfr. vi et dim. 
ad vii. umbilico amplo, peristomate albo, expanso, satis incrassato, su- 
perne declino ; colore ex Juteo brunnea, intus purpurascens, zona fusco- 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15} 


brunnea supra peripheriam, luteo, infra marginata, aufr. tribus visa, 
regio inferior pallidior ; epidermide nitente, tenuissime malleata rugosa, 
lineze incrementi sulcis tenuibus szepe obliqué insculptis ; rugse obscure 
circum umbilicum volventes. Testa junior non subangulata. 

Diam. maj. 0.75 ad 0.95 ; min. 0.65 ad 0.80; alt. 0.40 ad 0.55; axis spire 
0.30 ad 0.45 cent. poll. 


Animal pallide griseo-purpurascens, corpore semicylindrico, bis 
lat. testee eequans longitudine, tota superficies tuberculis parvis 
ellipticis induta; tentacule oculifers tertiam partum long. cor- 
poris zequantes; pes postice brevis, cuneatus, alt. corporis latior, 
margine crenato-incisa. Per testa visiente, partes molles nigre 
perspicuee sunt. 

Hab. Montibus “ Diablo” Californiz prope San Francisco, alti- 
tudine circum 2500 ped. supra mare, inter sylvis quercinis et cu- 
pressinis, et prope ** San Luis Obispo.” 

Shell depressed-turbinate, below a little concave, whorls 64 to 7, 
umbilicus large, peristome white, expanded, somewhat thickened, 
above descending; color yellowish-brown, paler beneath, with a 
dark-brown zone above the periphery, margined below by yellow- 
ish, visible on three whorls; epidermis shining, finely rugose- 
malleate, lines of growth often obliquely cut by delicate grooves, 
obscure revolving ridges around umbilical region. Young shell 
not subangled. 

Animal pale purplish-gray, semicylindrical, its length twice the 
breadth of shell, its whole surface covered with small elliptic 
tubercles ; eye-bearing tentacles one-third the length of body ; foot 
short behind, wedge-shaped, broader than height of body, its 
margin crenately incised. Intestines seen through upper whorls. 

Hab. ** Cedar Mountain,” 25 miles southeast of Mount Diablo, 
California, among oaks and cypresses, thence south to San Luis 
Obispo, 200 miles. 

The first specimen obtained by Prof. Brewer, “east of Mount 
Diablo,” was too imperfect for me to decide on its characteristics, 
and the sculpture, somewhat resembling that of the Arion/a group, 
led me to refer it doubtfully to that, while the form and color sug- 
gested hybridity between A. ramentosa and the nearest of the 
Lysinoé groups, either LZ. mormonum or Traskii, neither of which 
were known, however, to exist within 90 miles of ramen(osa. 
Fresh specimens, lately discovered by the industrious Dr. Yates, 
among the cypresses of Cedar Mountain, though much smaller, 


152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


indicate its near alliance with L. Traskii, differing as much, how- 
ever, as several others of the allied species. 

Specimens said to come from San Luis Obispo appear to be the 
same, and are the ones referred to by me in the Cal. Acad. Proce. 
III.332, as combining characters of ramentosa and Dupetithouarsi. 
I am, however, becoming more and more of the opinion that 
natural hybrids are so very scarce that shells presenting interme- 
diate characters are to be considered rather varieties in which 
local proximity and exposure to the same influences produce 
changes simulating those of neighboring geographical groups, as 
before remarked, concerning some of our most northern and 
southern forms. Thus we have in this the nearest approach to the 
sculpture of the Ariontas to be found in our Lysinoes, as it exists 
on a belt next adjoining the centre of development of the sculp- 
tured group. L. Dupetithouarsi often shows a little of the same 
sculpture. 

This form probably occupies the whole of the gap of 160 miles 
south of Mount Diablo, mentioned previously by me as destitute 
of any known species, but at an elevation seldom visited by col- 
lectors, though the young specimens, also found by Dr. Yates, ‘ at 
the crossing of the Salinas River above Soledad,” indicate that it, 
like others, may follow down the river banks into the valleys. 
These have a smaller umbilicus and flatter apex. About two hur- 
dred miles southward, the Mount Diablo range combines with the 
coast range near San Luis Obispo, the Salinas Valley lying be- 
tween them. 


GENUS ASSIMINEA,.LEaAcu. 


Although not a pulmonate mollusc, the species to be described 
forms a link between these and the branchiate shells, in its power 
of existing for several days, and even of crawling actively about 
in a slightly damp bottle, showing nearly as much vitality out of 
water as the Alexia with which it lives, while it cannot exist in 
fresh water. It is probable that, like Ampullaria, etc., it possesses 
a reservoir for moistening its gills, or a sort of imperfect lung. 
Its subterminal tentacular eyes are also similar to those of the 
Pupille, with only one pair of tentacles. 

It will be lucky if some hair-splitting microscopist, ambitious 
of affixing his name to the species of others, does not find a slight 
difference in the lingual asperities on which to found a “new 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. - 153 


genus,” although the genus is now admitted to extend from Eng- 
land to India. 


ASSIMINEA CALIFORNICA. n.s.? Pl. 3, Fig. H. 1, 2, 3. 
? Hydrobia Californica, Tryon, Amer. Journ. of Conch. I. 221, pl. 22, f. 11. 


Sp. cu. A. testi parva, imperforata, nitente, sutura bene impressa anfr. 
vi. convexis, cito crescentibus, ult. tumido; peristomate acuto, non 
continuo, callo tenui parietali; colore corneo, ex nigro-brunnescente, 
operculo pertenui, translucente, aufr. ii. et dim. 

Long. 0.14, lat. 0.07, long. spire 0.025, aperture 0.06, div. 50°. 


Animal albescens, tentaculis et caput antice nigro tincto, regio 
inter tentaculis rufus. Longitudo bis major quam long. teste. 

Habitat. In ripas aquarum salinarum extrinsii San Francisco. 
Californiz, inter lapidas, Salicornia, ete. 

Shell very small, imperforate, shining, whorls 6, rapidly in- 
creasing, rather convex, suture well impressed, body-whorl swol- 
len, peristome not continuous, acute, with a slight parietal callus. 
Color dark horn-brown. Operculum very thin, colorless, its whorls 
24. Animal whitish, tentacles and muzzle tinged with black, a 
‘rufous patch on top of head. When extended it is about twice as 
long as shell, the foot ovate. 

Inhabits brackish creeks near mouth of San Francisco Bay, and 
found in great numbers within the city limits under small stones 
with Alexia. The animal crawls actively by a jerking motion, 
alternately projecting the foot in front of the muzzle and then 
drawing the shell forward, so as to show the two positions repre- 
sented in the plate. 

The shell closely resembles Hydrobia Californica, which is found 
in similar places at Oakland and Martinez, but, it being rather 
scarce there, I have not been able to obtain living specimens yet 
for comparison. Mr. Tryon’s description and the dimensions 
given agree exactly, but Oakland specimens of the shell are thicker, 
the whorls a little shouldered, and the umbilical region pitted, 
perhaps from stronger growth. Mr. Tryon’s figure, however, does 
not agree with the dimensions. 

It differs from A.? subrotundata, Carpenter, of the Str. of Fuca, 
in all its dimensions and in size. (See Ann. and Mag. Nat. Ilist., 
1865, p. 28.) Several of our fresh-water Hydrobrine haye been 
confounded with ZZ. Californica. 

I believe this is the first of the genus delermined to inhabit the 

11 


154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


United States, as Carpenter’s was without the animal, and the ~ 
genus is only mentioned in one Atlantic coast list, as probably 
found on Long Island, N. Y., by Sanderson Smith, in the Annals 
N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist. 1870, though it is suspected that some of 
the New England “ Rissoids” are congeneric." 

I have used the specific name Californica as not likely to lead 
to any confusion, even if Mr. Tryon’s species proves to be a true 
Hydrobid, and thus of another family. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. 


A. Alezia setifer. 1,2. The animals crawling, with shells of different 
forms and color. 3. Most usual form of the shell, showing the stripes often 
observed. 4. Var. tenuis, an extreme form. 5. Young, without upper 
tooth, a form of the shell occasionally found in the adult. 6. Young of 
very thin variety, showing revolving line of sete. 

B. Limazx Hewstoni. Natural size. 2. Caudal extremity. 38. Shell. 4. 
Jaw magnified. 5. Shield from above showing groove, and generative 
organ anterior to it. 

C. Limazx campestris, var. 2, 3, 4, asin B. 

D. Ariolimaz var. Californicus. Natural size of parts. 1. Lateral view 
of furrows behind shield. 2. Caudal extremity, showing furrows, mucous 
pore and color of foot. 38. Anterior parts from alcohol, showing generative 
organs. 

E. Aritolimaz niger. Natural size. 2, 3, 4, asin B. 

F. Arion Andersonti. Natural size. 2,38, 4,asin B. 5. Lower sur- 
face of locomotive disk, from life. 

G. Lysinoe Diabloensis. 2. Style of sculpture above. 3. Shell from 
beneath. 4. Front view of shell. 5. Lower surface of locomotive disk, 
showing crenations. 

H. Assiminea Californica, magnified. 2, 3, asin A. 


! Mr. Smith’s name ‘‘ Caecum Cooperi,’’ being pre-occupied for a differ- 
ent Californian species, I may here return the compliment he offers to the 
memory of my father by naming it Cascum Smiruir, Cooper. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185 


DESCRIPTIONS OF TWENTY-NINE SPECIES OF UNIONIDZ FROM THE 
UNITED STATES. 


BY ISAAC LEA. 
Unio Tellicoensis. 

Testa levi, subtrangulari, subinflata, ineequilaterali, postice 
obtuse angulari, antice rotunda; valvulis crassiusculis, antice 
parum crassioribus; natibus subprominentibus; epidermide cro- 
cata, polita; parum radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, cre- 
nulatis, conicis; lateralibus curtis, subcrassis subrectisque ; mar- 
garita salmonis colore tincta et valde iridescente. 

Hab. Tellico River, Monroe Co., E. Tenn. Miss A. E. Law. 


Unio Conasaugaensis. 

Testa levi, suboblonga, subinflata, inequilaterali, postice sub- 
biangulari, antice rotundata; valvulis percrassis, antice crassiori- 
bus; natibus subprominentibus; epidermide rufo-fusca, eradiata ; 
dentibus cardiualibus parviusculis, subcompressis crenulatisque ; 
lateralibus curtis, crassis, obliquis rectisque; margarita alba et 
aliquanto iridescente. 

Hab. Conasauga Creek, Monroe Co., E. Tenn. Miss A. E. 
Law. 


Unio lenticularis. 

Testa levi, subrotunda, compressa, lenticulari; subsquilaterali, 
postice obtuse biangulari, antice rotunda; valvulis subtenuibus, 
antice crassioribus; natibus prominulis; epidermide vel tenebroso- 
fusca vel luteo-fusca, obsolete radiata; dentibus cardinalibus 
parvis, compressis crenulatisque; lateralibus sublongis, lamellatis, 
corrugatis subcurvatisque; margarita albida et iridescente. 

Hab. Tellico River, Monroe Co., E. Tenn. Miss A. E. Law. 


Unio Andersonensis, 

Testa levi, triangulari, inflata, ad latere planulata, valde 
inequilaterali, postice obtuse angulata, antice oblique rotundata; 
valvulis percrassis, antice crassioribus; natibus valde elevatis, 
tumidis recurvatisque; epidermide vel luteola vel fusca, obsolete 
radiata; dentibus cardinalibus crassis, crenulatis, conicis; late- 
ralibus crassis, curtis subcurvisque; margarita argentea et irides- 
cente. 

Hab. Holston River and Clinch River, Anderson Co., E. Tenn. 
Miss A. E. Law. 


156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Unio flavidus. 

Testa levi, triangulari, subinflata, ad latere planulata, ineequi- 
laterali, postice obtuse angulata, antice rotundata; valvulis 
subcrassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus prominentibus, recurvatis, 
ad apices minute undulatis ; epidermide flavida, radiis interruptis ; 
dentibus cardinalibus parvis corrugatisque; lateralibus curtis, 
subcrassis subcurvisque; margarita argentea et iridescente. 

Hab. Clinch River, Anderson Co., E. Tenn. Miss A. E. Law. 


Unio pauciplicatus. 

Testa plicata, subrotunda, ventricosa, valde ineequilaterali, 
postice carinata, antice rotundata; valvulis crassis, antice crassi- 
oribus; natibus prominentibus, tumidis, recurvatis, ad apices 
minute undulatis; epidermide rufo-fusca, eradiata; dentibus 
cardinalibus crassis, elevatis, sulcatis crenulatisque; lateralibus 
longis, lamellatis, corrugatis curvisque; margarita argentea et 
valde iridescente. 

Hab. Austin, Texas. Prof. C. G. Forshey, Civil Engineer. 


Unio vesicularis. 

Testa leevi, elliptica, inflata, valde inzequilaterali, postice et 
antice rotundata, valvulis crassiusculis, antice crassioribus; na- 
tibus prominulis; epidermide tenebroso oliva, obsolete radiata ; 
dentibus cardinalibus parvis, sulcatis, in utroque valvulo duplici- 
bus; lateralibus sublongis, lamellatis subrectisque; margarita 
albida et valde iridescente. 

Hab. lake Ocheechobee, Florida. Dr. Budd and C. M. 
Wheatley. 


Unio conspicuus. 

Testa levi, elliptica, subinflata, ineequilaterali, postice obtuse 
angulata, antice rotundata; valvulis crassis, antice crassioribus ; 
natibus prominulis, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide rufo-fusca, 
perradiata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, crenulatis, com- 
presso-conicis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus preelon- 
gis, lamellatis, parum curvatis ; margarita conspicua, persalmonia 
et formoso-iridicente. 

Hab. Yadkin River, near Salisburg, N. C. C. M. Wheatley. 


Unio Yadkinensis. 


Testa levi, oblonga, compressa, valde ineequilaterali, postice 
subbiangulata, antice rotundata; valvulis crassis; natibus pro- 
minulis; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, eradiata; dentibus cardina- 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157 


libus parviusculis, compressis, corrugatis, in utroque valvulo 
duplicibus ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis, corrugatis subcurvisque ; 
margarita vel salmonea vel purpurea et valde iridescente. 

Hab. Yadkin River, near Salisbury, N. C. OC. M. Wheatley. 


Unio brevis 

Testa levi, subtriangulari, subcompressa, ad latere subplanulata, 
inzequilaterali, postice obtuse biangulata, antice rotundata; valvu- 
lis crassiusculis, antice crassioribus ; natibus prominulis; epider- 
mide flavida, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, sub- 
compressis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus lamellatis, 
parviusculis obliquisque; margarita vel alba vel salmonis colore 
tincta et valde iridescente. 

Hab. Conasauga Creek, Monroe Co., E. Tenn. Miss A. E. 
Law. 


Unio amplus. 

Testa levi, oblonga, fere alata, inflata, inequilaterali, postice 
obtuse biangulata, antice rotundata; valvulis crassis, antice 
crassioribus; natibus subprominentibus; epidermide rufo-fusca, 
nitida, obsolete radiata, transverse vittata; dentibus cardinalibus 
parviusculis, rugosis, compressis; lateralibus prelongis, lamellatis 
sublongisque; margarita vel alba vel purpurea vel salmonis colore 
tincta et valde iridescente. 

Hab. Irwin’s Creek, Micklenberg Co., N.C. C. M. Wheatley. 


Unio ligatus. 

Testa levi, ovato-oblonga, subcompressa, ineequilaterali, postice 
obscure biangulari, antice rotundata; valvulis subcrassis; natibus 
prominulis; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, polita, obsolete radiata, 
transverse vittata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, corrugatis 
et in utrdque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus longis, lamellatis, 
corrugatis subcurvisque; margarita vel alba vel salmonis colore 
tincta et valde iridescente. 

Hab. Irwin’s Creek, Mecklenberg Co.; and Long Creek, Gas- 
ton Co., N.C. ©. M. Wheatley. 


Unio attenuatus. 

Testa levi, lata, attenuata, ad latere subcompressa, valde 
inequilaterali, postice subbiangulari, antice oblique rotundata; 
valvulis crassiusculis, antice parum crassioribus; natibus promi- 
nulis, fere terminalibus ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, aliquando 
nigra, radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, compressis, crenu- 


158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


latis, obliquis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus pre- 
longis, lamellatis subrectisque; margarita alba et valde irides- 
cente. 

Hab. Savannah River, Geo., Dr. Barratt; and Beaver Creek, 
Houston Co., Georgia, Dr. J. Lewis. 

Unio differtus. 

Testa levi, elliptica, ventricosa, subsequilaterali, postice obtuse 
biangulari fere rotunda, antice rotundata; valvulis crassis, antice 
crassioribus ; natibus vix prominulis; epidermide subpolita, luteo- 
la et obsolete radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, corru- 
gatis, compressis et in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus 
longis, lamellatis subrectisque; margarita vel albida vel salmonis 
colore tincta et valde iridescente. 

Hab. Georgia? Major J. LeConte. 


Unio strumosus. 


Testa levi, rotundata, inflata ineequilaterali, postice obtuse 
angulata, antice rotundata; valvulis crassis ; natibus prominulis ; 
epidermide tenebroso-fusca vel nigra, eradiata; dentibus cardi- 
nalibus subgrandibus, rugosis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; 
lateralibus, longis, rugosis et curvatis; margarita alba et irides- 
cente. 

Hab. Yadkin River, N.C. C.M. Wheatley. 


Unio subparallelus. 


Testa levi, oblonga, subcompressa, ad latere planulata, inzequi- 
laterali, postice subangulari, antice rotundata ; valvulis crassius- 
culis, antice parum crassioribus ; natibus prominulis, ad apices 
concentrico-rugoso-undulatis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, nitida, 
radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, conicis, rugosis, in 
utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus prelongis, lamellatis 
subcurvisque; margarita salmonis colore tincta. 

Hab. Irwin’s Creek and Fox River, N.C. C.M. Wheatley. 


Unio oblongus. 


Testa levi, oblonga, compressa, ad latere planulata; valde 
insequilaterali; valvulis parum crassioribus; natibus prominulis ; 
epidermide luteola, micanti, radiata vel eradiata ; dentibus cardi- 
nalibus parvis, lobatis, corrugatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; 
lateralibus preelongis subrectisque; margarita alba vel purpura- 
scenti vel salmonis colore tincta et iridescente. 

Hab. Irwin’s Creek, N.C. C. M. Wheatley. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHTA. 159 


Unio Irwinensis. 

Testa levi, suboblonga, parum compressa, ad latere parum 
planulata, valde inzequilaterali, postice obtuse biangulata, antice 
rotundata; valvulis subcrassis, antice crassioribus; natibus pro- 
minulis, ad apices undulatis; epidermide olivacea vel fusca, obso- 
lete radiata; dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus, parum com- 
pressis, sulcosis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus longis, 
sublamellatus subcurvisque; margarita alba vel purpurea vel 
salmonis colore tincta et valde iridescente. 

Hab. Irwin’s Creek, N.C. C.M. Wheatley. 

Unio curvatus. 

Testa levi, late oblonga, subinflata, ad latere planulata, valde 
inequilaterali, postice angulata, antice rotundata; valvulis parum 
crassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus prominulis; epidermide tene- 
broso-fusca, aliquanto polita, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus 
parvis, sulcatis, compressis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; late- 
ralibus longis, lamellatis subrectisque ; margarita pallido-salmonia 


vel purpurascente et valde irridescente. 
Hab. Pfeiffer’s Pond, Mecklenberg Co., N.C. C.M. Wheatley. 


Unio insolidus. 

Testa levi, oblonga, parum compressa, ad latere parum planu- 
lata, ineequilaterali, postice biangulata, antice rotundata; valvulis 
subtenuibus, antice parum crassioribus; natibus subprominenti- 
bus, ad apices undulatis; epidermide pallido-viridi, obsolete 
radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, compressis; lateralibus 
longis, lamellatis rectisque ; margarita alba et’ iridescente. 

Hab. Abbeville Dist., N.C. Dr. Barratt; and Irwin’s Creek, 
N.C. OC. M. Wheatley. 


Unio cuspidatus. 

Testa levi, lata, subinflata, ad latere parum curvata, valde 
ineequilaterali, postice cuspidata, subbiangulari, antice rotundata ; 
valvulis crassiusculis; natibus prominulis, fere terminalibus, epi- 
dermide tenebroso-olivacea, eradiata, transverse vittata; dentibus 
cardinalibus parvis, subeompressis, corrugatis, in utroque valvulo 
duplicibus ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis subeurvisque ; margarita 
alba et valde iridescente. 

Hab. Buckhead Creek, Burke Co., Geo. Bishop Elliott. 


Unio exacutus. 
Testa levi, prelata, subcompressa, ad latere planulata, valde 


160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


ineequilaterali, postice exacuta, subbiangulari, antice oblique 
rotundata; valvulis crassiusculis ; natibus prominulis, fere termi- 
nalibus, ad apices minute undulatis; epidermide tenebroso-fusca 
perradiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis sulcatisque; lateralibus 
longis, rectis lamellatisque; margarita vel alba vel purpurea et 
valde iridescente. 

Hab. Savannah River at Governor Hamilton’s, Geo. Dr. 
Barratt. 


Unio subsquamosus. 

Testa levi, oblongo-elliptica, compressa, ad latere planulata, 
valde inquilaterali, postice obtuse biangulari, antice oblique 
rotundata; valvulis crassiusculis ; natibus parvis, prominulis, ad 
apices rugoso-undulatis; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, subsqua- 
mosa, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, sulcatis, in utroque 
valvulo duplicibus; Jateralibus preelongis, lamellatis subrectisque; 
margarita alba et valde iridescente. 

Hab. Yadkin River, N.C. C.M. Wheatley. 


Unio rostellum. 

Testa levi, lata, compressa, ad latere planulata, valde inzequi- 
laterali, postice obtuse biangulari, antice rotunda; valvulis tenui- 
bus; natibus parvis; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, obsolete radiata ; 
dentibus cardinalibus compressis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo 
duplicibus; lateralibus prelongis, lamellatis rectisque ; margarita 
vel albida vel purpurea et valde iridescente. 

Hab. Macon, Georgia. I. C. Plant. 

Unio infuscus. 

Testa levi, elliptica, subinflata, insequilaterali, postice obtuse 
biangulari, antice rotundata; valvulis crassis, antice crassioribus ; 
natibus prominulis, ad apices parum undulatis; epidermide tene- 
broso-fusca, submicanti, obsolete radiata; dentibus cardinalibus 
subcrassis, compressis corrugatisque; lateralibus longis, lamella- 
tis, rugosis subcurvisque; margarita vel salmonia vel purpura- 
scente et valde iridescente. 

Hab. Fox River and Irwin’s Creek, N. C. C. M. Wheatley. 


Unio ratus. 

Testa levi, quadrata, subcompressa, ad latere subplanulata, 
valde inzequilaterali, postice obtuse angulata, antice rotunda ; 
valvulis subcrassis, antice crassioribus; natibus prominulis; epi- 
dermide tenebroso-olivacea, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus par- | 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161 


vis, subconicis, sulcosis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; laterali- 
bus sublongis, lamellatis subcurvisque; margarita purpurescente 
et valde iridescente. 

Hab. Neuse River, N. C. Prof. E. Emmons. 

Unio dissimilis. 

-Testa levi, sublata, compressa, ad latere planulata, valde 
ineequilaterali, postice obtuse angulari, antice rotunda; valvulis 
subtenuibus; natibus prominulis; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, 
micanti, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, subcom- 
pressis, sulcosis, in utroque valvyulo duplicibus; lateralibus 
prelongis, lamellatis subrectisque ; margarita alba et valde iri- 
descente. 

Hab. Wong Creek, Gaston Co., and Pfeiffer’s Pond, Mecklen- 
berg Co., N.C. CC. M. Wheatley. 


Unio bellulus. 

Testa levi, oblique, tumida, ad latere parum planulata, valde 
ineequilaterali, postice obtuse angulari, antice oblique rotundata ; 
valvulis percrassis, antice crassioribus natibus pyramidatis, fere 
terminalibus; epidermide luteola, valde radiata; dentibus cardi- 
nalibus subcrassis, rugosis; lateralibus curtis, crassis rugosisque; 
margarita argentea et valde iridescente. 

Hab. Holston River. Dr. Edgar. Tenn. River. Rey. G. White. 
Mussel Shoals, Tenn. River, Alabama. C. M. Wheatley. 


Unio basalis. 

Testa levi, oblonga, subinflata, ad latere subplanulata, ineequi- 
laterali, postice obtuse biangulari, antice rotundata, ad basim 
recta; valvulis crassiusculis; natibus prominulis; epidermide 
luteola, radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, subcom- 
pressis, sulcatis; lateralibus sublongis, lamellatis subcurvisque ; 
margarita vel albida vel purpurascente et iridescente. 

Hab. Carter’s Creek, near Columbus, Georgia. G. Hallenbeck. 


162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


JULY 2. 
The President, Dr. RUSCHENBERGER, in the chair. 
Sixteen members present. 


On a new Genus of Extinct Turtles.—Prof. Ley stated that 
in a more careful study of the fossil turtles of Wyoming, he had 
determined that the one he had named Bena undata belonged to 
a different genus. Besides other well marked distinctive charac- 
ters, like the genus Platemys, it possessed an additional pair of 
plates to the usual number found in the sternum of the emydoids. 
These plates are intercalated between the hyo- and hyposternals. 
In Platemys Bullockii they are quadrate. In the new genus they 
are triangular, and the sutures defining them cross the plastron 
like a prostrated letter X, from which character it was proposed 
to name the genus CHISTERNON. 


On some remains of Cretaceous Fishes.—Prof. Lerpy called 
attention to some teeth of fishes from the cretaceous formation, 
_ which he described as follows :— 


OTODUS DIVARICATUS. 


The species is indicated by an entire tooth of peculiar character, 
submitted to my examination by Dr. William Spillman, of Colum- 
bus, Mississippi. It was sent to him from Texas, but its exact 
locality is unknown. It was probably derived from a cretaceous 
formation. Of known species it resembles most the Otodus semit- 
plicatus, Miinster, of the chalk of Europe, and has likewise consider- 
able likeness to a tooth from the chalk of France, represented in 
fig. ii. pl. 76, of Gervais’ Paleontologie Francaise. 

The crown forms an elongated demicone with the apex slightly 
bent forward. The enamel at the base is plicated in front and 
behind. The lateral denticles are conical and divergent outward 
and anteriorly. The root is thick, strong and notched, and rises 
posteriorly above the middle of the length of the tooth. Length 
of crown in front 13 lines; base of same external to denticles of the 
same width. Breadth of root 154 lines; thickness 6 lines. 


OXYRHINA EXTENTA. 


A species founded on a number of teeth obtained from the 
eretaceous formation of Kansas, by Dr. George M. Sternberg, 
U.S. A., and from near Columbus, Mississippi, by Dr. William 
Spillman. 

The teeth resemble most those of Oxyrhina Mantelli of the 
English chalk, and differ mainly in the proportionately greater 
lateral extension of the base of the crown. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163 


Measurements of two Mississippi specimens are as follows :— 


Length of crowninternally . . . . . Illines. 8 lines. 


Breadth “ es Sh FR |) oe ee 1: 
Length of tooth at middle <td aces wld eo) ol Dake 
Breadth of root ude, coves tin Ath pee re 
Measurement of two Kansas specimens are as follows :— 
Length of crown internally . . . . . §8Slines. 6 lines. 
Breadth ss ots oe te ie ge ee ae 
Length of tooth at middle at apts oe te Ae Sas” 
Breadth of root + Fede, ety aay et Re eee et 


ACRODUS HUMILIS. 


Founded on a tooth adherent to a portion of limestone from 
the New Jersey cretaceous formation. It resembles most nearly 
the Acrodus rugosus, Ag., of the chalk of Maestricht, and the A. 
polydictyos, Reuss, of the Bohemian chalk. The tooth is 8 lines 
wide, 23 lines fore and aft. The anterior and posterior borders are 
not quite straight; and the extremities are angular. The upper 
surface is moderately convex. A nearly obsolete ridge crosses the 
tooth transversely, and from this ridge minute folds are directed 
forward and backward ‘to end in a reticulation. 

This is I believe the first time the genus Acrodus has been 
noticed in the American cretaceous formation. Prof. Emmons 
represents the tooth of a species in his report of the North Caro- 
lina Geological Survey, p. 244, fig. 97, which he attributes to the 
miocene. If really an Acrodus tooth, it would be the latest spe- 
cies yet discovered. It might be named Acropus EMMONSI in 
honor of its discoverer. 


PYCNODUS FABA. 


This species is named from a specimen from the cretaceous for- 
mation of Mississippi, discovered by Dr. William Spillman. The 
fossil consists of a jaw fragment with four large teeth obliquely 
parallel with each other., They are elongated elliptical, and 
smooth; and they measure three-fourths of an inch wide, and one- 
fourth of an inch in the short diameter. On both sides the larger 
teeth, there are two rows of small teeth. 


Mr. Norris spoke at some length on his effort now in progress 
to stock the Delaware with the true salmon (Salmo salar). Having 
procured 12,000 ova from Mr. Wilmot, New Castle, Canada, he 
placed then on gravel in wooden troughs of running spring water 
near the town of Easton, Pa. These eggs was taken in November, 
1871, by manipulation of the parent fish and fecundated in the 
usual way, and placed in water almost down to the freezing point. 
The young fish were, however, plainly visible in the egg when 
received on the first of April, and struggling to break the shell. 


164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


On being placed in water at 52° the ova immediately commenced 
hatching, and in a week the fry were all out. In seven weeks the 
yolk sac was absorbed, and they commenced feeding off small 
particles of curdled milk fed to them daily for a week longer. 
They were then transported in large tin vessels to the Buskill, 
which runs through the outskirts of Easton, where a third of 
them were liberated at the mouth of a cold spring branch, and the 
remaining two-thirds placed in a small natural pond fed by a 
copious spring in a meadow above and discharging by a narrow 
outlet into the creek. Hither here or at the mouth of the spring 
branch mentioned the fry will get such natural food as their in- 
stinct will lead them to seek, and thrive far better than if kept in 
artificial ponds and fed on prepared food. 

The law of the salmon, as with the shad and other anadromous 
fishes, is that it will inevitably seek its native stream in its return 
from sea impelled by the instinct of reproduction, and although 
the Delaware is south of the limit of the geographical range of the 
salmon, it is on the law of nature that reliance is placed for its 
return to this river. It has been ascertained beyond doubt that 
one-half of a brood of salmon go to sea when a little over a year 
old, and the remaining half the following summer. The males of 

salmon as with shad are fecund a year earlier than the females, and 
it is not improbable therefore that those that migrate when a year 
old are males, and those that go to sea the next year are females. 
Mr. Norris thought the Delaware, on account of its béing unob- 
structed by impassable dams and having a bold current, was a 
favorable river for trying to acclimatize salmon south of their 
present habitat. He is sanguine of success, and, even if the solu- 
tion of this problem should not be favorable, he considers it im- 
portant that the question should be definitely settled. 

Mr. Norris also made some remarks on the effect of food on the 
external appearance of trout (S. fontinalis), as well as on the 
quality of their flesh—that, when fed in crowded artificial ponds 
on prepared food, the vermilion spots disappear, and the flesh 
deteriorates, but that the spots are restored, as well as the flavor of 
the fish, when placed in large ponds where they can find natural 
food. He also spoke of the malformation of young trout and 
salmon on being hatched, the body being curved around the yolk- 
sac, causing their death in a few weeks. 


JULY 9. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 


Thirteen members present. 


On Artemia from Salt Lake, Utah.—Prof. Lerpy directed atten- 
tion to a bottle containing numerous specimens of a minute crus- 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165 


tacean from Salt Lake, Utah, caught on the 22d of June by Mr. 
C. Carrington, a member of Prof. Hayden’s exploring party now 
in the field. They were received from Prof. Hayden with the 
remark ‘ that Salt Lake has been supposed, like the Dead Sea, to 
be devoid of life, but its saltest water contains the most of these 
little creatures.” 

The crustacean is the Artemia salina which has long been 
known in Europe, and has been previously found in other localities 
of thiscountry. The animal has always been viewed with especial 
interest, in its order, from the fact that it lives and thrives best in 
a concentrated solution of salt, which would destroy most marine 
animals. It has not, I believe, been noticed in the ocean, but is 
found in salt lakes, and salt vats, in which by evaporation the 
brine has become more concentrated than sea water. 

Artemia is furnished with eleven pairs of limbs, which serve 
both for progression and respiration. The limbs are four jointed, 
and the joints have leaf-like expansions fringed with long feather- 
like bristles. The narrow abdomen or tail-like prolongation of 
the body is six-jointed, and traversed by the intestine. The last 
joint ends in a pair of processes furnished each with a bunch of 
bristles like those of the limbs. The head exhibits a median, 
quadrate, black eye-spot, and in addition is provided with a pair 
of pedunculate, globular compound eyes. A short narrow pair of 
inarticulate antennz project in advance of the eyes. 

The head of the male is furnished with a pair of singular organs 
for seizing the female. These claspers are large double-jointed 
hooks. Inthe female they are replaced by a pair of comparatively 
small horn-like processes. ‘The first abdominal segment bears the 
ovarian sac in the female; and two cylindroid appendages in the 
male. 

The female of the Salt Lake Artemia ranges from 4 to7 lines in 
length; the male from 3 to 4 lines in length. The color is trans- 
lucent-white and ochreous-yellow, with three black eye-spots, and 
a longitudinal line varying in hue with the contents of the intes- 
tine. The ovarian sac appears orange-colored from the eggs 
within. 

The antenn end in three or four minute sete, and are consider- 
ably longer in the male than the female. The first joint of the 
claspers is provided on its inner side just below the middle with 
a spheroidal knob. The last joint forms a-rectangular hook, the 
angle having an elhow-like prominence. When the clasper is 
thrown forward, the outer border of the hook is convex; the 
anterior border straight, slightly, or deeply concave, and the inner 
or posterior border is sigmoid. The antenn are longer than in 
the female, and longer than the first joint of the claspers; and in 
the female are longer than their homologues. The ovarian sac is 
inverted flask-shaped, and has a pair of lateral conical or mam- 
millary, finely tuberculated processes. The caudal sete are longer 
than in the male, and are eight to each process. 


166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


This description is taken from alcoholic specimens. They ex- 
hibit considerable variation in size, and to some extent in detail. 

Prof. Verrill has described what he views as two species of 
Artemia distinct from the well-known A. salina. One he names 
A. gracilis from near New Haven, Conn.; the other A. Monico from 
Lake Mono, Cal. That from Salt Lake differs from either of them 
as much as they do from A. salina, and with the same propriety 
may be regarded as a distinct species. I am disposed to view 
them all as varieties merely of A. salina. 


Measurements of two specimens of the Salt Lake Artemia are 
as follows :— 


Females. Males. 
Totallength . ; : > 2 7 lines. 4 lines. 
Length of body : : : ; a 21“ 
Breadth of body with limbs . : oy ee : 
Breadth of head at eyes . : : 1} mm. 1i mm. 
Breadth of thorax where widest $s 5 
Length of first joint of abdomen ere g * 
Breadth," 9¢¢ 9 sé a ae ms 
Length of sixth ‘ is : : Emits aaa 
Breadth ‘c 6c 66 : i 4 66 4 66 
Length of caudle sete aes eis: 
Length of antenne . : : xe St $e 
Length of claspers of male . ye ey 
Breadth sf we : < : 1i “ 
Breadth of ovarian sac. : : 1 
Diameter ofeggs . : : t 


Remarks on Fossil Shark Teeth.—Prof. Lrtpy stated that from 
time to time he had observed specimens of teeth from various 
cretaceous formations which were identical in character with those 
of Lamna elegans and L. cuspidata of tertiary deposits except 
that they were devoid of the lateral denticles. He had now in his 
possession well-preserved specimens of such teeth, unabraded, but 
exhibiting no trace of the existence of lateral denticles. There 
were teeth of the ZL. elegans variety found with the skeleton of 
Hadrosaurus Foulku in New Jersey, and others from the creta- 
ceous of Mississippi and Kansas. There were also teeth of the 
L. cuspidata variety from the cretaceous of Kansas, and one in a 
block of chalk from Sussex, England. The absence of the lateral 
denticles in all the cretaceous specimens he thought could hardly 
be accidental, and suspected that these teeth represented the oxy- 
rhina ancestors, of the tertiary Zamna elegans and L. cuspidata, 
who lived during the cretaceous era. 

\ 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167 


JULY 16. 
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the chair. 
Eight members present. 
The following paper was presented for publication :— 


‘Descriptions of a new recent species of Glycimeris from Beau- 
fort, N. C., and of Miocene Shells of North Carolina.” By T. A. 
Conrad. 


JULY 30. 
Mr. B. A. Hoopes in the chair. 
Six members present. 


On leave being granted, Mr. Tryon read the following commu- 
nication received by him from Dr. Jos. Lerpy. 


ON SOME NEW SPECIES OF FOSSIL MAMMALIA FROM WYOMING. 


Fort BripGer, Urnta Co., Wyomine, 
July 24th, 1872. 

I arrived at this place on the 15th inst. The country is the 
most remarkable that I have ever seen. It is an immense basin, 
the bed of an ancient lake, bounded on the south by the Uinta 
Mountains, and extending far north to the Wind River Mountains. 
The deposits of the lake, of the tertiary period, are estimated to 
be about 8000 feet in thickness. They present the appearance of 
a succession of terraces or table-lands extending southerly from 
Green River to the base of the Uintas. The country for the most 
part is treeless, and, except along the watercourses, nearly a 
desert. The tertiary deposits consist of strata so little inclined 
that they appear to be horizontal to the eye. The strata are 
composed mainly of clays, soft and crumbling or more or less 
indurated, often mixed with sand. Friable sandstones and in- 
durated marls, often with abundance of fresh-water shells, also 
frequently occur. The lands are often isolated by broad plains or 
narrower valleys. These isolated lands are named buttes, and 
resemble great earthworks or huge railway embankments. Fre- 
quently their eroded sides give them the appearance of a vast 
assemblage of Egyptian pyramids flanking the plains above. 
Such assemblages of earthworks, pyramids, mounds, piles of trun- 
cated cones, &c., rising from a plain, constitute what are named, 
in various parts of our great West, “bad lands” or “*mauvaises 
terres.” 

As the buttes crumble away under the effect of the weather, the 
fossils of their strata become exposed to view. 


168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


On the 17th, in company with Dr. J. Van A. Carter and Dr. 
Joseph K. Corson, U.S. A., I made a trip to the valley of Dry 
Creek, forty miles from Fort Bridger. Here we encamped and 
spent three days in exploring the neighboring buttes for fossils. 
In ascending the buttes bounding the valley I was astonished at 
the appearance of the country extending from the horizon in the 
north to the snowy-peaked Uintas on the south. An utter desert, 
a vast succession of treeless plains and buttes, with scarcely any 
vegetation and no signs of animal life. Hverything parched, 
abundance of river courses without water, the stones at my feet 
baked in the soil. An overwhelming silence reigned undisturbed 
even by the hum of an insect. Truly, I said, this is the wreck of 
another world which was once luxuriant with vegetation and 
teemed with animals. 

We were successful in finding many interesting fossils. The 
most abundant vertebrate remains are those of turtles, the shells 
of which are frequently met with in little heaps of frayments into 
which they have been reduced after exposure from the wearing of 
the buttes. Of mammalian remains the most abundant are those 
of the tapir-like animal I named Palzosyops paludosus. We also 
found a number of more characteristic specimens than I had before 
seen of the larger species of Palxosyops major. Dr. Corson further 
discovered the remains of a small species which may be named 
PALOSYOPS HUMILIS. An upper molar tooth of this animal mea- 
sures three-fourths of an inch in diameter. We have likewise 
found some additional remains of Hyrachyus agrarius, and better 
specimens than I before had of the larger Hyrachyus eximius. A 
well-preserved last lower molar of this species measures an inch 
fore and aft. 

We were fortunate in obtaining the remains of two of the largest 
and most extraordinary mammals yet discovered in the Bridger 
tertiary deposits. One of these was a tapiroid animal exceeding 
in bulk of body and limb the living Rhinoceroses, though the head 
appears to have been proportionally small. Dr. Carter discovered 
many fragments of a skeleton of the animal, including a whole 
humerus, portions of jaws, and a much crushed and distorted 
cranium. 

The upper molar teeth have the crown composed of a pair of 
transverse lobes, with sloping sides and acute summits, separated 
externally and united internally in a V-like manner. A thick 
basal ridge bounds the crown in front and behind. A last upper 
molar measures an inch and a half in the median line fore and aft. 
The molars in advance are smaller. 

The lower molars have a trilobed crown. The anterior lobe, 
larger than the others, extends across the crown and rises in a 
prominent peak internally. The acute summit is worn away 
posteriorly. The middle lobe extends about two-thirds across 
the crown from the outer side, and is less prominent than the 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169 


others. The back lobe, second in size, is thickest internally. The 
fore and aft diameter of the last lower molar is equal to the cor- 
responding upper tooth. 

The depth of the lower jaw at the last molar is three and a 
quarter inches. 

The humerus is nearly a foot and three-fourths in length and 
seven and a half inches in breadth at the condyles. 

I propose to name the great pachyderm of the Uinta country, 
the UINTATHERIUM ROBUSTUM. . 

If not the most interesting, the most exciting incident of our 
exploration of Dry Creek buttes was Dr. Corson’s discovery of the 
upper canine teeth, apparently of the most formidable of Carnivores, 
the enemy of the Uintatherium, Palxosyops, and other peaceful 
pachyderms. The teeth resemble in their form those of the Sabre- 
toothed Tiger. The more perfect specimen consists of nearly nine 
inches of the enameled crown. In its perfect condition the tooth 
measured upwards of a foot in length, so that it exceeded the 
canines of the great Brazilian Machairodus. The tooth is sabre- 
like, curved, and compressed conical. Its most remarkable cha- 
racter consists in the lance-head-like form of the terminal three 
inches. It is thickened at the axis, and impressed and expanded 
towards the edges, so as to be actually broader in one portion 
than immediately above. The antero-posterior diameter of the 
crown near its base is two inches; the thickness over an inch. 

These canine teeth terminating in lance-like points must have 
proved most terrific instruments of slaughter. Their possessor 
was no doubt the scourge of Uinta, and may therefore be appro- 
priately named UINTAMASTIX ATROX. 


On favorable report of the committee, the following paper was 
ordered to be printed :— 


170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


MATERIAL FOR A MONCGRAPH OF THE SPHENISCIDE. 
BY DR. ELLIOTT COUES, U. 8S. ARMY. 


This paper is based chiefly upon the specimens contained in the 
Philadelphia Academy and Smithsonian Institution, one portion 
of it representing a descriptive catalogue thereof. The Academy’s 
collection is the largest and most nearly perfect in this country, 
and has not heretofore been worked up; while that of the Smith- 
sonian is particularly valuable because it contains the types of all 
the species described as new by Mr. T. R. Peale, in 1848. With 
this material is collated that in the Museum of the Boston Society, 
as recently elaborated by the custodian, Prof. Hyatt. Extensive 
lists of synonyms have been prepared, representing, it is believed, 
every name, generic or specific, that has been proposed for these 
birds, with numerous additional references. Some anatomical 
investigations have been made in an attempt to determine the 
genera. An annotated list, in chronological order, of the prin- 
cipal authorities upon the subject, from the Linnean starting- 
point to the present day, is likewise given. 


I. ON THE LITERATURE OF THE SUBJECT. 


1766. Linnaus, Syst. Nat. i. pp. 214,219. Gives two species, 
under different genera. One, Diomedea demersa, based on Wil- 
loughby, 242, Edwards, 94 (black-footed penguin), Clusius, 101 
(Anser magellanicus), and Brisson, vi. pp. 97, 99, pl. 9 (Sphe- 
niscus! nevius) is now the SPHENICUS DEMERSUS auct. It is 
quoted from the Cape of Good Hope. The other, Phaeton demer- 
sus,is based upon Edwards, 49 (red-footed penguin), and the 
Catarractes' of Brisson, vi. 102; it is the Hudyptes catarractes of 
this paper. In strict interpretation, the species should be called 


1 These names, Spheniscws and Catarractes, conflict with no Linnean 
genera, and so far are tenable. Spheniseus holds; but the other is ante- 
dated by Catarractes of Mohring, and therefore falls, since Mohring’s 
name does not conflict with a Linnean one. If the very strict rules that 
some contend for should go in force among the penguins, I hardly know 
what would become of our nomenclature of the group. The bouleversement 
of the familiar names would certainly be complete. 


ae 
 * 
a ip 
— Z 
ae ——.! ~ ‘ 
i 
Joa AS 1 


Cones, On Spheniscrdae: 


HMnoe A lh 5 18 


Cones, On Spheniscidac 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ibgl 


ELudyptes demersa; but the liability to confusion renders this 
inexpedient. 

1768. PENNANT, Phil. Trans. lviii. p. 91, pl. 5. Gives an “Ac- 
count of the different species of the Birds called Penguins,” and 
among other things characterizes the smaller of the two species 
of Aptenodytes, subsequently called longirostris by Scopoli, and 
later named pennantii by Gray. 

1777. Scorort. I have not the work at hand, but, as well as 
I can gather from other sources, Sonnerat’s penguins are named 
as follows: Manchot de la Nouvelle Guinée, Sonn. Voy. 180, pl. 
113 = Aptenodytes longirostris, Scop. (a name that appears to hold 
good, antedating pennantii of Gray). Manchot papou, Sonn. 181, 
pl. 115 = Aptenodytes papua, Scop. Manchot 4 collier de la Nou- 
velle Guinée, Sonn. 181, pl. 114 = Aptenodytes platyrhyncha, Scop. 
The last is Spheniscus demersus, var. magellanicus; the others 
are valid new species. 

1781. Forster, Comm. Soc. Reg. Se. Gotting. iii. 121.  * His- 
toria Aptenodyte generis avium orbi australi proprii.” This 
article stands facile princeps among the writings upon this 
subject of the last century. It not only marks a great advance 
upon previous knowledge of the family, but is more satisfac- 
tory in every respect than anything that followed for a long 
period; in fact, it is the real beginning of the exact literature. 
Placing all the species in the genus Aplenodytes, the author 
divides them into the Cristatz, containing one species, and the 
Alophe, with eight species. His crested species is chrysocome, 
n.s.; and I agree with Dr. Schlegel that this is not the same bird 
as Forster’s catarractes. However his figure may strike us, and 
however we may interpret his language, Forster certainly meant 
to indicate two different species; and aecordingly we cannot rele- 
gate chrysocome to catarractes,as Gray has done. Forster’s 
crestless species are: A. patachonica, n. s., the first recognizable 
description of the species Gray subsequently called forsleri; A. 
papua, Scorv.; A. antarctica, n. s.; A. magellanicus, n. s., but the 
collared variety of demersus, and the same as the Manchot du 
Cap de Bonne Espérance, Buff, Pl. Eulum, 382; A. demersus 
(= Diomedea demersa, L.); A. catarractes (= Phaéton demersus, 
L.); A. torquata, n.s., but a variety of demersus, the same as 4. 
platyrhyncha, Scor.; and A. minor, n.s. Thus, of Forster's nine 
species, six are here named for the first time; seven are valid; and 


172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


four are valid new species. Most of the species are also figured. 
Forster does not give longirostris, Scop.; this, added to his seven 
good species, gives us the following list of eight valid and well- 
determined species, up to date. 


1. DIOMEDEA DEMERSA, Linn. 1766. 

2. PHAETON DEMERSUS, Linn. 1766. [=CATARRACTES, Auct. ] 

3. APTENODYTES LONGIROSTRIS, Scop. 1777. [= PENNANTH, Gray. | 
4, APTENOTYDES PAPUA, Scop. 1777. [nomen ineptum. | 

5. APTENODYTES CHRYSOCOME, Forst. 1781. 

6. APTENODYTES PATACHONICA, Forst. 1781. 

7. APTENODYTES ANTARCTICA, Forst. 1781. 

8. APTENODYTES MINOR, Forst. 1781. 


1782. Bonnaverre, Hncy. Method. i. p. 67,68. Figures Apt. 
papua (pl. 17). Names Apt. gorfua; it is the same as Phaéton de- 
mersus, L. 

1788. Gmein, Syst. Naf. i. pp. 555-9. This author gathers 
eleven species, as follows. None of those given additional to 
Forster’s are valid: — 

1. A. cHRYSOCOME, p. 555. This is based primarily upon Forster, 
133, pl. 1, aithough the author also quotes the Manchot sauteur, 
Buff. ix., 409, and Manchot huppé de Siberie, P. E. 984, which is 
catarractes. But as the description is applicable to either species, 
and the prior reference is to Forster, I do not see why Gmelin’s 
bird should not be considered the same as Forster’s. 

2. A. PATACHONIOA, p.556. This is compounded of equal parts 
of the two species of Aptenodytes; for neither Gmelin nor any 
of the earlier authors seem to have made the discrimination, 
although we can, in certain cases, as those of Scopoli and Forster, 
determine which species they had in view. Thus, Gmelin quotes 
Forster, 137, pl. 2, and Mill. Ill. pl. 20, both of which are true 
patachonica, Forst. (forsteri, Gray); and also quotes Buff., ix. 399; 
P. E. 975; Sonnerat, Voy. 179, pl. 113; Pennant, Phil. Trans. lviii. 
p- 91; Pennant. G. of B. 66, pl. 14; and Latham, Syn. vi. 563, No. 
2; most of which, when not including both species, are unmis- 
takably the smaller species (pennantii, Gray). 

3. A. PAPUA, p. 556. Based on Sonnerat and Forster. 

4, A. ANTARCTICA, p. 557. Forster’s species. 

5. A. MAGELLANICUS, p. 557. Forster’s species. Mill., pl. 34, 
Lath., Syn. vi. 569, are also quoted. It is a variety of demersus. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1T3e 


6. A. DEMERSUS, p. 557, is the Linnzan bird. Gmelin makes a 
variety, 8, on Brisson’s nevius coupled with the Manchot a bee 
tronqué of Buffon, ix. 411; P. E. 1005. 

7. A. CATARRACTES, p. 558, stands on the same footing as the 
Linnean Phaéton demersus. 

8. A. TORQUATUS, p. 558, is the same as Forster’s bird; the 
collared variety of demersus. Sonnerat, pl. 114, ete. 

9. A. MINOR, p. 558 = A. minor, Forst. 

10. A. CHTLENSIS and 11, A. CHILOENSIS, p. 559, are based on 
Molina’s descriptions of a young S. demersus in downy plumage, 
and one of the same species in imperfect feathering. 


1790. Laraam, Index. Ornithologicus, ii. 878 et seq. In this 
work binomial names are given to the species described under 
English names in the General Synopsis, vol. vi. of the same 
author. We may also conveniently consider, in this connection, 
Latham’s General History, vol. x. p. 381 et seg., which brings the 
subject, so far as this author is concerned, down to 1824. As ex- 
pressing the author’s mature views, we take up the species as 
given in the latter work, referring also to the earlier ones. There 
are fifteen of them, as follows :— 


1. CAPE PINGUIN, p. 381; Gen. Syn. vi. 566; Apt. demersus, Ind. 
Orn. ii. 879. This is the original Linnean Diomedea demersa. 
Latham makes a var. A. out of Brisson’s S. nevius, and a var. B. 
of the Pinguin a lunettes of Pernet, Voy. ii. 17, pl. 7, f. 3. 
Neither variety stands good. 

2. MAGELLANIC PINGUIN,p.383; Syn. 569; Apt. magellanicus, 
Ind. 880. This is the collared variety of demersus. 

3. CRESTED PINGUIN, p. 385; Syn. 561; A. chrysocome, Ind. 878. 
This is essentially the same as Forster’s and Gmelin’s chrysocome, 
bat Latham also makes some other quotations (as Pinguinaria 
cristata, Shaw, Nat. Mise. pl. 437, and Planch. Enl. 984), which 
are probably catarractes. 

4. RED-FOOTED PINGUIN, p. 386; Syn. 572; Apt. catarractes, Ind. 
881. The original Phaeton demersus of Linnzus. 

5. LItTLE PINGUIN, p. 387, pl. clxxx = A. minor, Forst. 

6. New HoLianpD PINGurn, p. 388. Indeterminable with certainty ; 
no references are given, but the description points to a young 8. 
demersus. (Bill black, upper mandible hooked near the tip, 
under truncated, legs flesh-colored brown, webs black.”’) 


174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


1. CHILOE PINGUIN, p. 388; Syn., Suppl. ii. 361; A. chiloensis, 
Ind. 881. Same basis as Gmelin’s chiloensis. 

8. PAPUAN PINGUIN, p. 888; Syn. 565; A. papua, Ind. 879 = A. 
papua, Scop. 

9. ANTARCTIC PINGUIN, p. 389; Syn. 565; A. antarctica, Ind. 
879 = A. antarctica, Forst. 

10. PATAGONIAN PINGUIN, p. 390; Syn. 563; A. patagonica, Ind. 
878. Here, as in Gmelin’s case, the quotations of both the species 
of Aptenodytes are brought together, Buffon, Sonnerat, Forster, 
Miller, Shaw, Pennant, and others being indiscriminately cited. 

11. CoLLARED PINGUIN, p. 391; Syn. 571; A. torquata, Ind. 880. 
Same as Forster’s bird of that name; the collared variety of S. 
demersus. 

12. Harry pinaurn, p. 392. No citations. Indeterminable. 
The bird is unquestionably the young of one of the well-known 
species, probably Aptenodytes longirostris, to judge from the 
dimensions assigned. 

13. WOOLLY PINGUIN, p. 392, pl. clxxxi. ‘No citations. Appa- 
rently a “new species,” like the hairy penguin, and evidently the 
young of Aptenodytes longirostris. : 

14. THREE-TOED PINGUIN, p. 393; Syn. Suppl. ii. 361; Apteno- 
dytes moline, Ind. 881. This is the same as Gmelin’s bird, both 
being based on Diomedea chilensis of Molina. It is Spheniscus 
demersus. 

Latham’s fifteenth species, the ‘* Apterous Pinguin,” is the Ap- 
teryx australis. 


1797. Georr. St. Hiniare. Mill. Mag. Eney. iii. vi. p. 11. 
* Sur les Manchots.” 

1789-1813. Suaw, Naturalist’s Miscell. A genus Pinguinaria 
is proposed; it isa synonym of Aptenodytes. A species cristata 
is described and figured (pl. 487); it is Phaéton demersus, Linn. 
The smaller of the two species of Aptenodytes is indicated under 
the name of patachonica, and figured (pl. 409). 

? 1811. Itriaer. Both Gray and Schlegel quote a certain 
Aptenodytes fuscirostris, Ill. among the synonyms of Spheniscus 
demersus. I have not been able to verify the reference, and do 
not know whether or not it is in the Prodromus, 1811. 

1816. VuirtLLot, Analyse, etc. A genus, Hudyptes, is insti- 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 175 


tuted; the name holds for the crested group, if these are con- 
sidered worthy of generic rank. 

1820-26. VuretLLor, Galerie, etc. Aptenodytes papua, Scop. is 
figured (pl. 299). 

1825. SrepHens, Cont. of Shaw’s Gen. Zool. Genus Chryso- 
coma, a synonym of Ludyptes, V., 1816, is instituted. 

1825. WEDDELL, Froriep’s Notizen, xii. 198. On species of Ap- 
tenodytes, ete., from the South Georgians. 

1832. Waatuer, Jsis. A genus, Pygoscelis, is based upon Apfe- 
nodytes papua, Scop. 

1833. Yarrewt, P. Z.S.i. 33,65. On the hairy and woolly 
penguins of Latham. 

1834. Bennett, P. Z.S. ii. 34. Habits of Aptenodytes. 

1834. Meryren, Nova Acta Acad. Cxs. Leop.-Carol. xvi. supp. 
i. 110, pl. 21. A species is named Spheniscus humboldtii, from 
Peru; it is a synonym of S. demersus. The author, indeed, 
remarks upon the likelihood of its being the same as P. E. 382. 
I have seen specimens precisely like the plate here given. 

1835. Ret, P. Z. S.iii. 132. Anatomy of Apt. patagonica. 

1837. Branpt, Bull. Acad. Sc. St. Petersb. ii. 305. A very 
important and valuable contribution, like the rest of this emi- 
nent naturalist’s publications. A new species, Catarractes chry- 
solophus (the first valid new one for half a century!) is described. 

1841. Homsron and Jacquinot, Ann. Sec. Nat. xii. p. 320. A 
notable article. Two valid new species are described, viz., Catar- 
ractes adelie and C. antipodes, raising the number of known 
species to eleven. A few years subsequently (1846), these species 
are figured by the same authors (Voy. Péle Sud, pl. 33), and one 
of them (adelizx) is made the type of a new genus, Dasyrhamphus. 
(See also Comptes Rendus, 1841, xiii. 360, on the same species.) 

1842. GLoGER, Institutes the genus Dypsicles, type de- 
mersus. (According to Gray; I have no means of verifying the 
citation.) 

184-. Gray, Voyage of the Erebus and Terror, Birds. In 
this very acceptable contribution, Mr. Gray figures three of the 
previously known species, viz., papua, antarctica, and antipodes, 
in pls. 25, 26,27 respectively, and describes and figures a new 
species, Pygoscelis brevirostris, pl. 28 ; this last, however, is identi- 
cal with adeliz, as the author soon discovered. He also describes 
another new species, Ludyptes pachyrhyncha, p. 17; and the 


176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


name will stand, if,as Mr. Gray holds, chrysocome and catarractes 
Forst., Gm. and Lath., are the same bird; but I cannot agree 
with him here. I think that these older authors had two species 
in view, and that their chrysocome is what Gray here names 
pachyrhyncha. 

1844. LicurenstEIn, Edit. Forster’s Descr. Anim. In this re- 
presentation of Forster’s labors, among other things, two new 
names are proposed, but neither of them stands. <Aptenodytes 
palpebrata, from the Cape of Good Hope, is the original Linnean 
Diomedea demersa, whilst A. brasiliensis is a variety of the same 
species, equivalent to the old torquata or magellanicus of Forster. 

1844. Gray, Am. Mag. Nat. Hist. xiii. 315. The author care- 
fully distinguishes the two species of Aptenodytes, calling one of 
them forsteri, a name anticipated by patachonica, Forst.; and the 
other pennantii, which is antedated by longirostris of Scopoli. 

1844. Gounp, P.Z.S. xii. 87. Description of a new species, - 
Apt. undina ; it is the same as Apt. minor, Forst. 

1848. Prawn, Ornith. of the U. 8S. Expl. Exped. As ornitho- 
logists are aware, the Ornithology of the Wilkes’s Expedition was 
“officially” cancelled by the United States Government, and the 
edition was recalled as far as possible, on account of the unsatis- 
factory manner in which the author of the work was considered to 
have performed his task. But the attempted suppression proved 
impossible; the work is extant, and must be recognized. In his 
treatment of the penguins, Mr. Peale shows his familiarity with 
the birds themselves, but unfortunately some ignorance of orni- 
thological literature. With a copy of his work before us, and 
all his original specimens, now in the Smithsonian, we find that 
he has discriminated the species with perfect accuracy; and he 
gives many new and interesting biographical data. His short- 
comings are solely in the matter of nomenclature. We are enabled 
to make the following determinations :— 

A. MAGNIROSTRIS, Peale, = Sph. demersus, var. magellanicus. 

‘* A. CHRYSOCOME, GM.?” Peale,= Hudyptes catarractes. 

A. FLAVILARVATA, Peale,= Pygoscelis antipodes (H. and J.) 

A. LONGICAUDATA, Peale,= Pygoscelis adeliz (H. and J.) 

A. TAHNIATA, Peale,= Aptenodytes papua of Scopoli, but the 
name must stand, since Scopoli’s is geographically inapplicable. 
Peale’s other names are correct; his patagonica is Forster’s bird, 
the true “ emperor penguin.” 


- 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 177 


1849. Gray, Genera of Birds, iii. Since the Spheniscide, like 
the Psittacide, the Picide and some others, form a remarkably 
definite and somewhat isolated group of birds, it is particularly 
surprising that such an accomplished ornithologist as Mr. Gray 
should here and elsewhere dismember the Alcide for the purpose 
of wedging the penguins bodily in between different genera of 
auks. We have already had occasion to speak of this as “a great 
blemish” upon Mr. Gray’s treatment of these two families, and 
our former opinion is strengthened with the increase of our know- 
ledge upon the subject. In the “ Genera,” Mr. Gray adopts three 
genera for the Spheniscidx, giving good characters and faithful 
illustrations. We believe the division to be a very close approxi- 
mation to the natural order—in fact, we are not sure that these 
three genera are not a more truthful expression of fact than the 
four we are led to adopt in the present paper. Mr. Gray cata- 
logues the species known at that date, but we do not think he is 
in this matter nearly so successful as in his generic divisions. 
(See 1871, Gray, below.) A beautiful colored plate (pl. 176) illus- 
trates Hudyptes pachyrhyncha, Gray. The article is one of the 
few that the student can confidently consult to gain a clear gene- 
ral idea of the subject. 

1850-56. BoNAPARTE, ? Ido not know where this author 
has treated of the penguins, and none of the authorities consulted 
give any reference. According to quotations, he has instituted a 
genus Hudyplila upon Aptenodytes minor, Forst., and has renamed 
the two species of Aptenodytes that Gray named /forstleri and pen- 
nantii, calling them imperator and rex respectively. There is no 
excuse whatever for this. 

1858. Cassin, U. S. Exploring Expedition, Birds. Uniting 
Peale’s field studies with an accurate determination of the species, 
Mr. Cassin’s article on the penguins is one of special importance. 
After examination of the original specimens themselves, we find 
Mr. Cassin’s identifications correct throughout; but, for some 
reason, Ludyptes catarractes does not appear, although several 
specimens were brought home by the Expedition, as shown in the 
body of this paper. 

1859. Gounp, P. Z. S. 98. Mentions several penguins in a 
list of birds from the Falkland Islands. 

1860. Axssorr, Jbis. 336. The demersa of this author, accord- 
ing to Gray and Sclater, is of the variety magellanicus. Gray 


178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


puts Abbot’s chrysocome as a synonym of nigrivestis, Gould ; 
but as this last is a synonym of chrysocome, Forst., the affair 
seems to odd itself even. 

1860. Scrater, P. Z. 8.382. Ina catalogue of the Falkland 
Islands’ Avifauna, the author gives (p. 392) five species of pen- 
guins (pennantii, magellanicus, chrysolopha, chrysocome, Forst. 
and wagleri, Scl.). He is, we think, perfectly justified in cancelling 
Seopoli’s name “ papua” on the score of geographical inapplica- 
bility, but in proposing to call the species after Wagler, has he 
not overlooked Peale’s prior designation? (For additions and 
corrections, cf. Ip. ¢bid., 1861, 45.) 

1860. Gounp, P. Z. p. 418. Two new species of Hudyptes 
are described. One of them, 2. nigrivestis, is a synonym of 
chrysocome, Forst. The other, #.diademata, is a valid species. 
Both are from the Falklands. 

1861. GouLp, Ann. Mag. N. H. 218. Notices of his crested 
species. 

1865. Owen, P. Z. S. xxxiii. 488. Results of a post-mortem 
examination of Aptenodytes ‘* patachonica.” 

1865. Prnzeun, Reise Novara, pl. 5. Hudyptes “ chrysocome” 
with young, figured. 

1867 (originally 1840). Nuirzscu, Pterylography (Ray Soc., 
ed. Sclater). An important contribution of original and new 
matter on the pterylosis of the family. 

1867. ScuirGEenL, Mus. Pays-Bas, Urinatores. All the known 
species of the family being represented in the Leyden Museum, 
this article is, in effect, a monograph of the Spheniscidx; and it 
is, in every respect, the most satisfactory treatise upon the subject 
that has appeared, being as much superior to the contemporaneous 
literature as Forster’s was in its day and generation. As far as 
the determination of the species is concerned, our own studies 
bear out Dr. Schlegel’s in every single instance; indeed, it seems 
to us impossible to reach any other conclusion, when any con- 
siderable and sufficient amount of material is examined. The 
present article of ours is so completely an indorsement of Dr. 
Schlegel’s, that the only points of difference are one or two unim- 
portant synonymical determinations among the crested species, 
which, after all, will probably remain matters of opinion. Dr. 
Schlegel’s analysis of the species is an excellent clue to their 
determination. He presents five primary sections, the first repre- 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 179 


senting Aptenodytes, the fourth and fifth containing, respectively, 
S. minor, and S. demersus with its variety magellanicus. The 
third contains the four crested species (divided into that one with 
the short tail, catarractes, and the three with longer tail, chryso- 
come, chrysolopha, and diademata) in one sub-group, to which 
antipodes is added as a second sub-group. The second includes 
the three longest-tailed species, adelizw, papua, and antarctica. 
The article is open to criticism on the score of the generic deter- 
mination, we think, for we show, in another place, that there cer- 
tainly are several well-marked modifications of cranial structure, 
warranting, if not enforcing, as many generic divisions. But 
even here the difference between Dr. Schlegel’s results and our 
own is rather apparent than real, for the divisions he makes seem 
to correspond, in the main, with the genera we find it necessary to 
adopt. (Cf. Newton, Zool. Rec. 1867, 124. Ibis, 1868, 110.) 

1867. Huxury, P. Z. 8., 458. The penguins form the fourth 
of the several third-rate groups into which the author proposes 
to divide birds, in his celebrated “ Classification,” and are called 
“ Spheniscomorphe’—a name anticipated by Squamipennes, 
Nullipennes, Impennes, Ptilopteri, and some other designations. 
Of the nine sets of characters assigned, the fifth, sixth, seventh, 
and eighth are more or less perfectly diagnostic; the ninth is 
shared by nearly all swimming and some wading birds; the fourth 
and first are no more applicable to penguins than to a great many 
other birds; the third is not likewise particularly pertinent, and 
the second is untrue, so far as relates to the basipterygoid pro- 
cesses—these being present in some species of the family. The 
group, it is said, “‘contains” the single family Aplerodytide, and 
comprises three genera, Ludyptes, Spheniscus, and Aplerodytes 
[lege Aptenodytes]. It is probable that final determinations will 
‘show that Prof. Huxley’s views are perfectly sound in this last 
particular. (V. cranial characters, in/rd.) 

1868. Lercomre, P. Z. 8.527. Biographical. 

1869. Layarp, Jbis, 378. On destruction of 2. chrysocome 
in the Crozette Islands. 

1869. Bunter, Trans. N. Zealand Jnst., 112. Occurrence of 
S. undinas (so. minor) in New Zealand. 

1870. Fuinson, P. Z. S. p. 332, pl. 25. A new species, Dasy- 
rhamphus herculis, is described and figured; it is the young of 
adeliz, with the throat white, as indeed Mr. Gray had already de- 


180. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


termined in the case of the British Museum specimen. A speci- 
men in the Philadelphia Academy represents the same thing. 

1871. Gray, Hand-list, iii. pp. 98, 99. Mr. Gray retains the 
Spheniscide in the unnatural association with the Alcidx that we 
have already been forced to criticize adversely. The three genera 
he adopts appear to be well founded, the author here showing the 
same admirable conservatism that guides his recognition of full 
genera throughout the work; but we think that some of the species 
retained under subdivisions of his most extensive genus, Hudyptes, 
are more different from each other than they are from species of 
the other genera; and in this respect some change seems to be 
desirable. But in the determination of the species Mr. Gray is 
certainly wide of the mark; assuredly, there are not nineteen of 
them, as he gives. The list is much more useful as a guide to 
one’s own research than as a model to be copied. At the same 
time, the synonymical discriminations are so accurately made that 
little or no confusion results from the redundancy of species. 
The only point concerning which we are at issue in the matter is 
that Mr. Gray relegates chrysocome, Forst., to catarractes, leav- 
ing his pachyrhyncha as the tenable name of a certain species, 
whereas we agree with Dr. Schlegel, that chrysocome, Forst., is 
different from catarractes, and is the prior name of what Gray 
calls pachyrhyncha. The following reductions in the list appear 
to be required :— 

No. 10,806 to be united with No. 10,805. 

No. 10,804 to be united with No. 10,803. 

Nos. 10,802, 10,800, 10,799, 10,797 to be united with 10,790. 

No. 10,794 to be united with 10,793, and one of the synonyms 
of 10,791 to be the name of 10,793. The valid numbers are there- 
fore 10,790, 10,791, 10,792, 10,793, 10,795, 10,796, 10,798, 10,801, 
10,803, 10,805, 10,807, 10,808. 

1871. Hyarr, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. This is, we believe, 
the author’s first appearance as an ornithologist; but he shows 
the trained naturalist here as elsewhere, bringing to bear upon the 
subject the same qualities that have distinguished him in another 
department of zoology. There is a certain freshness and origi- 
nality in his treatment of the family that contrast by no means 
unfavorably with more conventional writings of practised ornitho- 
logists, and, in looking from a new stand-point, he has caught 
sight of some things that persons accustomed to the birds have 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181 


looked at without seeing. This more than compensates for some 
slight deficiencies that, under the circumstances, we could not 
reasonably expect to find supplied. The article modestly pro- 
fesses to be simply a museum catalogue, but it possesses scien- 
tific claims of a very high order. The pterylographic data repre- 
sent a valuable supplement to Nitzsch’s earlier notice. So far 
as we know, Prof. Hyatt is the first naturalist who has attempted 
any critical discrimination of the various types of the Spheniscide 
with a view of determining their precise relationship, and espe- 
cially their genetic relations to each other and to a probable an- 
cestral stock; and this, we need not add, is work upon a higher 
plane than the mere identification of species, or preparation of 
descriptions and synonymy. We must refer to the paper itself 
for the details that we cannot here enter upon. It will suflice to 
say here, in heartily indorsing the author’s plan of study and 
concurring in his general conclusions, that he shows better reasons 
for the genera he adopts than any one has hitherto given, and that 
our own studies of osteological structure, as far as these go, are 
emphatic evidence in favor of his views. 

1872. GriEBEL, Thesaurus Ornithologix, erster Halbband, 390. 
In this work, an alphabetical catalogue of the nominal species, 
thirty-one in number, that were originally described under *“ Ap- 
tenodytes,” is given, with the reference of each to its proper 
place. The determinations seem to be correct, with few excep- 
tions. As the work has not progressed beyond the letter * A,” 
the remaining names are not accounted for. 


II. ON CERTAIN POINTS OF CRANIAL STRUCTURE 
BEARING UPON THE DETERMINATION OF THE 
GENERA. 


Some authors have rested content with referring all the penguins 
to a single genus, adopting either the name Aptenodytes or Sphe- 
niscus; and there is some show of reason for this, in the fact that 
all the representative species are singularly interrelated in various 
points of form. But this is simply defining a genus upon the 
identical grounds that indicate the family. Others, going to the 
opposite extreme, have instituted or adopted a genus for every 
leading species, though in so doing they have been of course un- 
able to assign characters of more than specific value. To recon- 


182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


cile these conflicting views, and, if possible, to fix this question of 
the genera with reasonable certitude, has been one object of the 
present investigation. I found that any division of the species 
according to the details of external form, as the size, shape, and 
extent of feathering of the bill, length of tail, presence of peculiar 
ptilosis, etc., would be, for the reason just alluded to, an elevation 
of various characters, properly to be regarded as specific, to 
generic rank; while the ignoring of these would force me to the 
other extreme of recognizing a single genus virtually equivalent 
to the family itself. It seemed to me that, if there were true 
genera among the penguins, the fact would appear from examina- 
tion of internal structure; and, having a number of skulls at com- 
mand, I directed my attention to these. As far as my material 
goes, the results of this investigation are to me highly satisfactory. 
At the same time, having examined the skulls of only a limited 
number of species, I cannot fix the generic status of all of them, 
nor even say how far, if at all, the skulls of the species not ex- 
amined may show intergradation between the types of structure 
herewith detailed. 

The skulls examined show three positively different patterns. 

A. The first is that presented by Aptenodytes pennantii. The 
rostrum is much longer than the rest of the skull, attenuate, 
particularly narrow and acuminate. The nasal opening is cor- 
respondingly long and narrow. The upper prong of the nasal 
bone is anchylosed with the nasal prong of the premaxillary. The 
palatines are anchylosed with the maxille. The zygomata dip 
downward moderately from the maxillo-jugal suture. The man- 
dible is not abruptly deepened in any part of its length, and shows 
a long narrow vacuity at the juncture of its symphyseal with the 
succeeding elements. The angle of the mandible lies directly 
below a perpendicular let fall from the mastoid. The interorbital 
space on the top of the skull is broad and smooth, since the rough 
depressions for the lodgment of the glands are narrow, and ter- 
minate before reaching the anteorbital prominences. The tem- 
poral fossz are very shallow, widely apart, and merely separated 
by a slight bony ridge from the slight depression between them- 
selves and the cerebellar protuberance. The greatest width of the 
skull is one-third, or less, of its entire length. 

B. The second modification is afforded by the crested species 
(Eudyptes proper). (PI. 4, fig. 1.) The rostrum is shorter or no 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183 


longer than the rest of the skull, very stout, in particular extremely 
broad and obtuse. The nasal opening is correspondingly short. 
The upper prong of the nasal bone is partly or wholly free from 
the premaxillary. (Fig. 2.) The palatines are imperfectly anchy- 
losed with the maxilla. The zygomata are extremely curved, 
looping downward from the maxillo-jugal suture. The mandible 
is abruptly deepened at its middle into a broad plate, and shows 
no vacuity between the symphyseal and following elements. The 
angle of the mandible lies in front of the mastoid plane. The 
smooth interorbital space is narrow on top of the skull, since the 
glandular depressions reach the anteorbital prominences. The 
temporal fosse are very shallow, widely apart, and merely sepa- 
rated from the depression between themselves and the cerebellar 
protuberance by a slight bony ridge. The greatest width of the 
skull is nearly half its length. 

C. Spheniscus demersus shows a third modification. (Figs. 3, 4.) 
The rostrum is longer or no shorter than the rest of the skull, 
very stout, in particular extremely deep, with the apex hooked 
above, truncate below. The nasal opening is correspondingly 
short. The upper prong of the nasal bone is almost completely 
anchylosed with the premaxillary. The palatines are extensively 
anchylosed with the maxille. The zygomata are curved but 
slightly downward. The mandible is deepened very slightly and 
gradually, and shows no vacuity between the symphyseal and 
succeeding elements. The angle of the mandible is below, if not 
behind the mastoid plane. The smooth interorbital space on top 
is narrow or reduced to a ridge. The temporal fosse are ex- 
tremely deep, meet each other on the median line on top of the skull, 
and are completely isolated from the depressions on either side of 
the cerebellar protuberance by a strong flange-like plate of bone. 
Phe greatest width of the skull is about two-fifths of its length. 

It will be observed that each of these types has its own pecu- 
liarities. Thus A stands alone in characters of the rostrum; C is 
isolated in the singularity of its temporal fossz; B is peculiar in 
the dip of the jugal and depth of mandible; and the other charac- 
ters vary in intensity of expression with each one. But there are 
in each case other characters that are shared with one other, but 
not with both the others; and it is these combinations that render 
the three distinct. I propose to establish genera upon them. 

. 


184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


One skull of type B, of an undetermined species,* shows, among 
some peculiarities that I regard as simply specific, the presence 
of small and slender but perfectly plain basipterygoid processes, 
of which I see no trace in any other specimen. 

As already intimated, I cannot say whether or not these cranial 
types shade into each other, or whether species not examined do 
not show something different from either of these three patterns, 
nor, finally, with which one of the three the unexamined species may 
agree. It seems to me that the species minor agrees so closely in 
external characters with C that its reference to the genus Sphe- 
niscus is warranted. For the same reasons, the species antipodes 
seems allied to B. In the uncertainty at present attaching to 
papua, adelix, and antarctica, it may be best to leave these to 
stand on their own merits in the genus “* Pygoscelis,” which, how- 
ever, can then only be characterized by the extreme length of the 
tail and the feathering of the bill, since the form of the bill differs 
greatly in each of the three. These genera would correspond 
very nearly with the sections Dr. Schlegel has indicated, and are 
exactly those of Prof. Hyatt. The latter has shown how difficult 
it is to define the genera, seeing that they vary with whatever 
character we take as our guide. On the whole, I think it most 
probable that no more than three genera will be finally deter- 
minable, namely, Aptenodytes, Hudyptes, and Spheniscus, though 
the second of these may contain subgenera, based upon shape 
and feathering of the bill, presence or absence of crests, and 
length of tail. 

The cranial characters just described will be readily appreciated 
by reference to the accompanying figures (Fig. 4), kindly drawn for 
this paper by my friend, Prof. Morse. It was not thought neces- 
sary to give a figure of Aptenodytes, as a beautiful engraving has 
already been presented in Prof. Brandt’s invaluable article. These 
figures are all of two-thirds size; those representing vertical views 
show the skull from above, on the one side,,and from below 
(with the mandible removed) on the other side, of the median 
lengthwise line. 

In its general characters the skull conforms to the ordinary 
pygopodous type. The palate is schizognathous. The inter- 


1 It seems to be not one of the crested species, and I suspect that it is ‘* Da- 
syrhamphus”’ adelée@, but there is no certainty about this. ° 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 185 


orbital septum has a large vacuity; its thickened lower border 
curves gently forward and upward. The vomer is slight and 
readily detached. The optic foramina are merged in a large 
vacuity ; the foramina in front of the ear are large and distinct. 
The mastoid and postorbital are both prominent ; the depressions 
for lodgment of the gland are well marked. The pterygoids are 
remarkable for their breadth anteriorly, forming somewhat tri- 
angular lamine, instead of irregular cylinders of bone. The 
palatines are large, very broad posteriorly, and thin. The max- 
illo-palatines, on the other hand, are very small and simple. The 
very large and irregular lachrymals are permanently free from 
surrounding bones, and seem to be usually (but not always) fenes- 
trated with a large foramen. <A prominent peculiarity of the 
skull is the loose connection of the bones of both jaws. The 
nasals are never entirely confluent with either maxillaries or pre- 
maxillaries, and they are sometimes distinct throughout. The 
posterior ends of the median prongs of the premaxillaries commonly 
remain distinct from the nasals embracing them, and frequently 
are not even anchylosed with each other. Traces of the mavxillo- 
premaxillary, maxillo-palatal,and maxillo-jugal sutures are usually 
very plain; and in the lower jaw, most of the original elements 
remain more or less distinct throughout life. None of the cranial 
bones appear to be pneumatic. 

An incomplete skeleton of Aptenodytes pennantii furnishes the 
following additional osteological data (Pl. 5; figs. all of nat 
size) :— 

All the bones of the wiug are flat and solid. 

The humerus (Fig. 5), about 44 inches long, has an average 
width of an inch, and a thickness of about } of an inch. It is 
perfectly laminar, except the globular expansion at its head. This 
portion lies oblique to the general axis of the bone, the general 
convexity of the articular surface presenting inward and back- 
ward. The whole of this expanded surface is, in effect, the dome 
roofing over an immense antrum, into which the whole end of 
one’s finger may be thrust. The articular surface is somewhat 
crescentic in general outline; anteriorly it slopes to the promi- 
nence representing the “greater tuberosity,’ which is directly 
continuous with the front edge of the bone. Inside this ridge 
there is a deep groove, and along the inner border of the articular 
surface lie two fossx separated by a ridge. But the distal extrem- 

13 


186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


ity of the bone is still more peculiar—showing a characteristic of 
the family only shared, to a certain extent, by Alcaimpennis. (Fig. 
6). The bone is cut off obliquely, at an angle of about 45°, with 
a straight edge. The anterior three-fifths of this is occupied with 
the two facets for articulation with the bones of the forearm. 
These facets are continuous, and the radial one scarcely shows 
the particular elliptical shape common among birds. The pos- 
terior extremity of this oblique end of the humerus is prolonged 
far beyond the true elbow joint, furnishing a resting place for the 
two large anconal sesamoids. The very end is deeply grooved, 
and another similar groove is impressed upon the bone on the 
outside, a little higher up. The sesamoids are in these grooves. 
The structure of the elbow is such as to allow but very restricted 
motion; the forearm can be flexed out slightly from its usual posi- 
tion of nearly complete extension. 

The larger, outer one of the two sesamoids is an irregularly 
discoidal bone, with a smooth, flat, external face, and curved outer 
border; its sharpened edge fits in the upper of the two grooves 
at the extremity of the humerus; the prominence of the hu- 
merus that defines this groove abuts against a slight excavation on 
the outer surface of the sesamoids. The smaller sesamoid lies a 
little behind and inside the other; it has one flat face applied 
against the surface of the other, an irregular surface with a cen- 
tral ridge fitting into the extreme groove of the humerus, and a 
long, curved, postero-external free border. These sesamoids, 
borne upon the most projecting point of the humerus, afford an 
extremely powerful leverage for extension of the forearm. 

The ulna and radius are similar to each other in general appear- 
ance, both being laminar, like the humerus, with a sudden thick- 
ening and constriction at the proximal extremity, so that the 
articular facets are irregularly circular. The distal extremity of 
the ulna is pretty effectually divided into two facets, a posterior 
excavation in which the head of the ulnare articulates, and a 
superior prominence abutting against a surface of the radiale. The 
distal extremity of the radius shows a single convex articular sur- 
face fitting the concavity of the radiale. The outer surface is 
obliquely impressed for a long distance with a distinct groove for 
a tendon; the anterior margin of the radius is a straight, sharp 
crest, more prominent than the opposite edge of the ulna. The 
two bones of the forearm have very intimate relations to each 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187 


other only at their proximal extremity, being barely in mutual 
contact at the wrist; but in consequence of their straightness, 
their edges lie parallel in the continuity—not presenting the ellip- 
tical interspace commonly seen in birds’ forearms. 

The radiale is not specially noteworthy (Fig. 7), being a simple, 
somewhat cubical nodule with distal and proximal articular con- 
cavity for the metacarpus and radius respectively, another articu- 
lar face for the protuberance of the ulna, two free faces, and an 
anterior extremity for tendinous attachment. The ulnare, on the 
other hand, is of extraordinary, if not unique, shape and size. It 
develops an immense lamellar expansion of the curious shape 
shown in the figure, the real body of the bone appearing as a mere 
process wedged in betwixt the ends of the ulna and metacarpus. 
If, as I presume, the flexor carpi ulnaris has its customary inser- 
tion into this bone, the increase of leverage must be enormous. 

The single metacarpal bone is peculiar in several respects. It 
bears no pollical phalanx, and the crest that ordinarily indicates, 
in the composition of this bone, the originally distinct radial met- 
acarpal is here obscure, not being differentiated to any consider- 
able degree from the general laminar expansion. ‘The ulnar 
metacarpal has no convexity; its fusion with the main metacarpal 
is perfect for nearly its proximate half, and again at the distal 
extremity—a narrow linear fenestration separating it in the rest 
of its extent. The head of the bone represents one continuous 
articular surface for the radiale and ulnare, flat sideways, strongly 
convex fore and aft. At the distal extremity, however, there are 
two perfectly distinct articular facets—an oval one for the radial 
phalanx, and a small circular one for the ulnar phalanx. The bone 
is nearly three inches long, and rather less than one-third as broad. 

The proximal radial phalanx is a straight, flattened, rectangu- 
lar blade of bone, with four sharp corners, a sharp anterior and 
posterior border, and an oval articular surface at either end. It 
is two inches long and half an inch broad. The distal phalanx is 
simply a flattened spur, with sharp edges, tapering to an obtuse 
point; it is about halfan inch long. The ulnar digit, however, is 
of unusual size, reaching beyond the end of the proximal radial 
phalanx. It has a stout head, whence a process is developed, and 
then tapers regularly to the end. It is less obviously flattened 
than the other bones of the hand. 

The bones of the leg conform closely to the general pygopodous 


158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


type. The patella, however, is of immense size, and of an indes- 
cribable, irregular shape. According to Owen, it develops from 
two centres—a matter interesting in connection with the presence 
of two sesamoids in the elbow. The tibia is a bone about eight 
inches long, and nearly cylindrical in its continuity. It closely 
corresponds, in general, with the same bone of a loon, for example, 
except that it does not develop the long apophysis above the 
knee-joint. There is a considerable protuberance, however, above 
the plane of the articulation, formed by the extension of two sharp 
cnemial ridges that meet above, defining a long deep fossa that lies 
between them. The distal extremity offers nothing peculiar; the 
osseous bridge for confinement of the flexor tendons is perfect, 
and the trochlear surface has the usual configuration. The fibula 
is six inches long, and extremely slender from above the middle 
downwards. It abuts against the tibia at both ends, and also 
for about an inch of its length at a place nearly half-way down. 
Elsewhere, the interspace between the two bones is considerable. 

The ankle-joint has a peculiar free, persistent ossicle, about the 
size and shape ofa split pea. It appears to be a sesamoid, and it 
lies on the posterior aspect of the joint; but owing to an unfor- 
tunate inadvertence in the preparation of the specimen, its exact 
position and relations were not made out. 

The tarso-metatarsus (Fig. 8) is the most remarkable bone of 
the skeleton in several respects, and the one more particularly 
diagnostic of the family. Penguins afford probably the only in- 
stances, among recent birds, of width crosswise being decidedly 
greater than thickness antero-posteriorly, and more than half the 
length; and the only case of persistence throughout life of fenes- 
tre marking the composition of the bone of three originally dis- 
tinct metatarsals. In the present species, the bone is rather under 
two inches long, from an inch to one inch and a third wide at 
different points. he front shows two deep grooves lengthwise 
from one end to the other, and in each of these grooves there is 
an oval perforation, that would about admit the passage of a 
goose-quill. Behind, the corresponding grooves are nearly obso- 
lete. The proximal extremity is an uninterrupted articular sur- 
face for the tibial condyles, the inner impression being much the 
more strongly marked. The distal extremity is deeply cleft in 
two places, the three metacarpal prongs being completely isolated. 
The central one of these projects beyond the lateral ones. The 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189 


articular faces have the usual contour; all being grooved perpen- 
dicularly, and’ the lateral ones showing that ordinary but highly 
interesting kind of obliquity, by means of which the toes, when 
flexed, are brought side by side, and made to diverge from each 
other when extended. 

In the dried bone, no special surface for attachment of the ac- 
cessory metatarsal can be recognized. The first digit is extremely 
small, completely lateral, closely joined with the base of the sec- 
ond toe, and appears in its usual position during life to be turned 
more or less completely forward. Technically, it may be consid- 
ered “elevated,” though the disparity in size between these and 
the other toes is so great that it is difficult to say how much, if 
any, above the plane of the rest it is really situated. It appears 
to have little or no functional importance, although all its bones 
are present and morphically perfect. The accessory metatarsal is 
a straight, slender bone, about half an inch long, irregularly flat- 
tened ; the proximal phalanx is similar but still smaller, while the 
distal phalanx is a mere spiculum about a fourth of an inch long. 

The other three toes are of ordinary size; the middle one exceeds 
the outer a little, while the inner is considerably the shortest; all 
show the normal number of phalanges (3-4-5, from 2d to 4th). 
The phalanges of each toe, as usual, decrease in length and bulk 
from first to last, and the corresponding ones of different toes 
bear to each other the usual relative size. The distal phalanges 
have enlarged processes for the support of the heavy, blunt claws, 
and these processes are deeply grooved on each side. 


III. ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE 
FAMILY. 


It is well known that the penguins are entirely confined to the 
southern hemisphere, and their northern limit of dispersion is 
probably ascertained with approximate accuracy. Their nearest 
approach to the equator seems to be on the coast of South 
America. According to Meyen, the S. “humboldtii” (demersus) 
is abundant in the harbor of Callao, Peru, lat. 10° S.; while this 
Spheniscus reaches on the other side of this continent to Southern 
Brazil, and Ascension Island, lat. 8° 8. (Lich/.). Dr. Schlegel 
places the African limit at 25°, and the Australian at 35° 5., 
properly ignoring the accounts of Sonnerat, whose representations 


190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


of the occurrence of penguins, as given in his ‘ Voyage,” are in 
all probability erroneous. On the other hand, some species of 
penguins have been found apparently as far as voyagers have 
penetrated toward the pole. Such highly antarctic species are 
the Pygoscelis adeliz, and antarctica, named from their habitat, 
and the Aptenodytes patachonica, seen by Peale in lat. 66° 527. 

The Falkland Islands appear to be a centre of the family, no 
less than half of the known species occurring there. 

A number of the species are very extensively dispersed, having, 
as it were, a circumpolar mode of distribution. Such are some 
of the crested species, the ‘ papuan” penguin, and especially the 
Spheniscus demersus. This last appears to have the most exten- 
sive distribution, both in latitude and in longitude, of any; and 
since it varies, like other birds, with a change of habitat, this may 
account for the exceptional number of nominal species that have 
been established at its expense. As far as is known, two species 
constitute an exception to the general rule, being confined to a 
comparatively limited area; these are the Spheniscus minor and 
Eudyptes antipodes, inhabiting the Australian region. ‘ 

As Dr. Schlegel remarks, the precise habitat of each species 
cannot be given as yet; and this will not be possible without 
much more information than we now possess, respecting the 
places where the different species propagate, and especially in 
regard to their movements, whether irregular and contingent, or 
periodical, according to season of the year. 


191 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


‘AVITAAV “J * sirysouuin,d— 

‘SASUMNA "G *  s1iqso.upnu—sacnjnhowhru— 

"MONIWN “GS : vyenbsoja— 

*VOILOUVINY “J : eyenbs10y— saivlnsoq,e—ar jp u0.10900Lh.U— 

*VLVINGIVE *d : : : : F : > vyeuoLoooq~e—apourjoanyf uou— 
‘VOINODVIVd "VY ‘ ; ‘ ' * — gadicanjd— 

‘SIULSOULONOT "VY é ; ; : : sodipnu— sazjsovihuoj— 

"SUMOdIENV “OL : : ; a ‘ : : * SLISOMLADIQ— 379U2}000){—# LVISTAO 


‘VHAOTOSAUIO “OT SUddS9[N.1909-Oosnj —SLUsourAred— 
"ANOOOSAUHNO "OL SUDDSOOSNJ-090[N.1900—S1.1} SO. BU —ae 7D pNDIIHU0) — 
‘SALOVHUAVLVO “ —-*-« SUIDS9[NAV0d-OOSHJ—SI1}SOALAIBA—vyzepNBdIADIG— $a7U0L/1.0bUu— 


‘SALVNAAVIG “HT : ; : : : ‘ : : : : * suosfavyf— IVISIAD 


‘WOAUVNIGIOSINGHdS WAUAIOAdS SIAVTIO 


oer ' PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


IV. DETERMINATION OF THE SPECIES. 
APTENCDYTES PATAGONICA, Forst. 

Aptenodytes patachonica, Forst., Comm. Soc. Reg. Sc. Gétting. iii. 1781, 
137, pl. 2. Gma., 8S. N. i. 1788, 556 (in part : confounds the two species). 
Laru., Ind. Orn. ii. 1790, 878 (in part : same as Gmelin’s). 

Spheniscus patagonicus, ScutEG., Mus. P.-B. livr. 9me. 1866, Urin, p. 3. 

Aptenodytes forstert, GRAy., Ann. Nat. Hist. 1844, 315; Hand. iii. 99. 

Aptenodytes imperator, BONAP. 

Pennant, Gen. of B. pl. 14; T. F. Miller, Ill. Nat. Hist. pl. 20. 

Habitut.—Maribus antarcticis. 


Maximus inter omnes; maxilla ultra medium ptilosa, tarsis antice lateri- 
busque mandibule magna ex parte ptilosis; rostro pedibusque crassiusculis 
pro genere Aptenodytis, unguibus maximis obtusissimis: noteeo nigro et 
ceruleo permixto, gastro albo, gula nigricante, ea pictura infra cordiforme; 
lateribus colli flavicantibus, summa parte flavissim&, necnon stria nigra 
humeris anteducta notatis, rostro pedibusque nigris, lateribus mandibule 
erubescentibus. 


Mus. Smiths. No. 15,666, adult, taken January 23, 1840, in lat. 
66° 52’ §., long. 150° 25’ HK. from Greenwich; H. Eld, U.S: 
Expl. Exped.: basis of Peale, pp. 258, 335, sp. No. 691, and of 
Cassin, pp. 349, 450, sp. No. 681. This specimen, as mounted, 
stands about 384 feet high, but appears somewhat overstuffed ; 
wing 14 inches, tail about 3, bill along culmen 3, along gape 
almost 5, from antize to tip of bill2. The bill is feathered beyond 
its middle, the antiz reaching more than half-way from angle of 
the mouth to tip, and these feathers conceal the maxillar tomia 
for a great distance. On the under mandible the feathers com- 
pletely fill the interramal space, and also cover much of the side 
of the lower mandible, leaving, towards the base, only the ex- 
panded and colored edge of the mandible naked. The tarsi are 
entirely covered with feathers, which furthermore overlie the toes 
for some distance; but only a part of the tarsus is implanted 
with feathers, the rest being reticulate with small six-sided plates, 
as are also the upper surfaces of the toes, except just at the end, 
where there are 2-3 annular scales. The hallux is minute, rela- 
tively smaller than in any other species, and almost perfectly 
antrorse; the lateral toes are sub-equal to each other, but the 2d 
is a little shorter than the 4th; the tips of the claws of both 
overreach the base of the 3d claw. Claws enormously stout and 
blunt; 2d 1.20, 3d 1.50, 4th 1.25 long. This bird appears to be 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. _ 193 


in perfect plumage; the upper parts are intimately mingled black 
and blue, but the latter gives the general impression; the black 
of the throat is short, and ends abruptly with a broad cordiform 
outline below; the forepart and sides of the neck appear to have 
been yellower than they are now, but the club-shaped upper ter- 
mination of this colored area is still very yellow; in the whitish 
of the sides of the neck stands an isolated black stripe, rnnning 
upward from the shoulder, stopping abruptly, not reaching the 
gular black. The wings are entirely white beneath. The under 
mandible is still richly colored posteriorly ; the rest of the bill, 
and the whole feet and nails, are black. 


APTENODYTES LONGIROSTRIS, Scopoli. 


Patagonian Pinguin, PENNANT., Phil. Trans. lviii. 1768, 91, pl. 5. Larn., 
Gen. Syn. vi. 563; Gen. Hist., x. 390; in part: confuses both species. 

Aptenodytes patagonica, PENNANT. 

Aptenodytes patachonica, Gu., 8S. N. i. 556 (in part; confounds the two 
species.) Lath., Ind. Orn. ii., 1790, 878 (same as Gmelin’s). 

Pinguinaria patachonica, Suaw., Nat. Misc. 1799, xi. pl. 409 (nec Forst.). 

Aptenodytes longirostris, Scopoir; Sonn., Voy. N. Guin. 180, pl. 1138. 

Aptenodytes pennantii, Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1844, 315; Gouxp, P. Z. 
8. 1859, 98; Scx., Ibid. 1860, 392. Hyatt, Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. 1871. 

Spheniseus pennantii, SCHLEGEL, Urin. M. P.-B. 1866, 3; Scutecen, De 
Dier. p. 268. 

Aptenodytes rex, BONAP. 

Woolly pinguin, Latu., Gen. Hist. x. 1824, 292, pl. clxxxi.; young in the 
down (also, ** hairy pinguin,”’ ibid. ?). 

Pl. Enlum. No. 975 (shows unmistakably the side of the under mandible 
entirely naked). 


Habvitat.—Maribus australibus. Ins. Falklandicis, Kergueleni, Stewartii. 


Apt. patachonice similis, sed multo minor, rostro artubusque pro statura 
longioribus, tarsis lateribusque mandibul omnino nudis, unguibus gracilio- 
ribus ; notwo nigro et ceruleo permixto, gastro albo, gulf nigricante, ea 
pictura infra aculeataé, linea flava jugulari media summa parte furcata, pic- 
turam nigram gularem inter ramos suos amplectante, deinde per latere 
utroque colli porrecté et illic maculam flavissimam formante ; rostro pedi- 
busque nigris, mandibula nigra ex parte erubescente, 


Mus. Smiths. No 59,243, in perfect plumage ; from the Falkland 
Islands. Skin a yard long, but somewhat stretched; probably was 
about 30 inches in life; wing about 12; tail 4; tarsus, measured in 
front (where all our other measurements of tarsi are taken), 1.50; 
middle toe and claw 4; culmen of bill 3.25; gape 4.50; from anti 


& 


194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


to tip of bill 2.50. While a much smaller bird than patachonica 
(Forstert), it is thus seen that the wings, tail, and feet are rela- 
tively longer, and that the bill, besides being relatively longer, 
is actually made of equal length, if not absolutely longer, in con- 
sequence of the less extent to which the feathers of the front 
encroach upon the upper mandible, the anti falling short of half 
the distance between angle of the mouth and tip of the bill. 
Another and yet stronger character is, that the sides of the under 
mandible are entirely naked, whereas in patachonica (Forst.) the 
feathers encroach so much that hindwards only the tomial edge of 
the mandible remains bare. This difference heightens the seeming 
greater size of the bill of pennantiz ; it likewise makes the brightly 
colored area larger, and gives it a different shape. The tarsi of 
pennant are entirely naked, and not even hidden by the tibial 
plumes ; whereas in patachonica (F.) the tarsi are largely ptilose, 
and wholly hidden by feathers, as are also the bases of the toes. 
The general pictura of the plumage is the same; but the neck 
shows a very noticeable difference, the gular black running far 
down in a sharp point embraced betwixt the forks of the narrow 
median anterior jugular line of yellow that after bifurcating 
mounts on either side of the neck and head, there to form a large 
very yellow spot, bounded immediately by the dark color of the 
neighboring parts; and moreover, the isolated black line running 
up in the whitish of the side of the neck from the shoulder 
towards the throat, as observed in the Smithsonian specimen of 
patagonica, is not seen here. 

I am not satisfied, however, that these precise points of color- 
ation are sufficiently distinctive of the species as compared with 
its congener. It is probable that the only reliable characters are 
to be found in the larger size, proportionally shorter members, 
much more extensively feathered bill, and feathered tarsi, of 
patagonica; and all these points seem to be accounted for by a 
difference in habitat, patagonica being more decidedly antarctic 
than longirostris. 

No. 11.976. Mus. 8. I. (Osteological Register.) From the 
Falkland Islands, received through Mr. Salvin, with No. 59,243. 

No..... Mus. Acad. Philada. No locality given. Bill from 
forehead 3.75, from nasal feathers 2.75, from gape 5.25. Tarsus, 
middle toe, and claw together, 6 inches; wing from the shoulder 1 
foot. A fine specimen, in perfect plumage. The intense yellow 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 195 


club-shaped spots mount to the very summit of the occiput, being 
there separated only about one inch from each other. They are 
bordered behind by a sharp narrow black edging, distinctly de- 
fined against the neighboring blue; this black margin nearly meets 
its fellow on the front of the neck, then passes down along the 
edge of the blue on each side, widening as it descends beyond the 
wing where it is finally dissipated. 

No..... Mus. Acad. Philada. No locality recorded; in 
perfect plumage, but the bright tints not so vivid as in the pre- 
ceding. Bill from forehead 3.75, along side of lower mandible 
5 inches. 

No. ... Mus. Bost. Soc. Straits of Magellan, Coll. La Fres- 
naye. (Hyatt.) 

PYGOSCELIS THNIATA (Peale). 
Le manchot papou, SoNNERAT, Voy. 181, pl. 115. 
Papuan Pinguin, Laru., Gen. Syn. vi. 565, and Gen. Hist. x. 388. 
Aptenodytes papua, Forst., Comm. Soc. Reg. Gotting. iii. 1781, p. 140, 

pl. 3. BonnaTERRE, Ency. Method. i. 1782, p. 67, pl. 17, f. 3. Gu, 8. 

N. i., 1788, 556. Laru., Ind. Orn. ii., 1790, 879. VaEnEOR, Gal. Ois. 

pl. 299. Gray, Voy. Ereb, and Terr. pl. 25. 

Eudyptes papua, Cassin, Orn. U. 8. Expl. Exp. 1858, 264. Gould, P. Z. 

S. 1839, 98. 

Spheniscus papua, SCHLEGEL, Urin. M. P.-B. iii. 1866, 5 
Eudyptes (Pygoscelis) papua, Gray, Handl. iii. 1871, 98. 
Pygoscelis papua, Hyarr, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. 1871, p. 
Aptenodytes teniata, PEALE, Orn. U. 8S. Ex. Ex. 1848, 264. 
Pygoscelis wagleri, ScLATER, P. Z. 8. 1860, 392, No. 46. 

‘‘ Pygoscelis papuensis, VAN DER HOEVEN.”’ (Gray.) 

Habatat maribus australibus. Ins. Falklandicis, Kergulenii, Macquarii. 
Nec. Ins. Papua, unde patet, nomen Scopolianum ineptum. 

StaturA medius; notaeo cum capite gulfique griseo-nigro, cceruleo-lincto, 
gastrieo albo, vertice transversim albo-lunato, alis albo-marginatis, cauda 
elongata, cuneati, rectricibus sexdecem, exterioribus albo-marginatis. 


May be known at a glance, by the white semilune across the 
crown from one eye to the other, long tail (about as in adeliz), 
and long slender much feathered bill, approximating to that of 
Aptenodytes. 

No. 2282, Mus. Acad. Phila., adult, “ Iles Croquets.” Stands 
25 inches high, but may be stretched. Tail about 5} inches, the 
outer feathers white-edged. Middle toe and claw 3.40. Tarsus 
quite naked; a little over an inch long. Wing 9 inches, the poste- 


196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


rior border broadly white. The bill of this species stands quite 
alone among the penguins, saving Aptenodytes, in its length and 
slenderness and in the length combined with narrowness of the 
frontal antiz. Whilst the culmen measures 2.75, the distance from 
the nasal feathers to the tip of the bill is only about 1.60; the 
nostrils are completely hidden, and not easy to discover in the 
dried state. The bill is really longer than it looks, the rictus 
measuring 5 inches; the progression of the feathers on the bill is 
a condition essentially similar to that of adeliz; although the bills 
of the two look so different, this is merely due to the length of 
the terminal part in feniata. If the terminal portion were cut off 
an inch, the bill of teniata would be essentially similar to that of 
adelix. Sharing other features, especially the very long tail, adeliz 
and teniata seem to be most closely related species; and despite 
the difference in the bill, I think that the skulls of the two will be 
found of a single pattern. Some ornithologist will do good service 
by noticing the skulls and seeing whether they agree, and if so, 
how they compare with the three types of cranial structure. I am 
induced to surmise that the resemblance will be found closest with 
Aptenodytes. 

No. . .. Mus. Acad. Philada. No locality recorded. In this 
specimen, apparently not quite mature, the fore half of the body 
above is gray, in decided contrast with the blue-blackish of the 
rest. The coronal crescent is evident. The bill appears to have 
been clear yellow, with black ridge and tip. 

No. ... Mus. Smiths. Inst. U.S. Expl. Exped., H. Eld, from 
Macquarie’s Island, where Mr. Peale says (I. c.) it was found 
breeding in abundance, in January, with Crested Penguins. 

No. ... Mus. Bost. Soc., no locality given, Coll. La Fresnaye 
(Hyatt). 

Dr. Schlegel quotes the Falklands, voyage of the Astrolabe and 
Zélée; Mr. Gray, also, Kerguelen’s Island. 


PYGOSCELIS ADELIE (H. & J.). 


Catarractes adelie, Home. and Jacq., Ann. Sc. Nat. 1841, 320. 
Dasyrhamphus adelie, Homs. and Jacg., Voy. P.8., Ois. 1846, pl. 33, f. 1. 
Eudyptes adelie, Cassrn, Orn. U. 8. Ex. Ex. 1859, 352, 450, No. 685. 
Spheniseus adeliv, ScaLeG., Mus. Pays.-B. Urin. 9me. livr. 1866, 4. 
Budyptes (Dasyrhamphus) adelie, Gray, Handi. iii. 1871, 99. 

Pygoscelis adelic, Hyart, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. 1871, p. —, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197 


Pygoscelis brevirostris, Gray, Voy. Ereb. and Terr. Birds, pl. 28. 

Aptenodytes longicauda, PEALE, U. §. Ex. Ex. Birds, 1848, p. 261, pl. 70, 
f. 2; p. 335, No. 696. 

Eudyptes herculis, Fixscn, P. Z. 8. Lond. 1870, pl. 25. (Juy.) 


Habitat.—In maribus antarcticis: Adelia. Victoria. 


Statura medius, cauda longissima, cuneata, rectricibus linearibus, rostro 
brevi, crasso, recto, obtuso, ultra medium ptiloso, apice adunco, naribus 
plumis obtectis, palpebrarum marginibus nudis, flavis; notzo fusco, 
ceruleo-lavato, capite cum gula obscurioribus. 


No. 15,698, Mus. Smiths., adult in perfect plumage, mounted ; 
from the Antarctic Ocean, lat. 64° 40’ S., long. 103° 4’ E. from 
Greenwich, U. S. Expl. Exped., T. R. Peale: type of Aptenodytes 
longicauda, Peale, l. c., and basis of Cassin’s article, l.c. The 
tail is very long, the central feathers being upwards of 7 inches, 
though the lateral are only about 2, in consequence of the extreme 
graduation; all the rectrices are merely narrow linear lamine, like 
pieces of whalebone with frayed edges. The tibial feathers cover 
the tarsus in front, but none grow on the tarsus itself, which 
is very short—only about an inch. Middle toe and claw 3.00; 
inner do. 2.25, outer do. 2.50; nails very long, but blunt; webs 
emarginate. The podotheca is entirely reticulate, except a few 
annular scales at the ends of the toes. The bill is very short, 
narrow and deep, and densely feathered beyond its middle. The 
autiz reach within an inch of the tip, entirely covering the nos- 
trils; the broad rounded-depressed and decurved culmen runs in 
a point on the forehead; its chord is 1.50 long. The feathers of 
the antiz, and those between the mandibular rami, slope so 
obliquely and rapidly towards the edges of the bill, that the 
naked portion of the tomia is only 1.75 inches long, though the 
whole gape measures 2.50; the feathery extension in the inter- 
ramal space is within .75 of the tip of the mandible. Depth of 
bill at base over .90. The short nasal groove is very narrow and 
oblique, running into the tomia behind the hodked portion, and 
behind widening into a feathered fossa where the nostrils lie. This 
specimen, as mounted, now stands a trifle over 2 feet high, but 
measures about 334 inches (its length in the flesh was 31 inches— 
Peale). The bill is wholly dark colored—probably it showed 
some reddish in life; the feet appear to have been flesh-colored. 
The naked edges of the eyelids are yellow. The upper parts are 
fuscous, only slightly lightened with penguin-blue, of which each 


198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


feather shows a trace; the whole head and upper throat are uni- 
form smoky blackish- promis 

No. 15,667, Mus. Smiths., adult, mounted, same locality as the 
last, and perfectly similar: another example of Apt. longicauda, 
Peale. 

No. 793, Mus. Acad. Phila., adult, 6, “ Iles Adelaides.” En- 
tirely similar to the foregoing. Tail 6.25 inches. I count 15 
rectrices, and probably there were 16; none are white-edged in 
this species as in ¢eniata. 

No. 2191, Mus. Acad. Phila., * New Zealand?” Very smilar to 
the last; but apparently not quite adult, as the bill is weaker, and 
there are white specks in the dusky part of the throat. 

No. 793bis, Mus. Acad. Phila., received with No. 693, and from the 
same locality. An immature bird, in the plumage of “ Dasyrham- 
phus herculis.” The throat is white to the bill, but there are a few 
scattered blackish feathers, showing incontestably that this part 
would have become dark. 

Although we repose great confidence in the judgment of the 
accomplished ornithologist who lately proposed to separate from 
adeliz a specimen in Count Ercole Turati’s collection, yet we 
cannot hesitate to refer HL. herculis to this species, even without 
examining the type. For according to Dr. Finsch’s own showing, 
the only tangible difference lies in the white throat, which is surely 
a mark of immature plumage, however adult the specimen may 
otherwise appear. Every one of the black-throated penguins 
(all the family except minor and antarcticus) have the throat white 
at first; and in several cases we have actually traced the change, 
by insensible degrees. The British Museum examples, with white 
throat, lately printed by Mr. Gray as “herculis,” were never sus- 
pected to be aught else than young adelix, before Dr. Finsch’s 
article appeared. Dr. Schlegel reports a precisely similar “ in- 
dividu au premier plumage, de taille. moins forte et offrant la gorge 
blanche, terre Victoria, acquis in 1863; and we recognize the 
same condition in this one of the Academy’s specimens. 

The Aptenodytes longicauda of Peale was promptly identified 
with adeliz by Cassin; and Mr. Gray soon recognized the same 
species in his Pygdscelis brevirostris. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199 


PYGOSCELIS ANTARCTICA (Forst.). 


Antarctic Pinguin, LatH, Gen. Syn. vi. 565, and Gen. Hist. x. 389. 

Aptenodytes antarctica, Forst., Comm. Soc. Reg. Sc. Gott, 1781, iii. 141, 
pl. 4. Gm., 8. N. L. 1788, 557. Lara., Ind. Orn. ii. 1790, 879. 

Eudyptes antarctica, GRAY, Voy. E. and T., Birds, pl. 26. 

Pygoscelis antarctica, Bonar. Hyart, Proc. Bost. Soc. 1871. 

Spheniscus antarcticus, ScuieG., Urin. M. P.-B. iii. 1866, 5. 

Eudyptes (Pygoscelis) antarctica, GRAY, Handl. iii. 1871, 99. 


Habitat.—Maribus aust. et antarct. Ins. Falklandicis, Weddelii. 


‘* Taille au dessous de la moyenne, Bec petit. Se distingue de toutes 
les autres espéces par le blanc occupant non seulement toutes les parties 
inferi¢ures jusqu’au menton, mais encore les cétés de la téte jusqu’a l’occi- 
put et le bas des freins, et parceque ce blanc n’est interrompu que par une 
raie noire entourant le devant de la gorge, traversant les joues, et se dirige- 
ant sur le devant de la nuque. Bec noiratre. Pieds rougeiitres.’? (Scuu.) 

** Length 21 to 22 inches ; tail 44 to 51 inches; wing 7} inches; tarsus 
29 to 30 lines ; middle toe 2 inches; bill (along the side) 27 to 28 lines; 
from the forehead 18 lines ; height 7} lines.’’ (SCHLEGEL. ) 


We have not seen this strongly marked species, and we are not 
aware that there is more than one specimen in the United States. 
This is in the Boston Society’s Museum, and is an adult, from the 
La Fresnaye Collection; no locality assigned. (ide Hyatt.) 

The foregoing description is copied from Dr. Schlegel, who 
quotes two specimens in the Leyden Museum, from the Falk- 
land and Weddell’s Islands (Voyage of the Astrolabe and Zelée). 

In the length of tail, feathering of the bill, and some other 
characters, it seems related to taniata and adelizx, and to be 
referable to the genus Pygoscelis. It forms, with S. minor, an 
exception to the general rule of coloration among penguins, in 
that the throat persists white. 


EUDYPTES ANTIPODES (H. & J.), 


Catarrhactes antipodes, Hompr. and Jacq., Ann. Sc. Nat. 1841, 820. 
Ip., Voy. au Péle Sud de ]’Ast. et Zélée, pl. 33, f. 2. 

EHudyptes antipoda, Gray, Voy. Ereb. et Terr. pl. 27. Cass., Ornith. 
U.S. Ex. Ex. 1859, 351, 450, No. 684. 

Pygoscelis antipoda, BONAP. 

Spheniscus antipoda, Scuiea., Urinatores Mus. Pays-Bas, 9me, 1866, 9. 

Eudyptes (Pygoscelis) antipoda, Gray, Handl. iii, 1871, 99. 

Aptenodytes flavilarvata, PEALE, Orn. U. 8. Ex. Ex. 1848, p. 260, pl. 70, f. 
1; p. 335, No. 695. 


200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Habitat.—Ins. Aucklandicis, Campbelliana. 


Statura medius; ecristatus, sed plumis capitis elongatis, linearibus ; ros- 
tro brevi, crassiusculo, recto, apice maxille adunco, mandibule subtrun- 
cato ; caudaé brevi, rotundata ; supra griseo-cceruleus dilutior, infra albus, 
sed guld, necnon lateribus colli summi eapitisque infimi brunnescentibus “a 
plunis elongatis genarum flavicantibus, verticis flayicantibus nigro-lineatis, 
fasciis transocularibus in occiput conniventes flavioribus ; rostro pallide in- 
carnato. 


No. 15,655, Mus. Smiths., mounted, adult, 5 in nearly perfect plu- 
mage, from the Auckland Is., U. 8. Ex. Ex., T. R. Peale: type of 
Apt. flavilarvata Peale, 1. c.; basis of Cass. l.c. There are no 
true lateral crests as in the typical species of Hudyptes, but all the 
feathers of the face, and most of those of the crown, are length- 
ened and linear. The yellow of the cheeks and crown has a dull 
soiled shade, and that of the crown is sharply streaked with fine 
black lines, one on each feather ; the unlengthened feathers of the 
hind head, and those over the auriculars and through the eyes, 
form a well-marked band of much brighter and purer sulphur yel- 
low; the lower parts of the head, and uppermost of the neck, 
including the throat, have a peculiar brownish cast; and, alto- 
gether, the head markings are unique in the family. The under 
parts are white, up to the slight gular brownish just mentioned ; 
the upper parts are of a pale watery blue, more dilute than on an 
average among the other species. The head markings, and length- 
ened feathers of the vertex, together with the points of form here 
to follow, show how the species is a link between true Spheniscus 
and typical Eudyptes. Bill stoutish, straight, tip fairly hooked, 
but under mandible hardly truncate, nasal sulcus as usual. The 
anti run out pointedly, about 4 of an inch beyond base of cul- 
men, but still do not conceal the nostrils; from their apices, the 
feathers rapidly retreat, to angle of the mouth, leaving the maxil- 
lar tomia entirely bare, while those on the under mandible simi- 
larly expose the whole tomia, although between the rami they 
reach within less than an inch of the end of the bill. Chord of 
culmen 2.10; depth of bill .85; antize to tip 1.75; gape 3.00: the 
anterior canthus is just over the angle of the mouth. Tail very 
short (under 2 inches), and much rounded, as in Spheniscus de- 
mersus or minor. The whole length of the bird is somewhat over 
2 feet. 

Schlegel reports one of the types of the species from the 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201 


* Océan Glacial Austral, Voyage de l’Astrolabe et de la Zélée.” 
According to Gray, the British Museum examples are from the 
Auckland and Campbell’s islands. Judging from Mr. Peale’s 
account, the Aucklands are a headquarters of the species. 

The Aptenodytes flavilarvata of Peale was long ago referred 
by Cassin to its proper place. 


EUDYPTES CATARRHACTES (Forst.). 


Phaéton demersus, L., 8. N. i. 219, nec Diomedea demersa, ibid. 214. 
Based on Edw. 49, and Briss. vi. 102. 

Aptenodytes catarractes, Forst., Comm. Soc. Reg. Sc. Gott. iii., 1781, 
145. Gm., 8. N. ii. 1788, 558, No. 7: based on Edw. 48 = Linneus’s 
and Forster’s bird. 

Spheniscus catarractes, SCHLEGEL, M. P.-B. 9me. livr. 8. 

Hudyptes catarractes, GRAY, Hand. iii. 1871, 98. 

Pinguinaria cristata, SHaw, Nat. Mise. pl. 437. 

** saltator, StEPm.,’’ (Gray.) 

Aptenodytes gorfua, BONNATERRE, Ency. Method. 1782, i. 68. 

** Aptenodytes chrysocome?’? PEALE, Orn. U. 8. Ex. Ex. 1848, p. 259, 
335, No. 693 (testibus specim. ipsis). 

? Le manchot huppé de Siberie. Planche Enlum. No. 984. 

Obs. This species is at once distinguished among the crested 
ones by the shortness of the tail, which in size and shape rather 
recalls S.demersus. This member is under three inches long, 
rounded, of fourteen narrow stiflish graduated rectrices. From 
either chrysocome or chrysolopha it is also known by its inferior 
size; and from chrysocome, its nearest ally, by the quite blue 
upper parts, asin chrysolopha, the color of the back of chry- 
socome being quite dark. 

This appears to have been the earliest described of the crested 
species, and its synonymy is in such a state of confusion with 
that of the following, that probably it is now impossible to com- 
pletely unravel it. Such points as we have been able to determine 
with some confidence, and which probably are correct, are given 
in connection with chrysocome. 

No. 15,658, Mus. Smiths. Inst., Antarctic Ocean, U. 8. Ex. Ex., 
T. R. Peale, mounted, not in perfect plumage. The feathers of 
the vertex are lengthened and linear, those of the forehead less 
so; all are blackish. The crests are only indicated by the yel 
lowish superciliary lines of little lengthened feathers. Under-parts 
white to the bill, but the gular dark beginning to show; upper- 

14 


202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


parts strongly washed with penguin-blue. Bill brownish-red. 
Stands 19 inches high, and seems overstuffed; tail under 3, but 
still the coverts so short that the rectrices noticeably project. 
Chord of culmen 1.40; gape 1.75; height of bill at base .75 ; from 
antiz to tip of bill 1.00; tarsus under 1.00; middle toe and claw 
under 2.50. 

No. 45,513, Mus. Smiths. Inst., Orange Bay, Antarctic Ocean, 
U. 8. Ex. Ex., J. W. Dyes, Feb. 1839; exactly like the last. 

No. 45,512, Mus. Smiths. Inst., Cape Horn, U. 8. Ex. Ex., T. RB. 
Peale. Similar, but plumage a little more advanced. The dark 
gular area is here apparent, while the blackish feathers of the 
vertex and the yellowish superciliary bundles are a little longer, 
yet the latter do not form crests. 

These three specimens represent the “ Aptenodytes chrysocome 2?” 
of Peale, /.c. They appear to have been overlooked, unaccount- 
ably, by Mr. Cassin, when he did Mr. Peale’s work over again; 
for the U. 8. Ex. Ex. Ornithology contains no allusion to them. 

No. . . . Mus. Acad. Philada., “Cape Horn. Presented by Dr. 
Ruschenberger, 5th Aug. 1857. J. C.” Not adult, the throat 
being only partially blackish, and the crests merely indicated by 
yellow superciliary lines. It closely resembles three Smithsonian 
specimens. Chord of culmen 1.60; bill weak ; tail barely 3 inches. 
It may be considered a suspicious circumstance that all these spe- 
cimens referable to catarractes on account of the weak bill, short 
tail and slight crests, show characters reasonably explicable upon 
ground of immaturity. 

No. ... Mus. Bost. Soc., adult, Falkland Islands, Coll. La 
Fresnaye. (Hyaitt.) 


EUDYPTES CHRYSOCOME (Forst.). 


Aptenodytes chrysocome, Forst., Comm. Soc. Reg. Se. Gott. iii. 1781, 135, 
pl. i. LicHTENsTEIN, Ed. Descr. Forst. 1844, 99. ? Gme.in, 8S. N. ii, 1788, 
550, No. 1. (Quotes Forster and P.E. 984.) 

Spheniscus chrysocome, Scuu., M. P.-B. ix. 1866, Urin. 6. 

Eudyptes chrysocome, GouLtyv, B. Aust., vii. pl. 83 (testibus speciminibus 
typicis). Scn., P.Z.5. 1860, 392. 

Eudyptes pachyrhyncha, Gray, Voy. E. & T. Birds, , pl. 17%. Gray 
and MiTcHELL, G. of B. iii. pl. 176. Gray, Handlist, iii. 1871, 98. 

Eudyptes nigrivestis, GouLv, P. Z. §. 1860, 418. 

Eudyptes nigriventris ! GRAY, Handlist, iii. 1811, 98, lapsu. 

?? Planche Enluminée, No. 984. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203 


No. 59,242, Mus. Smiths. Inst., Falkland Islands, lately acquired 
under the name of “ Lud. nigrivestis, Gould.” Bill 1.70 (chord 
of culmen) ; from antiz to tip of bill 1.10; gape 2.00; tail about 4; 
wing about 7. The upper parts are very dark, especially the head 
and neck, which show no blue at all; the crown is jet-black, its 
feathers moderately lengthened, those of the forehead not reach- 
ing the occiput. A narrow pale yellow line runs from near the 
base of the culmen over the eye, to the occiput, and there forms 
a curly tuft an inch longer. This specimen certainly shows 
nothing whatever different from ordinary chrysocome, nor does 
Gould’s description (1. c.) give any tangible characters. He says, 
indeed, that his bird is “smaller than chrysocome,” but the dimen- 
sions he assigns (length 21}; bill 2; tail 4; tarsi ¢) do not bear 
out this statement; nor do any of the other characters hold. We 
judge from the nature of Mr. Gould’s remarks that he compared 
his bird with chrysolopha, from which it is different in the respects 
he mentions. In any event, we fully concur with Prof. Schlegel, 
in relegating “nigrivestis” to chrysocome. Mr. Gray adthits the 
species, in the Handlist, but by an unfortunate slip of the pen, or 
typographical error, it there stands as “ nigriventris.”’ 

No. ... Mus. Acad. Philada., New Zealand, adult. Bill of im- 
mense size; chord of culmen 2.50, greatest depth 1.20; the cul- 
minal and tomial portions highly turgid. Upper parts very dark, 
scarcely washed with bluish, and quite black on the head; frontal 
and coronal feathers lengthened and linear; crests conspicuous, 
light straw yellow, reaching about an inch beyond the occiput. 
Stands about 19 high; tail about 4.50; middle toe and claw 3.75. 

No. 1684, Mus. Acad. Philada., adult, Van Diemen’s Land, Coll. 
Gould. One of the types of chrysocome, Gould, B.A. pl. 83. 
Almost exactly like the last specimen, but not quite so heavy ; 
tail about 4 inches. This is unquestionably true chrysocome, and 
Dr. Schlegel therefore is proved in error in assigning “ chrysocome, 
Gould,” among the synonyms of chrysolopha, Brandt. 

No. 1343, Mus. Acad. Philada. New Zealand, adult, labelled 
“ pachyrhynchus, Gray?” in a handwriting I do not recognize. 
Essentially similar to, and certainly conspecific with, the foregoing 
specimens; though it looks larger, this is probably due to 
overstuffing. Stands 19 inches; tail 4; bill 2. The head is opaque 
velvety black, but there is considerable blue in the color of the 
back. The yellow crests are precisely as in the other specimens. 


204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


No. ... Mus. Acad. Philada. Adult; no locality nor donor 
given. A specimen closely agreeing with the preceding, but the 
bill is not nearly so heavy, though stout for its length ; it measures 
1.60 long, by nearly one inch deep. The specimen is labelled 
** nachyrhyncha, Gray,” by Mr. Cassin, and is certainly Gray’s bird. 

No. ... Mus. Bost. Soc., no locality given, Coll. La Fresnaye. 
( Hyatt.) 

This species, if it be different from catarrhactes, is to be distin- 
guished by the rather larger size, very stout bill, decidedly longer 
tail, and prevalent darkness of the back, and especially the head. 
From chrysolopha it may be known by the less development of 
the crests, darker color, and heavier bill. 

It is extremely difficult, if not impossible, to pick out, among 
the earlier notices of this species and catarrhactes, the names and 
descriptions that respectively apply to these two. Mr. Gray, in- 
deed, throws all the eighteenth century synonymy upon catarrhac- 
tes, considering that his pachyrhyncha represents the original 
description of the present species; and it would be advantageous 
to agree with him on this point. But I cannot help thinking that 
Forster had two different species in view, that he named respec- 
tively catarrhactes (after Briss.) and chrysocome (n. sp.). 

It is also Dr. Schlegel’s opinion that Forster indicated the 
two species, so that I hardly see how he (Dr. Schlegel) relegates 
chrysocome, Gmelin and P. E. 984, to catarrhactes ; for Gmelin 
quotes Forster, and whatever species Forster’s is, that Gmelin’s 
must also be. The Planche Enlum., also, shows a very darle bird. 
I know that in this matter my judgment is quite as likely to be 
at fault as Dr. Schlegel’s is, but I think that, all things considered, 
it may be best to accept the synonymy as it is here arranged, let- 
ting ‘ chrysocome ” mean chrysocome, and ‘ catarrhactes”’ mean 
catarrhactes, in every instance, without attempting an identifica- 
tion upon the vague and unsatisfactory descriptions that the 
older authors gave. 


EUDYPTES CHRYSOLOPHA, Branilt. 


Eudyptes chrysolopha, BRANDT, Bull. Acad, Petersb. ii., 324. ScHLEGEL, 
M. P.-B. Urin. p. 7 (Excl. syn. ‘‘ chrysocome Gould.’’). 

‘* Hudyptes chrysocome, PELZELN’’ (nec Forst.). Novara Reise, Vogel, 
p. 140, pl. 5. (Awet. Schlegel.) 


E. preecedenti simillimus ; sed rostro debiliore, noteeo paululum clariores 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205 


cristis lateralibus longissimis, procul ultra occiput porrectis, et plumi, 
coronalibus omnibus elongatis. 


Habitat.—Maribus australibus. Ins. Falklandicis. 


No. ... Mus. Acad., Philada. No locality given. The upper 
parts are rather lighter colored (bluer) than in chrysocome (much 
as in catarrhactes), but the difference is not well marked ; the head, 
however, has a decided bluish cast hardly visible in the opaque 
black of chrysocome. All the coronal feathers are longer, more 
slender, and stiffer than I have ever seen them in chrysocome, 
extending nearly two inches beyond the occiput, and forming a 
median vertical black crest connecting the yellow lateral plumes. 
The longest yellow plumes are full 3 inches in length, and reach 
over 4 itiches behind the eye—about 7 inches from the tip of the 
bill: they are accompanied to their very ends by a few of the long- 
est black plumes. This is a condition I have never seen equalled 
in any specimen of chrysocome, though the difference after all is 
not so decided. ‘The bill is no shorter than in some specimens of 
chrysocome (the chord of culmen measuring 14 inches long); but 
it is weaker than I have ever seen it in that species, being hardly 
# of aninch deep. The tail is about 4 inches long; middle toe 
and claw nearly 3.00. 

No. ... Mus. Acad., Phila. No locality assigned. Exactly 
like the last, but the crests not quite so highly developed, though 
they are still noticeably longer than in chrysocome. The bluish 
cast of the upper parts, and even of the head, is well marked. 

No. ... Mus. Bost. Soc., Falkland Islands, Coll. La Fresnaye. 
( Hyatt.) 

According to Dr. Schlegel, it is this species that is indicated 
in Gould's Handbook, p. 517, under the name of Hudyptes * calar- 
ractes;” and by Pelzeln, Novara Reise, p. 140, pl. 5, under the name 
of Eudyptes “ chrysocome.” We do not, however, venture to so 
assign these names in our synonymy, especially since Dr. Schlegel 
is certainly wrong in his identification of Gould’s * chrysocome.” 

Although I am able to distinguish the three currently accredited 
species, in the few specimens examined, yet the distinctions are 
not of avery satisfactory nature, and I strongly suspect that 
when specimens enough shall have been compared, the supposed 
specific characters will melt insensibly into each other, so that, 
at most, only varietal distinction can be reasonably asserted. 


206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Indeed, I am not sure that differences of age or season or special 


conditions of plumage may not be the sole basis of the supposed 
species. 


EUDYPTES DIADEMATUS, Gould. 
Eudyptes diadematus, GouLp, P. Z. 8. 1860, 419. Scuiecer, Urin. M. 

P.-B. 1866, Ime, 8. Gray, Hand-list, iii. 1871, 98. 

Habitat.—Ins. Falklandicis. Nova Zealandia. 

Eud. chrysolophe et chrysocome similis, sed major, notzeo obscuriore, 
fusco vix griseo-cceeruleo layato, plumis superciliaribus necnon frontalibus 
flavissimis, his nigro-lineatis, illis breviusculis, rectis. 

No. 59,241, Mus. Smiths., adult, in perfect plumage, from the 
Falkland Islands, received under the name of “* Hud. chrysolopha.” 
The upper parts are very dark, with barely a trace of dull pen- 
guin-blue in some places, in others, as on the head, none at all. 
(In these respects quite different from its nearest ally, chrysolo- 
pha.) The intense yellow plumes, very slender, and perfectly 
straight, reach hardly an inch beyond the sides of the occiput 
(they are longer, curly, and not so yellow, in the other species) ; 
and on the forehead they coalesce to form a large orange spot, 
with sharp black lines, the terminal half of each feather being 
black. (In all the other three crested species the lateral bundles 
of yellow plumes remain strictly separate.) The other feathers 
of the crown are perfectly black, and not much lengthened. Bill 
larger and more robust than in the other crested species ; nasal 
groove very strongly impressed, dividing the maxilla into the 
broad, depressed, culminal part, and the bulging tomial portions ; 
on the under mandible the feathers ascend backwards from their 
point of extension between the rami, as usual, but do not reach 
the tomia at all, but retreat to the very angle of the mouth; while 
the corneous part of the mandible is defined along the line of 
these feathers by a raised border. Chord of culmen 2.25; gape 
2.50; from antiz to tip of bill 1.75; height of bill opposite base 
of culmen 1.15; width do. .85; wing nearly 8; tail 5.25; tarsus 
about 1; middle toe and claw 2.75; whole length of the dried 
skin, apparently not stretched, 2} feet. 

No. ... Mus. Acad., Philada. No locality given. Adult; as 
stuffed, stands 22 inches high ; chord of culmen 2.15; gape 2.75, 
but not quite 1 deep at deepest place; tail about 45; wing 8}. 
Similar to the Smithsonian specimen. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207 


No. ... Mus. Acad., Philada., male, adult, ** Isles Croquets ;” 
almost exactly like the preceding ; bill not quite so large; stands 
about 214 inches high. 

No. ... Mus. Acad., Phila., “Isle Macquarie.” Young, or at 
least imperfect plumage, the throat and sides of the head below 
the eyes being white, slightly clouded with dusky, indicating the 
blackish area of the mature state; but the plumes are as largely 
developed, the forehead is as yellow, and the bill is as large as in 
the adults above mentioned. It seems to be exactly like spec. 
No. 3 of Dr. Schlegel’s catalogue, and is from the same locality. 
This concurrence of white throat with intensely yellow forehead 
is rather in favor of the validity of the species. 

These specimens appear to have stood a long time unrecognized 
in the Academy, the richness of the ornithological department of 
which only gradually appears. They are unquestionably diadema- 
tus. We are also pleased to identify with this beautiful species, 
which seems strongly marked, and is at any rate recognizable on 
sight by the orange forehead and other characters, a specimen 
that has lain for some time in the Smithsonian, labelled “ chryso- 
lopha.”’ It does not appear to be contained in the British Mu- 
seum. Dr. Schlegel reports three examples at Leyden; two 
adults, one from the Falklands, the other from New Zealand; and 
an “ individu 4 gorge et cdtés de la téte blancs, du reste au plu- 
mage parfait ; ile Macquarie, au sud de la Nouv. Zéelande.” 

? A shade of doubt attaches, that this may be an extreme case 
of chrysolopha; for we have in the Lud. nigrivestis of Gould, 
which is not distinct from chrysocoma, a state of plumage as dark 
as that of diadematus. But diadematus is distinguishable on 
sight, and no intermediate specimens have been forthcoming. 


SPHENISCUS MINOR (Forst.). 

Aptenodytes minor, Forst., Comm. Soc. Reg. Sc. Gotting. iii. 1781, 147, 
No. 9. Ga., 8. N.1788, 558. Laru., Ind. Orn., ii. 1790, 881. PEALE, 
U.S. Ex. 1848, Birds, 259, 335, No. 694. Govuxp, B. Aust. vii. pl. 84. 

Spheniseus minor, TemM., Man. Orn. i. 118. ScH~eGeL, Urinatores Mus. 
Pays-Bas, 9me livr. i0. Hyarr, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1871, p. 

Eudyptila minor, Bonar. 

Eudyptes (Eudyptila) minor, Gray, Handl. 1871, iii. 99. 

Aptenodytes undina, Gouin, P.Z.S. 1844, xii. 57. 

Aptenodytes x. Eudyptula undina, Gourn, B. Aust. vii. pl. 85. 

Eudyptes (Eudyptila) undina, Gray, Hand. iii. 1871, 99. 

Little Pinguin, Laru., Syn. Birds, vi. 572, pl. 103 ; Gen. Hist. x. pl. clxxx. 


208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Habitat in littoribus Australie australibus, necnon Tasmania, Noyazea- 
landia. 

Minimus ‘inter omnes, rostro brevi, crassiusculo, recto, maxille apice ad- 
unco, naribus nudis, plumis amotis, cauda brevi, rotundata ; supra griseo- 
ceruleus, infra albus. 


No. 15,661, Mus. Smiths., 9, adult, Boyauf I., N. Zealand, U.S. 
Ex. Ex., T. R. Peale. One of the types of Peale, op. cit. pp. 259, 
335, No. 694, and of Cassin, op. cit. pp. 355, 450, No. 687. Stands, 
as mounted, a foot high; was probably 14 inches long; wing 4.25; 
tail 1.25; the rectrices scarcely surpassing the tectrices ; culmen 
of bill, 1.25; gape, 1.75; from antiz to tip, only 1.00; depth of 
bill at base, .45, its width there .25; tarsus .75; middle toe and 
claw, 1.66. The feet are wholly reticulate with hexagonal plates ; 
the hullux is completely lateral, the end of its nail barely touch- 
ing the ground. The color of the feet is now undistinguishable; 
but the webs and the toes towards their end appear to have been 
darker than the rest. The bill is much shorter than the head, 
slenderish, compressed, the hook of the maxilla barely overarching 
the end of the mandible; the nostrils are entirely unfeathered, 
and lie in a deep narrow sulcus that runs obliquely into the max- 
illary tomium at the beginning of its decurvature ; the antie are 
acute, but only run out a little beyond the feathers on culmen, 
falling short of the nostrils. Feathers occlude the interramal 
space, and retreat in a straight line, obliquely upward and back- 
ward, to the angle of the mouth. Thus the bill is most like that 
of Spheniscus demersus in general characters, but somewhat ap- 
proaches that of Pygoscelis. This is one of the only two penguins 
that never gain a dark throat; the pictura is perfectly simple— 
blue above, white below; the line of demarcation passes straight 
through the eye, shoulder, and thigh; a spot at the end of the 
under surface of the wing is blue, and the border of the wing is 
white. 

No. . Mus. Acad., Philada., adult, ‘‘ New Holland.” 

No. 1336, Mus. nea Philada., *,, adult, Van Diemen’s Land, 
from the eer collection. 

No. 1338, Mus. Acad., Philada., South Australia, from the Gould 
ne A specimen still showitie brown doen in several 
places, the general plumage’very rich blue. Bill weak, only 1.25 
long, and .37 deep at base. (Compare Nos. 1340, 1341.) 

No. 1337, Mus. Acad., Philada., from the Gould collection, Van 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209 


Diemen’s Land. Like No. 1338, but with more extensive patches 
of gray down about the head, neck, and wings. 

No. 1339, Mus. Acad., Philada., from the Gould collection, 
South Australia. Young, in downy plumage, grayish brown 
above, white below. Bill one inch long. 

Nos. 1340, 1341, Mus. Acad., Philada., adults. Van Diemen’s 
Land, from the Gould collection ; types of S. undina. These spe- 
cimens are slightly smaller than average minor, bluer than usual 
but not bluer than No. 1338, for example, and with rather weak 
bills. The chord of the culmen of No. 1341 is 1 inch, that of 
1340 is 1.25, just as in No. 1338, and No. 15661. I cannot dis- 
tinguish these specimens even as a variety. 

Hyatt reports another of the U.S. Ex. Ex. specimens in the 
Boston Society’s Museum, and one from the Coll. La Fresnaye ; 
these, and several quoted by Gray and Schlegel, are all from the 
one or another of the localities above mentioned, and to which 
the species seems confined. 

We cannot discover, in Gould’s undina, any specific characters. 
The bird is one of the bluest of the penguins; and the shade of 
the plumage, as well as the hue of the bill and feet, varies with 
age or other changeable circumstances. 


SPHENISCUS DEMERSUJS (L.). 


Manchot du Cap de Bonne Espérance, Burr., P. E. 382. 

Black-footed Penguin, Epw., Birds, pl. 94. f. 2. 

Anser magellanicus, Cius., Exot. p. 101. 

Plautus pinguis, Kier, Av. p. 147. 

Anser magellanicus clusii, WILLOUGHBY, 242. 

Lesser pinguin, Phil. Trans. lviii. 37. Sparm. Voy. i. p. 24. 

Cape pinguin, Latu., Gen. Syn. vi. 566, and Gen. Hist. 1824, x. 381. 

Cape pinguin, var. A., Latu., Gen. Hist. x. 1824, 381; based on Sph. 
nevius, Briss., and Epw., pl. 94. f.1.; (= Gen. Syn. vi. 567, No. 5, A.). 

Cape pinguin, var. B., Laru., Gen. Hist. x. 1824, 881.; based on pinguin 
a lunettes, PERNET, Voy. ii. 17, pl. 7, f. 3.; Ip. p. 248, pl. 15.(=Gen. 
Syn. vi. 563, B.) 

? New Holland pinguin, Latu., Gen. Hist. x. 1824, 388 (no citations). 

Ohiloe pinguin, Latu., Gen. Hist. x. 1824, 388, and Gen, Syn. Suppl. ii. 
361. (Based on Moura.) : 

Three-toed pinguin, Latu., Gen. Syn. Suppl. ii. 361, and Gen, Hist. x. 
1824, 393; based on Diomedea chilensis, MOLINA. 

Spheniscus and Spheniscus nevius, Briss., Orn. vi. 1760, 97, 99. 

Diomedea chilensis et chiloensis, Mou., Nat. Chili, 1786, 210, 211. 


210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Aptenodytes chilensis et chiloensis. Gm., 8. N. i. 1788, 559. 

Aptenodytes chiloensis, LatH., Ind. Orn. ii. 1790, 881. 

Aptenodytes moline, LatH., Ind. Orn. ii. 1790, 881 (= three-toed pinguin 

of Laru., Gen. Syn.). 

Diomedea demersa, L., S. N. i. 1766, 214, nee Phaton dem. ibid. 219. 
(Based on Will., Edw., Clus., and Briss., as above cited). Hab. ‘*Cap. 
B. Spei.”’ 

Spheniscus demersus, TEMMINCK. ScuiEe., M. P.-B. 9me livr. 1866, Urin. 
p. 10. Gray, Hand-l., iii. 1871, 98. Hyarr, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. 
Hist. 1871. 

Aptenodytes palpebrata, Licut., Ed. Forst. Descr. An. 1844, 356. 

Spheniscus humboldtii, Meyen, Noy. Act. Ac. Ces. Leop. Car. 1834, xvi. 
Suppl. i. p. 110, pl. xxi. (Remarks upon the likelihood that it is the 
same as P. E. 882). Peru. ScuatTer, P. Z. 8. 1867, 337. (Chili.) 


No. .. . Mus. Smiths. Inst., locality unknown, received June 4, 
1862, from J.C. Macguire. Immature; entirely white below, with 
faint traces of a band across the lower throat; upper parts quite 
blue. As mounted, stands about 19 inches high; probably mea- 
sured about 24 inches; alar expanse, 18; chord of culmen, 2.10; 
height of bill at base, .75 

No... . Mus. Smiths. Inst., received with the last, locality un- 
known: collected March, 1846. Young bird, in the down, standing 
13 inches high as mounted. The bill is weak and much shrunken; 
a large lozenge-shaped naked space surrounds each eye, and 
much of the sides of the under mandible, feathered in the adult, 
is also naked. The down is light smoky-brown, paler below, 
whitening on the belly. 

No. ... Mus. Acad. Phila., locality unknown. Apparently a 
youngish bird, the upper parts being brownish with slight bluish 
gloss. The space between the eye and bill, and an area at base of 
under mandible, are naked more extensively than usual. 


No. ... Mus. Acad. Phila., locality unknown. An adult, in- 
tensely colored. A narrow loral line, and the eyelids, are naked. 
No. ... Mus. Acad. Philada., locality unknown. Adult. Only 


the eyelids are perfectly naked. The under parts show a great 
number of the isolated black feathers usually seen in this species. 
No. ... Mus. Acad. Phila., locality unknown. 
No. ... Mus. Bost. Soc., young, Cape of Good Hope, Coll. La 
Fresnaye. (Hyatt.) 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 911 


SPHENISCUS DEMERSUS, Var. MAGELLANICUS. 


2? Le manchot des Hottentots ; munchot a bee tronqué: P. E. 1005 (whether 
this var., or true demersus is uncertain). 

Collared pinguin, LatH., Gen. Syn. vi. 571; Laru., Gen. Hist. x. 1824, 391. 

Magellanic pinguin, Latu., Gen. Syn. vi. 569; Gen. Hist. x. 1824, 383. 

Aptenodytes magellanicus, Forst., Comm. Soc. Reg. Sc. Gott. ili. 1871, 143, 
pl. 5. Larn., Ind. Orn. ii. 880. Gm., 8. N. i. 1788, 557. (Based on 
Forst., l. c., and Mru1., Ill. t. 34.) Pras, U.S. Ex. Ex. 1848, 258 
and 335, No. 692. Cass, U. S. Ex. Ex. 1859, 335, 450, No. 692. 

Spheniscus magellanicus, SCLATER, P. Z. S. 1860, 382. 

Eudyptes (Pygoscelis) magellanicus, GRAY, Handl. iii., 1871, 99. 

Aptenodytes torquata, Forst., |. c. p. 146. Gm., 8. N. 1788, 558. Larn., 
Ind. Orn. ii., 1790, 880. 

**Aptenodytes platyrhynchus, Scopour.’? (Manchot a collier, Sonnerat, 
Voy., 180. pl. 114.) 

‘* A ptenodytes fuscirostris, ILLIGER.”’ 

Aptenodytes brasiliensis, Licnv., ed. Forst. Descr. Anim., 1844, 555. 

Spheniseus magnirostris, PEALE, Orn. U. 8. Ex. Ex. 1848, p. 263, pl. 71, 
f. 1, et p. 335, No. 698, teste spec. typic. ipso! Deinde S. demersus, Cass, 
Orn. U. S. Ex. Ex. 1859, 354, specimen eundem referens. 

Spheniscus demersus, ABBOTT, Ibis, 1860, 366. 

Sph. demerso similis, sed major, notwo obseuriore, necnon collo antice tor- 
quato, fascia fusci per regionem inter gulam et pectus transducta. 
Habitat cum precedente. 


No. 15,659, mounted, in immature plumage, Tierra del Fuego, 
U. S. Expl. Exped., T. R. Peale: type of Apt. magnirostris Peale. 
The bill is one of the smallest (of Spheniscus proper) we have seen ; 
the rugous parts are shrunken, and much of the bill is yellowish; 
the upper parts are lighter and bluer than is usual in this variety, 
and much as in ordinary demersus. There is no trace of the dark 
breast-band or of the lateral stripe; but the cervical half-collar 
distinctive of magellanicus is plainly apparent. This has decided 
us as to the proper determination of the specimen ; and of course, 
with this identification, comes the reference of Peale’s magniros- 
tris, and Cassin’s “* demersus,” here instead of to true demersus. 
In fact, we find the specimen labelled “ magellanicus?” in a hand- 

‘writing we do not recognize, and we observe that Mr. Cassin has 
queried his private No. 683, which refers to his catalogue (op. cit. 
p- 450, No. 683), although there and on p. 354 (op. cit.) he lets the 
name “ demersus” stand. 

No. ... 15,669, adult in perfect plumage, mounted, Tierra del 
Fuego, U. S. Ex. Ex., basis of Peale and Cassin, ll. cc. Bill, and 


912, PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


other details of structure, exactly as in demersus. Larger: about 
27 inches long, standing 24 as mounted; chord of culmen, 2.30; 
gape 2.90, tomia naked 2.25, antize to tip of bill 2.00, depth of bill 
at base 1.00, width do. .75 ; nostrils an inch from end of antiz; 
wing about 8; tarsus, 1.50; middle toe and claw, 3.00; outer do., 2.66; 
inner do., 2.00. Darker than average demersus; the cervical half- 
collar and pectoral lateral horse-shoe-shaped water-line both per- 
fect ; the perfect white line of the head starts at side of base of bill, 
runs over eye, curves down behind ear, somewhat expands below 
it, and then passes forward to the throat where it joins its fellow, 
thus cutting off the dark collar from the general gular black. 

No. 15,656, Mus. Smiths. Inst., same locality and source as the 
last, is also in adult condition, and perfectly similar to No. 15,669 
in color, but smaller; now it stands, as mounted, only about 14 
feet, but seems to have been about 2 feet long. 

No. ... Mus. Acad. Phila. Locality unknown. 

No. 1644, Mus. Acad. Phila. Straits of Magellan. Adult. 

No. 1514, Mus. Acad. Phila. “* Amérique meridionale.” 

No. ... Mus. Bost. Soc., adult, Tierra del Fuego, U.S. Ex. Ex. 
( Hyatt.) 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215 


Avaust 6. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 
Nine members present. 


Note on Cottus Grenlandicus, Fabr.—Dr. Ginu communicated 
the results of certain observations made on Coltus grenlandicus, 
Fab. (Acanthocottus grenlandicus, Girard), during the past season 
at the island of Grand Manan, New Brunswick. 

Two forms, agreeing in most respects except color, have been 
always noticed together by those who have been in a position to 
observe numbers. The most obvious external difference between 
these consists in the color, one having the flanks downward and 
the abdomen yellowish, while in the other form the abdomen is 
spotted with white. Descriptions in several works have been 
based on only one of these forms, but in Gunther’s * Catalogue of 
the Acanthopterygian Fishes” (II. p. 161), under the general 
term * Collus grenlandicus,” the two forms are mentioned, one 
being * Var.a. Sides of the belly with large white spots;” the 
other * Var. 6. Sides irregularly marbled ;” each was represented 
in the British Museum by four specimens. No suspicion of any 
sexual relation of those forms was expressed. 

The universal occurrence of these two forms together and in 
approximately equal numbers led the speaker to suspect that 
they really represented sexual conditions of the same _ species. 
Dissection confirmed the suspicion, and it was found that all in- 
dividuals with white spots on the abdomen were males, and all 
without, females. In order to remove doubt, sixteen specimens 
were dissected, all caught within a couple of hours, at Grand 
Manan, from the wharf of Mr. Walter McLaughlin. 

Six of these had (1) the belly ornamented with very distinct 
white round spots, and (2) the ventral fins were white, banded 
with black; all these were furnished with spermaries; (3) the 
spiny tubercles on the sides were also more numerous, and de- 
veloped (below as well as above) the lateral line; (4) the spinous 
dorsal fin was appreciable higher, and (5) several of the median 
rays (sixth to eleventh) of the pectoral fins were muricated or 
studded with minute tubercles. 

Of the other form, ten specimens were examined and found 
with well-developed ovaries (the right larger than the left). These 
were (1) yellowish towards the belly, and with (2) the ventrals 
yellow, banded with black; (8) the spiny tubercles were, as a 
rule, less developed, and in one specimen sparsely (2-4) existent 
below the lateral line; (4) the spinous dorsal was comparatively 
lower, and (5) all the pectoral rays were perfectly smooth on their 
inner surfaces. 

The intestinal canal from the ceca to the anus, when extended, 
was about twice as long as the entire fish (including the caudal). 


914 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The ceca were counted in five individuals, and in three were 
nine in number; in one ten; and another eleven. 


The rays of the fins were also counted, with the following 
result :— 


MALES. 
LEB Hex, <3 1162 ASABE igh 18 (6th to 11th muricated). 
2. UE ce (7th to 11th at ). 
ate 5¢ 14, “ (Sth to 8th 3 Ne 
1 se ds oO (Gihetond ght oe )s 
1 Ge tle dL ob “ (8th to 10th oy »: 
FEMALES. 
1. Dj 16- A. 13. P. 17 (both sides). 
ie iby) EV bE ily 
is TX lO 14. 18. 
il, Xela 13. 17 (both sides). 
1K x AG 13. 18 
1. Dre Ly, 14. es 
ile, xe lies 133 8s 
ills Seaplle ils at 
2. veg alfS 14. 18. 


There thus appears to be a considerable range of variation in 
the number of rays. The most common number is represented by 
the formula D. x, 16-17, A. 13, P. 18. The number of pectoral 

rays, as might @ priori be expected, is the most constant. 

There seems to be no valid reasons for the distinction of 
% Acanthocottus variabilis,’ Ayres, and “ Acanthocottus mucosus,” 
Ayres, from Cottus grenlandicus, and certainly no distinctive 
characters have been assigned. 

In answer to questions, it was added that no definite relation 
existed between the numbers of rays of the vertical fins and the 
number of vertebra, nor was there any corresponding variation. 
The most common number of vertebre in fishes‘is ten dorsal and 
fourteen caudal (10 + 14), but the difference in the number of rays 
in forms thus distinguished is very considerable. 


Auveust 13. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 
Nine members present. 


Mr. Tuomas MrgEHAN said he had observed this season that the 
spawn of the common mushroom (Agaricus campestris) radiated 
from a central point in a manner which he thought had not been 
recorded by other observers. As usually seen, the mushroom 
seemed to rise from various points along the mycelium, or under- 
ground thread, without any regular order or system. Fungi, like 
flowering plants, had other modes of propagation besides. seeds. 
As in the potato, we had one system elevating its parts into the 
atmosphere ending in seeds, and another sending thready stolons 
under ground terminating in distended stems or tubers—the 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215 


threads dying away after the tubers were mature—so in the com- 
mon agarics we have the parts known as the ‘* mushroom” which 
elevates itself into the atmosphere, and produces reproductive 
bodies like seeds called spores; and we also have underground 
white threads starting out from the base of the mushroom which 
at their terminus bear buds which next year become mushrooms, 
as the swollen ends or tubers of the potato produce plants. The 
observations, which he supposed new, referred to the distance 
which the spawn-threads traversed in one season, and the regular 
manner in which the mushrooms appeared from the parent of the 
past year. 

In the autumn of 1871, passing over a part of his farm where 
he had seen no mushrooms in previous years, he found two soli- 
tary specimens several yards apart. This season, where these two 
were gathered last year, there were two exact circles of several 
dozens of mushrooms, the circles about nine feet in diameter. 
The mushrooms were wholly confined to a belt of about six inches 
on the margin of this circle. The diameters in both instances 
being the same, led to the fair inference that about four feet is 
the distance travelled in one season by the spawn of the mush- 
room. Of course, next year, when the spawn starts from the bases 
of the mushrooms now in the circle, some will go back over the 
distance traversed this year, and the appearance of circles will be 
broken up, and it was owing to the fact of only two appearing in 
this way, that the radiating character could be observed. 

In England there are fungi which are known to radiate their 
threads from a common centre in this way. These destroy the 
vegetation which they come in contact with on their route, and 
make brown circular spots known to the common people as Fairy 
rings. The grass and vegetation inclosed in the mushroom rings 
were not destroyed as in those instances, but exhibited a slight 
bluish tint which that beyond the circle did not, which tint was 
a sign of slight injury. The facts that the mycelium radiated in 
so exact a circle, terminating in a bud which produced the mush- 
room; and that this radiation covered a circle nine feet in diame- 
ter, he thought novel facts worth recording. 


Avaust 20. 
Mr. Tryon in the chair. 
Ten members present, 


AvuGustT 27. 
The President, Dr. RuscuennberGer, in the chair. 
Eleven members present. 


On favorable report of the committee, the following paper was 
ordered to be published ;— 


216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


DESCRIPTIONS OF A NEW RECENT SPECIES OF GLYCIMERIS, FROM 
BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA, AND OF MIOCENE SHELLS OF NORTH 


CAROLINA. 
BY T. A. CONRAD. 


GLYCIMERIS, Klein. H. and A. Adams. 


G. BirrRuNcATA. Pl. 7, fig. 1. Short, rhomboidal, ventricose, 
contracted, and obliquely truncated anteriorly ; posterior margin 
oblique, slightly emarginate, cardinal tooth in right valve small, 
compressed, flattened on the posterior side; pallial sinus widely 
and obtusely rounded. 

Locality. Fort Macon, N.C. A.C. Beals, U.S. A. 

This interesting shell was sent to the Academy by Dr. Yarrow, 
from Fort Macon. I suppose it to be a recent shell, on account 
of its polish, and part of the unaltered ligament remaining. Two 
specimens were found. It is the only recent species of GLYCIMERIS 
inhabiting the coasts of North America. There are five species 
in the Miocene of Virginia and North Carolina. The genus 
PANOoPa@A is only represented in North America by P. arctica, 
Lam., which inhabits the Banks of Newfoundland. 

DONAX, Lam. 

D. moNneEvs. PI. 7, fig. 2. Shell triangular, elongated, ventri- 
cose on the posterior side; anterior side flattened, cuneiform, 
rounded at the extremity ; posterior side acutely rounded at the 
end, margin very oblique, concave, disk radiated with impressed 
lines. mee 
Locality. Coast of North Carolina, probably from a Miocene- 
bed under the sea. It was found by Dr. Yarrow, U.S. A. 

OSTRENOMIA. Conrad. 

Shell inequivalved, irregular, substance laminated as in OsTREA, 
hinge with a triangular cartilage pit; right valve with a deep 
notch or sinus having an internal raised margin; left valve with 
an angular bifurcating dentiform process at the base of the carti- 
lage pit; muscular impression one in each valve. 

O. CARoLINENSIS. PI. 7, fig. 3. From the Eocene of North 
Carolina, where it was found by Prof. Kerr, State Geologist. 

Prof. Morse has shown that Anomia ephippium is a rover in 
the first stage of existence, then fixed by a byssus which issues 


Proc AN:S. 1872. Plate I. 


\ 


‘4 
ts * > 
—eeaasis sues 


Conrad Illustrations of Fossi: Genera ot Sheles 


4, 4 us ( : FH i 
9 


sa 


" 
— 


Proc ANS. J87Z. Plate ll 


r 
? 


A 


>_> = 


AN © a 
SE mA 
SRR, 


%, 


Conrad Hlustrations of Fossil Genera of Shetls 


= 


Plate Vil 


ITO 
REL 


Proc. AN S.—Té 


stl Shells 


W North Carolina 


whecentl and las 


( 


Conrad. N 


~ 


CaKGy 


oat 


ey 
a 
- 
+ 
a 
7 
- 
: 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217 


from a sinus in the front margin of the shell; and I have stated 
that Punvinires has a similar mode of growth. Deshayes de- 
scribes and figures an Eocene Anomia, A. cazenovei, in which the 
supposed law of retardation is conspicuously indicated by the 
large size of the shell, although still retaining an incompleted 
foramen, and now we have this character, probably as a permanent 
one, associated with the hinge and structure of Osrrea, linking 
the two genera more closely than was heretofore apparent. 

OsTRENOMIA has the same aflinity to OstTrEA that PULVINITES 
has to IsogNoMEN, Klein. (PERNA, Brug.) 


15 


218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


SEPTEMBER 3. 
Dr. Bripaes in the chair. 
Seventeen members present. 
The following papers were presented for publication :— 


“ Catalogue and Synonymy of the Family Laseide.” By Gero. 
W. Tryon, JR. 

“Catalogue and Synonymy of the Family Galeommide.” By 
Gro. W. TrYON, JR. 

“ Catalogue and Synonymy of the Family Leptonide.” By 
Gro. W. Tryon, JR. 


Remarks on the Habits of an Ant.—Prof. Le1py remarked that 
in his recent visit to Fort Bridger, Wyoming, in many places he 
observed the nests or hills of an ant, which reminded him of a 
communication formerly made to the Academy by Mr. Lincecum, 
on the Agricultural Ant of Texas (1866, 323). The ant-hills con- 
sisted of conical piles of gravel from one to two feet in diameter 
and from six inches to a foot in height, occupying the centre of a 
bare, circular level several yards in diameter. The mode of for- 
mation and object of the circular space were not ascertained. 
Probably it was the accidental result of the insect feeding on all 
kinds of vegetation growing within a circumscribed limit. Mr. 
Lincecum described similar circles, or pavements as he calls them, 
and stated that the ants allow nothing to grow upon them except- 
ing a certain grass, Aristida stricta, from which they collect the 
seeds when ripe. 


SEPTEMBER 10. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 


Twenty-three members present. 
The following paper was presented for publication :-— 


“On the Agency of Insects in obstructing Evolution.” By 
THos. MEEHAN. 


Remarks on Mineral Springs, &c., of Wyoming and Utah.— 
Prof. Lumpy observed that, in his recent trip to Wyoming and 
Utah, he had had the opportunity of seeing a few of the mineral 
springs which are so numerous and varied in character, west of 
the Rocky Mountains. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219 


In Pioneer Hollow, about fourteen miles west of Fort Bridger, 
and a couple of miles from the Uniow Pacific Railroad, there are 
about a dozen springs within the extent of amile. T hese resemble 
the famous Saratoga Springs of New York. The waters are cool, 
slightly alkaline, of an agreeable taste, and highly impregnated 
with carbonic acid. ‘The springs range from a foot to fifteen feet 
in diameter. Each forms a circular mound or crater from one to 
three or four feet in height composed of a ferruginous silicious 
sinter. The waters pour gently over the edge “of the craters, 
which have been deposited very slowly during a long period of 
time, as the amount of silex in solution in the water is probably 
exceedingly small. Abundance of a green filamentous alga grows 
in the springs, apparently a species “of oscillatoria. No animal 
forms were detected in them. The rocks contiguous to Pioneer 
hollow consist of reddish and yellow indurated clays and sand- 
stones, in nearly horizontal strata. I detected no fossils in them, 
but suspect from their contiguity that they are of tertiary age. 

About twenty-two miles from Fort Bridger, in the same direc- 
tion as the former, there is an oil spring, the product of which 
resembles the so-called lubricating oil. Judge Carter is making 
the experiment of boring to render the spring more productive. 
The neighboring rocks are highly inclined, and ee are of 
cretaceous age. 

A mile or two north of Salt Lake City there is a warm spring 
with which a sanitary establishment is connected. The water 
strongly saline and is impregnated with sulphuretted bceeatte 
Its temperature I found, with an ordinary thermometer, to be 98°. 
A mile or two further north, on the Utah Central Railroad, there 
is a similar spring with a higher temperature, which I found to be 
128°. The water gushes forth abundantly from beneath a rock 
and forms a clear pond, with the bottom covered with a bright- 
green alga. This appears also to be an oscillatoria. Masses of 
it floating near the edge of the pond were white on the upper or 
exposed surface. This I suspected to be due to free sulphur, and 
indeed when the alga was exposed to the flame of a spirit-lamp it 
gave out an indistinct odor of sulphur, though the result was not 
so marked as [ had anticipated. ‘The water is strongly saline to 
the taste and is impregnated with sulphuretted hydrogen. No 
animals were detected in the water—not even microscopic forms. 
The waters of these springs finally pour into Salt Lake. 

Salt Lake, as is well known, is remarkable, like the Dead Sea, 
for the concentrated condition of its briny water, due to the accu- 
mulation of the saline matters by the evaporation of the water 
which has no river outlet. The many salt springs which empty 
in the lake must have greatly contributed to the accumulation of 
the saline constituents. The water of the lake is intensely salt to 
the taste, and is said to contain a fifth of its weight of salt. This, 
as well as some other points, I have not been able to test, from my 


220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


collections not yet having arrived. The much greater extent of 
the lake in former times is apparently confirmed by the ancient 
shore lines seen high up on the sides of the neighboring moun- 
tains. Two of these ancient shore lines, at different heights, pre- 
serve their horizontality and parallel character for miles along the 
base of the Wasatch Mountains, and form a quite conspicuous 
feature of the landscape of Salt Lake Valley. They reminded me 
of the view given in Lyell’s Antiquity of Man, of the parallel 
roads of Glen Roy in Scotland. On ascending to these ledges, 
behind the position of Camp Douglas, I found that they were 
hardly recognizable, and the description of the roads just men- 
tioned applies to them so closely that it may be suspected they 
may have had the same mode of origin. I was informed that 
similar ancient shore lines are visible on the sides of the mountain 
islands of the lake. 

Salt Lake is usually considered to be destitute of animal and 
vegetable life. Through the kindness of General H. A. Morrow, 
in command of Camp Douglas, I was enabled to visit the south- 
west shore of the lake. I observed a number of water-birds on its 
surface, among which were gulls and teal, and on the shore I 
noticed several curlew. Other birds, especially pellicans, were 
said to be abundant. These birds lead me to suspect the exist- 
ence of fishes in the lake, though none have yet been noticed. I 
observed no peculiar aquatic plants growing at the border of the 
lake, and indeed the part of the shore I visited was entirely desti- 
tute of vegetation within reach of the water. The shore swarmed 
with a small black fly, which from the vast quantities of larva 
skins lying near, I supposed to have been derived from the lake. 
Never before did I see such a vast accumulation of any one species 
of animal. The flies formed thick rows near the water’s edge like 
windrows of hay,and the bushes bordering the shore were loaded 
with them in such a manner as to remind one of swarms of black 
aphides. In walking along shore they rose before you in dense 
black clouds. So far as I could discover, the gulls and curlews 
appeared to be feeding on them. The remarkable crustacean Ar- 
temia salina has been abundantly found in the lake, as before 
indicated in this Academy. (Proc. p. 164.) 

I also observed floating at the edge of the lake and thrown on 
shore an abundance of an alga, apparently a species of Nostoc. 
It was in irregularly globular masses, from the size of mustard- 
seed to that of a large pea, and was of an olive-green color. 


SEPTEMBER 17. 
Prof. FRAZER in the chair. 


Fifteen members present. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 221 


SEPTEMBER 24. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 
Twenty-two members present. 
The death of Prof. Epwarp ParrisH was announced. 


The following were elected members of the Academy :— 

John P. Brock, Henry Leffman, M.D., Thos Sinnickson, Capt. 
Wm. Prince, U.S. A., Jas. C. Rea, M.D., Sarah P. Monks, John 
Doyle, and Thos. A. Robinson. 


On favorable report of the Committees, the following papers 
were ordered to be published :— 


ho 
bo 
bo 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


CATALOGUE AND SYNONYMY OF THE FAMILY GALEOMMIDZ. 


BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR. 

Family GALEOMMID.A, H. & A. Adams. 
Genera of Recent Mollusca, ii. 479. 1857. 
Genus GALEOMMA, Turton. 

Zool. Journ., ii. 361, t. 18 f. 1. 1825. 


Hiatella, Costa (not of Daudin or Brown), Ann. Sc. Nat., xv. 108. 
1828. 
Parthenope, Sacchi, Osserv. Zool. viii. 19. 1833. 


ile 


bo 


10. 


G. 


. MACHROCHISMA, Desh. Zool. Proc. 171. 1855. 


ANGuSTA, Desh. Zool. Proc. 170. 1855. 


Sowb. Thes. Conch. ili. 174, f. 10. 1866. 
Philippines. 


. ARGENTEA, Desh. Zool. Proc. 169. 1855. 


Sowb. Thes. Conch. iii. 174, f. 18,14. 1866. 
Philippines. 


. AURANTIA, Lam. (Psammobia), Anim. s. Vert. v. 515. 1818. 


G. Mauritiana, Sowb. 
Philippines. 


. CHLOROLEUCA, Desh. Zool. Proc. 170. 1855. 


Sowb. Thes. Conch. iii. 174, f. 12. 1866. 
Philippines. 


. DENTICULATA, Desh. Conch. I. Reunion, 18. 1864. 


Isl. Bourbon. 


. FORMOSA, Desh. Zool. Proc. 170. 1855. 


Sowb: Wert ll. L866: 
Australia. 


. INDECORA, Desh. |. c. 169. 1855. 


Sowb. l. c.f. 15. 1866. 
Ins. Masbate. 


INFLATA, Desh: I. ¢. 170.) 1855. 


Sowb. lc. f. 5,6. 1866. 
Ins. Masbate. 


. JAPONICA, A. Adams, Ann. and Mag. N. H. ix. 228. 1862. 


Japan. 


Sowb. 1. ¢. f. 7, 8. 1866. 
Philippines. 


bo 
bo 
i) 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


11. G. PAvcisTRIATA, Desh. 1.c.170. 1855. 
Sowb. l.c. f. 9. 1866. 
Philippines. 
12. G. Turtont, Sowb. Zool. Journ., ii. 361, t. 13, f. 1. 
Thes. Conch. iii. 172, f. 1-4. 1866. 
Hurope. 
Genus LIBRATULA, Pease. 
Proc. Zool. Soc. 512. 1865. 
1. L. PLANA, Pease. Zool. Proc. 512. 1865. 
Pacific Islands. 


Genus THYREOPSIS, H. Adams. 
Zool. Proc. 14. 1868. 


1. Y. CORALLIOPHILA, H. Adams, Zool. Proc. 14, t. 4, f. 8,8 a. 


1868. 
Mauritius. 
Genus SCINTILLA, Desh. 
Zool. Proc. 171. 1855. 
1. 8. ApAmst, Desh. Zool. Proc. 179. 1855. 
Sowb. Thes. Conch. iii. 177, f. 9. 1866. 
Philippines. 
2. S. amBiaua, Desh. 1. c. 168. Sowb. 1. c. f. 1-4. 
} Philippines. 


3. S. ANOMALA, Desh. 1. c. 181. Sowhb. 1. c. f. 25, 26. 
Philippines and Australia. 
4.8. AURANTIACA, Desh. 1.c. 179. Sowb. 1. c. f. 5. 
Australia. 
5. 8. Borneensis, Desh. Sowb. 1. c. f. 10. 
Borneo. 
6. S. cANDIDA, Desh. 1.c. 177. Sowb. 1. c. f. 33. 
Philippines. 
7. S. crocEA, Desh. 1.c. 175. Sowb. 1. c. f. 63. 
Philippines. 
8. S. ORYSTALLINA, Desh. 1.c. 177. Sowb. l.c. f. 53. 
Philippines. 
9. S. Cumrnean, Desh. 1. c. 173. Sowb. 1. c. f. 36-38. 
Panama. 
10. 8. Cuvrert, Desh. 1. c. 174. Sowb. 1. c¢. f. 59, 60. 
Philippines. 
11. 8S. pEcLivis, Sowb. Thes. Conch. iii. 179, f. 39. 1866. 


14. 


16. 


jd 
6) 


19: 


bo 
bo 


T! 


TM 


TR 


TR 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


. DESHAYESII, Sowb. l. c. 178, f. 50. 1866. 


S. Layardi, Desh. (not Galeomma). 


. FABA, Desh. Zool. Proc. 175. 1859. 
Sowh. 1. ¢. 177, f. 17. 
Hab.? 
. FLAVIDA, Desh. 1.¢. 179. 1855. 
Sowb. 1. c. 180, f. 64. 1866. 
Philippines. 
. Forsestt, Desh. 1. ¢. 179. 1855. 
Sowb. l. c. 176, f. 7, 8. 1866. 
Borneo. 
. Hanteyi, Desh. 1.c. 180. 1855. 
Sowb. 1. c. 179, f. 22, 27, 28. 1866. 
Philippines. 
. HYALINA, Desh. 1.c. 180. 1855. 
Sowb. l. c. 179, f. 23,24. 1866. 
Philippines. 
. HYDATINA, Desh. 1. ¢. 177. 1859. 
Sowb. 1. c. 180, f. 56, 57. 1866. 
Philippines. 


. HYDROPHANA, Desh. 1. ¢c. 178. 1855. 


Sowb. l. c. 180, f. 62. 1862. 
Philippines. 


. INCERTA, Desh. Conch. Ins. Bourbon 17. 1864. 


Mauritius. 


. JuKEstt, Desh. Zool. Proc. 174. 1856. 


Sowb. l. c. 177, f. 42, 43. 1866. 


Port Essington. 


. LACTEA, Sowb. Zool. Proc. 517, t. 32, f. 4. 1865. 
Borneo. 
. Layarpt, Desh. (Galeomma), |. c. 169. 1855. 
Sowb. Thes. Conch. iii. 175, f. 20. 1866. 
Ceylon. 
. OBLONGA, Sowb. Zool. Proc. 517, t. 32, f. 3. 1865. 
Borneo. 
. OPALINA, Desh. Zool. Proc. 177. 1855. 
Sowb. Thes. Conch. iii. 179, f. 41. 1866. 
Philippines. 


. oVATA, Gould. (Hrycina), Bost. Proc. iii. 252. 1866. 


Sandwich Isles. 


ns 


27. 


28. 


30. 


33. 


of. 


30. 


36. 


37. 


38. 


39. 


. OVULINA, Desh. 1. ec. 174. 


. OweEntI, Desh. 1. c. 179. 


. PALLIDULA, Desh. 1. c. 178. 


. PELLICULA, Desh. 1. c. 177. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


1855. 
Sowb. l. c. 178, f. 47. 1866. 
1855. 
Sowb. 1l.c. 177, f18. 1866. 

1855. 
Sowb. |. c. 176, f. 6. 1866. 

1855. 


Sowb. 1. c. 180, f. 66, 67. 1866. 


. PHILIPPINENSIS, Desh. 1. c. 176. 1855. 
Sowb. I. c. 179, f. 31, 32. 1866. 
. PIsuM, Sowb. 1. c. 178, f. 54,55. 1866. 
- POLITA, Desh. l.c. 169. 1855. 
Sowb. Lc. 175; f. 19v2 1866: 
. PoRULOSA, Desh. 1. ¢. 180. 1855. 
Sowb. ].c. 177, f. 21. 1866, 
. PupiIcA, Desh. 1]. ¢c. 178. 1855. 
Sowb. 1. c. 176, f. 12. 1866. 
. RechustANnA, Desh. 1.¢c.178. 1855. 
Sowb. 1. c. 176, f. 13. 1866. 
. REEVEI, Desh. |. c. 176.. 1855. 
Sowb. l. c. 179, f. 29, 30. 1866. 
. ROSEA, Desh. 1. c. 178. 1855. 
Sowb. |. c. 176, f. 11. 1866. 


. ROSEO-TINOTA, Tryon. 


Lo 
Lo 
or 


Philippines. 
Philippines. 
Philippines 
Philippines. 


Philippines. 


Hab.? 
Piahnenes 
Philippines. 
Philippines. 

Australia. 
Philippines. 


Philippines. 


S. rosea, Sowb. (not Desh.) Zool. Proc. 517, t. 32, f. 5, 6. 


1865. 


Lizard Isles. 


226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


40. S. SCINTILLARIS, Desh. 1. c. 175. 1855. 
Sowb. Thes. Conch. iii. 178, f. 44. 1866. 


Philippines. 
41. §. semicLausa, Sowb. Zool. Proc. 577, t. 32, f. 1, 2. 1865. 
Borneo. 


49. S. sonrpuLA, Desh. 1.c. 174. 1855. 
Sowb. Thes. Conch. iii. 178, f. 48, 49. 1866. 


Philippines. 
43. S. squaMA, Desh. 
Sowb. I. c. 180, f. 65. 1866. 
Hab.? 
44, S. spLENDIDA, Desh. 1. ¢. 169. 1855. 
Sowb. l. c. 175, f. 14, 15. 1866. 
Philippines. 


45. §. SrranGEI, Desh. l.c. 181. 1855. 
Sowb. l.c. 177, f. 16. 1866. 
Moreton Bay. 
46. §. sTRIATINA, Desh. 1. c¢. 176. 1855. 
Sowb. 1. c. 179, f. 40. 1866. 


Philippines. 
47. S. succrngEA, Desh. 1. c. 176. 1855. 
Sowb. |. c. 178, f. 58. 1866. 
Philippines. 
48. S. TENUIS, Desh. ].¢. 176. 1855. 
Sowb. l. c. 177, f. 34. 1866. 
Philippines. 
49. S. rHoRACICA, Gould, Bost. Proc. viii. 35. 1861. 
Ousima. 


50. S. Trmornensts, Desh. lc. 174. 1855. 
Sowb. I. c. 180, f. 61. 1866. 
Ins. Timor. 
51. S. rurGEscENS, Desh. ].c. 175. 1855. 
Sowb. l. c. 178, f. 45, 46. 1866. 
Moreton Bay. 
52. S. rurarpA, Desh. 1.c. 175. 1855. 
Sowb. l. c. 178, f. 51, 52. 1866. 
Philippines. 
53. S. virrea, Desh. 1. c. 178. 1855. 
Sowb. l. c. 180, f. 68. 1866. 
=§. Cuvieri, junior? (Desh.) 
Philippines. 


* 


bho 
Lo 
-t 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


CATALOGUE AND SYNONYMY OF THE FAMILY LEPTONIDE, 


BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR. 
Family LEPTONIDA, H. & A. ADAMs. 
Genera of Recent Mollusca, ii. 477. 1857. | 
Genus LEPTON, aidetond 
Brit. Bivalv. 62. 1822. 


Turtonia, Alder, Cat. Moll. Dur. et North. 95, 1848. 


is 


6. 


10. 


ll. 


13. 


L. 


ap Oy 


Pe ket wns Ree 


a 


. JAPonicuM, Adams, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 228. 


ApAmsI, Angas, Zool. Proc. 910, t. 44, f. 11. 1867. 
Port Jackson, Australia. 
ANOMALUM, Deshayes. 
Hab.? 


. CLEMENTINUM, Carpenter, Mazat. Cat. 110. 1857. 


Mazatlan. 


. CLARKIA, Clark, Ann. Nat. Hist., 2d ser. 1852. 


Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Conch. iv. 255, t. 132, f. 7. 
England. 


. CONCENTRICUM, Gould, Bost. Proce. viii. 33. 1861. 


Sydney Harbor. 


. FABAGELLA, Conrad, Am. Mar. Conch. 53, t. 11, f.3. 1831. 
. FIRMATUM, Gould, Bost. Proc. viii. 33. 1861. 


Simon’s Bay. 


Japan. 


. LEPIDUM, Say, Jour. Philad. Acad. Nat. Sci. v. 221. 1866. 


United States. 


. LONGIPES, Stimpson, Kurtz Catalogue. 


North Carolina. 


. LUCIDUM, Gould, Bost. Proc. viii. 338. 1861. 


Hong Kong. 


- Merq@um, Carpenter. 


Monterey, Cal. 


. MINUTUM, Fabricius, Faun. Green. 412. 


Turtonia minuta, Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Conch. ii. 81, 
t. 18, f. 7 (Animal, t. 0, f. 1). 
Mya purpurea, Mont. Test. Brit. Suppl. 21. 
England, Greenland. 


22 


8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


14. L. nrripum, Turton, Conch. Dith. 68. 1822. 


15. 


16. 


Li 


18 


19 


Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Conch. ii. 92, t. 36, f. 3, 
Var. L. convexum, Alder, Cat. North. et Dur. 93. 
Forbes & Hanley, 1. c. ii. 102, t. 36, f. 10 


4. 


Hurope. 


L. PLACUNOIDEUM, Carpenter, Mazat. Cat. 111. 1857. 


Mazatlan. 


L. squamosum, Mont. Test. Brit. 1.565. 1803. 


Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Conch. ii. 98, t, 36, f. 8, 9, t. 0, f 6. 


L. nitidum, 8. Wood, Crag. Moll. 


Europe. 


. L. sutcatuLum, Jeffreys, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. 34, t. 2, 


f, 2) 1859snn a 


Europe. 


. L. TRANSLUCIDUM, Souverb. Jour. de Conch. xi. 285, t. 12, f. 6, 


1863. 


New California. 


. L. UMBONATUM, Carpenter Panama Check List. 


Genus TELLIMYA, Brown. 
Brit. Conch. t. 14. 1147. 


1. T. BrpenTATA, Mont. Test. Brit. 44, t. 26, f5. 1803. 


Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Conch. ii. 75, t. 18, f. 6, 
Erycina faba, Nyst. 

Erycina nucleola, Recluz, Rey. Zool. 331. 184 
Mesodesma exigua, Lovén. 


6, a. 


4, 


Norway— England. 


. T. Dawsont, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. ii. 216. 1863. V.1 


78. 1869. 
Scotland. 


. T. ponacina, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. ii. 216. 1863. V.178. 1869. 


England—Shetland. 
. T. FERRUGINEA, Mont. Test. Brit. 44, t. 26, f.5. 1803. 


Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Moll. ii. 72 t. 18, f. 5. 
Amphidesma Goodalliana, Leach, Synopsis. 
Amphidesma purpurascens, Lam. 


Tellimya elliptica, Bronw. Brit. Conch. 106, t. 42, f. 19. 


Tellimya glabra, ibid. 107, t. 42, f. 20, 21. 
Tellimya ovata, 8S. Wood, Crag. Moll. 
Erycina Franciscana, Recluz, Rev. Zool. 380. 
Montacuta tenella, Lovén, 197. 


1844. 


Europe. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229 


5. T. Japonica, A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 225. 1862. 


Japan. 
6. T. TumipA, Carpenter, Philad, Proc. 58. 1865. 


Sts. of Fuca to San Diego, Cal. 
1. T. rumMIDULA, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. v. 177. 1869. 


Shetland, Hebrides. 


CATALOGUE AND SYNONYMY OF THE FAMILY LASEIDE., 
BY GEO. W. TRYON, JR. 
Family LASEID@, H. & A. Adams. 
Genera of Recent Mollusca, ii., 478. 1857. 


Genus LASEA, Leach. 
Brown, Brit. Conch., t. xx. 1827. 
Poronia, Recluz. Revue Zool., 166. 18438. 
Cycladina, Cantraine, Bull. Brux. ii., 399. 1835. 


1. L. AvsTRALIS, Souverbie, Jour. de Conch. 287, t. 12, f. 8. 1863. 
New Caledonia, Australia. 
2. L. incerTA, Recluz. 
3. L. Pargreysil, Phil. Zeit. Mal. 72. 1847. 
Australia. 
4. L. pHysoIDES, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 493. 1818. 
Port George. 
5. L. PURPURATA, Phil. Zeit. Mal. 72. 1847. 
Australia. 
6. L. ruBRA, Mont. Test. Brit. 83, t. 27, f. 4. 


Amphidesma nucleola, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 493. 1818. 

Hrycina violacea, Scacchi, Cat. 6. 

Cycladina Adansonii, Cantraine, Bul. Acad. Brux. ii. 

1835 

Bornia semilunum, Phil. Moll. Sicil. i. 14, t. 1, f. 16. 1836. 

Poronia Petitiana, Chenu, Ill. Conch. t. 1, f. 2. 

Cyclas Australis, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 560. 1818. 

Iceland, Norway, England to Mediterranean, 

W. Coast Africa to Cape Good Hope, Ca- 
nary Islands, Massachusetts to Magellan's 
Straits, West Coast of North and South 
America, Singapore, Timor, Java, Aus- 
tralia. 


g2 


6. 


10. 


te 


L. scALARIS, Phil. Zeit. Mal. 72. 1847. 
Australia. 
L. spurca, Recluz. 
L. TRIGONALIS, Carpenter, Maz. Cat. 109. 1857. 
Mazatlan. 
Genus THECODONTA, A. Adams. 
Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. xiii. 308. 1864. 
T. SrEBALDI, A. Adams, loc, cit. 
Japan. 
Genus KELLIA, Turton. / 
Brit. Biv. 57. 1822. 
Bornia, Phil. Moll. Sicil. 1, 13. 1836. 
Chironia, Desh. Rev. Zool. 356. 1839. 
Erycina, Recluz (not Lam.) Rev. Zool. 291. 1844. 
Solecardia, Conrad, Proc. Phil. Acad. 155. 1849. 
K. AustRALis, Desh. Zool. Proc. 183. 1855. 
Australia. 
K. BALAUSTINA, Gould, Bost. Proc. 33. 1861. 
Sidney, Australia. 
K. BuLLA, Gould, Bost. Proc. 33. 1861. 
Loo Choo. 
K. BULLATA, Phil. Archiv fur Naturg. 51. 1845. 
Sts. of Magellan. 
K. BuLLULA, Desh. Zool. Proc. 182. 1855. 
Philippines. 
K. cOMPLANATA, Phil. Enum. Moll. Sicil.1,14,t.1,f14. 1836. 
Mediterranean. 
K. convEXA, Gould, Bost. Proc. 33. 1861. 
Cape of Good Hope. 
K. CORBULOIDES, Phil. Enum. Moll. Sicil. 1, 14, t. 1, f. 15. 
Mediterranean. 
K. CRENULATA, Gould, Bost. Proc. 33. 1861. 
Hong Kong. 
K. CycLapirormis, Desh. Traité Elém. t. 11, f. 6-9. 
Australia. 
K. DENTICULATA, Desh. Zool. Proc. 182. 1855. 
Borneo. 
K. pupia, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 183. 1855. 


. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Guayaquil. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 931 


13. K. gurtuLa, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 182. 1855. 


Philippines. 
14. K. rata, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 183. 1855. 
Philippines. 
15. K. LAprroustt, Desh. Guerin’s Mag. Zool. 1839. 
Var. rotundata, Carp. Jour. de Conch. 137. 1865. 
Var. Chironii, Carp. Jour. de Conch. 136. 1865. 
Coast of California, northwards. 
16. K. Mac-AnpDREwI, Fischer, Jour. de Conch. 194, t.9,f.1. 1867. 
North of Spain; Gironde, France. 
17. K. MAcroponta, Desh. Zool. Proc. 182. 1855. 
‘ Philippines. 
18. K. mimtaris, Phil. Archiv fur Naturg. 51. 1845. 
Magellan’s Sts. 
19. K. optonea (? Lasea), Carp. Maz. Cat. 109. 1857. 
Mazatlan. 
20. K. papyracra, Desh. Zool. Proc. 183. 1855. 
Columbia. 
21. K. parva, Desh. Zool. Proc. 182. 1855. 
Philippines. 
22. K. PetTitrAna, Recluz. Rev. Zool. 175. 1843. 
Callao. 
23. K. PLANULATA, Stimpson, Shells, N. E.17. 1850. 
Gould, Invert. Mass., 2d edit. f. 393. 1870. 
K. rubra, Gld. (not Montagu.) Invert. 1st edit. 60. 
Massachusetts. 
24. K. puncura, Phil. Zeit. Moll. 149. 1848. 
W. America. 
25. K. QUADRULA, Gould, Bost. Proc. iii., 252. 1850. 
Lijit Isles. 
26. K. RorunDA, Desh. Zool. Proc. 181. 1855. 
So. Australia. 
27. K. ruaosa, Recluz. 
28. K. sEminuLUM, Phil. 
29. K. SUBORBICULARIS, Mont. Test. Brit. 39, t. 26, f. 6. 1803. 


Lrycina Geoffroyi, Payr. Moll. Corse, 30, t. 1, f. 3-5. 
Erycina pisum, Sacchi. Cat. p. 6. 

Bornia inflata, Phil. Enum. Moll. Sicil. 

Oronthea Montaguana, Leach. 

Tellimya tenuis, Brown, Ill. Brit. Conch. t. 42, f. 12, 13. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Cyclas pustula, Costa. 
Cycladina clandestina, Costa. 
Var. Kellia lactea, Brown, Ul. Brit. Conch. 106, t. 42, f. 10, 11. 


Europe, Canary, Isles, Massachusetts, Aracan 
(Hanley), Mazatlan (Carpenter). 


30. K. supruGosaA, Souverb. Jour. Conch. xi. 286, t,12,f.7. 1863. 


New Caledonia. 


31. K. suBTRIGONA, Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 42, t.2,f. 1. 
1858. Brit. Conch. ii. 228. 1863. 


32. 


33. 


o4. 


to 


-T 


K. 


Ke 


K. 


England. 
TELLINOIDES, Hanley, Zool. Proc. 340. 1856. 


Philippines. 
UNDULATA, Gould, Bost. Proc. vill. 33. 1861. 


Kagosima. 
ZEBUENSIS, Desh. Zool. Proc. 182. 1855. 


Philippines. 
Genus CYCLADELLA, Carpenter. 
Zool. Proc. 270. 1865. 


. PAPYRACEA, Carp. Zool. Proc. 270. 1865. / 


Mazatlan. 
Genus PYTHINA, Hinds. 
Zool. Voy. Sulphur. 70. 1844. 


. ARCUATA, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 47. 1856. 


Indian Ocean. 


. compacta, Gould (Kellia), Bost. Proc. viii. 33. 1861. 


Hab.—? 


. Cumrinart, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 47. 1856. 


Indian Ocean. 


. DESHAYESIANA, Hinds. Voy. Sulphur. 70. 1844. 


H. & A. Adams, Genera iii. t. 114, f. 9. 


. DESHAYESII, Orb. et Recluz. Rev. Zool. 299, 325. 1844. 


So. Australia. 


. MacrrorpEs, Hanley, Zool. Proc. 340. 1856. 


Cape Good Hope. 


. NUCULOIDES, Hanley, Zool. Proc. 341. 1856. 


Society Islands. 


. PAULA, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 47. 1856. 
. PECULIARIS, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 47. 1856. 


Indian Ocean. 


10 


11 


12. 


13. 


6. 


-~T 


10. 


11. 


12. 


beg 


ED os 


i 


e. 


a 


M. 


M. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233 


RUGIFERA, Carpenter, Philad. Proc. 57. 1865. 
Sts. of Fuca. 
STRIATISSIMA, Sowb. Zool. Proc. 317, t. 32, f. 7. 1865. 
Borneo. 
SUBLEVIS, Carpenter, Mazat. Cat. 112. 1857. 
Mazatlan. 
TRIANGULARIS, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 47. 1856. 
Indian Ocean. 


Genus MONTACUTA, Turton. 
Conch. Dict. 102. 1819. 


CHALCEDONICA, Carpenter, Mazat. Cat. 531. 1857. 
Mazatlan. 


. CONVEXA, Gould, Bost. Proc. viii. 35. 1861. 


Simon’s Bay. 


- CoquimBENsIs, Hanley, Zool. Proce. 340. 1856. 


Coquimbo. 


. Dionma, Carpenter, Mazat. Cat. iii. 1857. 


Mazatlan. 


. DIVARICATA, Gould, Bost. Proc. viii. 88. 1861. 


Hakodadi. 


. ELLIPTICA, Carpenter, Mazat. Cat. 113. 1857. 


Mazatlan 


. Goutp1, Thomson, Am. Journ. Conch. iii. 33. 1867. 


New Bedford, Mass. 


. OBTUSA, Carpenter, Zool. Proc. 270. 1865. 


Mazatlan. 


. SUBQUADRATA, Carpenter, Mazat. Cat. 113. 1857. 


Mazatlan. 


. SUBSTRIATA, Mont. Test. Brit. Suppl. 25. 


Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Moll. ii. 77, t. 18, f. 8, 8a, pl. 0, f. 2. 
M. spatangi, Brusina, Contrib. 99. 
Norway to Mediterranean. 
TRANSVERSA, Forbes, Rep. A{gean Invert. 192. 
Crete and Morea. 
TUMIDULA, Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xviii. 396. 1866. 


Hebrides 
16 


2) 


34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Genus CYAMIUM, Phil. 
Archiy fiir Naturgesch. i. 50. 1845. 
1. C. antARcTIcUM, Phil. Archiv fiir Naturg. 50. 1845. 
Gregory Bay, Patagonia. 
2. C. ELEVATUM, Stimpson (Montacula), Sheils of New Eng. 16. 
1851. 
Gould, Invert. Mass. 2d edit. f. 396. 1870. 
Montacuta bidentata (not of Mont.), Gould, Invert., lst 
edit. 59. 1844. 
Coast of New England. 


Lo 
co 
or 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


ON THE AGENCY OF INSECTS IN OBSTRUCTING EVOLUTION. 


BY THOMAS MEEHAN. 


Since so much which has been learned in regard to the agency 
of insects in the cross fertilization of flowers, I understand the 
drift of scientific thought to be in the direction of.the general 
principle, that in the hypothesis of evolution insects play an im- 
portant part. It does not seem to have occurred to any observer 
that they may act as an obstruction to any great departure from 
what we may take as the normal form—that but for them varia- 
tions would probably often be much greater than they are. 

It has fallen to my lot to observe and to place on record in the 
Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 
the American Naturalist, and elsewhere, that art has not so much 
to do with garden variations as generally supposed ; that varia- 
tions in nature are as great as in horticulture; and that the 
florist’s credit is chiefly due in preserving the form which un- 
assisted nature provided for him. It was at one time part of the 
essential idea of a species that it would reproduce itself. If any 
variation occurred in nature, it was taken for granted that seed- 
lings from this variation would revert to the parent form. But it 
is now known that the most marked peculiarity in variation can 
be reproduced in the progeny, if care be taken to provide against 
fertilization by another form. Thus, the blood-leaved variety of the 
English beech will produce blood-leaved beeches; and, as I have 
myself found by experiment, the very pendulous weeping peach 
produces from seed plants as fully characteristic as its parent ; 
and when the double blossomed peaches bear fruit, as they some- 
times do, I have it on the authority of a careful friend that the 
progeny is doubled as its parent was. But I need not refer 
particularly to this. Any intelligent florist of the present age 
can testify to the fact, that varieties will reproduce themselves as 
fully as the original forms from whence they sprung. 

I do not think botanists, as such, are so fully aware of these 
facts as the florists are. They scarcely admit of much inherent 
variation in form in nature; but look rather to hybridization, and 
insect agency in connection therewith, to account for the changes 
when they occur. In order to avoid the possibility of these 
agencies acting as the sole factors in evolution, I have generally 


236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


taken a genus consisting of only one species in a given locality, to 
show how great is the variations in form, where no congenital 
species could mix with it. I have, for this, chosen Epigeza repens, 
Chrysanthemum leucanthemum, and the Quercus neo-mexicana (Q. 
Gunnissonii?) of the Rocky Mountains—papers which most of 
the readers of this will probably remember. Another familiar 
plant to illustrate this is the common yellow toad flax, Linaria 
vulgaris. In a handful of specimens gathered in an aera s 
walk, I find the following marked variations :— 

In regard to the spur, which is generally as long as the main 
portion of the corolla, some have them only one-third or one-fourth 
as long; and in one instance the plant bears flowers entirely 
spurless. Dr. James Darrach, a member of the Academy, informs 
me that he believes he has, in years, past, gathered a spurless form, 
but has neglected to place it on record. Then some plants bear 
flowers with spurs thick, and others with narrow ones; and while 
some have spurs quite straight, others curve so as to describe 
nearly the half of a circle. The lobing of the lower lip is various. 
In some cases the two lateral ones spread away from the small 
central one, leaving a free space all around it ; at other times they 
overlap the central one so that it is scarcely seen. Sometimes the 
small central lobe is nearly wanting—often not more han half 
the depth of the two large lobes, and at times quite as full, 
when it may be linear, ovate, or nearly orbicular. The palate, 
as the deep colored process attached to the lower lip may be 
called, also varies. In color it is pale lemon, but often a brilliant 
orange. Sometimes it is but about the eighth of an inch in 
thickness; at others one-fourth, in flowers of the same size. In 
the case of the shallow flat palate, the attached lobes are patent, 
or even incurved; while in the thick ones they are very much 
reflexed. These two forms, when the extremes are selected, are 
as strikingly distinct as two species often are. Again, the palate 
is rounded and blunt at the apex; at other times almost wedge- 
shaped, or at least narrowing to a blunt point. The upper lip 
varies in proportionate length, sometimes not extending much 
beyond the palate, sometimes half an inch more; then the 
margins are sometimes bent down like the wings of a swooping 
bird ; or upwards as in those of a rapidly descending one. Some- 
times they are united and turned abruptly up at the apex, like 
the keel of the garden pea. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237 


And now in regard to the bearing of all these facts on the great 
scientific questions of the day, we have to note first, that the 
plant is an introduced weed, with nothing allied to it anywhere, 
in the localities where we usually find it, with which it can 
possibly hybridize. The variations must be from some natural 
law of evolution inherent in the plant itself. Varieties of course 
may cross-fertilize as well as species; and some of these varia- 
tions may be owing to one form fertilizing another form; but 
there can be no avoiding the fact, that at least the first pair of 
varying forms must have originated by simple evolution. 

Now going back to our florists’ experience the question occurs, 
that as varieties once evolved will reproduce themselves from 
seed, why does not some one of these Linarias, which has been 
struck off into some distinct mould, reproduce itself from seed, 
and establish, in a state of nature, a new race, as it would do under 
the florist’s care? Why, for instance, is there not a spurless race? 
It is scarcely probable that the solitary plant, found on this after- 
noon’s walk, is the only one ever produced. Dr. Darrach’s 
recollection shows it is not a solitary case. The humblebee 
furnishes the answer. They, so far as I have been able to see, 
are the only insects which visit these flowers. They seem very 
fond of them, and enter regularly at the mouth, and stretch down 
deep into the spur for the sweets gathered there. The pollen 
is collected on the thorax, and of course is carried to the next 
flower. The florist, to “fix” the form, carefully isolates the plant . 
but in the wild state a spurless form has no chance. The bee 
from the neighboring flower of course fertilizing it with the 
pollen from any of the other forms. 

If there were no bees, no agency whatever for cross fertilization, 
nothing but the plant’s own pollen to depend on, there would 
undoubtedly be races of this linaria, which, again, by natural 
evolution at times changing, would produce other races ; and in 
time the difference might be as great as to be even though 
generic. But we see that by the agency of the humblebee the 
progress of the newly evolved form is checked. The pollen of 
the original form is again introduced to the offspring, and it is 
brought back at least half a degree to its starting point. 

The conclusion seems to me inevitable, that insects in their 
fertilizing agencies, are not always abettors, but rather at times 
conservators of advancing evolution. 


238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


OcroseER 1. 
Dr. Carson, Vice-President, in the chair. 
Eighteen members present. 
The following papers were presented for publication :— 


“ Catalogue and Synonymy of the Family Astartide.” By 
Gro. W. Tryon, Jr. 
* Catalogue of the Family Solemyide.” By Gro. W. Tryon, Jr. 


Notice of a Corundum Mine.—Prof. Lerpy remarked that he 
had visited a corundum mine recently opened on the farm of Mr. 
George Ball, in the vicinity of Unionville, Chester Co., Pa. The 
accumulation is perhaps the most extraordinary discovered, and 
its extent yet remains unknown. Detached crystals of corundum 
have often been found in the ploughed fields and roadsides of the 
neighborhood, and also masses or boulders of the same material 
have been discovered on the surface of the ground or buried in 
the local drift covering the deeper rocks. In several instances 
boulders of nearly pure corundum have been found in the locality 
up to several tons in weight. A company was led to seek for this 
important mineral, and for the purpose sunk a shaft in a neighbor- 
ing hill of albite, but without success. Mr. John Smedley, an in- 
telligent farmer, employed by the proprietors of the mine, was led 
to the discovery of the corundum by noticing the direction of the 
boulders in the surface drift. Tracing it to the top of the hill, he 
found it about five feet below the surface. 

The corundum, as exposed to view at the bottom of a trench, 
appears as the crest of a large body or vein lying between a de- 
composing gneiss and a white talcose schist. The vein appears to 
extend in a western direction and towards the east turns at an 
obtuse angle to the northeast. The exposed portion may prob- 
ably reach twenty or more feet and averages about six feet in 
depth and five feet in thickness at bottom, and is estimated to 
contain about fifty tons. How much further the vein extends 
-west and northeast, and how far it reaches in depth and thickness, 
can only be determined by future mining. It looks as if it pro- 
mised to be the most valuable deposit of corundum ever found. 

The rock on the south side of the vein is the white talcose 
schist above mentioned. In immediate contact with the corundum 
it appears to be metamorphosed into the material described a few 
years ago by our fellow member, Mr. Lea, under the name of 
Lesleyite. The schist on the declivity of the hill is contiguous to 
steatite and serpentine. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239 


The corundum is the pure material, and is not emery. The 
masses are made up of a close aggregation of crystals with the 
intervals occupied with margarite. Some of the fissures and sur- 
faces of the masses display large and beautiful crystalline plates 
of margarite, and occasionally unusally fine crystals of diaspore. 
Some of the crystals of corundum appear to have undergone par- 
tial metamorphosis into margarite. The corundum is bluish-gray, 
of very compact texture, and does not cleave so readily as the 
North Carolina mineral. 

The various specimens of corundum and other minerals found 
in association with it, presented to the Academy this evening by 
Mr. Ball, were obtained at the locality described. 


OcroBER 8. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 


Seventeen members present. 


Mr. Tuomas MEEHAN remarked, that as botanists well knew, 
Quercus prinoides seldom grew more than two feet in height. It 
was one of the smallest of shrubs. In his collections in Kansas, 
he found oaks in the vicinity of Leavenworth, which made small 
trees from ten to fifteen feet high, and with stems from one to two 
feet in circumference. He was entirely satisfied that it is identical 
in every respect but size with the @. prinoides of the eastern 
States. 

Among trees there are few which produce forms as low shrubs; 
but the Pinus Banksiana, in the East but a bush of five or ten feet, 
grew often forty feet along the shores of Lake Superior; the Cas- 
tanea pumila, Chinquapin chestnut, when it gets out of the sands of 
New Jersey into the clayey soils west of the Delaware, often grew 
as large as many full grown apple trees; while the Celtis occiden- 
talis, which in the East is generally but a straggling bush along 
fence corners, is in Ohio a large spreading tree with enormous 
trunk, and in Indiana is as lofty and as graceful as an elm. 

He also exhibited a section of a stem of Wistaria sinensis, and 
‘called the attention of members to a curious arrangement of the 
wood and bark. The vertical section showed by the annual rings 
of wood that it was about twelve years old. After the eighth 
year’s circle there was a layer of bark, and over this layer two 
more circles of wood. On a portion of the section another layer 
of bark had formed between the tenth and eleventh years’ circles 
of wood. The bark seemed to be wholly of liber, the cellular 
matter and external cortical-layer of the regular bark appeared to 
be wanting. A longitudinal section showed where these internal 
layers of bark extended no further upwards, and at this point there 


240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


was an evident flow of wood from the interior over and down this 
layer of inclosed bark. 

He remarked that this section of wood was taken from a stem 
which had been led to support itself in an upright position. When 
the Wistaria is permitted to trail along the ground numerous 
rootlets are formed along its length. He thought from the appear- 
ance of the wood, in the specimen presented, that rootlets had 
partially formed in these erect stems, pushing through the liber, 
and then instead of penetrating entirely through the bark, and 
forming perfect rootlets, they remained within the cellular matter, 
and descending joined with the regular woody layer in forming 
an annular course of wood. This explanation was the more 
plausible, he thought, from the fact that woody stems formed on 
the ground. Where the rootlets went quite through into the earth, 
the stems were nearly regularly cylindrical ; but these upright 
stems on which rootlets were never seen had an irregular fluted 
appearance; of course, this explanation does not accord with the 
formation of wood in ligneous structures as generally understood ; 
but he could not understand how the appearance presented could 
have occurred in any other way, than as he had supposed. 

Attention was called to a twin apple, on the table, with two stems 
and stem cavities, and two calyx basins a little below which, how- 
ever, an union had taken place. Mr. Meehan said these phenomena 
were rather common with various fruits and the mode of produe- 
tion well understood. It was simply the inarching of two fruits 
at avery early stage of their existence, through two embryonic 
blossoms haying perhaps been produced in juxtaposition from one 
bud. 

Dr. JosepH Carson said that he thought the variety exhibited, 
the winesap, had a tendency to pair young buds and thus bring 
forth these united twin fruit. He had once known a tree of them 
which produced a large proportion of the fruit of this character. 
He had seen perhaps a peck of them which had been gathered at 
one time from the tree. 


OctToBER 15. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 
Twenty-one members present. 


Remarks on Fossil Mammals from Wyoming.—Prof. Lerpy di- 
rected attention to the collection of fossils, from the vicinity of 
Fort Bridger, Wyoming, presented this evening by Dr. J. Van 
A. Carter, Dr. Joseph K. Corson, U.S. A., and himself. Among 
them are the more characteristic remains noticed in a letter sent 
by him to the Academy last July, published August Ist, and sub- 
sequently in the Proceedings, page 167. Some of the fossils were 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241 


referred to a huge pachyderm with the name of UINTATHERIUM 
RoBUSTUM. Of this animal Drs. Carter and Corson found together 
a number of parts of the same skeleton, consisting of the back 
portion of a cranium retaining parts of both temporal fossz, the 
occiput and the occipital condyles; parts of the upper and lower 
jaws containing the back molars ; a mutilated humerus ; a proximal 
and a distal extremity of a femur; and a calcaneum and an astra- 
galus. These were found 10 miles from Dry Creek Cain, about 
50 miles from Fort Bridger. In Dry Creek Canon Prof. Leidy 
found amutilated atlas and the body of an axis, evidently of the 
same animal. 

Ten miles distant from the locality in which the former remains of 
Uintatheritum were found, Dr. Corson discovered the large canines, 
originally referred to Uintamastix atror. While it was-suspected 
that they might pertain to Uintatherium, no evidence was found 
to sustain the opinion, and from their resemblance to the canines 
of the great Brazilian sabre-toothed tiger Machairodus, they were 
referred to a carnivore with the name just stated. 

Prof. Marsh has since published a notice, dated Sept. 27th and 
appearing in the October number of the American Journal of 
Science, of a skull from Wyoming, under the name of Dinoceras 
mirabilis, which appears to be the same as Uintatherium robustum. 
The skull he observes is entire and is 284 inches long. It is pro- 
vided with three pairs of horn cores and huge decurved canine 
tusks. The top of the skull is deeply concave and has around its 
lateral and posterior margins an enormous crest. ‘This description 
will apply to our cranium, as does also that of the molar teeth to 
those in our upper jaw specimens. The description of the canines 
equally well applies to those referred to Uintamastix atrox, so 
that it would appear that this and Dinoceras mirabilis are the 
same as Uintatherium robustum. 

Some of the fossils belong to PALHosyops MAJor, a large tapir- 
like animal. Of this we have a number of fine specimens, including 
a cranium, the face and parts of the jaws of a second individual, 
and several rami of lower jaws with well preserved teeth of others. 
These were discovered by Drs. Carter and Corson in Dry Creek 
Cafion. The genus was originally noticed in the Proceedings of 
this Academy for 1870. It was founded on a few teeth and was 
supposed to be an even-toed pachyderm. From more complete 
material its true position as an odd-toed pachyderm was recog- 
nized, and its characters more fully given in Prof. Hayden’s Pre- 
liminary Report of the U. 8. Geological Survey of Montana, etc., 
published in the beginning of this year. The last August, Prof. 
Marsh published a notice, in the American Journal of Science, 
of some fossils from Wyoming which he ascribes to two genera 
under the name of Palxosyops and Limnohyus. From the notice 
it would appear he has overlooked the description of Palawosyops 
in the Report just named, for he intimates the reference of the 
genus to the perissodactyls as if previously unknown and sug- 


\ 
949, PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


gests the reference to it of specimens in which the “last upper 
molar has two inner cones,” though it is distinctly stated in the 
above Report that “the last upper molar of Palxosyops has but a 
single lobe to the inner part of the crown.”’ Upon the latter char- 
acter Prof. Marsh proposed the genus Limnohyus, which, under the 
circumstances is untenable, but might with propriety be applied 
to the animal with molars like those of Palzosyops, except that 
the last upper one has two inner cones to the crown. In this view, 
a specimen in the collection, of a last upper molar tooth, which I 
had ascribed to Palezosyops humilis on account of its comparatively 
small size, would belong to Limnohyus. 


Remarks on Chipped Stones from Wyoming.—Prof. Lripy 
further called attention to a multitude of chipped stones, which 
he had collected about 10 miles northeast of Fort Bridger. He 
observed that he had noticed in many places in the vicinity of 
Fort Bridger, covering the plains and ravines at the base of the 
foot hills of the Uintas, great quantities of sharply fractured stone 
fragments. They are frequently mingled with the rounded peb- 
bles of the drift from the Uintas, but in other places are thickly 
strewn over the ground without being mingled with the drift. 
Many of the fragments are broken in such a manner that it is 
difficult to be convinced that they are not of artificial origin. 
Mingled with the more evident accidental flakes there occur great 
numbers of stone implements of the rudest construction, such as 
those exhibited on the table. A few are also found of the finest 
finish. Between these and the stone spawls of accidental origin 
there occurs such a gradation of form as to render it doubtful at 
times when nature ceased her labor and where primitive man com- 
menced with his. 

The materials of the splintered stones consist of jaspers, quart- 
zites, some of the softer rocks of the tertiary strata, and less fre- 
quently of black flint, identical in appearance with that of the Eng- 
lish chalk. The latter material I nowhere found in position, but 
have been informed by Prof. Hayden that it occurs in the cliffs of 
Henry’s Fork of Green River. 

The accidental flakes probably had their origin through the 
agency of frosts, and from the concussion of stones descending 
from the declivities. In experimenting on some weather-worn 
slabs of jasper from the buttes of Dry Creek, I found that mode- 
rate blows of a hammer would send off sharp spawls, reminding 
one of the ancient flint knives. 

The splintered stones appear greatly to differ in age; while some 
appear perfectly fresh as if recently broken from the parent block, 
others are dull and worn, and many so deeply altered by exposure 
as to look very ancient. In some of the old looking specimens, 
the jasper originally black or brown has become whitened to the 
depth of half an inch or more. f 

Prof. Lerpy further remarked as follows:—I may take this op- 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243 


portunity of referring to one of the simplest of stone implements 
yet in use among the Indians of Wyoniing. During my stay at 
Fort Bridger the Shoshones made a visit to the post, and en- 
camped on Black’s Fork in its vicinity for a week. They comprised 
about 800 persons with about 80 lodges and 1000 horses. Being the 
first time I had had a chance of seeing a tribe of Indians, I felt 
much interest in observing them. While wandering through their 
camp I noticed the women engaged in dressing buffalo skins with 
a stone implement, the only one of the material I discovered in 
use among them. It was a thin segment from a quartzite boulder, 
made by a single smart blow with another stone and with no other 
preparation. Several specimens I exhibit to the Academy, ob- 
‘tained by my friend Dr. Carter, who ascertained that the instru- 
ment was called a Te-sho-a. By an accident I learned that it was 
not a recent instrument incidental to the place and circumstances. 
While on an excursion after fossils, I noticed on the side of a 
butte some weathered human bones, which had fallen from a grave 
above. With them I found some perforated tusks of the elk and 
one of the stone teshoa. As the grave was an old one, which had 
become exposed by the wearing away of the edge of the butte, it 
made it probable that the teshoa did not belong alone to the 
present generation. 

The tusks of the elk are used by the Shoshones as ornamental 
trophies. They form another evidence of the early relationship of 
man, as I observe in a recent number of the American Journal of 
Science, that similar ornaments were found together with flint 
knives, in association with a human skeleton, in a cavern of 
Broussé-roussé, in Italy. 


Remarks on the Action of Wind and Sand on Rocks.—Prof. 
Leipy then directed attention to some specimens of quartzite and 
jasper, which he observed illustrated the eroding and polishing 
effect of the conjoint action of windandsand. They were collected 
by him from one of the buttes of Wyoming. In some situations the 
stones, firmly imbedded in the hard clay of the buttes, and exposed 
to an almost incessant action of winds and sand, are all much 
worn and highly polished. He remarked that many of the sand- 
stone cliffs and other rocks of the West, which were supposed to 
owe their eroded, cavernous, and often fantastic appearance to the 
action of water, he thought was largely due to the conjoined 
action of winds and sands. 


The death of Prof. John Frazer was announced. 


OcroBER 22. 
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the chair. 
Twenty-two members were present. 
The death of Constant Guillou was announced. 


244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


OcTOBER 29. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 
Thirty-five members present. 
The following gentlemen were elected members :— 


J. O. Schimmel and Dr. John F. Bransford, U.S. A. Dr. Geo. 
M. Sternberg, U. 8. N., was elected a Correspondent. : 

On favorable report of the Committees, the following papers were _ 
ordered to be published :— 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245 


CATALOGUE AND SYNONYMY OF THE FAMILY ASTARTIDE. 
BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR. 


Family ASTARTIDA, H. & A. Adams. 
Genera of Recent Mollusca, ii. 483. 1857. 


Genus ASTARTE, J. Sowerby. 
Mineral Conch., t. 187. 1816. 


Crassina, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. y. 554. 1818. 
Tridonta, Schumacher, Essai d’un Nov. Syst. 146. 1817. 
Mactrina, Brown, Brit. Conch. 1827. 
Nicania, Leach, Jour. Phys. Ixxxviii. 465. 1819. 
A. BIPARTITA, Philippi, Enum, Moll. sicil i. 32, t. 3, f. 21. 1836. 
Mediterranean. 
A. BOREALIS, Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. vii. t. 39, f. 412. 1784. 
Astarte arctica, Gray, App. Capt. Parry’s Voyage. 1824. 
Astarte cyprinoides, Duval, Rey. Zool. 278. 1841. 
Astarte plana, Sowerby, Min. Conch. t. 179, f. 2. 
Astarte compressa, Macgillivray, Moll. Aberd. 261. 1842. 
Crassina corrugata, Brown, Ill. Brit. Conch. 96, t. 40, f. 24. 
Astarte lactea, Brod. & Sowerby, Zool. Jour. iv. 365. 1828. 
Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 781, t. 167, f. 21-23. 1855. 
Astarte semisulcata, Leach, Ann. Philos. xiv. f. 204. 
Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 781, t. 167, f. 16. 1855. 
Astarte lactea, Gould (not Brod.), Invert. Mass., lst edit. 
80, f.47. 1841. 
Northern Seas. 
A. CASTANEA, Say, Jour. Philad. Acad. ii. 273. 1822. 
Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 782, t. 167, f. 14,15. 1855. 
Astarte crassidens, Brod. et Sowb. Zool. Jour. iv. 1828. 
Venus sulcata, Montagu (not Da Costa), Test. Brit. 131. 
1803. 
British America to New Jersey. 
A. compressa, Montagu, Test. Brit. Suppl. 43, t. 26, f. 1. 1808. 
Venus Montagui, Dillwyn, Des. Cat. 1817. 
Astarte striata, Gray, App. Beechy’s Voyage, t. 44, f. 9. 
Astarte multicostata, Macgillivray, Moll. Aberd. 260. 1843. 
Astarte globosa, Moller, Index Moll. Groenl. 20. 1842. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Astarte compacta, P. P. Carpenter, Proc. Philad. Acad. 57. 
1865. 
Venus Montacuti, Turton, Conch. Dict. 243." 1819. 
Crassina convexiuscula, Leach, Brown, Brit. Conch. 96, t. 
SgcfsTh 1844. 
Crassina obliqua, Brown, Brit. Conch. 97, t. 38, f.6. 1844. 
Astarte Banksti, Leach, App. Ross’ Voyage. 1819. 
Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 781, t. 167, f. 8. 1855. 
Astarte multicostata, J. Smith. 
Astarte uddevallensis, J. Smith. 
Astarte propinqua, Landsborough. 
Northern Seas of Europe, Asia, and America. 


A. CREBRICOSTATA, Forbes, Ann. Nat. Hist. xix. 98, t. 9, f. 4. 


Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 780, t. 167, f 10. 1855. 
Astarte Warhami, Hancock. 
Crassina depressa, Brown, Brit. Conch. 96, t. 38, f. 2. 
1844. 


Var. Astarte elliptica, Brown, Ill. Brit. Conch. 96, t. 38, f. 3. 


1844. 
Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 779, f. 167, f. 4. 1855. 
Astarte semisulcata, Moller (not Leach), Moll. Greenl. 19. 
1842. 
Crassina sulcata, Nilson, Nov. Act. Holm. 187, t. 2, f. 1, 2. 
1822. 
Crassina ovata, Brown (not Smith), Edin. Jour. t. 1, f. 8, 9. 
Venus inerassata, Brocchi, Coq. Foss. Subapp. ii. 557, t. 
14, fe %. 
Astarte Gaviensis, James Smith. 
Astarte Portlandica, Mighels, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 
129. 1848. 
Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. iv. 320, 345, t. 16, f. 2. 1843. 
Astarte quadrans, Gould, Invert. Mass. Edit. i. 81, f. 48. 
1841. 
Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 782, t. 167, f. 51. 1855. 
Northern Europe and America. 


A. FLABAGELLA, Conrad, Proc. Phil. Acad. ili. 24,t. 1, f.3. 1846. 


Tampa Bay, Florida. 


A. FLUCTUATA, Carpenter, Proc. Calif. Acad. ili. 209. 1866. 


California. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247 


. INTERMEDIA, Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 779, t. 167, f. 11. 1855. 
Northern Europe. 
. LONGIROSTRA, D’Orb. Voy. Amer. Merid. 576, t. 83, f. 21-24. 
1846. 

Malouin Isles. 
. LUNULATA, Conrad, Foss. Tert. Form. 44, t. 21, f. 8. 
A. bilunulata, Conrad, Adams, Genera. ii. 

Southern Coast United States. 

. LUTEA, Perkins, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xiii. 151. 1869. 
New. Haven, Conn. 
. OBLONGA, Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 781, t. 167, f. 19. 1855. 
Hab.—? 
- Rottanpi, Bernardi, Jour. de Conchy. C. vii. 386, t. 13, f. 1. 
1858. 

Petrapolowskt. 
. PULCHELLA, Jonas, Philippi, Abbild. t. 1, f. 12. 
Spitzenbergen. 
. SULCATA, Da Costa, Brit. Conch. 192. 1778. 

Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 778, t. 167, f. 1-3. 1855. 

Crassina Danmoniensis, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. Ed. 
Deshayes, vi. 360. 

Crassina Scotica, Turton, Conch. Dith. Brit. 130, t. 11. 
f.3, 4. 1822. 

Venus crassatella, Blainville. 

Venus Petagne, Costa, Cat. Syst. 34. 1829. 

Astarte undata, Gould, Invert. Mass. 80. 1841. 

Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 779, t. 167, f. 12. 188 

Astarte latisulea, Hanley. 

Astarte Mortoni, Adams. 

Astarte fusca, Poli, Test. Utr. Sicil. 49, t. 15, f. 32, 33. 
1791. 

Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 783,t. 167, f. 24. 1855. 
Astarte incrassata, Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sicil. i. 88. 1836. 
Astarte subequilatera, Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 781, t. 

167, f. 13. 1855. 
Northern Europe to Mediterranean ; 
New England, northwards. 


Or 
or 
. 


248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Subgenus Gonr1tA, Stoliczka. 
Pal. Indica, 278. 1871. 
A. BIPARTITA, Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sicil. i: 32, t. 3. f. 21. 1836. 
Mediterranean. 


Subgenus GoopALuiaA, Turton. 
Conch. Dith. 77. 1822. 
Parastarte, Conrad, Proc. Philad. Acad. 288. 1862. 
A. TRIQUETRA, Conrad, Proc. Philad. Acad. iii.24,t.15,16. 1846. 
Tampa Bay, Fla. 
A. TRIANGULARIS, Montagu, Test. Brit. 99, t. 3, f.5. 1803. 
Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. 782, t.167, f.9. 1855. 
Mactra minutissima, Montagu, Test. Brit. Suppl. 37. 1808. 
Asiarte minuta, Nyst. 
Astarte pusilla, Forbes, Report Augean Invest. 144. 
Cyclina undata, Conti. 
England to Mediterranean ; Canaries. 


Genus GOULDIA, C. B. Adams. 
Panama Shells, 275. 1851. 
Thetis, C. B. Adams (not Sowerby), Proc. Bost. Soc. N 
Hist. ii. 9. 1845. 
G. AusTRALIs, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 459. 1870. 
Port Jackson, N. S. Wales. 
G. cERINA, C. B. Adams, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. Hist. ii. 9. 1845. 
Jamaica. 
G. DILECTA, Gould, Bost. Proce. viii. 32. 1861. 
Kagosima. 
G. FASTIGIATA, Gould, Bost. Proc. vili. 282. 1861. 
North Carolina. 
G. GUADALOUPENSIS, D’Orb. Moll. Cuba, ii. 289, t. 27, f. 24-26. 
1853. 
West Indies. 
G. Macrracka, Lindsley, Am. Jour. Science, 233. 1848. 
Gould, Invert, Mass. Edit. ii. f. 442. 1870. 
New England ; South Carolina. 
G. Martinrensis, D’Orb. Moll. Cuba, ii. 288, t. 27, f. 21-23. 1853. 
West Indies. 
G. mopesta, H. Adams, Zool. Proc. t. 19, f.14. 1869. 
Gulf of Tunis. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249 


. Pactrica, C. B. Adams, Panama Shells, 275. 1851. 
H. & A. Adams, Genera, iii. t. 115, f. 7, a. b. 
Panama; Mazatlan. 
. PARVA, C. B. Adams, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. ii. 9. 1845. 
Jamaica. 
. PFEIFFERI, Philippi, Zeit. fiir Malak. 133. 1848. 
Cuba. 
. VARIANS, Carpenter, Mazat. Cat. 83. 1857. 
_ Mazatlan. 


Genus MIODON, Carpenter. 
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. xiv. 424. 1864. 
. M. proLonGatus, Carpenter, loc. cit. 
Straits of Fuca to Monterey, Cal. 


Genus CRASSATELLA, Lamarck.’ 
Prodr. Syst. 1799. 
Ptychomya, Agassiz (fossil), Etud. Crit. 3d liv. 1842. 
Paphia, Roissy (not Lam. or Fabr.), Moll. vi. 8346. 1805. 
. ADELINZ, Tryon, Proc. A. N.S. 1872. 
. ANTILLARUM, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 44. 1842. 
Conch. Icon. sp. 8. 1843. 
C. rostrata, Chenu Il. Conch. 
Isl. Margarita, (W. J. ?) 
. AURORA, Adams and Angas, Cool. Proc. 426, t.37,f.15. 1863. 
Tasmania. 
. Banksn, Adams and Angas, Zool. Proc. 427,t.37,f16. 1863. 
Tasmania. 
. BELLULA, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 95. 1852. 
New Zealand. 
. CASTANEA, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 42. 1842. 
Conch. Icon. spec. 3. 1843. 


Australia. 
. COMPRESSA, Adams and Reeve, Voy. Samarang, 82, t. 23, f. 10. 
1850. 
Corea. 


‘I think that a considerable reduction of species is necessary in this 
genus; but, unfortunately, I have not enough specimens at hand to make 
satisfactory comparisons. The species appear to vary so much in form, 
sculpture, and color, that identification, in many cases, is entirely arbi- 


trary. 


17 


250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


C. compra, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 95. 1852. 


China Sea. : 
C. concinnA, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 95. 1852. 
China Sea. 
C. CorsuLorpEs, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 45. 1842. 
Conch. Icon. sp. 9. 1848. 
Hab.—? 
C. conruGATA, Adams and Reeve, Voy. Samarang, 82, t. 23, f. 7. 


1850. 
Soloo Islands. 
C. Cumrineir, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 90, t.16,f. 1. 1852. 
Moreton Bay, E. Australia. 
C. DECIPIENS, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 42. 1842. 
Conch. Icon. sp. 4. 1848. 
C. Kingicola, Reeve (not Lamarck), Conch. Syst. 63, t. 44, 
f. 3. 1841. 
Australia. 
C. CONTRARIA, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. 3277. 1790. 
Coast of Guinea; Canary Islands. 
C. pIVARICATA, Chemnitz, Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 18. 1843. 
C. ponacina, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 19. 1843. 


« 


Australia. 
C. EsqurmMatti, Baird, Zool. Proc. 70. 1863. 
Vancouver’s Island. 
C. crpBosa, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. 56. 1832. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 1. 1843. 
W. Coast South America. 
C. suBAR, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 44. 1848. Conch. Icon. sp. 11. 
Australia. 
C. Kinetcona, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. v. 481. 1818. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 5. 1843. 


Australia. 
C. pavis, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 64. 1852. 
Laguayra. 
C. LAPIDEA, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 48. 1843. Conch. Icon. sp. 7. 
Philippines. 


C. nana, Adams and Reeve, Voy. Samarang, 81, t. 23, f. 2. 1850. 


Eastern Seas. 
C. opesa, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 90, t. 16, f. 2. 1852. 


New Zealand. 


= 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 951 


'. OBSCURA, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 94. 1852. 


China Sea. 
'. ORNATA, Gray, Griffith’s Cuvier, t. 22, f. 6. 1834. 
Reeve, Zool. Proc. 46. 1842. 
Conch. Icon. sp. 17. 1848. 
Hab.—? 
. PALLIDA, Adams and Reeve, Voy. Samarang, 82, t. 23, f. 9- 
1850. 
China. 
. prcrA, Adams and Reeve, Voy. Samarang, 82, t.23,f. 6. 1850. 
Philippines. 


. PuLcHRA, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 43. 1842. 
Icon. sp. 16. 1843. 
C. sulcata, Blainv. (not Lam.) Malac. t. 73, f. 4. 1825. 
Australia. 
. RADIATA, Sowerby, Tankerville Cat. App. 2. 1825. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 12. 1843. 
Singapore. 
. ROSTRATA, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. v. 482. 1818. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 10. 1843. 
Ceylon. 
. specIosA, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 94. 1852. 
Bay of Campeachy. 
. SUBRADIATA, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. v. 482. 1818. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 15. 1843. 
South Seas. 
. SULCATA, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. v. 481. 1818. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 6. 1843. 
Australia. 
. TRIQUETRA, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 46. 1842. 7 
Icon. sp. 14. 1843. 
Hab.—? 
. TRUNCATA, A. Adams, Zool. Proc. 95. 1852. 
China Sea. 
. UNDULATA, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. 56. 1832. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. spec. 2. 1843. 
Puerto Portrero, Central America. 
. Z10-ZA0, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 45. 1842. 
Icon. sp. 13. 1843. 
Philippines. 


252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Genus ACTINOBOLUS, Klein. 
Meth. Ostracol. 147. 1753. 
Cardiocardites, Blainv. Dict. Sc. Nat. xxxii. 326. 1824. 
Azaria, Gray, Syn. Brit. Mus. 1840. 
A. ABYyssIcoLus, Hinds, Voy. Sulphur, 65, t. 19, f. 3. 1844. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. Cardita, sp. 37. 1843. 
Sts.of Malacca. 
A. ACULEATUS, Poli, Test. Utr. Sicil. ii. 23, f. 23. 1795. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 17. 1848. 
Cardita squamosa, Cotiez. & Mich. Gal. des Moll. ii. 159. 
Cardita nodulosa, Reeve, Zool. Proce. 1843. Icon. sp. 44. 
Cardita squamifera, Deshayes, Mag. Zool. t. 10. 1831. 


Reeve, Icon. Cardita, sp. 14. 1843. 
Mediterranean. 


A. AJAR, Adanson, Hist. Nat. Senegal, t. 16, f.2. 1757. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 23. 1843. 
Cardita lacunosa, Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 31. Zool. Proc. 
1823. 
Senegal. 
A. AMABILIs, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 102, t. 7, f. 8, 9. 1852. 
New Zealand. 
A. ANTIQUATUS, Linneus, Syst. Nat. xii. 1138. 1767. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 30. 18438. 
Cardita turgida, Lamarck, vii. 22. 1819. 


Cardita bicolor, Lamarck, vi. 23. 1819. 
Ceylon. 


A. AUSTRALIS, Quoy (not Lam.), Voy. Astrol. ii. 480, t. 78, f. 
11-14. 1834. 

Cardita Quoyt, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 103. 1852. 

Cardita tridentata, Reeve (not Say.), Conch. Icon. sp. 22. 


1843. 
Australia, New Zealand. 


A. Betcuert, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 101. 1852. 
Philippines. 
A. BIMACULATUS, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 102, t. 17, f. 4,5. 1852. 
New Zealand. 
A. CANALICULATUS, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Icon. sp. 40. 
Philippines. 
A. CarRpDIoIDES, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Icon. sp. 49. 
Philippines. 


Ai: 


A. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253 


. CASTANEUS, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 102, t. 17, f. 11. 1852. 


Australia. 


. COMPRESSUS, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Icon. sp. 46. 


Valparaiso, Chili. 


. Conrant, Shuttleworth, Jour. Conch. v. 173. 1856. 


Cardita incrassata, Conrad (not Sowb.), Am. Mar. Conch. 
39, t. 8, f.2. 1831. 
Tampa Bay, Fla. 


. CORBIS, Philippi. Enum. Moll. Sicil. 11, 48. 1844. 


Mediterranean, Canary Isles. 


. CoRBICULZFORMIS, Deshayes, Cog. Ile Reunion, 21. 


Mauritius. 


. cRASsUS, Gray, Zool. Beechey’s Voyage, 152, t. 42, f. 4. 


Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 34. 1843. 
Acapulco. 


. CRENULATUS, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 102. 1852. 


Borneo. 
Cuminatt, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 132, t. 87, f. 15. 1852. 
Borneo. 


. CuviErt, Broderip, Zool. Proc. 55. 1832. 


Reeve, Icon. sp. 24. 1848. 
Central America. 
DIFFICILIS, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 103, t. 17, f. 16, 17. 1852. 
Jew Zealand. 


. ELEGANTULUS, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 101, t. 17, f. 6,7. 1852. 


Chinese Seas. 


. ELONGATUS, Philippi, Archiv fir Naturg. 54. 1845. 


Pacific Ocean. 


. FERRUGINOSUS, Adams and Reeve, Voy. Samarang, 76, t. 21, f. 


21. 1850. 
Philippines. 


. FLABELLUM, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Conch. Icon. sp. 47. 


Valparaiso. 


. FLAMMEUS, Michelin, Mag. Zool. t. 6. 1830. 


Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 38. 1843. 
Hab.—? 


. GRACTINIS, Shuttleworth, Jour. de Conch. 173. 1856. 


Porto Rico. 


. Gunn, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 101. 1852. 


Van Dieman's Land. 


bo 
or 
— 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


A. INCRASSATUS, Sowerby, App. Tankerville Cat. 1825. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 11. 1843. 
Cardita rubicunda, Menke, Moll. N. Holl. 


Australia. 
A. Juxrst, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 101, t. 17, #14. 1852. 
Australia. 
A. Koreinsts, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 101. 1852. 
Corea. 


A. LATICOSTATUS, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. 195. 1832. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 36. 1843. 
Cardita angisulcata, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Conch. 
Icon. sp. 41. 
Var. Cardita tricolor, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. 194. 1832. 
Central America. 
A. MARMOREUS, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Conch. Icon. sp. 12. 
Australia. 
A. Matyvina, Orbigny, Voy. Am. Mer. 580, t. 84, f. 4, 6. 
A. MEGASTROPHUS, Gray. 
A. nitipus, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Conch. Icon. sp. 27. 
Cardita ovalis, Reeve, Ibid. 1843. Icon. sp. 28. 
Philippines. 
A. Puruipri, Tryon. 
Cardita Australis, Philippi (not Quoy), Abhandl. Naturf. 
Ges. Halle, 21. 1858. 
Philippines. 
A. Pretssi1, Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl. 38. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 39. 1843. 
Australia. 
A. procErus, Gould, Bost. Proc. ii. 276. 
Rio Negro, Patagonia. 
A. PURPURATUS, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 100, t. 17, f. 12,13. 1852. 
New Zealand. 
A. ROSTRATUS, Gmelin. 
A. SEMEN, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Icon. sp. 43. 
Bolivia. 
A. Sowrersyl, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 103. 1852. 
Swan River, W. Australia. 
A. sPuRcUS, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. 195. 1882. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 32. 1848. 
Peru. 


Lo 
or 
or 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


A. suLCATUS, Brug. Ency. Meth. No. 3. 1789. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 35. 1843. 
Chama antiquata, Poli, Test. Utr. Sicil. ii. t. 23, f. 12, 13. 
1795. 
Mediterranean. 
A. TANKERVILLIT, Wood. Index Test. Suppl. 57. 1828. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 29. 1843. 
Chama Australis, Wood. Index Test. Suppl. 6. 1828. 
Australia. 
A. TEGULATUS, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Conch. Icon. sp. 48. 


Valparaiso. 
A. Tumipvs, Broderip, Zool. Proc. 56. 1832. 


Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 26. 1843. 
A. varius, Brod. Zool. Proc. 56. 1832. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 25. 1843. 
Puerto Portrero, Isle Plata, Gallapagos. 
A. Tuovuarsi, D’Orbigny, Voy. Amer. Merid. 579, t. 84, f. 1-3. 


1846. 
Malouin Isles. 


A. ZeLanpicus, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 101. 1852. 
New Zealand. 
Genus CYCLOCARDIA, Conrad. 
C. BOREALIS, Conrad, Am. Mar. Conch. 39, t. 8, f. 1. 1831. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 33. 1843. . 
Cardita vestita, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. t. 17, f. 10. 1852. 
Northern Coast United States. 
C. Nov-ANnGiia, Morse, Rep. Peabody Acad. Science, 76. 1869. 
New England. 
C. ventricosus, Gould, Boston Proc. iii. 276. 1850. (= borealis. ?) 
Puget’s Sound. 
Genus PLEUROMERIS, Conrad. 
Am. Jour. Conch. iii. 12. 1867. 
P. TRIDENTATUS, Say, Jour. Philad. Acad. v. 216. 1826. 
(Not of Reeve, Icon. Cardita, sp. 22 = C. Australis, 
Quoy.) 
Northern Coast United States. 
Genus MYTILICARDIA, Blainville. 
Dict. Sciences, Nat. xxxii. 826. 1824. 
M. cALYcuLATA, Linneus, Syst. Nat. Edit. xii. 1138. 1767. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. Cardita, sp. 1. 1843. 


256 


M. 


M. 


M. 


M. 


M. 


M. 


M. 


M. 


M. 


M. 


M. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Cardita sinuata, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. vi. 25. 1819. 
Mediterranean Sea. 
cRAssicosTaTA, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. vi. 24. 1819. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 7. 1843. 
Cardita Tridacnoides, Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl. 
Australia, Philippines. 
CuMINGIANA, Dunker, Zeit. Malak. 223. 1860. 


Japan. 

pistortA, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Icon. sp. 13. 
Red Sea. 

EssINGTONENSIS, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 100. 1852. 
Australia. 


EXCAVATA, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 101, t. 17, f.1-3. 1852. 
Sydney, N. S. Wales. 
ExcIsA, Philippi, Zeit. fir Malak. 91. 1847. 
Sandwich Isles. 
FABULA, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Icon. sp. 50. 
Isle of Alboran. 
GIBBOSA, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Icon. sp. 21. 
Hab.—? 
LEANA, Dunker, Zeit. Mal. 223. 1860. 
Japan. 
MURICATA, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. 195. 1832. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 18. 1843. 
Crescent and Rapa Islands, Pacific Ocean. 
pica, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1848. Conch. Icon. sp. 8. 
Philippines. 


M. RADULA, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Conch. Icon. sp. 2. 


M. rvuFESCENS, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. vii. 24. 1819. 


R= 


Hab.—? 


Reeve, Conch. Icon. Cardita, sp. 19. 1843. 


Cardita Senegalensis, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Conch. 


Icon. sp. 16. 
Senegal. 


. TERETIUSCULA, Philippi. 


M. umpiiicata, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 100. 1852. 


Australia. 


. VARIEGATA, Bruguiere, Encyce. Meth. 407, t. 233, f. 6. 1789. 


Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 3. 1843. 
Chama calyculata, Dillwyn, Desc. Cat. 217. 1817. 


“ 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Q57 


Cardita aviculina, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. vi. 26. 1819. 
Delessert, Illust. t. 11, f. 10. 
Australia, Indian and Chinese Seas. 
Subgenus Beeurna, Bolten. 
Mus. Bolt. 1798. 


M. GUBERNACULUM, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Icon. sp. 9. 


Zanzibar. 


M. SEMIORBICULATA, Linneus, Syst. Nat. Edit. xii. 1138. 1767. 


M. 


Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 10. 
Cardita phrenetica, Lamarck. Anim. s. Vert. vi. 24. 1819. 
Philippines. 
vouuoris, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Conch. Icon. sp. 20. 
Hab.—? 
Subgenus Guans, Miihlfeldt. 
Entwurf, 68. 1811. 


M. NAVIFORMIS, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Icon. sp. 45. 


Valparaiso. 


M. Trapezia, Linneus, Syst. Nat. Edit. xii. 1138. 1767. 


M. 


Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 15. 1843. 
Chama muricata, Scacchi, Cat. 5. 
Cardita squamosa, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. vi. 23. 1819. 
Mediterranean. 
Subgenus THEcALIA, H. and A. Adams. 
Genera of Recent Mollusca, ii. 489. 1857. 
CONCAMERATA, Chemnitz. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. Cardita, sp. 42. 1843. 
Cape of Good Hope. 


. MACRoTHEOA, Adams and Angas, Zool. Proc. 39. 1864. 


So. Australia. 
Genus CARDITAMERA, Conrad. 


Foss. Shells, 12. 1837. 
Lazaria, Gray, Syn. Brit. Mus. 1853. 


. AFFINIS, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. 195. 1832. 


Reeve, Conch. Icon. Cardita, sp. 6. 1843. 
Cardita Californica, Deshayes, Zool. Proc. 100. 1852. 
Central America to Gulf of California. 


. Frormpana, Conrad, Fossil Shells, 12. 1837. 


Cardita gibbosa, Reeve, Zool. Proc. 1843. Conch. Icon. 
sp. 21. 
, Hab.—? 


258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


C. GRACILIS, Shuttleworth, Jour. de Conch. v. 173. 1856. 
Porto Rico. 
C. PECTUNCULUS, Bruguiere, Encye. Meth. 412. 1789. 
Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 4. 1843. 


_ Madagascar. 
C. RADIATA, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. 195. 1832. 


Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 5. 1843. 
' H. Columbia, Panama. 
C. SUBQUADRATA, Carpenter, Ann. Mag. Nat. His. xv. 178. 1865. 
- Sts. of Fuca to San Diego, Cal. 


CATALOGUE OF THE FAMILY SOLEMYIDZ. 
BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR. 


Family SOLEMYID.A, H. & A. Adams. 


Genera of Recent Mollusca, ii. 482. 1897. 
Genus SOLEMYA, Lamarck. 
Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert. v. 488. 1818. 
Solenomya, Menke, Syn. Meth. Edit.i. 1828. 
Solenymya, Swainson, Man. Malacol. 366. 1840. 
Stephanopus, Scacchi, Osserv. Zool. 5. 1833. 
1. S. AusTRALIS, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. v. 489. 1818. 
Blainville, Malacol, t. 79, f. 1. 1825. 
So. Australia. 
2. S. BOREALIS, Totten, Am. Jour. Sci. xxvi. 366, f. 1. 1834. 
S. velum, Conrad (not Say), Am. Mar. Conch. t. 66, f. 16. 
1831. 
Northern United States. 
. S. pusILLA, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. viii. 27. 1861. 
Hakodadi. 
4. §. rogata, Poli, Test. Utr. Sicil. ii. 42, t. 15, f. 20. 1795. 
S. Mediterranea, Lamarck, Anam. s. Vert. v. 489. 1818. 
Mediterranean. 
S. vALvuLvs, Carpenter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. xiii. 311. 1864. 
Cape St. Lucas. 
6. S. veLuM, Say, Jour. Philad. Acad. ii. 317. 1822. 
Gould, Invert. Mass. 2d Edit. 48 f. 371. 
Northern United States. 


wo 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259 


NOTES ON THE GENUS POLORTHUS, Gabb. 
BY WILLIAM M. GABB. 


In 1834, Dr. S. G. Morton, in his “Synopsis of the Organic 
Remains of the Cretaceous Group of the United States,” described 
a species under the name of Teredo tibialis ; mentioning a former 
edition of the same work, when he says he “ referred this species 
to T.antenaute, Sby.” (Min. Conch., vol. i. p. 231, pl. 102). Sow- 
erby’s shell is from the London clay, and Morton was correct in 
separating the American species, which is Cretaceous. But while 
correcting one error he fell into two others, not less grave. He 
included all of the terediform tubes found in New Jersey under 
the one name, and figured as the type of the species a shell which 
1 believe is not only not a Teredo, but is Cephalopod. There 
are at least two species mentioned by Morton (Syn. Cret., p. 69) ; 
and for the one figured and described, the specific name must be 
retained. For the other I proposed the name of 7. irregularis 
in 1860 (Jour. Philad. Acad., 2d ser. vol. iv. p. 393, pl. 68, fig. 19). 

In 1861, while examining Dr. Morton’s specimens, I was struck 
by some peculiarities in the tubes, which, on further study, in- 
duced me to propose the above generic name, and suggest the 
relationship of the genus to Vermetus. Since then the matter 
seems to have been forgotten, until recently my friend, Dr. 
Stoliczka, in his able work on the Fossils of India (Pal. Indica, 
vol. iii. p. 14), quotes the name doubtfully and at second hand for 
the Smithsonian Check List, and in the Pholadidx. This last 
fact has determined me to call attention to the genus in a more 
explicit manner than the original imperfect notice, in the Pro- 
ceedings of the Academy, 1861, p. 366. 

P. tibialis, Morton, is the species for which the name was first 
proposed. At the time I described the genus, I was in receipt of 
a fine series of specimens of my Gastrochena Americana, from 
the * Ripley Group” of Tennessee, sent me by Prof. Safford, the 
State Geologist, and I found that the two forms were congeneric, 
although I have never yet seen the apex of the latter species. 

The generic characters are as follows: Shell tubular, growing 
singly or in clusters, nearly straight. Interior divided into cham- 
bers by two entirely different sets of septa. In the young state, 


260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


the septa are cup-shaped, as in Orthoceras, but, unlike that genus, 
they are not perforated by a small siphonal opening. Instead, 
the middle of each septum is prolonged into a tapering tube with 
an elliptical cross section, the apex of which tube enters the base 
and nearly, or completely, fills the interior of its predecessor. 
Extreme apex unknown. In the space immediately succeeding 
the last septum, there is a saddle-shaped, continuous muscular (?) 
scar, which rises on the sides corresponding with the broad part 
of the funnel-like siphonal tubes, and is deeply depressed on the 
sides corresponding with the ends of the ellipses Beyond this 
stage, the shell continues as a nearly straight tube, increasing 
very slowly in diameter and, at irregular intervals, is hermetically 
closed by convex septa, having their convex face reversed; that 
is to say, placed towards the broader, or newer portion of the 
tube. The structure is microscopically prismatic, the prisms being 
placed transversely as in Inoceramus. Both the walls and the 
septa are made up of numerous layers of shell substance, no struc- 
tural difference existing between the several parts. 

P. tibialis grows in masses of tubes bearing a strong superficial 
resemblance to Teredo, which resemblance misled Dr. Morton in 
his generic reference. But, even apart from its internal structure, 
the analogy fails, since it never occurs perforating wood or other 
hard substances. The spaces between the shells are filled only 
with sand. This free mode of growth, and my not being ac- 
quainted at the time with the peculiar characters of the apical 
portion, induced me to refer my genus to the Vermetidz on ac- 
count of the septa in the larger portions of the tube; a character 
not unlike that of Vermetus and Caecum. Latterly, through the 
kindness of my friend, Dr. Joseph Leidy, I have been enabled to 
study better specimens than any heretofore examined, and thus 
discovered the anomalous character of the young shell. 

P. Americanus seems to be solitary in its habits; at least, no 
masses of this species have ever been obtained. In external form 
it is not unlike the tube of Gasirochena, and I thus described it 
at first. The Tennessee specimens, preserved in a soft matrix, 
show that internally it has the same imperforate septa, convex 
towards the broader end of the tube, and placed at irregular dis- 
tances. 

The structure of the young shell places this genus, as the type 
of a new family, PoLonTHIDm®, among the Cephalopods, and it only 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261 


remains to determine what are its nearest relations. Its simple- 
edged septa confine it to the group, of which the modern Nautilus 
may be taken asa type. But the complex nature of its septa has 
no analogy among the modern genera, even geologically speaking. 
We must look for its relations among the palzeozoic forms, such as 
Endoceras, Actinoceras, and more especially Beatricea. In fact, 
it seems in some respects to be intermediate between the last, as 
described by Hyatt' and the two former; and again to connect 
both groups with the Orthoceridx proper. In Orthoceras we have 
direct communication from one chamber to the next. In Endo- 
ceras, Actinoceras, and the allied genera, the position of the siphon 
is occupied by a shelly tube which seems to have allowed no such 
communication beyond its own walls. In Beatricea the central 
column is described as consisting of a chain of small hollow 
chambers, not continuous either with each other or with the en- 
circling chambers. In Polorthus, unlike Orthoceras, the tubes 
are not membranous, but shelly. They can be compared in their 
enveloping character to the column of Beatricea, of which Hyatt 
says, “the central chambers are imperforate, generally deeply 
concave, and set upon one another like a pile of Chinese teacups.” 
By elongating these “teacups” into a series of laterally com- 
pressed cones, we have the column of Polorthus, with the differ- 
ence that in the latter each cone is soldered to, or more properly, 
is a continuation of one of the outer septa. The nature of the 
matrix is such that I have not been able to demonstrate, beyond 
a doubt, the character of the apex of these cones, but I believe it 
to have been perforated by a minute slit; a fact which would con- 
nect Beatricea with Endoceras. On the other hand, while the 
base of each cone, where it leaves the transverse septum, is appa- 
rently closed completely by the next cone fitting tightly into it; 
there is at least a rudimentary, if not a real connection between 
the outer chamber and the interior of the column, thus showing a 
nearer connection between Polorthus and Orthoceras than between 
the latter and the other two quoted genera. 

The muscular scar visible on the casts of the interior just above 
the last of the septa is not without its analogy. I have found 
such impressions in all the modern species of Nautilus, but more 
especially in N. pompilius,? where it consists of two broad scars 


' Amer. Jour. Sci., 1865, p. 261. 
* See Waagen, Ueber die Ansatzstelle der Haftmuskeln beim Nautilus 


262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


like those of an oyster, connected by a faint polished line, marking 
the mantle margin. 

Having pointed out what I believe to be the relations of this 
remarkable fossil, it yet remains for me to remark on the anoma- 
lous circumstances connected with the manner of growth of the 
shell in its later stages. 

After growing to a length of nearly an inch, the animals (at 
least of P. tibialis) seem to have congregated into colonies. 
Thenceforward the septate character, above described, ceases. 
The tube increases gradually in diameter as it grows in length, 
and at distances varying without any determinate system, from a 
quarter of an inch to two inches apart, the tube is hermetically 
closed by arched septa, with their convex faces towards the mouth 
of the tube; or in a reversed position to that of the primary 
series. The tube consequently could have been of no further use 
as a float, like that of the other chambered cephalopods, and 
would have been really disadvantageous to its occupant, was it 
not permanently anchored as we see it actually was. The colonies 
must consequently have resembled a highly magnified view of a 
bryozoon or a coral. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 8. 


. View of a mass of P. tibialis, natural size. 

. One tube, slightly magnified: @, muscular scar ; 6, secondary septa. 

. An unusually large tube, abnormally bent, natural size: a, one of 
the secondary septa. 

“¢ 4, Magnified view of end of a tube: a, surface markings of the species 
(P. tibialis) ; b, end view of muscular scar on the cast; ¢, in- 
ternal cast of the last chamber and part of the mould of the cen- 
tral tube. 

«© 5. Side view of the end of another specimen : a, a, parts of the shell ; 
b, d’, muscular scar, 6 seems to correspond with the broad mus- 
cle of Nautilus ; c,c, primary septa; d, side view corresponding 
with c, fig. 4. 

. Top view of a secondary septum broken through at a. 

. End view of one of the primary septa. 

. P. Americanus, natural size. 


qo ~ ps 


cot aor) 


io) 


und der Ammoniden; Paleontographica. Band 17, 1870, p. 185, pl. 39 
and 40. 


Plate 8. 


Proc. A.N.S.1872. 


f —_ ——— s5n5 ae 
ti Le TT a cu ili iv 


* 7K et 
re DOE ese 
dns a) ARLE wit ihe cat P 
AMET Sage anyon 


ae 


a 


Proc. A.N.S.1872. Plate 9. 


Gabb. Mexican Fossils and Genera of Mollusca. 


Proc, A.N.S. 1972. Plate 10. 


Plate 11. 


AN. S.1872 


Proc 


ollusca 


i 
i 


Mi 


Lenera of 


and | 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263 


NOTICE OF A COLLECTION OF CRETACEOUS FOSSILS FROM CHIHUAHUA, 
MEXICO, 


BY WILLIAM M. GABB. 


A sMALL collection of Cretaceous fossils has recently been sub- 
mitted to me for examination by my friend, Dr. J. P. Kimball, 
who collected them near the centre of the State of Chihuahua, at 
a place called Nugal, in the midst of a silver mining region. In 
fact, the doctor represents the argentiferous veins as lying in the 
cretaceous limestone." 

The fossils are of the more interest, since they are another link 
in the chain of evidence, to prove an extension of the cretaceous 
sea completely across Northern Mexico.? They are of the same 
‘group, from which I have already described one series, collected 
by my old friend and colleague, Aug. Rémond, at Arivechi in 
Sonora; and the two localities are only separated by the crest of 
the Sierra Madre, which probably showed its summits as a string 
of islands in the ancient ocean. 

Collected incidentally during a journey made for an entirely 
different purpose, and in a region infested by Apaches, it is not 
strange that the series is meagre. Fortunately, it is full enough 
to give us an undoubted key to the exact member of the forma- 
tion. 

The following is a list of the species identified. In addition to 
these, there is a favositiform coral, and one or two other forms 
too imperfect for recognition. 


Hippurites Texanus, Roem. 
Ostrea bella, Conrad. 

Exogyra costata, Say. 

E. arietina, Roem. 

Neithea Texana, Roem. sp. 

N. occidentalis, Conrad. 

Lima Wacoensis, Roem. 

L. Kimballi, Gabb, n. s. 
Inoceramus, two species, indet. 


1 See Silliman’s Journal, Noy. 1869, p. 878. 
? Paleontology of California, vol. ii. p. 257 et seq. 


264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Globiconcha? sp. indet. 
Pleurotoma Pedernalis ? Roem. sp. 
(Fusus id. Roem.) 


A shell agreeing perfectly with Roemer’s figure in Kreid. Texas, 
in size, form, and sculpture; but on which the lines of growth 
distinctly indicate the sinus of Pleurotoma. 


Ammonites Guadalupzx, Roem. 
Ammonites Guadalupe, Roem., pl. 9. fig. 1, and pl. 10, figs. 1, 1a. 
Kreidebildungen von Texas, p. 82, pl. 2, fig. 1, la, 16. 

Roemer’s figure represents a larger specimen than the one we 
fore me, and one which exhibits only the more mature form of the 
shell. The present fine example is 4.7 inches in its greater dia- 
meter, and gives us some additional characters. It wants almost 
entirely the dorsal ornamentation figured in Kreid. Texas; the 
dorsum being broad, nearly flat, and rounded on the margin. The" 
umbilical row of nodes is well developed, but the outer lateral row 
is barely discernible; their place being occupied, on the older 
parts or the shell by faint undulations, which show a tendency to 
form a series of bifurcate ribs extending outward from the above- 
mentioned nodes. In the still younger stage, as exhibited by the 
inner whorls, the shell is flattened discoidal, very similar to A. 
placenta or A. Pedernalis, without tubercles, or with no more 
than are often shown by these species. The dorsum is then very 
compressed laterally, and is truncated and bi-carinate, so that 
young specimens of this shell, except for the wider umbilicus, 
could readily be mistaken for either of the above, but more espe- 
cially the latter species, which also occurs in the same rocks.* 

Roemer’s figure of the septum seems to have been drawn from 
a weathered specimen. The differences between the details of his 
lobes and mine are not more than I have frequently observed in 
individuals of other species. 


Lima KIMBALLI, Gabb, n. 8., pl. 11, fig. 1. 

This fine large species is represented by but a single mutilated 
specimen, of which, while much of the outline is destroyed, the 
surface is pretty well preserved, and is so characteristic that I 
have ventured to name it. 

It is equivalve, compressed, very oblique, elongated, posterior 


See Pal. California, vol. ii. p. 258, pl. 35, figs. 1, la. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263 


side prominent and broadly rounded; ears unknown. Surface 
marked by about twelve or thirteen prominent, nearly equal ribs, 
rounded, or subangular, with broad, regularly concave interspaces, 
wider than the ribs. Whole surface crossed by very fine lines of 
growth. 

Length, about three inches; greatest width 2.2 in., thickness 
through both valves, .5 in. 

Besides the mollusca, Dr. Jos. Leidy has decided a single shark 
tooth in the collection to belong to the common Galeocerdo fal- 
catus of the chalk, found in England as well as America. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES, 


Plate 9, fig. 1. Ammonites Guadalupe, side view. 
** 10, ** 1. Jd. front view, showing the change of the dorsum. Fig. la. 
Septum. 
sc ii, ‘© 1. Lima Kimballi, 


18 


266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


NOVEMBER 5. 


The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 


Thirty-three members present. 
The following paper was presented for publication :— 


“Description of some new genera of Mollusca.” By Wm. M. 
Gabb. 


Mr. JosepH WILtcox stated that having felt much interest in 
the subject of corundum, he had frequently visited the localities 
of that mineral in Pennsylvania; and that during last April he 
visited many corundum localities in Lowns Co. Ga., and in Clay 
and Macon Counties in North Carolina. Mr. Willcox exhibited 
a specimen lately obtained from near Unionville, Pa., the central 
portion of which was corundum surrounded by chlorite. The ex- 
terior part of the corundum was so mixed with chlorite, that there 
appeared to be an alteration of one of the substances into the 
other. Mr. Willcox said he had frequently found in several locali- 
ties in North Carolina, round specimens of chlorite, the central 
portions of which were corundum, which corresponded in shape to 
the surrounding mass of chlorite. These nodules of corundum 
were from one-quarter inch in size to three inches. In some of the 
specimens the lines were well defined between the corundum and 
chlorite, while in others these two substances were so mixed as to 
appear to pass into each other by insensible degrees. 

Mr. Willcox said he had never seen a specimen of this character 
from any corundum locality in Pennsylvania before. Mr. Willcox 
also exhibited specimens of crystals of corundum from Laurens 
District in South Carolina; one of which was partly altered into 
margarite, and another was wholly converted into the latter sub- 
stance. 


Mr. THomAs MEEHAN, referring to the cylindrical production 
presented by Prof. Leidy, said he thought he could confirm Prof. 
Leidy’s suspicion that it was not of vegetable origin, but was 
wholly mineral. There was not only the peculiarity in the appa- 
rent concentric layers, referred to by Prof. Leidy, but also an 
entire absence of any trace of medullary rays which he thought 
never wholly obsolete in woody petrifactions. But beyond this 
the diameter of what appeared to have been the pith cavity was 
far beyond what usually occurred in Dicotyledonous structures of 
the age which this, by the number of circles, ought to be. Although 
he believed the suggestion had not been made before, he had reason 
to believe that the pith cavity decreased in diameter with the age 


—_— _— 


NATURAL SOIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 267 


of the wood. Thus in the case of the strong shoots which in 
this country formed the ultimate trunk of the Paulownia impe- 
rialis, the pith occupied a space in the centre of from one-quarter 
to three-quarters of an inch in diameter according to the strength 
of this shoot; but in some trees about twenty-five years old, he 
had seen cut down, the pith cavity was nearly obliterated. It was 
scarcely credible that any dicotyledonous shoot of one year’s 
growth ever had a pith as thick as this. 

But besides these incongruities he had been able to trace the 
origin of similar formations. In central New York, he had seen 
on a farm a large number of hollow cylindrical substances from 
one-quarter to one inch or more in diameter which appeared like 
pieces of large clay pipe stems. There were many successive Cir- 
cular layers as in this specimen. Informed by the farmer that 
they came in the muck obtained from a swamp near by, he examined 
the spot, and found in many instances the central portion was 
oceupied by decaying wood and roots. In time these rotted com- 
pletely away, and left the structure a hollow tube. The mineral 
substance around this woody matter appeared to be carbonate of 
lime, and as the swamp was very wet in winter, and partly dry in 
summer, he supposed the varying temperature of the water at dif- 
ferent seasons of the year, or perhaps actual periodical dryness, 
would give the appearance of annual rings to the deposit, which 
formed around the woody core. 

He would suggest that probably this piece had been formed ina 
similar manner, and that after the woody centre which had formed 
the nucleus of the cylindrical mass had decayed and disappeared 
through the ends, the crystallized silicious matter had formed in 
its place. 


Notice of Donation of Fossils, etc., from Wyoming.—Prof. Lery 
directed attention to the specimens of fossils and other specimens 
from Wyoming Territory, presented this evening. 

The fine specimen consisting of a nearly complete dorsal shell 
of a Trionyx, was found on the buttes of Dry Creek, about ten 
miles from Fort Bridger. It was discovered by Maj. R. 8S. La 
Motte, commander of the fort, and was kindly presented by him 
to the Academy. The shell is about 164 inches long and nearly 
as broad. Before comparing it with the specimen of Dri ‘ionyx gqut- 
tatus it was supposed to be the same, but certain characters ap- 
pear to indicate it as a distinct species, which may be named 7'rio- 
nyx uintaensis. The fore and back parts of the carapace are trun- 
cated as in the existing 7. muticus. The back truncation is slightly 
sinuous, and extends the width of the last two pairs of costal 
plates. In 7. guttatus the corresponding border is convex and 
exhibits a deep median and two deep lateral sinuses. The speci- 
men possesses only six pairs of vertebral plates. 

Of the other fossils a number pertain to a large land tortoise, 


963 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


previously described under the name of Testudo Corsont. There 
are two specimens consisting of nearly complete ventral shields, 
broken into many species. One of these was found at Grizzly 
Buttes and presented by Dr. Corson; the other was found at Dry 
Creek, by Mrs. Anna Carter, the wife of Dr. Carter, and was pre- 
sented by her to the Academy. The specimens exhibit some va- 
riation in conformation though they are supposed to pertain to the 
same species. The anterior lobe of the shield has the episternals 
much prolonged and truncated. The posterior lobe at the ex- 
tremity presents a wide and deep angular notch. The surface of 
the shield posteriorly is deeply concave. The length of the plas- 
tron is about two feet. 

A third specimen of a ventral shield less perfect than the others, 
has associated with it the median portion of a dorsal shield or 
carapace. The specimens were found by Dr. Corson on Grizzly 
Butte. These would appear to indicate that the specimens for- 
merly described and supposed to pertain to a large Emys, for 
which the name of H#. Carteri was proposed, really belong to the 
same animal. The error was committed on account of the large 
costal capitula, which accord in their proportions with those of 
living terapenes. 

Among other specimens presented are some large cylindrical 
masses of agate, obtained from the buttes in the vicinity of Carter 
Station on the Union Pacific R. R. They simulate, in their form 
and concentric structure, fossil wood, which they however appear 
not to be, but are rather of the character of siliceous concretions. 
Some of them contain an axis of clear white chalcedony, and others 
are occupied along a central cavity by large yellow crystals of 
calcite. 


NOVEMBER 12. 
' 
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the chair. 
Twenty-three members present. 


The death of Maj. Gen. Geo. G. Meade, U.S.A., was announced. 


NOVEMBER 19. 


The President, Dr. RUSCHENBERGER, in the chair. 


NOVEMBER 26. 
The President, Dr. RUSCHENBERGER, in the chair. 
Twenty-one members present. 


The following gentlemen were elected members :— 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269 


C. P. Sinnickson, C. P. Krauth, Joseph Hazard, Francis Garden 
Smyth, M.D., John J. Thompson, J. Euen Loughlin, M.D., Thos. 
M. Chatard, Geo. A. Koenig, Gideon E. Moore, Ph.D. 

The following were elected correspondents :— 

J. W. Powell, of Washington, D.C., Capt. C. M. Scammon, of 
San Francisco, Cal. 

On favorable report of the committees, the following paper was 
ordered to be published :— 


ZO PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


DESCRIPTION OF SOME NEW GENERA OF MOLLUSCA. 
BY WILLIAM M. GABB. 


Tue following diagnoses of new genera are published in advance 
of a more extended paper on West Indian mollusca, now in process 
of preparation. The amount of material embodied in that paper is 
so great, that circumstances will not permit me to illustrate the nu- 
merous new species, and I avail myself of the present means of 
explaining, by figures, the generic descriptions, which are not al- 
ways clearly intelligible from verbal descriptions. 


PTEROPODA. 


Fam, LIMACINIDE. 

PLANORBELLA, Gabb, pl. 11, fig. 2. 

Shell minute, vitreous, sinistral, apex sunken as in Planorbis. 

This genus, from its sinistral character, is evidently allied to 
Limacina, from which its planorbiform mode of growth distinctly 
separates it. The type P.zmitans, were it dextral, might be mis- 
taken for a very young specimen of Planorbis trivolvus, so nearly 
does it copy the form of that shell. 


GASTEROPODA. 
MURICIDE. 


METULELLA, Gabb, pl. 11, fig. 3. 

Shell fusiform, canal more or less produced; inner lip covered 
with a thickened plate, continuous posteriorly with the outer lip. 
Interior of both inner and outer lips strongly denticulated or 
transversely striated. Surface cancellated or costate. 

This genus is more distinctly fusiform than MJetula, and has the 
additional character that the inner lip is covered throughout its 
length by a series of prominent denticles, no¢ necessarily corre- 
sponding with the covered-up surface ribs. 

Type I. fusiformis. 

TURRIDE. 
GLyYPHOSTOMA, Gabb, pl. 11. fig. 4. 

Shell like Defrancia, but with the inner lip strongly cranulated 

or transversely rugose. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 971 


This genus has the same relation to Defrancia that Metulella 
bears to Metula. The inner lip of G. dentifera, the only known 
species, is thickened, and is crossed by a number of prominences, 
intermediate in character between teeth and transverse folds. At 
the same time, they are wholly unlike the one fold of Borsonia, or 
the two or three of Cordiera. A better comparison would be with 
the teeth of Cyprea. 


BUCCINIDE. 
EcTRACHELIZA, Gabb, pl. 9. fig. 2. 

Shell acuminately oblong, spire elevated (always truncated in the 
only species known). Surface compressed near the suture. Inner 
lip encrusted ; columella sinuous, short ; outer lip produced in 
advance. This genus seems to be allied in many of its characters 
to Cominella and Truncaria. Like them, it is compressed ad- 
joining the suture. It shows no trace of umbilicus, as seen in 
most of the Buccinidz, but its most distinctive character is in 
its obliquely sub-truncated columalla, which does not reach to 
the anterior end of the shell. It differs from Truncaria in having 
no fold on the columella and in the outer lip not being emarginate 
posteriorly. In Z. truncata, the apex is truncated at all ages, 
shells of less than half an inch long having lost several of their 
apical whorls, and it is rare to find more than two entire volutions 
in any specimen. 

OLIVIDE. 
PLOcHELZA, Gabb, pl. 11, fig. 5. 

Shell olive shaped, suture nearly obsolete, as in Ancillaria ; 
aperture linear, deeply and obliquely notched at the base, as in 
Dibaphus. Outer lip thickened internally, in the middle; inner 
lip incrusted and having several transverse folds, of which the 
upper are the smallest ; columnella strongly recurved at the base. 

From its form and general appearance, I am inclined to consider 
this genus as belonging to the Olivide, although its details of 
character are strikingly like that of Dibaphus. It seems to form, 
in @ manner, a connecting link between the true Olives and the 
genus Monoptygma Lea (not of Adams, Sowerly, etc.) The 
folds are placed in a reverse order to those of Mira. 

I have before me specimens of Dibaphus edentulus and Mauritia 
Barclayi, the typical species of their respective genera. There is 
no possible room for doubt that D.edeniulus is at least sometimes 


972 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


supplied with mitra-like folds. My specimen has seven or eight, 
well developed. Consequently Mauritia is synonymous with Diba- 
phus; and it seems to me that the genus should be placed rather 
with the Mitres than with the Cones. The differences between the 
present genus and Dibaphus are small, and it is possible that the 
two should be placed side by side, although I strongly suspect 
that the resemblances are those of imitation rather than of true 
relationship. 

Type P. crassilabra. 

EULIMIDE. 
Topsis, Gabb, pl. 11. fig. 6. 

Shell eulimoid, polished, spire elevated, suture nearly obsolete, 
apex dextral; no umbilicus; columella slightly twisted and pro- 
duced into a short lip-like canal, not emarginated. 

The ivory-like structure, obsolete suture, and whole general ap- 
pearance of this little shell prove its close relationship to Hulima, 
while its faintly twisted columella, extended to such a degree as 
to produce a short though not notched canal, distinguishes it from 
the other genera of the family. It resembles in form a miniature 
To, from which circumstance the name is derived. I have noticed 
in some species of true Hulima a slight tendency to expansion of 
the lip in advance, on the columellar margin. 

I. fusiformis. 

STROMAIDE. 
ORTHAULAX, Gabb, pl. 9, figs. 3, 4. 

Shell rounded fusiform, canal moderate, straight and regularly 
tapering; adult shell enveloped over the whole spire by an exten- 
sion of the inner lip; posterior canal fissure like, formed by the 
continued edge of the outer lip and running directly to the apex. 
Outer lip apparently sharp and simple; anterior notch oblique 
and broad. 

The discovery of this genus fills an important break in the Ros- 
tellarias, uniting the true genus Rostellaria, with Conrad’s fossil 
from Calyptraphorus. Unlike both of these genera the canal is not 
styliform, but robust and comparatively short, and its terminal 
notch is formed by an almost rectangular truncation of the anterior 
part of the outer lip. Like Rosfellaria it has a straight posterior 
canal, prolonged, however, further than is common in that genus. 
The canal is similar in structure to that of Calyptraphorus, being 
formed by a squamose plate, but in the latter genus it curves over 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273 


backwards, behind the spire, which it ascends to about half its 
height, and then bends down to near the suture of the body whorl. 
Unlike the first, and like the second, of its congeners, it has the 
whole spire enveloped in a plate, which might more probably he 
described as a posterior extension of the body whorl, carrying 
the suture to the extreme apex. The lines of growth ran from the 
top of the spire to the anterior end of the shell. It carries none of 
the tubercles seen in Calyptraphorus and Tessarolax, and seems, 
unlike most of the other genera of the family, to have hada simple 
outer lip, neither thickened, digitate, nor notched. 

O. inornatus. 

DoLoPHANEs, Gabb, pl. 11, fig. 7. 

Shell elongate oval, spire elevated; with a minute, imperforate 
umbilicus ; aperture semi-oval, inner lip acute, sinuous; anterior 
end of the aperture terminating in a short, not emarginate canal. 

The first impression produced on looking at this little shell, is 
that it is probably a Melania. It is however undoubtedly marine, 
and it has a grouping of characters which ally it so closely to 
Struthiolaria, that I am convinced that it is a nearly related 
genus. Its spire is very like that of many of the species of the 
Strombide, and, in the details of its mouth, it differs only from 
Struthiolaria in having a thinly encrusted inner lip, an acute outer 
lip and an obsolete umbilicus, instead of the thickened margins 
and no umbilicus of that genus. 

D. melanoides. 

ACTHONIDE. 
AcTHONIDEA, Gabb, pl. 11, fig. 8, 8 a. 

Shell oval, elongate; aperture narrow, outer lip simple; colu- 
mella slightly encrusted, bearing one large transverse fold in the 
middle and truncated in advance. Ornamented by revolving ribs. 

This genus is an Actxon except that it has a single large fold on 
the middle of the inner lip, and the columella is truncated as in 
Achatina. 

A, oryza, Gabb. 

BULLIDE. 
CYLICHNELLA, Gabb, pl. 10, fig. 2. 
Shell sub-eylindrical, spire sunken; mouth narrow behind, 
widened or advance; columella with two folds. 

This genus has the external form of Cylichna, but it has two 
distinct folds. The upper one is sharp and prominent like that of 


274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Actxon, while the lower is more oblique and winds around the 
columella more like that of Cylichna. 

C. bidentata. @ Orb. 

Bulla bidentata, @ Orb. La Sagra’s Cuba, pl. fig. 13, 16. 

Utriculus bidentatus, Chemn. Mar. Conch., vol. 1, p. 388. 


ACEPHALA. 


CORBULIDE. 
BotTHROCORBULA, Gabb, pl. 10, fig. 3, 3a. 

Shell like Corbula in every respect, except that it has a deep 
lunular pit under the beaks penetrating and almost passing through 
the hinge plate. 

I have carefully examined almost all of the living and many 
fossil species of Corbula, and can find in none the slightest trace 
or rudiment of a lunuli; while this shell has it deeper than I have 
even seen in any other form, except in Here of the Lucinus. 

B. vwiminea, Guppy, sp. 

Corbula viminea, Guppy, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond., v. 22, p. 293, 


pl. 18, fig. 11. 
ANATINIDE. 


Ne#romya, Gabb, pl. 10, fig. 4, 4 a, 4 b. 

Shell thin, translucent, in shape approaching Pholadomya, ends 
closed ; hinge with a prominent tooth in the right valve, articu- 
lating behind a smaller similar one in the left valve; an anterior 
and posterior lateral tooth in each valve. Mantle margin without 
sinus. 

This genus, in its thin character and minute hinges, is closely 
allied to Pholadomya, Thetis, and Neera, but differs from all in 
details of the hinge. Nezra has nocardinal tooth, but, in its place, 
a cartilage pit in each valve. It has a single posterior tooth, 
while this genus has the anterior equally well developed. In 
having corresponding teeth in both valves, it differs from Thetis, 
while its well specialized hinge and its closed ends distinguish it 
from Pholadomya. 

NV. quadrata, Gabb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275 


DECEMBER 3. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 


Twenty-five members present. 


JoserpH WiLLcox made the following remarks about some glacial 
scorings lately observed by him in St. Lawrence County, N. Y. 
Between the village of Rossie and Morristown, on the St. Lawrence 
River, a distance ‘ot eighteen miles, the countr. y is generally a level 
plateau. The hard potsdam sandstone, alternating with calci- 
ferous sandstone, underlies a soil so thin that in many fields the 
use of the plowis impracticable; and fence posts are rarely placed 
in the ground. 

Over this territory rounded boulders of granite are scattered 
in great profusion; though no outcrop of this rock is visible for 
many miles. The sandstone is frequently exposed to view to the 
extent of many yards, and on its surface the glacial marks made 
by the boulders of granite during their passage are exhibited 
in great perfection. An examination made with a pocket compass 
applied in three places at intervals of several miles determined 
the course as N. N. East with little variation. No glacial marks 
were observed on the calciferous sandstone, as this rock is 
disintegrated with too much facility to retain impressions of this 
character for a long period of time. 

For a distance of thirty miles north of the St. Lawrence, between 
that river and Rideau Lake, the country is level and characterized 
by the absence of streams of water. The only rocks observed in 
position were the calciferous sandstone and limestone. Though 
rounded boulders of granite were abundant, none of the rocks 
were sufficiently durable to retain the glacial marks. On the north 
shore of Rideau Lake, in Burgess, is “the remarkable locality for 
apatite (phosphate of lime). 

This mineral is found in the Laurentian rocks; generally in 
gneis, but occasionally in limestone. It is nearly always associated 

- with black mica (biotite). About 100 tons per week of apatite 
*,are mined, which is all shipped to Europe. 


v 


DECEMBER 5. 
MEETING OF THE CONCHOLOGICAL SECTION. 
Dr. W. 8. W. RuscnenBerGer, Director, in the chair. 


A communication was read from Hon. J. A. Lapham, of 
Milwaukee, Wis., dated November 26, and accompanied by a 


276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


drawing of a very large specimen of Busycon perversum, measur- 
ing 12.5 inches inlength. This shell was found in connection with 
ancient (Mound-Builder’s) relics in excavating the street grades in 
the city of Milwaukee. A similar shell was obtained some years 
ago at Fond du Lac. The species is living on the Florida coast. 
A letter was read from the Chicago Academy of Sciences, dated 
November 30, acknowledging receipt of several hundred named 
species of shells presented to that Institution by the Conchological 
Section. 
The Conservator’s Annual Report was read. (See Reports of 
Officers and Committees of the Academy.) 
The officers for the ensuing year were then elected. 
Director . : i . W.S. W. Ruschenberger, M.D. 
Vice-Director . 3 . .Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. 


Recorder é «. S.. R.Roberts. 
Treasurer ; : = MW sda) Mactier: 
Secretary ? ; . Rev. E. R. Beadle. 
Conservator : . HK. J. Nolan, M.D. 


DECEMBER 10. 


The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 


Twenty-six members present. 
Jos. Willcox made the following remarks :— 


Having lately visited many mineral localities in Canada, I 
desire to place them on record, as many of them are not mentioned 
either in the Geological Report of Canada,or in Dana’s Mineralogy. 
I was accompanied by Mr. Charles D. Nims, of Philadelphia, 
Jefferson County, New York, who has frequently visited Canada 
for the purpose of procuring mineral specimens. 

At the Falls of Ottawa River at Grand Calumet Island.—Black 
mica (phlogopite), pyroxene, hornblende, serpentine, tremolite. 

The following localities are all in the Province of Ontario:— 

At Arnprior.—Calcite (dog tooth spar). 

Near Packenham.—Hornblende. 

In Bathurst.—Pyroxene, scapolite, sphene, apatite, peristerite. 

Two miles southwest of Perth.—Bronze mica (phlogopite), 
having beautiful hexagonal marks on the cleaveage planes. 

Near Otty Lake, in North Elmsley.—Apatite, pyroxene, black 
mica (biotite), zircon, red spinel—chondrodite. 

In Burgess.—A patite, black mica (biotite). 

Near Bob Lake, twenty miles northwest of Perth, the best 
crystals of apatite are found. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27 


Near the St. Lawrence River, six miles southwest of Brockville, 
large octahedral crystals of iron pyrites, some of them 4 inches in 
diameter. 

All of these minerals are well crystallized, except the peristerite 
and chondrodite, and most of them are found in splendid speci- 
mens. 

Iam indebted to Prof. B. Silliman for the examination of the 
above-mentioned micas. 


Remarks on Fossils from Wyoming.—Prof. Lrtpy directed 
attention to some fossils recently received from Dr. J. Van A. 
Carter, of Fort Bridger, Wyoming. He characterized them as 
follows :— 

1. PALZosyors JuNIOR.—Intermediate in size to P. paludosus 
and P. humilis. Founded on portions of a lower jaw agreeing in 
character with the corresponding parts of P. paludosus but smaller. 
Space occupied by the last premolar and the true molars, 4 inches. 
Antero-posterior diameter of last premolar, 8 lines; of last molar, 
174 lines. 

2. UINTACYON EDAX.—A remarkable animal, probably marsupial. 
Indicated by the greater part of a ramus of the lower jaw resem- 
bling in its form the corresponding part in the Fox. Number of 
incisors unknown. Fang of canine indicates a tooth proportion- 
ately as large as in the latter animal. Molar series following close 
upon the canine, and consisting of eight teeth! First premolar 
with a single fang, but lost. Second premolar nearly like that in 
the Fox. Third, anomalous in form as a lower tooth and probably 
so altogether. The crown is conical, and is inserted by three 
fangs, of which the odd one is external to the others. The 
remaining teeth holding the relative proportions of those in the 
Fox. Fourth premolar with a conical crown and with a thicker 
heel than in the latter. The fifth premolar and the fore part of 
the crown of the first molar are lost. The back of the crown of 
the first molar and the succeeding tooth nearly resembling those 
in the Fox. The last molar is a small tooth as in the latter, and 
is inserted by a single fang. Space occupied by the molar series, 
one and a quarter inches; that of the true molars is half an inch, 
Breadth of first molar, one-fourth inch; of second molar, two lines ; 
of last molar, one line. 

3. UrnTacyon vorax.—Apparently a larger species, indicated 
by a lower jaw fragment containing the second molar, part of the 
first one, and the socket of the last. Space occupied by the true 
molars about eight lines; breadth of second molar, three lines. 

4, CHAMELEO PRISTINUS.—Indicated by a lower jaw fragment 
containing eight teeth in a space of five lines. In every respect it 
agrees in character with the corresponding part in living species 
of the genus. 


278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Remarks on Silver Ore from Colorado, by Gro. A. Konre.— 
I had an opportunity, lately, to test a silver ore from Coinload, 
Colorado, and was astonished at the beautiful crimson and flesh- 
colored incrustation, which was obtained by treating the ore with 
the point of the inner flame on charcoal. The crimson was most 
intense in a zone immediately following the yellow inerustation of 
lead, it went gradually through different shades of flesh-color into 
the white inerustation produced by the teroxyd of antimony. 
The ore was composed of Galena and antimoniferous ruby silver. 
After a number of experiments with pure ruby silver from 
Andreasberg, pure Galena, and pure sulphide of antimony, I found 
that a crimson color could onty be produced by the presence of all 
three compounds, or an alloy of silver, lead, and antimony; and that 
it appeared only just before the silver button had become nearly 
pure. Now, if we consider that silver alone, when kept in fusion 
by a strong oxydizing flame, deposits a brown coating in the 
immediate neighborhood of the button, that lead produces an 
inerustation of plumbic oxyd, which is of a dark yellow color 
while hot and a lighter yellow in the cold, and lastly, that antimony 
gives rise to a copious white coating, at some distance from the 
flame, of antimoni teroxyd, it seems striking that the three 
metals together should produce a crimson incrustation. A 
mechanical mixture of the three oxyds—brown, yellow, and white, 
cannot be supposed to bring about a crimson color. Also the 
fact, that only then this color appears, when the silver is nearly 
pure is suggestive of a peculiar chemical combination, formed of 
the oxy dized metals as soon as these are brought into a certain 
quantitative relation. 

At the same time it must be inferred that the volatility of silver 
is increased to a considerable amount when this quantitative rela- 
tion is reached. This latter reflection might throw, perhaps, some 
light upon the inaccuracy of the cupelling assay in certain Gases, 
where the loss of silver is larger than usually. 

It seems to me of some interest to investigate into the nature 
of this crimson-colored compound, and I hope to be able to lay 
before the Academy some positive results regarding it, at an early 
date. The observation of erimson-colored incrustations from 
silver ores containing lead and antimony is not new. Prof. Richter 
mentions them in the last edition of “ Plattner’s Probirkunst 
vor dem Loethrohr,”’ Leipzig, 1865, page 84. But as to the real 
cause, there has no publication been made, so faras my knowledge 
goes. 


The death of: Samuel Emlen Randolph was announced. 


DECEMBER 17. 
Dr. J. L. LeConrs in the chair. 
Nineteen members present. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279 


Prof. Cope made some remarks on the Geology of Wyoming, 
especially with reference to the age of the coal series of Bitter 
Creek. He said that the discovery of the Dinosaur Agathaumas 
sylvestris had settled the question of age, concerning which there 
had been much difference of opinion, in favor of the view that they 
constitute an upper member of the Cretaceous series. In the 
sections made, he had succeeded in tracing the line of demarcation 
between these and the lower beds of the Green River epoch, and 
had found the leaf beds of the former to be immediately covered 
by deposits of mammalian remains, with an interval of a few feet 
only.. In the same way, the close approximation of the Evanston 
cretaceous coal to tertiary strata was determined by the finding 
of numerous mammalian and reptilian remains in the lower part 
of the Wahsatch beds of Hayden, or even in the sandstones over- 
lying the coal. Here two species of Bathmodon were found, cor- 
responding with the nearly allied genus DMelalophodon from the 
Bitter Creek locality. So far as is yet known, the Bathmodontidz 
are diagnostic of the Green River formation, and, on this and 
other grounds, the Wahsatch beds of Evanston were regarded 
as belonging to it. A further extension of the Green River 
formation was found at a point 400 miles westward (see Proc. Am. 
Philos. Soc., July, 1872), near Elko, Nevada, where fishes and 
insects occur in thin shales. Some of the former are nearly allied 
to species from the fish beds of Green River. 

He added that exception had been taken to his claiming the final 
determination of the cretaceous age of the Bitter Creek coal strata 
(see Silliman’s Journal, 1872, Dec., p. 489); his critics presuming 
that he was unacquainted with previous publications on the subject: 
It was, however, his knowledge that previous authors had ex- 
pressed either adverse or doubtful opinions respecting it, that 
induced him to print the short preliminary notes that had appeared. 
He was well aware that Messrs. King and Emmons had considered 
the lower part of these beds as cretaceous, and the upper as 
tertiary (see Exploration 40th Parallel, III. p. 458), on strati- 
graphic grounds. Since the cretaceous was represented in different 
parts of the country by clays, sands, glauconite, chalk, limestone, 
and sandstone, he thought that palsontological evidence was 
needed to complete the demonstration. This had not been pro- 
duced for the locality in question, but the nearest point (Hallville) 
had been called Tertiary by Mr. Meek, and Prof. Lesquereaux 
(Hayden’s Survey of Terrs., 1870, p. 306) had considered the 
fossil flora of Point of Rocks, forty miles westward, as of “unknown 
age,’ and those of Evanston as miocene. Hayden himself is well 
known to regard the strata as of uncertain or transitional age. 
Paleontological determinations of cretaceous age of the Bitter 
Creek series were very indefinite up to the publication in question. 
But first he would remark, that his critic was doubtless uninformed 
as to the geography of Wyoming, when he cited Prof. Marsh’s 
determination of the cretaceous age of the coal of Brush Creek, a 


280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


locality from 150 to 200 miles distant. So with the determinations 
from Weber River (Coalville) 200 miles, and Evanston and Sulphur 
Creek 150 miles distant, on the opposite side of the Bridger Basin. 
He did not regard these as determinations affecting the age of the 
Bitter Creek Beds any more than they did of the Eocene coal of 
Osino, 200 miles west of them. 

The only approximations to the point were made by Mr. Meek. 
In King’s Survey of the 40th Parallel (1. c. 462), Mr. Meek’s 
nearest points of investigation were the shell beds of Sulphur 
Creek (Bear River); of these he says, “ While I am, therefore, 
willing to admit that facts may yet be discovered that will warrant 
the conclusion that some of these estuary beds should be included 
rather in the Cretaceous than in the Tertiary, it seems to me that 
such evidence must either come from included vertebrate remains, 
etc.” This is not very conclusive, and acknowledges in advance 
the importance of the determination of vertebrates from the same 
neighborhood (Evanston), and from Bitter Creek, above described. 
Secondly, in Hayden’s Survey, 1870, p. 298, the only determina- 
tion of the age of coal of the Bitter Creek area is fertiary (Hall- 
ville). Thirdly, in Hayden’s Survey Montana, ete. (1871, p. 375), 
Mr. Meek enumerates three species from this region (Point of 
Rocks) as eretaceous, every one with question as to the determi- 
nation, which, therefore, decides little as to the age of the beds. 
In the same way all his Coalville species are marked with question. 
In his earliest investigation in connection with Mr. Engleman, in 
Capt. Simpson’s Report (1860), he expressly states that the age 
of the Bitter Creek coal series is unknown. 

Thus it seems that a knowledge of the literature of the geology 
of the Bitter Creek coal, shows: I. The Messrs. King and Emmons 
on stratigraphic evidence referred the lower part to the cretaceous 
and the upper to the tertiary. That on Paleontological grounds, 
II. Mr. Lesquereaux regards them as tertiary; III. Mr. Meek’s 
evidence is doubtful;! and, IV. Dr. Hayden has believed in a 
transition series. 

Hence it appeared to the speaker, that the explorations directed 
by Dr. Hayden during the past season had contributed largely to 
our knowledge, proving the existence of an interruption between 
the cretaceous and tertiary formations; less it is true than that 
which exists elsewhere, and similar to that insisted on by Clarence 
King’s survey in the region of Bear River and the Wahsatch 
country. 


Prof. Copr defined a genus of Saurodont Fishes from the 
Niobrara Cretaceous of Kansas, under the name of ERISICHTHE. 
He stated that it agreed with Poriheus and Ichthyodectes in the 
absence of nutritious dental foramina on the inner face of the 


' This gentleman has stated in a letter to the writer that the Bitter Creek 
Beds constitute a ‘*new zone.”’ 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281 


dentary bone, and especially with Portheus in the irregular sizes 
of the teeth. The crowns are, however, compressed and knife- 
like, and closely similar to those of Saurocephalus. The typical 
species was called Lrisichthe nitida, and was stated to have been 
discovered in the cretaceous formation of Kansas, near to the 
Solomon River, by Prof. B. F. Mudge. The enamel of the teeth 
is smooth and glistening, and their outline acuminate and 
rather elongate. In the anterior part of the jaw are two teeth 
much larger than the others, separated by a small tooth. The 
posterior of these is much compressed, while the anterior is oval 
in section, with one angular edge. Length of the restored skull 
between one and two feet. 

It was added that the Portheus angulatus, Cope, probably 
belongs to the genus Hrisichihe, and that it differs from L&. nitida 
in its. greater size and other features. The genus was further 
stated to be abundant in certain formations of the Southern States, 
and in the English chalk. Isolated specimens of large teeth from 
the latter had been referred to the genus Saurocephalus in the 
Poissons Fossiles, which could not be distinguished from those of 
the genus newly described. 


DECEMBER 24. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 


Ten members present. 


DECEMBER 31. 
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair. 
Twenty members present. 


The following reports were read, and referred to the Publication 
Committee :— 


THE LIBRARIAN’S REPORT. 


The Librarian respectfully reports that the number of addi- 
tions to the library from January to December, 1872, inclusive, 
amounts to 1488. 

Of these 250 were volumes, 1230 pamphlets and parts of periodi- 
cals, and 8 maps and charts; 1135 were octavos, 310 quartos, 20 
duodecimos, 15 folios, and 8 maps. 

They were derived from the foliowing sources :— 

Societies 706, Editors 139, Authors 188, Wilson Fund 67, Isaac 
Lea 12, Imperial Botanical Garden of St. Petersburg 11, Thomas 

19 


282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Meehan 10, Chilian Government 9, Geological Survey of India 9, 
Treasury Department 7, Publishers 7, Dr. Charles Schaffer 6, 
Capt. R. H. Wyman 6, 8. 8S. Haldeman 5, Publication Committee 
5, Dr. Finsch 5, Geological Survey of Italy 4, New York State 
Library 4, F. V. Hayden 4, Minister of Public Works, France, 3, 
Department of the Interior 3, Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., 2, Dr. Jos. Leidy 
2, Prof. Geo. H. Cook 2, Jos. Jeanes 2, Gen. C. B. Comstock 1, D. 
W. Dawson 1, Commissioner of Fisheries, New Jersey, 1, J. M. 
Maisch 1, F. A. Walker 1, Dr. H. C. Wood 1, Chief of Engineers 
U.S.A. 1, War Department 1. Two hundred and sixty-two were 
purchased. 

Two volumes and forty-seven pamphlets were received through 
the Conchological Section, and eight volumes through the Micro- 
scopical and Biological Section. 

These additions were distributed to the several departments of 
the library as follows: Journals 1035, Geology 112, General Natu- 
ral History 58, Conchology 60, Botany 46, Medicine 30, Entomo- 
logy 28, Physical Science 27, Ornithology 15, Mineralogy 14, 
Bibliography 12, Politics 12, Anatomy and Physiology 10, Ichthy- 
ology 7, Helminthology 6, Voyages and Travels 6, Herpetology 4, 
Chemistry 4, Mammalogy 2. 

During the year 157 volumes have been bound, and 30 volumes 
are now in the hands of the binder. 

Twenty-eight applications have been received from members for 
books required by them in the pursuit of their studies, and not to 
be found in the library. Twenty of these have been received, and 
the others have been ordered. 

In common with nearly all the other departments of the Aca- 
demy the library is suffering from want of room. The difficulty 
of properly arranging the journals and periodicals, especially, is 
becoming daily greater in consequence of the regularity with which 
large exchanges are received from corresponding societies at home 
and abroad. In many instances it has become necessary to place 
the older volumes of a series out of view at the back of the cases 
to make room for the current numbers. It is not possible to do 
this, however, where the volumes are large and the book-cases 
shallow, so that the necessity for additional room is becoming 
daily more pressing. 

All of which is respectfully submitted, 
Epwarp J. NoLANn, Librarian. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283 


REPORT OF THE CURATORS. 


The Museum of the Academy continues in its usual condition, 
and the more perishable departments are in a fair state of preser- 
vation. While several remain in a state of comparative confusion, 
others are in an advanced condition of arrangement. The con- 
chological cabinet, which now numbers upwards of 21,000 species, 
is reported to have nearly one-half of the collection systematically 
arranged and properly labelled. 

Mr. James A. Ogden, one of the members of the ornithological 
committee, informs us that during the past year, the entire collec- 
tion of birds has been carefully examined, and those which were 
found infested were submitted to the heating process. He also 
assures us that the collection is now in good order. Further, 
several families have been arranged, and about 1400 specimens 
labelled. 

Several hundred duplicate bird skins were presented to the 
Chicago Academy of Sciences, according to a special vote of our 
Academy. 

The donations and additions to the collections and Museum of 
the Academy during the year are as follows:— 

Mammals.—The skeleton of a Whale, Megaptera bellicosa, Cope, 
from St. Barts, W. I., was presented by Wm. 8. Vaux, and I. Lea. 
Dr. Ruschenberger presented.a skull, a skeleton, and a mounted 
skin of a Japan Dog. Dr. H. Rand presented four skulls of 
Monkeys, and Dr. H. C. Chapman, the skull of a very old Horse. 
Several mammal skins from the West Coast were presented by 
George Davidson. 

Birds.—Mr. James A. Ogden, of the ornithological committee, 
submits to us the following list of donations :— 

Skins of Haliaetus leucocephalus, two Mormon cirrhata, two 
Hematopus niger, H. palliatus, and Mergulus Cassini, from the 
West Coast of North America, presented by George Davidson. 

Ardea ludoviciana, Larus argentalus, and Mergulus alle, from 
North Carolina, presented by Dr. H. C. Yarrow, U.S.A. 

Pelecanus fuscus and two Querquedula discors, from St. Martins, 
W.1I., presented by Dr. R. E. Van Riggersma. 

Eight species of birds, from San Domingo, presented by Wm. 
M. Gabb. 


284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


An albino Pipilo erythrophthalmus, from Georgia, presented by 
Bayard King. 

Three skins of Sturnus vulgaris, two Lanius rufus, Cinclus 
aquaticus, two Sitta europea, Chrysomitris pinus, Mecistura 
caudata, Parus atee, Muscicapa griseola, Passer montana Frin- 
gilla montifringilla, F. celebs, Coccothraustes vulgaris, three 
Erythraca familiaris, Regulus cristatus, from Switzerland, and 
Troglodytes «don from this State. Presented by the ornithological 
committee. 

Ten nests with eggs, from Illinois, presented by Mrs. Wm. 
Turner. 

Reptiles and Fishes.—Small collections of reptiles were pre- 
sented as follows: From Central America, by George Davidson; 
ten species, from Florida, by T. J. Kochersperger; and from 
Wyoming Territory, by Dr. Leidy. <A collection of reptiles and 
fishes, from St. Domingo, was presented by Wm. M. Gabb. 

A flying fish, Hxocetus obtusirostris, from off the Cape de Verd 
Island, was presented by Dr. A. L. Gihon, U.S.A. One species of 
fish from the Raritan River, was presented by A. H. Smith, and 
one from Michigan, by J. V. Lemoyne. 

Osteological and Ethnological Specimens.—A male and female 
skeleton of Indians, from a mound on San Miguel Island, the 
most western of the St. Barbara Islands, were presented by 
George Davidson. An Indian skull, together with fragments of 
pottery and stone implements, from the vicinity of a shell mound 
at Cedar Keys, Florida, were presented by H. J. Smith. An 
Indian skull, from a mound near Melton, Indiana, was presented 
by Clarence 8. Bement. A collection of flint chips, from Crow 
Creek, Wyoming, was presented by E. L. Berthoud, and an 
antique pestle, from Gloucester, N. J., by Joseph 8. Lodge. 

Invertebrates.—The special donations and additions to the 
conchological cabinet, will be given in the Report of the Con- 
servator of the Conchological Section. A collection, from Santa 
Barbara, California, was presented by George Davidson. A col- 
lection of crustaceans, corals, gorgonias, and sponges, from St. 
Domingo, by William M. Gabb. A collection of shells, star- 
fishes, and corals, from North Carolina, by Dr. H. C. Yarrow, 
U.S.A. Several Cirrhipeds, and Holothurians, from the Isle of 
Shoals, by Mrs. C. Pennock. A huge Lobster, from our coast, by 
G. W. Bugbee. A Scorpion and a Mygale, from Florida, by T. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 285 


J. Kochersperger; and specimens of the seventeen year Locust, 
by 8. L. McAllister. 

Fossils.—A large collection of remains of mammals and reptiles, 
from the Bridger Tertiary formation of Wyoming Territory, has 
been presented by Dr. J. Van A. Carter and Dr. Joseph K. Corson, 
U.S.A. Among these are the types of the species described or 
noticed by the writer in the present volume of the Proceedings. 
The fine specimen of a Turtle, from the same locality, described 
under the name of Baptemys wyomingensis, has likewise been 
obtained for the Academy through exchange. A nearly complete 
plastron of the Testudo Corsoni from the same locality was pre- 
sented by Mrs. Dr. J. Van A. Carter. A fine dorsal shield of 
Trionyx uintaensis, was likewise presented by Major Robert §. 
La Motte, commander at Fort Bridger. Another rich collection 
of fossils, presented to the Academy during this year, consists of 
350 species of mollusks, from Santa Domingo, received from our 
generous fellow-member and able geologist, William M. Gabb, on 
condition that he shall have the privilege of withdrawing the 
specimens for study if necessary. Mr. Gabb has also presented 
seven species of fossil shark teeth from St. Domingo; a mass of 
stalagmite with shells, from the cave of San Lorenzo, St. Domingo; 
and several fossil foot-prints in redshale, from the valley of the 
Little Schuylkill River. 

The following collections were also presented: Twenty-two 
species of fossil mollusks, corals, and crinoids, from the carboni- 
ferous limestone of England, a vertebra of Ichthyosaurus, and six 
do. of Plesioasaurus, from the Lias of England, by Clarence 8S. 
Bement. Dicotyledinous leaves in red sandstone from the creta- 
ceous formation near Fort Harker, Kansas, from Dr. B. E. Fryer, 
U.S.A. 

Fresh-water shells, from Crow Creek, Wyoming, from E. L. 
Berthoud. Jaw fragment of Lschrichtius Davidsonii, Cope, from 
San Diego, Cal., from George Davidson. 

Two vertebrae of Macrosaurus, a tooth and three codssified ver- 
tebre of Mosasaurus, and a fragment of a large limb bone, from 
the marl of Woodstown, N.J., from 8. Shortledge, of Kennett 
Square, Chester County, Penn. Two species of fossil fishes, from 
Verona, Italy, from Mr. Harrison. 

In addition, Dr. Thomas N. Penrose, U.S.N., presented a large 
slab of stone with a section of an Orthoceratite mounted as a 


286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


screen, and well-illustrating the chambered arrangement of the 
shell. 

Plants.——Mr. Thomas Meehan presented two hundred species 
of plants, from Colorado, and the fruit of Larix leptolepis, of 
Japan. Dr. George Englemann, of St. Louis, presented seven 
species of Lemna, from the vicinity of Mexico. Mr. John B. King 
presented a small collection of Cuban mosses. Dr. Leidy pre- 
sented a collection of plants from Wyoming. Several specimens 
were presented by C. W. Zuremba and T. H. Streets. 

Minerals.—The following specimens were presented :— 

Realgar and euchroite, from Hungary; fluor, Hartz; erythrite, 
Saxony; calcite, Cornwall, E.; willemite, jeffersonite, and two 
calamines, Franklin, N. J.; Allanite, Orange Co.; and three brown 
tourmalines, St. Lawrence County, N. Y.; cuprite, Cornwall, H., 
from Clarence 8. Bement. 

A fine large apophyllite with stilbite, from Poonah, Hindostan, 
from Wm. 8. Vaux. 

A fine large amethyst with fluor, from Thunder Bay, L. 8., from 
BK. W. Clark. 

Phlogopite, scapolite, hornblende, New York; cummingtonite 
and zoisite, Ducktown, Polk County, Tenn.; massive chrysolite, 
and corundum, Franklin, Macon County, N. C., from Joseph 
Willcox. 

A fine large crystallized jeffersonite, from Franklin, N. J., from 
Joseph Willcox and 8. B. Howell. 

Zincite, Franklin, and hornblende, Andover, N. J., from 8. B. 
Howell. 

Group of muscovite crystals, from Chester County, from I. Lea. 
Corundum with talcose schist, from Unionville, Chester County, 
from George Ball. Stilbite, from Frankford, from John Bartlet. 
Floatstone, from Oregon, from E. Goldsmith. Two cannel coals, 
from West Virginia, from B. 8. Lyman. 

By purchase and exchange there were also obtained ruby and 
sapphire corundum, from Macon County, N. C.; corundum with 
chlorite, crystallized red copper, and bournonite. 

The Curators regret to state, that during the past year several 
valuable minerals have been stolen from the Museum. It may be 
added that in consequence of the present great extent of the latter, 
and the want of proper labelling and numbering, with a catalogue 
of the collections, we are unable in many instances, to discover 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287 


depredations and their extent. It is to be hoped that in a short 
time the Academy will feel the importance of appointing a paid 
curator and assistants, whose duty it shall be as early as possible, 
to put the Museum in complete order of arrangement, to number 
all its specimens, and prepare a cat alogue of the same. 
Respectfully submitted by 
JosepH LEIDyY, 
Chairman of Curators. 


REPORT OF THE BOTANICAL COMMITTEE. 


To the President and Members of the Academy :— 

The Committee on Botany respectfully report, that during the 
year good collections of plants have been contributed by Dr. 
Gibbons from California, T. Meehan from Colorado and Western 
Kansas, Prof. Davidson from California, Dr. Leidy from the Uinta 
_ Mountains, and Professor Asa Gray, a large package chiefly of 
tropical rubiacese. The American plants have added largely to 
the value of the herbarium, in regard to botanical geography, and 
by furnishing specimens in varying conditions of growth, besides 
in a few cases adding to the number of species in the already 
pretty full collection. 

The Committee are desirous of bringing the general herbarium 
nearer completeness. In order the better to ascertain its defici- 
encies, the work of preparing a catalogue of species has been com- 
menced. Rough lists have been prepared of the first twenty-three 
volumes, serving as indices to each volume temporarily; and it is 
hoped that the whole one hundred and twenty-seven volumes will 
be thus far finished by the next year. 

THomMAs MeEnAn, for the Committee. 


—-—_—_ 


RECORDING SECRETARY’S REPORT. 


The Recording Secretary respectfully reports that, during the 
year ending November 30th, 1872, there have been elected thirty- 
nine members and four correspondents. 

The announcement has been made of the death of the following 
members and correspondents :— 

Fourteen members, namely: Wm. W. Gerhard, M.D., Dr. Wim. 
Stimpson, John Farnum, Maj. Sydney 8. Lyon, John G. Moore, 'T. 


288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Clarkson Taylor, Prof. Edward Parrish, Mr. Chas. Wilson Peale, 
Mr. James H. Orne, Prof. John F. Frazer, Dr. Mifflin Wister, 
Constant Guillou, Maj. Gen. G. G. Meade, U.S.A., and 8. Emlen 
Randolph. 

One correspondent, namely: Sir Roderick J. Murchison. 

Two resignations of membership have been accepted. 

The number of papers contributed and ordered to be printed in 
the Proceedings of the Academy during the year, has been twenty- 
seven, as follows :— 


F. B. Meek 1 NGeorswWesiryon ieee Of 
E. D. Cope id ee eee ON Ea Streets, M.D. : call 
O. Finseh... . a, «) <, ee eee 2 homassBland amd. WirGe Binney. 1 
Thomas Meehan Ve je, > 2)|\Vohn Gy Cooper : met 
E. L. Berthoud . . ea ReR Gite : | Isaac Lea, LL.D. 2h 
Ae ve ComeEGl S53 54 Se SZ inca, Coll, WED +4 Sn, asl 
TN OWYO i, (CLOTS ye econo 6! eh le 9 | Wm. M. Gabb 220 04 16, SERS 


Five papers ordered to be published in medical journals, as 
follows :— 


Joseph Leidy, M.D... .)))s4 so «el:|, Albert Wrieké, Me Dig cei tee 
James Tyson, M.D: . 2.) = . .. | Jos.-G. Richardson, Mop) eee 


All of which is respectfully submitted, 
SaMUEL B. HowE Lt, 
Recording Secretary. 


REPORT OF RECORDER OF BIOLOGICAL AND 
MICROSCOPICAL SECTION. 


Read before the Section December 2d, 1872, and directed to be forwarded to 
the Academy as the Report of the Section for the current year. 


The closing business year of 1872 leaves our Biological and 
Microscopical Section in a much more healthy and vigorous con- 
dition than did its immediate predecessor. In spite of the gloomy 
forebodings, which twelve months ago threatened our department 
with complete and speedy extinction, we can this evening look 
back to a better record, of real scientific work accomplished 
during the past year, than even warm friends of a Microscopical 
society dared at one time to hope was within the bounds of possi- 
bility. When we remember that our eminently honorable and 
useful parent Academy of the Natural Sciences, with her far larger 
membership, and wider claims upon the scientific world for sup- 
port, has on a few untoward occasions even found it difficult to 


/ 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289 


convene the quorum requisite to transact her ordinary business, 
we may well feel encouraged to persevere in thus meeting together, 
although the paucity of our number sometimes might otherwise be 
enough to dishearten the most earnest seeker after truth among us. 

Prominent in the list of triumphs during the past year, stands 
of course our Exhibition of microscopes and microscopical appa- 
ratus, given in Horticultural Hall, to the American Medieal Asso- 
ciation, on the evening of May 7th, and witnessed with warmly 
expressed satisfaction, not only by the members of the National 
Convention and their ladies, but also by hundreds of the inhabi- 
tants of Philadelphia, whose awakening interest in the wonders 
and beauties of microscopy, as well as their enjoyment of the 
results attained by microscopic investigation, formed a gratifying 
feature of the occasion. At this exhibition one hundred and six 
instruments, adjusted to a classified collection of objects, illus- 
trating most of the different applications of the higher magnifying 
powers, to researches in Medicine, Natural History, Botany, 
Chemistry, ete., were arranged upon our tables. The display of 
microscopes is said to have been the largest ever gathered 
together for a similar reception in America, and it excited much 
admiration among both visitors and citizens. There is no doubt 
that such demonstrations of downright facts, in regard to the 
advancement of our knowledge of nature, either with or without 
the aid of the microscope, will lead to a more and more just 
appreciation of the inestimable value an Academy for the study 
of the natural sciences has to the community at large, and thus 
contribute in some measure towards creating that much needed 
disposition, among merchants and business men, to foster such 
an institution, by subscribing the comparatively trivial amount 
of pecuniary endowment necessary for its successful operation 
and support. 

Among the more or less elaborated papers and oral communica- 
tions, presented before the section during the past year, may be 
enumerated Dr. Henry C. Chapman’s remarks upon Embryology, 
profusely illustrated by charts and drawings, and lis comments 
this evening upon the Polycystina, ete ; Dr. Albert Frické's 
valuable contribution to the medical history of our recent Equine 
epidemic; Dr. J. H. McQuillen’s description of Salivary calculus 
and Oral Microzoa; Dr. Isaac Norris’ paper on the History and 
value of Polarized light as applied to the microscope; Dr. J. G, 


290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Hunt’s dissertation on the Preparation and preservation of 
Tissues; Mr. Joseph Zentmayer’s discourse upon Erectors and 
a new Erecting prism; Dr. Jas. Tyson’s article on Urinary 
microscopy, and his interesting oral communication upon Practical 
Histology in Germany; and Dr. Jos. G. Richardson’s papers on 
Certain Human Parasitic Fungi, and their relations to disease, 
and upon a new method of preserving Tumors and some urinary 
deposits during transportation. 

Discussions upon the various subjects thus brought under the 
consideration of the members, have been remarkable for their un- 
usually practical and useful character; indeed, so eminent have 
they appééred in this respect, that reports of our proceedings have 
always been warmly welcomed by the Editors of The Philadelphia 
Medical Times, in whose interesting columns they, as well as 
several of the papers read before the Section, have from time to 
time been published. 

All of which is respectfully submitted, 
Jos. G. Ricuarpson, Recorder. 


REPORT OF CONSERVATOR OF CONCHOLOGICAL 
SECTION. 


The Conservator of the Conchological Section respectfully re- 
ports that the donations to the Cabinet, during the past year, have 
been as follows:— 


Bravie, Rev. E. R. Helix Schrammi, from St. Martins, W. I. 

Buanpd, THos. Bulimus aureolus, from West Indies. 

Conran, T. A. Ancylus, from Trenton, N. J., and twenty-seven 
species of Unionidex, from the vicinity of Raleigh, N. C., 
determined for the Section by Mr. Lea. 

Datt, W. H. Nine species of Acmea, types of new species. 

GABB, Wm. M. Small collection of terrestrial and marine 
mollusca, from St. Domingo. 

JEWETT, Col. E. Two species, from Charlotte Harbor, Fla. 

Newcomp, W. Carelia extincta, n. s. from Sandwich Islands. 

PENNocK, Mrs. CAROLINE. Ege-cases of Pusus Islandicus, Pur- 
pura lapillus, from Isle of Shoals, off Portsmouth, N. H. 

PEASE, W. Harper. Six species of marine mollusca, from 
Central Pacific Ocean, types. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291 


Summicurast, Dr. Species of Cylindrella, from near Tehuan- 
tepec. 

Yarrow, Dr. H. C. A smail collection of marine shells, from 
Fort Macon, N. C. 


Forty-four species of West Indian Helices, new to the collec- 
tion, were purchased from Mr. Thos. Bland. 

Thirty-eight species not heretofore in the collection of the 
Academy, from the Island of Mauritius, were presented by the 
following gentlemen: Wm. 8. Vaux, 13 species; Isaac Lea, 5; 
Wm. M. Gabb, 5; Benj. Smith Lyman, 4; 8. R. Roberts, 2; Chas. 
F. Parker, 5; and Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., 4. , 

The Committee on the arrangement of the Collection have been 
working industriously, and report that during the year the 
arrangement of the Land and Fresh-water shells has been com- 
pleted, as well‘as that of the Nerites, Neretinas, Harps, Astartes, 
Carditas, and a portion of the Veneride. The amount of work 
‘done exceeds that of any previous year, as the following state- 
ment will show: Number of species determined during 1872, 
2862; number of labels written, 4898; number of specimens 
cleaned and mounted, 19,932. The total number of species 
determined by the Committee to date is 6893; total number of 
labels written, 12,067; total number of specimens mounted, 
40,873. 

Our system of exchange has been during the past year discon- 
tinued, in consequence of the great and increasing difficulty of 
obtaining desiderata except by purchase. This is owing to the 
nearly complete condition of many portions of the collection. It 
may be mentioned, as an illustration of this fact, that out of 913 
species recently received for examination from the Island of 
Mauritius, but thirty-eight species, reported above, could be found 
new to the collection. 

All of which is respectfully submitted, 

Epwarp J. Notan, Conservator. 


At an adjourned meeting held January 7, 1873, the following 
were elected members: Chas. Macalester, Wm. B. Bement, 
Richard H. Townsend, M.D., Wm. Logan Fox, Dr. Chas. A. 
Siegfried, U.S.N., and Mrs. Caroline Pennock. 


Jabez Hogg, F.L.S., was elected a Correspondent. 


292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The election of Officers, for the year 1873, was held in accord- 
ance with the By-Laws, with the following result:— 


¢ 
President - - . W.S. W. Ruschenberger, M.D. 


Vice-Presidents , > Winn... Vat, 
Jos. Carson, M.D. 
Recording Secretary . Samuel B. Howell, M.D. 
Corresponding Secretary Edward D. Cope. 
Librarian : : . Edward J. Nolan, M.D. 
Treasurer E - . Wm. C. Henszey. 
' Curators . ; 5 . Jos. Leidy, M.D., 
Wm. 8S. Vaux, 
Geo. W. Tryon, Jr: 
Edward D. Cope. 
Council . ; : . Isaac Lea, 
Robt. Bridges, M.D., 
Edward 8. Whelen, 
Isaac Hays, M.D. 
Publication Committee . Jos. Leidy, M.D., 
Wm. 58. Vaux, 
Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., 
Edward J. Nolan, M.D., 
W.S. W. Ruschenberger, M.D. 


ELECTIONS FOR 1872. 


The following are the names of Members and Correspondents of the 
Academy of Natural Sciences elected during the year 1872. 


* MEMBERS. 

April 30.—Dr. G. Stiles, Passmore Williamson, Mr. and Mrs. 
Bloomfield H. Moore, Alfred D. Jessup, Wm. F. Miskey, Wm. G. 
Freedly, F. B. Gowan, E. Burd Grubb, Thos. R. Dunglison, M.D., 
John Thompson. 

May 28.—Jos. W. Miller, D. Shepherd Holman, P. P. Morris, 
Joseph H. Ogden, Joseph E. Gillingham, Dr. T. M. Drown. 

September 24.—Jas. C. Rea, M.D., Sarah P. Monks, John Doyle, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293 


Thos. A. Robinson, Capt. Wm. Prince, U.S.A., Thos. Sinnickson, 
Henry Leffman, M.D., John P. Brock. 
October 29.—Dr. John F. Bransford, U.S.N. 


November 26.—C. P. Krauth, Joseph Hazard, Dr. George A. 
Koenig, Thos. M. Chatard, Gideon E. Moore, J. Euen Loughlin, 
M.D., Francis Garden Smyth, M.D., C. Perry Sinnickson, John J. 
Thompson. 


CORRESPONDENTS. 


May 28.—E. Riviere, of Menton, France. 

October 29.—George M. Sternberg, U.S.A., of Fort Barancas, 
Florida. 

November 26.—J. W. Powell, of Washington, D.C.; Capt. C. M. 
Scammon, of San Francisco, Cal. 


294 CORRESPONDENCE. 


CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ACADEMY. 
For 1872. 


January.—George S. Brady, acknowledging receipt of notice of election 
as correspondent. 

Astor Library, New York; 

American Antiquarian Society, Worcester ; 

Académie Royale des Lettres et des Beaux-arts, Bruxelles ; 

Bibliotheca Universitatis, Lugduno-Batavi ; 

Batavian Society of Experimental Philosophy, Rotterdam ; 

Naturforschende Gesellschaft of Basel, Switzerland ; 

Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Zitirich ; 

Schlesische Gesellschaft fiir vaterlandische Naturkunde ; 

Bataafsch Genootschap der Proefondervindelijke ; 

Wijsbegeerte te Rotterdam ; severally acknowledging receipt of publica- 
tions. 

Institut Royal Météorologique, Utrecht ; 

L’ Observatoire Central Physique, St. Petersbourg ; 

Aerztliche Verein in Frankfurt-am-Main ; 

Jardin Imperial de Botanique, St. Petersbourg ; 

Physikalisch oekonomische Gesellschaft zu Konigsburg; with publica- 
tions. 

Linnean Society, London ; 

Société Hollandaise des Sciences, Harlem ; 

Académie Royale des Sciences, Amsterdam ; 

Koniglich Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Miinchen; ac- 
knowledging receipt of publications and forwarding others in return. 

February.—Dr. W. Boeck, acknowledging receipt of notice of election as 
correspondent. 

B. F. Sands, regarding preparations to be made for the observation of the 
transit of Venus across th'e disk of the Sun in 1874. 

Smithsonian Institution, Washington ; 

Société D’ Histoire Naturelle, Bern ; 

Academie Royale des Sciences, Lisbon ; 

La Société des Sciences physiques et naturelles, Bordeaux ; 

Schweizerische Gesellschaft, Bern ; 

Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu Gorlitz ; acknowledging receipt of publi- 
cations. 

Société Entomologique de France, Paris; 

Société Entomologique de Russie, St. Petersbourg ; 


CORRESPONDENCE. 295 


Physikalisches Central-Observatorium, St. Petersbourg ; 

Société de Physique et de Histoire Naturelle, Geneva; 

Kiralyi magyar termeszettudomanyi tarsulat, Pest; 

Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Bern ; with publications. 

Société Royale des Sciences, Upsal ; 

Académie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux-arts, Bruxelles ; 

Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien; acknowledging 
receipt of publications and forwarding others in return. 

March.—Prof. 8. F. Baird, with photographic pictures of fishes and other 
marine animals. 

Royal Society of London ; 

Société des Sciences Naturelles de Neuchatel; acknowledging receipt of 
publications. 

Naturhistorische Verein in Passau; with publications. 


April.—Notice of the death of M. Frangois-Jules Pictet de la Rive. 

Naturforschende Verein in Briinn ; acknowledging receipt of publications. 

L’ Académie Royale Suedoise des Sciences, Stockholm ; 

Dorpater Naturforscher Gesellschaft; with publications. 

Société Royale des Sciences, Upsal ; acknowledging receipt of publications 
and forwarding others in return. 


May.—Naturhistorischer Verein in Augsburg; with publications. 


June.—Campbell Carrington, with specimens. 
Société Hollandaise des Sciences, Haarlem; with publications and ac- 
knowledging receipt of others. 


July.—Zoological Society of London ; 
Société Nationale des Sciences Naturelles de Cherbourg ; acknowledging 
receipt of publications. 


August.—Chas. W. Zaremba, with specimens of Prunus fragrans and an 
application for a new diploma as correspondent. 


September.—Naturwissenschaftliche Verein zu Bremen ; acknowledging 
receipt of publications. 

Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin; 

Magyar Tudomanyos Akademia, Pest; with publications. 

October.—J. E. Harris, with inquiries as to the whereabouts of Rafinesque’s 
collection of shells. 

Smithsonian Institution, Washington ; 

American Geographical Society, New York ; 

Essex Institute, Salem ; . 

U. 8. Surgical Library, Washington ; 

Yale College, New Haven ; 

Geological Society of London ; 

Society of Arts, Manufactures, and Commerce, London ; 

Royal Society of Edinburgh ; 

Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society ; 

Philosophical Society of Glasgow ; 


296 CORRESPONDENCE. 


Society of Belfast ; 

University of Aberdeen ; 

Zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft, Wien ; severally acknowledging re- 
ceipt of publications. 

Universidad de Chile, Santiago ; 

Kirdlyi Magyar termeszettudomanyi tarsulat, Pest ; 

Physikalisch-medicinische Societat in Erlangen ; with publications. 

Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Frankfurt-am-Main ; 

Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien; acknowledging re- 
ceipt of publications and forwarding others in return. 


November.—Edward Sang, with Table of Logarithms for examination. 
Lyceum of Natural History of New York; acknowledging receipt of 
publications. 
December.—®. A. Papineau, regarding the Society’s publications on En- 
tomology and Ornithology. 
Lyceum of Natural History of New York ; acknowledging receipt of 
publications. 
Académie Royale des Sciences, Amsterdam ; 
Société Hollandaise des Sciences, Haarlem ; with publications. 
Linnean Society, London; sending publications: and acknowledging re- 
ceipt of ours. 
Number of letters received, 1872 . . . . . . 101 
ue of correspondents elected . .... 4 
Which is respectfully submitted, 
EDWARD D. COPE, 


Corresponding Secretary. 
Dec. 31, 1872. 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 297 


ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY, 1872. 


JOURNALS AND PERIODICALS. 


SWEDEN. 


Stockholm. K. Svenska Vetenskaps Akademiens Handlingar, Ny Foljd 
Sjunde Bandet, Andra Hiftet. Attonde und Nionde Bandet, 1868-70. 
From the Society. 
Ofversigt af K. Vetenskaps Akademiens Forhandlingar. Tjugondes- 
jette und Tjugondesjunde Argangen, 1870-71. From the Society. 
Upsal. Nova Acta Regie Societatis Scientiarum Upsaliensis, Seriei Tertia, 
Vol. VII. Fasc. 1 and 2, and Vol. VIII. Fasc. 1, 1869, 1870, and 
1871. From the Society. 
Bulletin Meteorologique mensuel de l’Observatoire de 1’ Universite 
d’Upsal. Vol. I., Nos. 1-12; Vol. III., Nos. 1-12, 1871. From the 
Observatory. 


NORWAY. 


Throndjem. Det K. N. Videnskabernes Selskabs Skrifter i det 19de Aar- 
hundrede. From the Society. 


DENMARK. 


Kjobenhayn. Tillaeg til Aarboger for Nordisk Oldkyndighed og Historie. 

Aargang, 1870-71. Udgivet af det K. N. Oldskrift Selskab, 1870-71. 
From the Society. 

Videnskabelige Medelelser fra Naturhistorisk Forening i Kjobenhavn 
for Aarett 1868 and 1871. From the Society. 

Oversigt over det K. Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Forhandlingar 
og dets Medlemmers Arbeider in Aaret 1871. From the Society. 

Memoires de la Société Royale des Antiquaires du Nord. Nouvelle 
Serie, 1870-71. From the Society. 


RUSSIA. 


Dorpat. Archiv fiir die Naturkunde Liy-Ehst und Kurlands herausgegeben 
von der Dorpater Naturforscher Gesellschaft. ste Serie ; 5er Band, 
Iste Lief., Ges Band, 2te und dritte Schluss-Lief, 1870. From the 
Society. 

Sitzungsbericht der Dorpater Naturforscher Gesellschaft. 8er Band, 
2es Heft., 1870. From the Society. 

Moscow. Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. 
Année 1870, No. 3 to 1872, No. 1. From the Society. 

Nouveaux Memoires de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. 
Tome XIII., Livr. III., 1871. From the Society. 

St. Petersburg. Mémoires de l’Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. 
Petersburg. TeSérie. Tome XVI., No. 9 to Tome XVIII., No. 7. 
1870-71. From the Society. 

Bulletin de Acad. Impériale des Sciences de St. Petersburg. Tome 
XVI., Nos. 2-6, Tome XVII., Nos. 1-3. From the Society. 

Repertorium fiir Meteorologie herausgegeben yon der K. Akad. der 
Wissenschaften. Band II., No. 2, 1872. From the Society. 


20 


298 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


Jahresbericht des physikalischen Central Observatoriums fiir 1870. 
From the Observatory. 

Annales de l’Observatoire Physique Central de Russie. Années 1867-68. 
From the Observatory. 

Hore Socket tatis Entomologice Rossice. T. VII., No. 4. Tome VIII. 
No. 2, 1871. From the Society. 


HOLLAND. 


Amsterdam. Jaarboek van der K. Academie van Wetenschappen. 1869- 
70. From the Academy. 

Processen-verbaal yan de gewone vergaderingen der K. Akademie van 
Wetenschappen, Afd. Natuurkunde van Mei, 1869 to April, 1871. 
From the Academy. 

Verslagen en Mededeelingen der K. Akademie van Wetenschappen. 
Afd. Natuurkunde. 1869-71. From the Academy. 

Haarlem, Natuurkundige Verhandelingen van de Hollandsche Maatschap- 
pij der Wetenschappen te Haarlem. Derde Verg. Deel I., 1872. 
From the Society. 

Niederlandische Archiv fiir Zoologie herausgegeben yon Emil Selenka. 
Band I, les Heft. 1871. Purchased. 

Archives’ Néerlandaises des Sciences Exactes et Naturelles, publiées 
par la Société Hollandaise des Sciences a Harlem, 1871. Tome VI., 
Livr. 1-5. From the Society. 

Hague. Annalen der Sternwarte in Leiden. 2er Band, 1870. From the 
Observatory. 

Rotterdam. Nieuwe Verhandlingen van het Bataafsch Gencereet der 
Proefondervindelijke Wijsbegeerte te Rotterdam. Tweedie Reeks: 
Tweedie Deel, Eerste Stuk., 1870. From the Society. 

Utrecht. Nederlandsch Meteorologisch Jaarboek voor 1869, 1870, 1871. 
Uitgegeven door het K. Nederlandsch Meteorologisch Institut., 1870. 
From the Society. 

Verhandlingen der K. Akademie yan Wetenschappen. 12de Deel, 
1871. From the Society. 


GERMANY. 


Augsburg. Einundzwanzigster Bericht des naturhistorischen Vereins in 
Augsburg. Veroffentlicht in Jahre 1871. From the Society. 


Bamberg. Neunter perien der naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Bam- 


berg, Jahrg. 1869-70. From the Society. 
Berlin. Sitzungs- beacue der Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde zu 
Berlin, im Jahre 1871. From the Society. 
Berliner entomologische Zeitschrift. 16er Jahrg. 1872, les Vierteljahrs- 
cheft. From the Publishing Society. 
Wochenschrift des Vereines zur Beforderung des Garhen baa es in den 
K. P. Staaten fiir Gartnerei und Pflanzenkunde. Nos. 1-52, 1871 
From the Society. 
Monatsbericht der K. Academie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Sept. 
1871-July, 1872. From the Society. 
Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. 87er Jahrg. 1871, 2es Heft. to 1872, les 
Heft. From the Editor. 
Zeitschrift der deutschen geologischen Gesellschaft, XXIII Band, 3 
Heft. to XXIV Band, les Heft. From the Society. 
Zeitschrift fir die gesammten Naturwissenschaften, Bands 3 and 4, 187 
From the Editor. 
Bonn. Verhandlungen des naturhistorischen Vereines der ile ede ee 
Rheinlande und Westphalens. 28er Jahr., lund 2 Hafte ; 29er Jahrg., 
1ste Hafte, 1872. From the Society. 


a 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 299 


Braunschweig. Archiy fiir Anthropologie. Ser Band, 1stes-3es Viertel- 
jahresheft, 1871. Purchased. 

Bremen. XY. Jahresbericht des schwedeschen heilgymnastischen Insti- 
tutes in Bremen, 1872. From the Institute. 

Verein fiir die deutsche Nordpolarfahrt, 1870. From Dr. Finsch. 

Abhandlungen herausgegeben vom naturwissenschaftlichen Vereine 
zu Bremen, III. Bd. 1 and 2 Heft., 1872. From the Society. 

Same. I. and II. Bd. and III. Bd., TL: Heft. From Dr. Finsch. 

Briinn. Verhandlungen des naturforschenden Vereines. IX Band, 1870. 
From the Society. 

Cassel. Malakozoologische Blatter. Bd. 18 Bg. 11 to Bd. 20 Bg. 3. Pur- 
chased. 

Darmstadt. Notizblatt es. Vereins fir Erdkunde. III. Folge, X. Heft. 
1871. From the Editor. 

Dresden. Sitzungsberichte der naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft Isis 
in Dresden. Jahrgang 1871 und 1872. From the Society. 

Novorum Actorum Academize Cesaresee Leopoldino-Caroline Ger- 
manice Natur Curiosorum. Tomi 35, 1870. From the Society. 

Durkheim. XXVIII. und XXIX. Jahresbericht der Collichia, eines natur- 
wissenschaftlichen Vereins der Rheinpfalz, 1871. From the Society. 

Frankfurt, A. M. Jahresbericht tiber die Verwaltung des Medicinalwesens 
die Krankenanstalten und die ceffentlichen Gesundheitsverhaeltnisse 
der Stadt Frankfurt, A.M. XXII. and XIII. Jahrg. 1868-9. From 
the Society. 

Nachrichtsblatt der deutschen malakozoologischen Gesellschaft, 1869, 
1870, 1871. Purchased. 

Festschrift herausgegeben zur Feier des 50 Jihrigen Jubiliiums des 
naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Freiburg i. B. 1871. From the 
Society. 

Abhandlungen herausgegeben von der Senckenbergischen natiirfor- 
schenden Gesellschaft. Sen Bandes, les und 2es Heft. From the 
Society. 

Bericht tiber die Senckenbergische naturforschende Gesellschaft, 1870- 
71. From the Society. 

Der zoologischen Garten. XII. Jahrg. 1871, Nos. 7-12; 1872, Nos. 1-6. 

- From the Editor. 

Gorlitz. Abhandlungen der naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Gorlitz. 
14er Band, 1871. From the Society. 

Gottingen. Nachrichten von der K. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften und 
der Georg-Augusts Universitiits aus dem Jahre, 1871. From the 
Society. 

Hannover. Einundzwanzigster Jahresberichte der naturhistorichen Gesell- 
schaft zu Hannover, 1870-71. From the Society. 

Heidelberg. Verhandlungen des naturhistorisch-medizinischen Vereins zu 
Heidelberg. Band VI., I. From the Society. 

Innsbruck. Zeitschrift des Ferdinandeum. es Folge; 6es Heft., 1871. 
From the Society. 

Konigsberg. Schriften der k. physikalisch-okonomischen Gesellschaft zu 
Konigsberg. 10er Jahrg., 1869; les und 2e Abth. ; ller Jahrg., 
1870; les und 2e Abth., 1871. From the Society. 

Leipzig. Abhandlungen der mathematisch-physischen Classe der K. siich- 
sischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. IX. Band; No. VI.; X. 
Band, Nos. I. and II., 1871. From the Society. 

Berichte tiber die Verhandlungen der k. s. Gesellschaft der Wissen- 
schaften zu Leipzig, 1871. 1-4. From the Society. 

Jahrbiicher fiir wissenschaftliche Botanik herausgegeben yon Dr. N. 
Pringsheim. Ser Band ; 8es Heft., 1872. Purchased. 

Zeitschrift fiir wissenschafiliche Zoologie. Von Siebold und Kolliker. 
2ler Band, 4es Heft., 1871 to 22 Bd. ; 4es Heft., 1872. Purchased. 


300 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


Journal fiir Ornithologie, XIX. Jahrg. Heft. 4, 1871, to XX. Jahrg. Heft. 
4, 1872. Purchased. 

Archiv fiir Anatomie, Physiologie, und wissenschaftliche Medicin. 
Jarhg., 1871, Heft. III. to Jahrg. 1872, Heft. 1. Purchased. 
Luxembourg. Publications de l'Institut Royal Grand-Ducal de Luxem- 

bourg. Tomes XI. and XII. From the Society. . 

Miinchen. Annalen der k. Sternwarte bei Miinchen. XVIII. Band. XI. 
Supplement Band zu den Annalen der Miinchener Sternwarte. From 
the Observatory. 

Almanach der k. b. Akademie der Wissenschaften fiir das Jahr. 1871. 
From the Academy. 

Sitzungsberichte der mathematisch-physikalischen Classe der k. b. Aka- 
demie der Wissenschaften. Heft. I. and II., 1871. From the So- 
ciety. 

Neubrandenburg. Archiv des Vereins der Freunde der Naturgeschichte in 
Meklenburg. 25 Jahrg., 1872. From the Society. 

Offenbach, A. M. Elfter und zw6lfter Bericht iiber die Thatigkeit des Offen- 
bacher Vereins fiir Naturkunde im Vereinsjahre 1869-71. From the 
Society. 

Passau, 1871. Neuenter Jahresbericht des naturhistorischen Vereines in 
Passau tiber die Jahre 1869 bis 1870. From the Society. 

Pest. Ertekezesek a természettudomany ok Korebol Kiadja a Magyar 
Tudomanyos Akadémia. 38-7; Szam., 1870, VII.-XIL., 1871. From 
the Society. 

A Magyar Tudomanyos Akadémia Ertesitéje Negyedik Evfolyam. 13- 
18. Szam. Otddik Eyfolyam. 1-9. Szam. 1870-71. From the So- 
ciety. 

Magyar Tudomanyos Akademiai Almanach, 1871. From the Society. 

Természettudomanyi Kézlény Havyifoly/oirat Kézérdekii ismeretek ter- 
jesztésére Kiadja A. K. M. Termes. Tarsulat. II. and III. Kotet 
10 dik-28 dik. Fiizet., 1870-71. From the Society. 

Regensburg. Flora oder allgemeine botanische Zeitung herausgegeben 
von k. b. botan. Gesellschaft in Regensburg, 1871. From the So- 
ciety. 

Repertorium der periodischen botanischen Literatur vom Beginn des 
Jahres 1864. An VII. Jahrg. 1870. From the same Society. 

Correspondenz-Blatt des zoologisch-mineralogischen Vereines in Re- 
gensburg, 1871. 25er Jahrg. From the Society. 

Stettin. Entomologische Zeitung. Herausgegeben von dem entomologis- 
chen Vereine zu Stettin. 32er Jahrg. 1871. From the Society. 
Stuttgart. Wiirtembergische naturwissenschaftliche Jahreshefte. 27er 

Jahrg. 1871. From the Society. 

Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geologie und Paleeontologie. Jahrg. 
1871, 6es Heft. to 1872, 2es Heft. From the Editor, 

Vienna. Mittheilungen der anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien. 1 
Band, Nos. 12, 18, and 14. Sept., Oct., and Noy., 1871. From the 
Society. 

Denkschriften der k. Akademie, der Wissenschaften, mathem-naturw. 
Classe, Einunddreissigster Band. From the Society. 

Sitzungberichte der K. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Mathematisch- 
naturwissenschaftliche Classe. 62 Band; le Abth. III.—V. Heft. 
%e Abth, IV. and V.-Heft. ; 63 Band ;1e and 2e Abth ; I.—V. Heft; 
1870-71; 64 Band, 1ste Abth, I.—V ; Heft. 2e Abth, L—V. 1871. 
From the Society. 

Verhandlungen der k. k. zoologisch.-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien. 
Jahrg. 1871. XXI. Band. From the Society. 

Verhandlungen der k. k. geologischen Reichsanstalt. No. 1, 1871, to 
No. 7, 1872. From the Society. 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 301 


Jahrbuch of the same. XXI. Band No. 2 to XXII. Band No2. From 
the Society. 

Jahrbiicher der k. k. Central-Anstalt fiir Meteorologie und Erdmag- 
netismus. Neue Folge. VI. Band. Jahrg. 1869. From the Di- 
rectors. 

Wirzburg. Verhandlungen der physikal-medicinische Gesellschaft in 
Wiirzburg. Neue Folge. 11 Band. 3 Heft. to III. Bd.; 2 Heft. 
From the Society. 


SWITZERLAND. 


Basel. Verhandlungen der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel. der 
Theil, 3es Heft., 1871. From the Society. 

Mittheilungen der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Bern aus dem 
Jahre 1870. No. 711-744. 1871. From the Society. 

Erlangen. Sitzungberichte der physicalisch-medicinischen Societét zu 
Erlangen. 3 Heft., 1871. From the Society. 

Geneva. Mémoires de la Société de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle de 
Genéve. Tome XXL, Ire Partie. From the Society. 

Lausanne. Bulletin mensuel des Observations Météorologiques de Lau- 
sanne. Faites au Predu-Marche, Maison Forney par J. Marguet. 
From the Author. 

Bulletin de la Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles, 2e Série. Vol. 
XI. Nos. 66 and 67, 1871-72. From the Society. 

Neuchatel. Bulletin de la Société des Sciences Naturelles de Neuchatel. 
Tome IX., Premier Cahier, 1871. From the Society. 

St. Gallen. Bericht iiber die Thiatigkeit der St. Gallischen naturwissen- 
schaftlichen Gesellschaft wihrend des Vereins Jahres 1870-71. From 
the Society. 

Zurich. Vierteljahrschrift der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Zurich. 
lder Jahrg. les-4es Heft., 1870. From the Society. 


BELGIUM. 


Bruxelles. Annuaire de 1’Academie Royale des Sciences, Belles-lettres, 

et Beaux-Arts de Belgique, 1871. 387me Année. 

Mémoires of the same. Tome 38. 

Mémoires Couronnes of the same. Tomes 35 and 36. From the So- 
ciety. 

Bulletins of the same. 389me Année 2me Série. Tomes 29, 30,.and 
31, 1870-71. From the Society. 

Bulletins de la Société Malacologique de Belgique. Tome VII. Année 
1872, Pp. 1-22. From the Society. 

Annales de la Société Malacologique de Belgique. Tome V. Année 
1870. From the Society. 

Société Malacologique de Belgique Bulletin des Séances. Pp. XXYV. 
to XL. From the Society. 

Société Malacologique de Belgique, Procés-Verbal, 1872. Pp. XLI.— 
LXXXII. From the Society. 


FRANCE, 


Angers. Mémoires de la Société Nationale d’Agriculture, Sciences, et 
Arts d’Angers. Tomes 12, 13, and Tome 14, No. 1, 1871. From the 


Society. 
Same. Tome 4me. Nos. 2and 3. Tome 5me. No. 1, 1872. From the 
Society. 


Mémoires de la Société Académique de Main-et-Loire. ‘Tomes 25 and 
26, 1871. From the Society. 


302 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


Auxerre. Bulletin de la Société des Sciences Historique Naturelles de 
YYonne. Anneés 1871 and 1873. 25e and 26e Volumes. From the 
Society. 

Cherbourg. Mémoires de la Société des Sciences Naturelles de Cherbourg. 
Tomes XY. and XVI. From the Society. 

Bordeaux. Actes de Académie Impériale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres, et 
Arts de Bordeaux. 8e Série. 31e Année, 1869; 1870, 4e trim. 
From the Society. 

Actes de la Société Linnéenne de Bordeaux. Tomes 18 to 27, 1852-72. 
From the Society. 

Mémoires de la Société des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles de Bor- 
deaux. Tome VII., 2me Cahier, 1872. From the Society. 

Orleans. Mémoires dela Société d’ Agriculture, Sciences, Belles-Lettres, et 
Arts d’Orleans. 2me Série. Tome XIII., No. 4to Tome. XIV., Nos. 
1 and 2, 1870-71. From the Society. 

Paris. Bulletin mensuel de la Société d’Acclimatation. 2me Série. Tome 
VIII., No 11, 1871, to Tome IX., No. 10, 1872. From the Society. 

Bulletin de la Société Botanique de France. Tome 18me, 1871. Revue 
Bibliographique A. E., Comptes Rendus des Séances, 2, 3, and 4. 
From the Society. 

Journal de Conchyliologie. 8e Série. Tome XI., No. 4,to Tome XII, 
No. 4. From the Editor. 

Journal de Zoologie. Par M. Paul Gervais. Tome ler, Nos. 1-4, 1872. 
Purchased. 

Annales de Ja Société Entomologique de France. 4me Série. Tome 
10me, 1870. Partie Supplementaire. Famille des Euenémides. sme 
Série. Tome Premier, 1871. From the Society. 

Annales des Mines. 6me Série. Tome XIX., 8e Livr. Tome XX., 
4e Livr., 1871. ‘me Série. Tome I., tre Livr. de1872. From the 
Minister of Public Works, France. 

Annales des Sciences Naturelles. 5me Série. Zoologie, Tome XV., 
No. 2 to Tome XVI., No. 6. Botanique, Tome XIYV., No. 1, to 
Tome XV., No. 1. Purchased. 

Nouvelles Archives du Museum d’Histoire Naturelle de Paris. Tome 
VI. G6me Année, 1870. Purchased. 

Revue et Magasin de Zoologie recueil mensuel par M. F. E. Guérin, 
Meneville, 1870. Nos. 7-12. From the Editor. 

Toulouse. Mémoires de l’Académie des Sciences, Inscriptions, et Belles- 
Lettres de Toulouse. me Série. Tomes II. and III. From the 
Society. 


PORTUGAL. 


Lisbon. Journal de Sciencias Mathematicas Physicas e Naturaes publicado 
sob os auspicios da Academia Real das Scienciasde Lisboa. No. 1X., 
1870. From the Society. 


PPA. 


Bologna. Rendiconto delle Sessioni dell’ Accademia delle Scienze dell’ 
Istituto di Bologna. Anno Accademico, 1869-70, 1870-71. From 
the Society. 

Memorie dell’ Accademia delle Scienze dell’ Istitute di Bologna. 
Serie II. Tome’ IX., Fasc. 2 and 4. Tome X., Serie II]. Tome 
I., Fase. I. From the Society. 

Catania. Atti dell?’ Accademia Gioenia di Scienze Naturali. Serie Terza. 
Tomo V., 1871. From the Society. 

Firenze. R. Comitato Geologico d’Italia. Bollettino. Nos. 5 et 6, 1872. 
From the Survey. 


eer eee 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 303 


Torino. Memorie della R. Accademia delle Scienze di Torina. Serie Se- 
conda. Tomos 25 and 26, 1871. From the Society. 
Atti della R. Accademia delle Scienze di Torino. Vols. VI. and VII. 
From the Society 
Bolletino Meteorologico ed Astronomica del Regio Osservatorio dell 
Universita di Torino. Anno Y. and VI., 1871 and 1872. From the 
Observatory. 
Venezia, 1869-70. Atti dell R. Istituto Veneto di Scienze, Lettere, ed Arti 
dal Noy., 1869 all’ Ottobre, 1870. Tomo 15. Serie Terza, Disp. 
Seconda. From the Society. 


GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 


Belfast. Third and Fourth Annual Report of the Flax Extension Associa- 
tion. 1870-71. From the Society. 

Flax Extension Association. Instructions for the Culture and Prepa- 
ration of Flax in Ireland. From the Society. 

Dublin. The Journal of the Royal Dublin Society. No. 40. Parts 3 and 
4, 1871. From the Society. 

Edinburgh. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Session 
1870-71. From the Society. 

Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Vol. XXVI. Parts 
Il. and III. For the Sessions 1870-71. From the Society. 

Transactions and Proceedings of the Botanical Society. Vol. XI. 
Part 1, 1872. From the Society. 

Liverpool. Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liver- 
pool during the Sixtieth Session, 1870-71. No. 25. 1871. From 
the Society. 

Leeds. Philosophical and Literary Society. The Annual Reports for 1870, 
1871, 1872. From the Society. 

Report of the Proceedings of the Geological and Polytechnic Society 
of the West Riding of Yorkshire. 1870, 1871, 1872. From the So- 
ciety. 

London. The Journal of Anatomy and Physiology. Second Series. Nos. 
8-10. Purchased. 

The Journal of the Society of Arts and of the Institutions in Union. 
Vol. XIX. 1871. From the Society. 

Journal of the Royal Geological Society of Ireland. Vol. III., Part 
1. New Series. 1870-71. From the Society. 

Journal of the Chemical Society. Aug., 1871, to July, 1872. From 
the Society. 

Triibner’s American and Oriental Literary Record. Nos. 76-84, From 
the Publishers. 

The Food Journal. Nos. 24-35. From the Editor. 

The Ibis. 8d Series. Vol. I1., Nos. 5-7. 1872. From the Wilson 
Fund. 

The Transactions of the Linnean Society. Vol. XXVII., Part 3 to 
Vol. XXVIII., No. 2. From the Society. 

Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London. Session 1871-72. Pp. 
1-112. Additions to the Library and List of the same. From the 
Society. 

The Journal of the Linnean Society. Zoology. Vol. XI., Nos. 49- 
54. Botany. Vol. XL., Nos. 54-56. Vol. XIII., Nos. 65-67. From 
the Society. 

The Intellectual Observer. Vols. I.—XII. 1862-68. Purchased. 

Report of the Forty-first Meeting of the British Association for the 
Advancement of Science. 1871. Purchased. 

The Zoological Record for 1870, Purchased. 


304 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. Vol. XXVIII. Nos. 
1-4. From the Society. 

Publications of the Paleontological Society. 1870 and 1871. From 
the Wilson Fund. 

The Journal of Botany, British and Foreign. Edited by Barthold 
Seeman. Vols. 1-7, and No. 108, Dec., 1871. Purchased. 

Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society. Vol. XV., No. 1 to 
Vol. XVI., No. 2. 

Journal of the same. Vol. XL. From the Society. 

Proceedings of the Royal Society. Nos. 124-129. Vol. XIX. From 
the Society. 

Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society. Vol. CLX., Part IT. 
Vol. CLXI., Part I. London, 1870-71. From the Society. 

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Vol. VII., No. 38, to 
Vol. X., No. 59. Purchased. 

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and 
Journal of Science. 4th Series, No. 271 to No. 294. Feb. to Dec., 
1871. Purchased. 

Notes and Queries. Parts 38-58. 4th Series. From the Editor. 

Nature. No. 114. Vol. V. From the Editor. 

The Monthly Microscopical Journal. Vols. I.-VII., 1871-72. From 
the Microscopical and Biological Section. 

Transactions of the Zoological Society of London. Yol. VIII., Part 2. 
1872. From the Society. 

Proceedings of the Scientific Meetings of the Zoological Society of 
London for the year 1871, Parts 2 and 3. 1872, Part 1, January to 
March. From the Society. 

Catalogue of the Library of the same. 1872. From the Society. 

The Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society. New Series. Yol. V., 
Part 2, 1871. From the Society. 

Proceedings of the Royal Institution of Great Britam. Vol. VI., Parts 
3and 4. 1871. From the Society. 


UNITED STATES AND CANADA. 


Albany. Fifty-fourth Annual Report of the Trustees of the New York 

State Library. 1872. From the New York State Library. 
Proceedings of the Albany Institute. Vol. I., Part 2. 1872. From 
the Society. 

Baltimore. Fifth Annual Report of the Provost to the Trustees of the 
Peabody Institute of the City of Baltimore. June 6, 1872. From 
the Institute. 

Boston. Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. II., 
Part 1, No. 3 and Vol. II., Part 2, Nos. 1, 2, 3. From the Society. 

Fifth Annual Report of the Trustees of the Peabody Museum of Ameri- 
can Archeology and Ethnology. From the Trustees. 

Annual Report of the Boston Society of Natural History. 1871-72. 
From the Society. 

Proceedings of Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. XIY., pp. 1138 
et seg. Krom the Society. : 

Cambridge. Annual Report of the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative 
Zoology for 1871. From the Directors. 

Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Yol. 
VIIL., pp. 187-408. From the Society. 

Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. New Series. 
Vol. X., Part 1, 1858. From the Society. 

Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of 
Science from 1866 to 1870. Purchased. 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 305 


Harrisburg. Second- Annual Report of the Board of Commissioners of 
Public Charities of the State of Pennsylvania. 1872. From the 
Commissioners. 

Leavenworth, 1872. Leavenworth Medical Herald. Vol. V., Nos. 8- 
12. From the Editor. 

London. The Canadian Entomologist. Vol. III. to Vol. IV., No. 11. 
From the Society. 

Montreal. Fifth Annual Report of the Montreal Sanitary Association. 
1871. From the Society. 

The Canadian Naturalist. New Series. Vol. VI., Nos. 2 and 4, 1872. 
From the Society. 

Morgantown. Proceedings of the West Virginia Historical Society. Vol. 
I.. Part 1, 1871. From Dr. Joseph Leidy. 

New Haven. Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and 
Sciences., Vol. II. Part 1, 1870. From the Society. 

The American Journal of Science and Arts. 3d Series. Vol. III., 
No. 13, to Vol. IV., No. 24. From the Editor. 

New York. Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York. 
Vol. X., Nos. 4-5, 1871. From the Society. 

Proceedings of the Lyceum of Natural History in the City of New 
York. 1870. Vol. I, pp. 1-236. From the Society. 

The American Chemist. Vol. II., No. 1, to Vol. III., No. 5. From 
the Editor. 

New York Medical Journal. Vol. XV., No. 1, to Vol. XVI., No. 6. 
From the Editor. 

Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club. Vol. II., No. 7, to Vol. III., 
No. 11. From Thomas Meehan. 

The Popular Science Monthly. Nos. 7-9. From the Editor. 

Journal of the Anthropological Institute of New York. Vol. I., No. 1, 
1871-72. From the Society. 

Philadelphia. Fifty-fifth Annual Report on the state of the Asylum for the 
Relief of Persons deprived of the Use of their Reason. From the 
Trustees. r 

The American Journal of Medical Sciences. Nos. 125-128. New 
Series. Jan., 1872. From the Editor. 

The Medical News and Library. Vol. XXX. Nos. 352-358. From 
the Editor. 

The Gardener’s Monthly. Vol. XIV. Nos. 1-12. Jan., 1872. From 
the Editor. 

The Penn Monthly. Nos. 25-36. From the Editor. 

The Dental Cosmos. Vol. XIV., Nos. 1-12, 1872. From the Editor. 

American Journal of Pharmacy. 4th Series, Vol. II., Nos. 1-12. 
From the Editor. 

Proceedings of the American Pharmaceutical Association at the Nine- 
teenth Annual Meeting held in St. Louis, Missouri, Sept., 1871. 
From John M. Maisch. 

Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. XII., Nos. 
87-88. From the Society. 

Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. XIV. 
Part 3, 1871. From the Society. 

American Journal of Conchology. Vol. VII., Nos. 3 and 4, From 
the Publication Committee. 

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 
Part 1,1871. Parts 1 and 2,1872. From the Publication Committee. 

The Journal of the Franklin Institute. Vol. XCIII., No. 558, to 3d 
Series, No. 6. From the Institute. 

Transactions of the American Entomological Society. Vol. IIL, Nos, 
3and4. Vol. 1IV., Nos. 1 and 2, 1872, From the Society, 


3806 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


American Association for the Cure of Inebriates. Proceedings of the 
Second Meeting. 1872. From the Association. 

. Quebec. Le Naturaliste Canadien. Tome I.—III. Tome IV., Nos. 1-10. 
From the Editor. 

Transactions of the Literary and Historical Society of Quebec. New 
Series. Part 9. From the Society. 

Salem. Fourth Annual Report of the Trustees of the Peabody Academy 
of Science for the year 1871. From the Society. 

Bulletin of the Essex Institute. Vol. III., No. 8, to Vol. IV., No. 7. 
From the Society. 

The American Naturalist. Vol. V., No. 12, to Vol. VI., No. 12. From 
the Editor. 

San Francisco. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences. Vol. 
IV., Part 1V., 1871. From the Society. 

Toronto. Report of the Entomological Society of the Province of Ontario 
for the year 1871. From the Society. 

The Canadian Journal. Vol. XIII., Nos. 3and 4. July,1872. From 
the Editor. 

Trenton. Seventh Annual Report of the Rutgers Scientific School for the 
year 1871. From Geo. H. Cook. . 

Washington. Monthly Report of the Chief of the Bureau of Statistics, 
Treasury Department. December, 1871, to May, 1872. From the 
Treasury Department. 

Ninth Census of the United States. Agriculture, 1872. From the 
Department of the Interior. 

Annual Report of the Secretary of the Treasury on the State of the 
Finances for the year 1871. From the Secretary. 

Worcester. Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society. October 
21, 1871, and April 28, 1872. From the Society. 


SOUTH AMERICA. 


Santiago. Anales de la Universidad de Chile. La Seccion Memorios Cien- 
tificas Literarias. Jan. to Dec., 1870. From the University. 


ASTA. 


Calcutta. Records of the Geological Survey of India. Vol. IV. Parts3 
and 4, 1871. From the Survey. 
Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Nos. 3-12, 1871. From 
Isaac Lea. 
Journal of the same. Part 1, Nos. 1 and2; Part 2, Nos. 1 and 2, 1871. 


From Isaac Lea. 


OTHER SCIENTIFIC WORKS. 


Agassiz, Louis. A Letter concerning Deep-sea Dredging. Addressed to 
Prof. Benj. Peirce. From the Author. 

Agassiz, Alexander. Application of Photography to Illustrations of Natu- 
ral History. With two figures printed by the Albert and Woodbury 
Process. From the Author. 

Allman, Jas. A Monograph of the Gymnoblastic or Tubularian Hydroids. 
Conclusion of Part 1 and Part 2. Containing descriptions of Genera 
and Species of the Gymnoblastea. London, 1872. Purchased. 

Animadversiones Botanice. Two Pamphlets. From Imp. Bot. Garden of 
St. Petersburg. 

Annals of the Dudley Observatory. Vol. II. Albany, 1871. From the 
New York State Library. 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 307 


Annual Report of the State Geologist of New Jersey for the year 1871. 
From G. H. Cook. 

Annual Report of the Secretary of the Treasury on the stateof the Finances 
for the year 1871. Washington, 1871. From the Secretary. 
Baillon, H. The Natural History of Plants. Translated by Marcus M. 

Hartog. Vol. I. London, 1871. Purchased. 

Bent, rere Thermal Paths to the Pole. St. Louis, 1872. From the 

uthor. 

Barrande, Joachim. Distribution des Cephalopodes dans les Contreés Si- 
luriennes. Prague,1870. From the Author. 

Trilobites. Prague, 1871. From the Author. 
Défence des Colonies. No. 4. Prague, #870. From the Author. 

Blanford, W. T. Observations on the Geology and Zoology of Abyssinia. 
London, 1870. From the Indian Government through the Geological 
Survey of India. 

Bleeker, P. Atlas Ichthyologique des Indes Orientales Néerlandaises. 
Livr. XXV. Amsterdam, 1872. From the Wilson Fund. 

Brady, Stewardson, Geo. Contributions to the Study of the Entomostraca. 

‘ VII. A List of the Non-Parasitie Marine Copepoda of the North- 
East Coast of England. From the Author. 

Burnett, Chas. H. An Investigation concerning the Mechanism of the 
Ossicles of Hearing, and the Membrane of the Round Window. 
From the Author. 

Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London. 1872. From 
the Society. 

Catalogue raisonne de Coquilles et autres Curiosites Naturelles. Paris, 

736. From S$. 8. Haldeman. 

Catalogue of the New York State Library, 1872. Subject Index of the 
General Library. Albany, 1872. From the Library. 

Catalogus Systematicus Bibliothecs Horti Imperialis Botanici Petropolitani. 
1852. From Imp. Bot. Garden of St. Petersburg. 

Catalogue de la Bibliothéque de la Société Impériale des Sciences Naturelles 
de Cherbourg. From the Society. 

Catalogue of Scientific Papers compiled and published by the Royal Society 
of London. Vol. VY. London, 1871. From the Society. 

Catalogue of Books added to the Library of Congress from Dec. Ist, 1869, 
to Dec. 1st, 1870. Washington, 1871. From the Librarian. 

Chandler, C. F. Lecture on Water. Albany, 1871. From the Author. 

Chapman, H. C. Evolution of Life. Philadelphia, 1878. From the 
Author. 

Cobden Club Essays. Second Series. 1871-72. Sec. Ed. London, 1872. 

Cope, E. D. On a new Vertebrate Genus from the northern part of the 
Tertiary Basin of Green River. Description of new extinct reptiles 
from the Upper Green River Eocene Basin, Wyoming. From the 
Author. 

Notices of new Vertebrata from the Upper Waters of Bitter Creek, 
Wyoming Territory. From the Author. 

On the Families of Fishes of the Cretaceous formation of Kansas. From 
the Author. 

On a new Testudinate from the Chalk of Kansas. From the Author. 

On two new Ornithosaurians from Kansas. From the Author. 

Sketch of the Zoology of Pennsylvania. Folio. From the Author. 

Catalogue of the Pythonomorpha found in the Cretaceous Strata of 
Kansas. From the Author. 

On the Method of Creation of Organic Types. From the Author. 

Descriptions of new Vertebrata from the Bridger Group of the Eocene, 

Second and Third account of the same. 

On the Tertiary Coral and Fossils of Osino, Nevada. 


308 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


On the existence of Dinosauria in the Transitidn Beds of Wyoming. 
Telegraphic Description of new Species of Vertebrates, dated Aug. 17, 
1872. 

Coste, M. Instructions pratiques sur la Pisciculture. Paris, 1853. From 
Dr. H. C. Wood. 

Cox, E. T. Second Report of the Geological Survey of Indiana, made 
during the year 1870. Indianapolis, 1871. From G. W. Tryon, Jr. 

Dall, W. H. Description of three new Species of Crustacea, Parasitic on 
the Cetacea of Northwest Coast of America. From the Author. 

Preliminary Description of new Species of Mollusks from the Northern 
Coast of America. From the Author. 
Dana, Jas. D. Corals and Goral Islands. New York, 1872. Purchased. 
Notice of the address of T. Sterry Hunt before the American Associa- 
tion at Indianapolis. From the Author. 
On the Address before the American Association of Prof. T. Sterry 
Hunt. No 2. From the Author. 

Dana, Edw. 5S. On the Datolite from Bergen Hill, New Jersey. From the 
Author. 

Darwin, Chas. The Variations of Animalsand Plants under domestication. 
Vols. I. and II. London, 1868. Purchased. 

Dawsen, J. W. Notes onthe Post-Pliocene Geology of Canada. Montreal, 
1872. From the Author. 

Report of the Geological Structure and Mineral Resources of Prince 
Edward’s Island. Montreal, 1871. From J. W. Dawson. 

Day, Francis. The Fishes of Malabar. 4to, London, 1865. Purchased. 

Die Zweite Deutsche Nordpolarfahrt. Bremen, 1870. From Dr. Finsch. 

Dippel, Leopold. Das Mikroskop und seine Anwendung. Zweiter Theile 
2e Abth. Braunschweig, 1872. Purchased. 

Dubois, Ch. F. Les Oiseaux del’Europe. 245-252me livr. From Wilson 
Fund. 

Dubrueil, E. Etude Anatomique et Histologique sur l'appareil Généra- 
teur du genre Helix. Montpelier, 1871. Purchased. 

Duff, Grant. On the Teachings of Richard Cobden. Dee. 20, 1871. From 
the Cobden Club. 

Dunker and Zittel. Paleontographica. 19er Band, 7e Lief; 20er Band, 2 
Abth. le and 4e Lief; 21 Band, 1ste, 3-5e Lief. Cassel, 1871-72. 
From Wilson Fund. 

Edwards, H. M. lLecons sur Ja Physiologie. Tome 10me,1re Partie. 
Paris, 1872. From the Wilson Fund. 

Edwards, M. A. M. Recherches anatomique et paléontologique pour servir 
a Vhistoire des Oiseaux Fossiles de la France. Livr. 23-42. Paris, 
1870. 

Eichwald, Edward. Geognostisch-Paleontologische Bemerkungen iiber 
die Halbinsel Mangischlak und die Aleutischen Inseln. St. Peters- 
burg, 1871. From the Author. 

Ennis, Jacob. The Meteors and their long-enduring Trails. 

The discovery of the Force which in the beginning putall the Heavens 
and Earth in motion. From the Author. 
The four Great Eras in Modern Astronomy. From the Author. 

Enumeratio Plantarum Novarum 2 Cl. Schrenk Lectarum. 1841-42. From 
Imp. Bot. Garden of St. Petersburg. 

Erlenmayer, Emil. Die Aufgabe des chemischen Unterrichts gegeniiber 
den Anforderungen der Wissenschaft und Technik. Miinchen, 1871. 
From the Author. 

Fayrer, J. The Thanatophidia of India, being a Description of the 
Venomous Snakes of the Indian Peninsula. Folio. London, 1872. 
From the Author. 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 309 


Fischer, M. M. P., and H. Crosse. Mission Scientifique au Mexique et 
dans l’Amerique Centrale. Septiéme Partie. Etudes sur les Mol- 
lusques terrestres et fluviatiles. Paris, 1872. From G. W. Tryon, 


i 

Flint, Austin. The Physiology of Man ; designed to represent the existing 
state of Physiological Science as applied to the functions of the Human 
Body. Vol. IIf. Nutrition, Secretions, Movements. Vol. IV. 
Nervous System. N. Y., 1871-72. Purchased. 

Forney, J. W. What I saw in Texas. From Thos. Meehan. 

Frauenfeld, G. R. von. Die Pflege der Jungen bei Thieren. Wien, 1871. 
From the Author. 

Die Wirbelthierfauna Neiderésterreichs. From the Author. 

Die Grundlagen des Vogelschutzgesetzes. From the Author. 

Der Vogelschutz. From the Author. 

Fries, E. Icones Selecte Hymenomycetum nondum delineatorum. I.- 
VI. Holmie, 1867. From Royal Swedish Academy of Science. 

Gegenbauer, Carl. Untersuchungen zur vergleichenden Anatomy der 
Wirbelthiere. Erstes Heft. Carpus und Tarsus. Leipzig, 1864. 
Purchased. 

Genth, F. A. Mineral Resources of North Carolina. Philadelphia, 1871. 
From the Author. 

Giebel, C. J. Thesaurus Ornithologie. 2er Halbband. Leipzig, 1872. 
Purchased. 

Gissler, Chas. F. Contributions to the Fauna of the New York Croton 
water. New York, 1872. 

apa ie Birds of Great Britain. Parts 19 and 20. From the Wilson 

und. 

The Birds of Asia. Part 28. From the Wilson Fund. 

Gozzadini, Jean. Renseignements sur une Ancienne Nécropole a Marza- 
botto prés de Bologne. Bologne, 1871. From the Author. 

La Nécropole de Villanova. Bologne, 1870. From the Author. 

Hall, Jas. Reply to a *‘ Note on Priority.’ From the Author. 

Descriptions of new Species of Fossils from the Devonian Rocks of 
Iowa with a Preliminary Note on the Formations. Albany, 1872. 
From the Author. 

Notes on some new or imperfectly known forms among the Brachio- 
poda. From the Author. 

Descriptions of new Species of Fossils from the vicinity of Louisville, 
Ky., and the Falls of the Ohio. From the Author. 

Hanley, Sylvanus, and Wm. Theobald. Conchologia Indica, Parts 3 and 

London. 

Hayden, F. V. Department of the Interior, U. 8. Geological Survey of 
the Territories, Profiles, Sections, and other Illustrations designed to 
accompany the final Report of the Chief Geologist of the Survey. 
New York, 1872. From F. V. Hayden. 

Final Report of the U. 8. Geological Survey of Nebraska and portions 
of the adjacent Territories. Washington, 1872. From the Author. 

Preliminary Report of the U. 8. Geological Survey of Montana. 
Washington, 1872. From the Author. 

The Hot Springs and Geysers of the Yellowstone and Fire Hole 
Rivers. From the Author. 

Department of the Interior. Map of lower Geyser Basin, Fire Hole 
River, Wyoming Territory, 1871. From the Department of the In- 
terior. 

Hewitson, W. C. Exotic Butterflies. Part 81. London. From Wilson 
Fund. 

Hildago, J. G. Moluscos Marinos de Espana, Portugal y las Baleares 
Entrega 1-4. Purchased. 


310 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


Hitchcock, C. H. Report of the Geological Survey of the State of New 
Hampshire, showing its progress during the years 1870 and 1871. 
Nashua, 1871. From the Author. 

Houghton, Samuel. The principle of least Action in Nature illustrated 
by Animal Mechanics. London, 1871. From the Author. 

On some Elementary Principles in Animal Mechanics. No. 4. 
On the Constituent Minerals of the Granite of Scotland as compared 
with those of Donegal. From the Author. 

Houston, Edw. J. On the Nature of White Light. From the Author. 

Huxley, Thos. H. A Manual of the Anatomy of Vertebrated Animals. 
London, 1871. Purchased. 

Hyatt, A. The non-reversionary series of the Liparoceratide, and Remarks 
upon the series of the allied family Dactyloide. From the Author. 

On reversions among the Ammonites. From the Author. 

Illustrated Catalogue of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard 
College. Nos. 4, 5, and 6. Cambridge, 1871. From the Museum. 

Jan, M. le, Prof. Iconographie générale des Ophidiens. 37me, 89me—41me 
Livr., 1872. From the Wilson Fund. 

Jardin de St. Peterbourg. 1846. Folio. From Imp. Bot. Garden of St. 
Petersburg. 

Kerhallet, Ch. Philippe de. General Examination of the Indian Ocean. 
Washington, 1870. 

General Examination of the Pacific Ocean. New York, 1867. 
General Examination of the Atlantic Ocean. Washington, 1870. From 
Capt. R. H. Wyman, U. 58. N. 

Kinahan, J. H., and M. H. Close. The General Glaciation of Jar-Con- 
naught and its neighborhood in the counties of Galway and Mayo. 
Dublin, 1872. From the Authors. 

Knorr, E. R. Papers on the Eastern and Northern Extensions of the Gulf 
Stream. Translated from the German. Washington, 1871. From 
R. H. Wyman. 

Kobelt, Wilh. Catalog der im Europiaschen Faunengebiet lebenden Rin- 
nenconchylien. Cassel, 1871. Purchased. 

Koninck, L. de. Mémoires de la Paleontologie. Bruxelles, 1857-58. From 
the Author. 

Recherches sur les Animaux Fossiles. Premiére Partie. Liege, 1847. 
From the Author. 

Nouyelles Recherches sur les Animaux Fossiles du Terrain Carboniferé 
de la Belgique. 1re Partie. Bruxelles, 1872. From the Author. 

Kiinstler, Gustave. Die Unseren Kulturpflanzen schadlichen Insekten. 
From the Author. 

Kiister, H. C. Systematisches Conchylien Cabinet von Martini und 
Chemnitz. 8er Band, Heft. 30; Ter Band, Heft. 10; 10er Band, Heft. 
14-16; 17er Band, Heft. 11. Nirnberg, 1872. From the Wilson 
Fund. 

Lacordaire, Th. Suites a Buffon. Histoire des Insectes. Genera des Colé- 
optera. Tome 9me, 2me Partie. Planches, Livr. 9 and10. From 
the Wilson Fund. 

La Politique Commerciale de la France ou le Traité de 1860, avec l’Angle- 
terre. Paris. From the Cobden Club. 

Laube, Gustay C. Die Echenoiden der Oestereich-Ungarischen Oberin 
Tertierablagerungen. Wien, 1871. From the Geological Bureau. 

Lea, Isaac. Rectification of F. A. Conrad’s ‘‘Synopsis of the Family of 
Naiades of North America.’? New Edition. Philadelphia, 1872. 
From the Author. 

Le Condizioni Sociali dei Nostri Tempi. Palermo, 1872. From the Palermo 
Academy. 

Le Gras, Capt. A. General Examination of the Mediterranean Sea. 
Washington, 1870. From R. H. Wyman, U.S. N. 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 3ll 


Leidy, Jos. On some new Species of Fossil Mammalia from Wyoming. 
From the Author. 
Remarks on Fossils from Wyoming. From the Author. 
Linneus, C. Uitvocrige en Naturkundige Beschrijving der vogelen, vol- 
gens het zamenstel. Two vols. Amsterdam. Purchased. 
Natursystem. Nine vols. Niirnberg, 1773-76. Purchased. 
Systeme de la Nature. Four vols. Bruxelles, 1793-96. Purchased. 
Systema Nature, Cura Js. Frid. Gmelin. Four vols, §vyo. Lugduni, 
1789. Purchased. 
Same. Three vols. in two. Vindobone, 1767-1770. Purchased. 
Same. One vol. Holmis, 1758. Purchased. 
Same. Beckman’s Edition. Twovyols. Gottinge,1772. Purchased. 
Parti Practica de Botanica Por Don Antonio Palaiv y Verdera. Eight 
vols. Madrid, 1784-88. Purchased. 
Genera Plantarum. One vol. Holmiw, 1764. Two copies. Pur- 
chased. 
Same. Onevol. Vienna, 1767. Purchased. 
Pflanzensystem. Wien, 1786. Purchased. 
Philosophia Botanica. One yol. Stockholmiz, 1751. Purchased. 
Materia Medica. Lipsise, 1772. Purchased. 
Mantissa Plantarum. Holmis, 1767. Purchased. 
Systema Vegetabilium. Imperfect. Purchased. 
Same. Vindobone. 1764. Purchased. 
Lyman, Benj. Smith. Topography of the Punjab Oil Region. From the 
Author. 
Mann, B. P. The White Coffee-Leaf Miner. Salem, 1872. From the 
Author. 
Marsh, O. C. Notice of a new species of Ichthyornis. From the Author. 
Notice of some remarkable Fossil Mammals. From the Author. 
Preliminary description of new Tertiary Reptiles. Part1. From the 
Author. 

Preliminary description of new Tertiary Reptiles. Part 2. From the 
Author. 

Discovery of Fossil Quadrumana in the Eocene of Wyoming. From 
the Author. 

Preliminary description of new Tertiary Mammals. Parts 1-4. From 
the Author. 

Notice of new Tertiary and Post-Tertiary Birds. Note on Tinoceras 
Anceps. From the Author. 

On the structure of the skull and limbs in Mosasauroid Reptiles, with 
descriptions of new genera and species. From the Author. 

Preliminary description of Hesperonis regalis, with notices of four 
other new species of Cretaceous Birds, From the Author. 

Notice of a new species of Hadrosaurus. From the Author. 

Discovery of additional remains of Pterosauria, with description of two 
new species. Discovery of the Dermal Scutes of Mosasauroid Rep- 
tiles. From the Author. 

Notice of a new species of Tinoceras. From the Author. 

Martins, Chas. Les Populations Végétales ; leur origine, etc. Paris, 1872. 

From the Author. 

La Création du Monde Organisé d’apres les Naturalistes Anglais et 
Allemands. Paris, 1871. From the Author. 

Mason, Jas. Wood. On Indian and Malayan Telphuside. Part 1. From 

the Author. 

Mawe, J. The Voyager’s Companion, or Shell Collector’s Pilot. 4th Ed. 

London, 1825. From 8. 8. Haldeman. 
Mayer, A. M. Acoustical Experiments. From the Author, 


312 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Paleontologia Indica. Cre- 
taceous Fauna of Southern India. Vol. III., Nos. 9-18. Ser. VI. 
Ser. VII. Kutch Fossils. Calcutta, 1871. From the Survey. 

Mercklin, C. von. Anatomisch-physiklogische Notizen ther einige seltner 
blithende Pflanzen der K. Gewachshiuser zu St. Petersburg. Riga, 
1851. From Imp. Bot. Garden of St. Petersburg. 

Beobachtungen an dem Prothallium der Farrnkrauter. 1850. From 
Imp. Bot. Garden of St. Petersburg. 

Moore, Francis. Travels into the Inland parts of Africa. London, 17388. 
From 8. §. Haldeman. 

Morch, O. A. L. Synopsis Molluscorum Marinorum Danie. Kjoben- 
hayn, 1871. From the Author. 

Faunula Molluscorum Islandiz. From the Author. 

Nagle, I. E. The Sources of the Gulf Stream. New Orleans. From the 
Author. 

Newberry, J. S. Geological Survey of Ohio. Report of progress in 1870. 
Columbus, 1871. With maps. From the Author. 

Nicholson, Alleyne H. A Manual of Zoology for the use of Students. 
New York, 1872. Purchased. 

Nine Official Reports from the Ministers of War, Finance, Marine, Interior, 
ete., of Chili. From the Chilian Government. 

Nowicki, Max. Ueber die Weizenverwiisterin. Chloropsteeniopus Meig. 
Wein, 1871. From the Author. 

Nyst, M., and Le Hon. Descriptions Succinctes de quelques nouvelles 
especes Animales et Végétales fossiles des environs de Bruxelles. 
From the Author. 

Nyst, M. Note sur une Coquille fossile, appartenant au genre Modiola. 
From the Author. 

Notice sur quelques recherches Paleontologiques faites aux environs 
d’Anyers. Fromthe Author. 

Descriptions succincte @’un nouveau Mollusque Marin des Rives de 
VEscant. From the Author. 

Five Reports to the Royal Academy of Belgium. From the Author. 

Notice sur un nouveau gite de fossiles. From the Author. 

Notice sur quelques Bulimes nouveaux ou peu Connus. From the 
Author. 

Notice sur une Coquille du Genre Cyrene. From the Author 

Notice sur deux Coquilles nouvelles du Genre Crassatelle. From the 
Author. 

Sur les animaux Inferieurs fossiles de la province d’Anvers. From 
the Author. 

Notice sur une nouyelle espéce de Pecten. From the Author. 

Observations des Phénomeénes Periodiques pendant les Années 1867 et 1868. 
From the Belgian Academy. 

Owen, Prof. On Longevity. London, 1872. From the Author. 

Paleontologie Francaise. Terrain Jurassique. Livrs. 1-7, 20 and 21. 
Paris. From the Wilson Fund. 

Palladis Chymice Arcana detecta sive Mineralogia Naturalis et Artificialis. 
Seconda Editio. Geneve, 16738. From 8. 8. Haldeman. 

Peters, W. C. H., J. V. Carus, C. E. A. Gersteecker. Handbuch der Zo- 
ologie. 2er Band. Leipzig, 1868. Purchased. 

Phillips, John. Geology of Oxford and the Valley of the Thames. Ox- 
ford, 1871. Purchased. 

Pfeiffer, L. Novitates Conchologia, 36 and 387 Leif, and Supplements 3 and 
4. Cassel. From the Wilson Fund. 

Pfeiffer, L. Synonymia Botanica locupletessima generum, sectionum vel 
subgenerum ad finem Anni 1858, promulgatorum. Kassel, 1871. 
From Wilson Fund. 

Nomenclator botanicus. Vol. I. Fasc. I. Cassellis, 1871. Purchased. 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 3315) 


Poey, Felipe. Monographie des Poissons de Cuba, compris dans la sous— 
famille des Sparini. Salem, 1872. From the Author. ; 

Poor, Ben. Perley. Congressional Directory, compiled for the use of 
Congress. Washington, 1872. From the Author. 

Porcher, F. P. President’s Address before the South Carolina Medical 
Association. Charleston, 1872. From the Author. 

Resources of the Southern Fields and Forests. New Edition. Charles- 
ton, 1869. 

Pratt, Anne. The Flowering Plants, Grasses, Sedges, and Ferns of Great 
Britain, and their Allies, the Club Mosses, Pepperworts, and Horse- 
tails. Vols I. to VI. 8mo, London. Purchased. 

Pratt, J. H. <A Treatise on Attractions. Laplace’s Functions and the 
Figure of the Earth. 4th Edition. London, 1871. From the Author. 

Preliminary Report on the Dredging in Lake Superior. From General 
C. B. Comstock. 

Preliminary Notice of the Lamellibranchiate Shells of the Upper Helderberg, 
Hamilton and Chemung Groups, with others from the Waverly 
Sandstone Islands. No. 2. From Prof. Jas. Hall. 

Preudhomme de Borre, Alf. Description d’une nouvelle espece Africaine 
du genre Varan. From the Author. 

Consideration sur la classification et la distribution Geographique de la 
Famille des Cicindéléetes. From the Author. 

Note sur le Byrsax (Boletophagus) gibbifer, Wesmael. From the 
Author. 

Price, Eli K. Some Phases of Modern Philosophy. From the Author. 

Provancher, L. Flore Canadienne, ou description de toutes les Plantes des 
Forets, Champs, Jardins, et Eaux du Canada. Vols. I. and II. 
Quebec, i862. Purchased. 

Quetelet, M. Ad. Orages en Belgique en 1870 et Aurore Boréale des 24 et 
25 Oct., 1870.. From the Author. 

Reeve, Lovell. Conchologia Iconica. Parts 290-295. London, 1871. 
From the Wilson Fund. 

Conchologia Systematica. Twovols. 4to, London, 1841. Purchased. 

Regel, E. Sertum Petropolitanum que in Horto Botanico Imperiali Petro- 
politano floruerent. Fasc. III. and IV., folio. From Imp. Bot. 
Garden of St. Petersburg. 

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society. 1872. From the Society. 

Riviere, M. E. Sur les Cavernes 4 ossements des Baoussé-Roussé. From 
the Author through Mr. Dimpfel. 

Romer, E. Monographie der Molluskengattung Venus. 84 and 85 Lief. . 
Cassel. Supplement IV., Lfg. 17-19. From the Wilson Fund. 

R. Comitato Geologico d'Italia. Bolletino, No. 7, 1871, to No. 4, 1872. 
Firenze, 1872. From the Geological Survey. 

Samuels, Edw. A. Ornithology and Oology of New England. Boston, 
1868. Purchased. 

Saussure, Henri de. Mémoirespour servir al’histoire Naturelle du Mexique 
des Antilleset des Etats-Unis. 4me, Mémoire Mantides Americains. 
Tome II., 1lre Partie. Geneve, 1871. From the Author. 

Mélanges Orthoptérologiques. 8me Fasc. et Supplement. Geneva, 
1870-71. From the Author. 
Notice sur Edward Claparede. Genéve, 1871. From the Author. 

Schrenk, Alex. Gustave. Reise nach dem Nordosten des Europaischen 
Russlande. Erster und Zweiter Thiel. Dorpat, 1848-54. From 
Imp. Bot. Garden of St. Petersburg. 

Schriften aus dem ganzen Gebjete der Botanik herausgegeben von K. Botan- 
ischen Garten. Band II., Heft. I, 1863. From Imp, Bot. Garden 
_of St. Petersburg. 


21 


314 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


Scrope, G. P. The Geology of the Extinct Volcanoes of Central France. 
2nd Ed. London, 1858. 

Second Annual Report of the Commissioners of Fisheries of the State of 
New Jersey. Trenton, 1872. From the Commissioners. 

Second Report of the Commissioners appointed to revise the laws for As- 
sessment and Collection of Taxes in New York. 1872. From the 
Cobden Club. 

Second Supplement to the Catalogue of Books in the Mercantile Library of 
the City of New York. Accessions Oct. 1869, to April, 1872. From 
the Library. 

Semper, Dr. C. Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen. Wissenschaftliche 
Resultate. ler Band, Holothurien, 2er Band. Malacologische Unter- 
suchungen I., II., and III. Heft. From the Wilson Fund. 

Sheafer, P. W. An Address before the Pardee Scientific Department in 
Lafayette College. Easton, 1872. From the Author. 

Shepard, Chas. Upham. On the Corundum Region of North Carolina and 
Georgia, with descriptions of two gigantic Crystals of that species. 
From the Author. 

Catalogue of the Meteoric Collection of. From the Author. 

Snellen van Vollenhoven, S. C. Laatste Lijst van Nederlandsche Schild- 
vleugelige Insecten. Haarlem, 1870. From the Dutch Society of 
Sciences. 

Soubeiran, J. L. Rapport sur les Expositions Internationales de Peche de 
Boulogne-sur-mer, Arcachon et du Havre, 1866, 1868. From the 
Author. 

Pisciculture dans l’Amerique du Nord. From the Author. 

Souverbie, M. Descriptions d’especes nouvelles de 1’ Archipelago Cale- 
donien. From the Author. 

Springmiihl, Ferd. Die Chemische Priifung der Kunstlichen organischen 
Farbstoffe. Berlin, 1873. From the Author. 

Statistics of Population. Tables I. to VII. incl. Washington, 1872. From 
the Department of the Interior. 

Statistics of Wealth, Taxation, and Public Indebtedness. From Francis A. 
Walker. 

Stearns, Robt. E. C. On the Economic Value of certain Australian Forest 
Trees, and their Cultivation in California. From the Author. 
Steenstrup, J. Meddelelse om nogle vigtige Resultater der menes vundne 
ved de Udgrayninger, som i de sidste Aar ere foretagne i de franske 

Knokkelhuler. Kjobenhavn, 1866. From the Author. 

Stoliczka, F. Correspondence relative to Deep-Sea Dredging. From Dr. 
Leidy. 

Stoppani, l’Abbé Antoine. Paléontologie Lombarde. Livrs. 39-48. From 
the Wilson Fund. 

Stral, C. Monographie des Chrysomélides de lAmerique. I. Upsal, 1862. 
From the Author. 

Stricker. S. Ilandbuch der lehre von den Geweben des Menschen und der 
Thiere. Leipzig, 1871. From Jos. Jeanes. 

Studien des Gottingischen Vereins bergmannischer Freunde. Vols. I.-VI. 
Gottingen, 1824. Purchased. 

Thirty Surgical Pamphlets. From Dr. A. Amussat. 

Thomson, C. G. Opuscula Entomologica. Lund. 1870. Fast I-IV. 
Purchased. 

Hymenoptera Scandinavie. Lunde, 1871. Purchased. 

Thomsen, Julius. Thermochemiske Undersogelser. Kjobenhayn, 1871. 
From the Author. 

Tri-daily Weather Map. Tri-daily Weather Bulletin. Three Copies. From 
the Chief Signal Officer, W. D. 

Tschermak. Gustay. Mineralogische Mittheilungen. Jahrg. 1871. Heft. 
I. Wien, 1872. From the Editor. 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 315 


Von der Deckens, Baron Carl Claus. Reisen in Ost Afrika in den Jahren 
1859-61. Vols. I., II., IJ., 1V. Leipzig, 1865. Purchased. 
Verril, A. E. Brief Contributions to Zoology from the Museum of Yale 
College. No. 23. Results of recent Dredging Expeditions on the 

Coast of New England. From the Author. 

Voorheve, Mr. J. Catalogue des Coquilles et de Livres. Rotterdam, 1872. 
From Westermann & Co. 

Walker, Francis. Notes on the Chalcide. Parts 6 and 7. London, 1872. 
From the Author. 

Wallace, John Wm. A Discourse pronounced on the inauguration of the 
new Hall of the Historical Society of Pennsylvania. From the 
Author. 

Watson, Sereno. U.S. Geological Exploration of the 40th Parallel, Botany. 
Washington, 1871. From the Chief of Engineers, U. 8. A. 

Webb, W. E. Buffalo Land. 8vo, Cincinnati, 1872. From Messrs. Han- 
naford & Co. 

Westerlund, C. A. Fauna Molluscorum terrestrium et fluviatilium Suecia, 
Norvegie et Danie. I. Landmolluskerna. Stockholm. Purchased. 

Wight, Robt. Incones Plantarum Indie Orientals, or figures of Indian 
Plants. Vols. I.-VI., 4to. Madras, 1840. From Dr. Chas. Schaffer. 

Wild, Dr. H. Repertorium fiir Meteorologie herausgegeben von der K 
Akademie der Wissenschaften. From the Society. 

Wyman, H. R. Winds, Currents, and Navigation of the Gulf of Cadiz. 
Washington, 1870. From the Author, 


- py 
i! i 
, 
“ 
' 
aT 4 . 
A ‘ 
) i 
Lu PAPE A 
4 . 
v, be ly 
) ] ‘ ‘ 
4 pei 
| e. 
' 
i 
o ' 
Md 
* 
ah! dete 


_ ? 


4-2 38 


ares 


eg &* 


t oh (he bp ore = Oe 


aed Eee 


deel 


: 


ee os eae on AG nee sien ee: 


. 
sn te0 & es 


»* 


WAL at iar tee 
oot dy cuneate 2 SOEISO Sab eaioe eke ae 
+42 pe seeetoe nama, BYE- IRE Sc 
en ee J_BGD }. 
enviresos! Any Rest oo iin el hte 7 
Rieke hey) a Rat ae 


ecw ew os BOTED POTD VG occ cquacsn eran 


oe eoibualOeyeor ‘8a ccees st tote 


ee eiiabo abt acpecas ae ses san 5 wee 


o 


CET ccanated | O68. 82, <pe-.c saa emaaae 
* zifstnean hed be peevin nesta hae em 
© soHoigy | S25 ie 0G os ey + ese Sate 
5, RSMO +Bae Pesto 
vp. Ee BE Ser ae 


ae uciaped BSG UE PS Lo ae sa ne oe 


fi ee: 
hte oe if 
oe i 


if Malye ee see ane stag 
4% 


i -e 


is 


_nqataieid | 
enaistcpe ei Ty Aire 


a ¢ LARS 


TuUReBon a 1 


+ 69 0.00.6 
% 
», 
4 
@ 
% 
? 
a 
¢ 
2 
: 
s 
2 
e 
> 
> 
* 


sdudgegec ea bo oe 


wee 22 SMOBLD | SEL Jat ob na pare ee ae 
,. .modeshild ebr paeneagbeen means oem 


“ 


«+ «BIS iso | BIS -. 5. :ssseepaweteue 


‘sibiedio yo 
aidqols yo oe got wecccnegeee eects es & 


eo 


= 5 e3 YO 05 it 1 bcikd Cea ee 

..  eifebsioyo ers, BE hss ea awe see 
. , BLOTBONTO FOS) < cews ot nied okiorenn 
‘elloaoiled) | CAB tees eee ena 

43 ‘enn eee Fal da o0'e9 © ne am 


rae ont AG sesmapy seg tees aan 
of Ga 
eeseacesy ee 


®! 
ey 
ee 
“*o 
Aa 
S 
2S 
: 

a 

: 


Se sem &e Oe errr rt 
ys o<e BLUME . 

Sb. npaeeoce ates ene nm & 
| RTO RSSTION | OR . nec y cone ue ene me dea 


etryegoiaob® | S8L ..,...:crs eee 
euroseormenia | BE ....c-caeeeevee see 
ease td baocos4eabheeeei 
.. .eaTeoepra | ToS yeaasiniite 627 
Tl. asia SEL Ge oe pedeus 
2 Pato | BO oo oss nee eater 
. epitdloreloed. | Ob 2... acne mee ine 

* ig 


INDEX TO GENERA. 


INDEX TO GENERA. 


317 


CaMUNOCOMUBS 2 = '2 cic: <is's o.00 =< - SPIRO: 3: Sucgcvadesea ete ae ren 239 
PRCEOMUSE eee sacs acces sacs sae POE GEEBSUS. 5 cratic 4: 5.cc cee amen 46 
PiCnIGEA: «2 22, sos daaees ss 273 | Chametrachewa...........-...+- 120 
FP MHODOMIS =. > o2 42 sw 2 s5555.5 3s DOM Pe RAM A. oe nas faces «sec cee ae 116 
PROUMOCEIAR.@s soms.o% 2% i icclctnses.< 261 | Chalicotherium................ 38 
ELC ates 2 wa allie sar viele cl= s< a PEEP GMMNeleG: 65 J2aes sbi ssaccame 27 
PP ALNAUMIAS.- 21-1556 = 5 2s c0 ss 279 | Chameecyparis.........s00.cs006 33 
fo DO Seo eee isereraes Yat GHOLVAT AEs acc mine acess 22, 23, 129 
PONE Relates oa yae's mre is ta 2s oo Beh OCTOPUS: oor! o v's; clas als 3e anette 22 
WRMESESIOCSIELOCO Moye o's 0.5.5 /0 as w ainin © 0 AGA PO NCLGISI Eis ac sin saye.c cee viele elm cree 32 
PRMRERESOCAS Eee meee rele a aati cixtcie<'s e'e/s' ST Ehistemong-. os icevsde doadacta 162 
Anchippodus........ ead wisteas 37 | Chrysanthemum............... 126 
PTIOUUMMETIMING ¢ sss 2.5.5 cnc - > - 37 | Cimoliasaurus............. 128, 236 
PENIORRIRN eee eae ol hc ata ate aes TM ev BLUM HG Tide's Us a a a AS pas Se ee lhe 130 
PRSRACEA OM os aio o's atelier se G+ 102 | ClanOiR sons. valet se a 22, 23 
EPMENIOUYGCE.< = 5s e's 2 ~ = en - Lote POs COG). 20.0 rma teres cone eae mien 46 
SEE ee eee ae TAS GHOASLEH ie core ee tea 127, 141 
PERTOUNEIEE 92s SiS esc Sa Se scien e.< a P46) (OGRE. 3 c0i/sh a> bo ee ee hee ect 86 
1 OEE TOE SRS A eee ad | COTDICHI As s)- was oil werent 49 
JETT Re Oe ee GE SO AO) ROLES « o1x ¢:c vin Sls a.6'<cn'te seen sinter 213 
ERS ee se ee a ae 6 ate i] SOCABBALEIB SS es oo wees ete 50, 130, 249 
PR NRRRE ee ener a ois staat Beh. 240. CryplogOn ccs <s. de. creda esc as 91 
NEON oorcivccwneedesscay> StS CCUMGOR civ eg okt iukwtenadate ns 53 
PERUUMNCHA avin avcce. a auciea ws © Pia COMMUNSINIL: (rae cite coos Liane rate 234 
OY CIOCRIOIA ane depen es we een 255 
RUIN DGRN 2 bedi c bps d ale eles 0 0.0 eh CYC. ay chag dele aaa ne 40 
ESLER BOTH a's 9 3's ~10)-'m a0 = 0 we Hie DU OMCIBEs csi cube ate ile cukemawane 85 
RUMRRTIILOYE ofa! ao ac de cis Boo iear CYCINGCUM so coon cdaducebenda a 232 
eEeMEMER Gots fe forcioe ere cs 2 ore Beh | OUNOCEEBUS iy tease he te ickin anne 129 
1 NA ALS OR may SDT | CUOMO £ adecincdnvaseasces 273 

RREMOPES dG ct sciccaivccccccwn se's 33 
POOUOLUUIE sc cicciccticencese Sie DMINCHIES anes +cascacnt dacadem 241 
RR MEECIMED le te wcka wclade diese a» Diet IMBCOPRULUN: x cevcntnctack nemne 39 
UIC SESE nee ee eee MiMi OIDNANOS: Sos cgececesnaasae eas 273 
PEP AMRUEIAD esis ned sca acdseres DS BIGMUES nicdsucdeascacsccmeaace 216 
PANNA aoc sus acandearatcavaen 133 

LN OL A TRS ae Sees 46 
RPE hee ta loarea ta eae ens pmea AG MOWRCHBUEA Le dedvasnacacteanen 271 
MRSS A oer ee 188 | Edestogaurus. .........0..se0e8 141 
REM tvcsdersddecdandaenade 84 | Elasmosaurus ..........seeeee0 128 
TOO See Poe Sere een rere DE LUUs: Sarina neeaee wena eek cua ae 22 
RAMETIMCRINICTOS «<x sche ranap We «ade PE ROOTS. J atclesevcsiteeiswes 261 
LACTIS Utd a's x suet eh els ¢ sae aoe De) SOR, deeds nea deh cue ecokaans 236 
DSrvonlUm, 6 .ides cote csencses OG PErisichthe. . 66. scccdeesccsonas 281 
Cebus..... REY COE ee Ee MU CAECUM, vo pn siSieaad cp ehasia’s 30 


318 


Bey plese cn tac ercme se siscie 182, 199 
BORA aca rnaierereercei ete tee tsinne 52 
DOD GiA ME Soni5 Gb ob some ob mobos 263 
MG AN Dt 2k a Satis ork Patel statetotoretel eres 95 
Melis. 35 see 3ste55 sae é n0d Bees 39 
Galeocerdo: ¢ is 6222 8 oe BEHIN: 265 
UAT ASUS ata. leteto tele teteteleteters 9, 188 
Gafrariums: +s 22)s os.heece cc cee ce 92 
Galeomma .3...2%42.5teeeee eee ee 222 
Gastrochena: 26s docs eo 60e.56 os 259 
Geélasimus: s.554524%5%05% ces Bal 
Glans. ss 2.26% seeeuss tn eas eee 257 
Globiconchaz: 2s :5s2522dsece aes 264 
GiiyictMenish emereeiereerceersere 216 
GlypiOstOmiaes tft leprae eee 270 
Gobtus...2 5323234522 SO ee 42 
Goniobasiseiec.ce ese ees ecese 98,.113 
GOTT Beret hacer iaretotetote te lote Saree ee ees 248 
Goodallia....... Bid s5 Bek reared 248 
Gouldiag 4 teeiss 25s seep eee 248 
Hadrosatirus?.;.cs ccs esate 166 
Veli eum cts srs os sie reveveis sa oeeie sxetepeterens 111 
elie nae Saat sto st chctesh one 99, 110, 136 
OTe terstoratitelsteletotele late tete tenet eeataen int 
EDI DOU = 7arotstatatete! oTePoretetelem tetera 2 
He aaies sate Tole Totetafelate elolaretteaete 263 
FL ORCODUGS a crislotetetefotefatetre se shie erate 141 
HT OLOpSparetstet sictcletetotetatetorenetet tote tae 11 
Hy opsodus.«. 2. -.% 225%. ee 20, 37 
lehvRKelianlnos oodonsonodeoc 19, 168 
Hchthyodectestaaec sj cis joer: 280 
ANTM GERI Goagosenagucocece 43 
Tdonearea ss 22 ségs ce scscwe eae 54 
TMOG CETAIMUS!.1ater-'cleteletet aot teksten 46, 263 
UG WSIS: cevetseln ste sire setae 272 
TSOP MOMIEN oleic cfr a ons m0, o atalnt= 217 
Kelis: aici sconce web cenas 230 
WAIN Sasiece = Aiswolofoutensiersserseiee 166 
ASOD arc coo sictic ove win lersvate robetck seeks 229 
VG GLAT CAs co coteewrs wie eve cavecolsyoierexegerers 53 
TG MPOCEUNUS cynic ctstctoensisvorelaysteroreress oo 
BEMPOMAX ysis cloieeiersrlorastse ils 
lDSOMO MA ee Se eda Ase sadesa Sab: 2217 
NUT TAETULAGE cs orc os esckere na oie tetevors oyele 223 
AINA cis Sak tiecicnictonie sosisieiotes 263 
ID hiich cae elo oeeun OO OeO re So aac 145 
IMINO ATER SS oe dscns sdeo sees e 241 
lbyietioeses caabaoaoooooes 236, 239 
WuimMNetes ss <r ecss yeeros ete eneieclale 32 
TIOMON iso cane ate it ncnet 141 
AGISINGE) avast see ae 150 
Woophiod oneeerrreol-rmrerireliemitars 19 
liyomyWWeboodcoclonséucoadeosc0e 89 


INDEX TO GENERA. 


TEU GTIA: § 2 osc ereene oat a cdeeade 82, 1380 
UVTI GC Bs ot ors <tarat ey shar Mayer oer ores 91, 109 
MaCacus «0% 00 cee. 00 =. pee 122 
Match ainodusss ase cee 169, 241 
Maroaritam a, «< 0s.cissn-- 5 102, 108 
Mastodon, 22). 2s. cwsie deweoe Chee 142 
Mecrochely Sic. 52: sel > » Coton 23 
VMerapteta:.... 0. ..'. +» «sean 11 
Melantho.asosuace tees ee 102, 115 
Metalophodon.............~-=. a 279 
Me tilelbaic ..5.:.:oj0cvre ove oe eo eee 270 
MiCrOSY OPS: 2oc- aano.1an ase 20, 37 
MiOWOR .>...0 ./5 aes vhs eo ee 249 
Montacuta . ..c....-<0-0e5 see 233 
Mylarcbus':%c\.2.<). scene 57 
IM ECCR. . ove acns tose ses Eee 87 
MESS1a. 6 sciciei's:0,'0 ors a81 8c, eee 93 
Muy lili Cardia.......rorererhescteherato ee 255 
INO 281 Bs 5:06.01 s+ oxa+ 6:0: ox sverersrons SATA 274 
INC22T OMY Bia. :0s0/0' ai aiore serene OEE 274 
ING TNC Os :-)0:s/orayor eee 46 
Neithea. ccccieeue 01 Sets rosodoae 263 
INO SAR CEUS)seyececleseser-crcie ee ee 37 
OVP OSUMUS!-..)-1-101-1erevenstotele pane 39 
OMOMY Sis oc aerrerclelreerene eae 21 
Oyqi nile Seon asocese Gea. - 272 
OSCR dc cone n occwmemoee eee 46, 263 
OStEMOMIA « «:.:25-c0rororeucse vere fet laine 216 
OG OCS x an st or oy 0155 <p axctanstoiavotsy neve Oe 162 
OXyTHIMN Ai ns «04-5 see/slepesr ee 162 
Pachytheenus «11 3 1-rrestelojaeteaes 51 
Paleo PhS jor 5:05:02. caterer io reo SUSE 14 
Pal ROSY. OPS «6. ions cone cosors SIREN 168 
PAVEMION 6. 5105<:0rs-0reracouerovoueset ROREROEI 184 
Palliferd)sc ccs. actos ey etoneeceteoeieee 137 
Parastartey.ccat cin fone eee 53 
Patullavs «5 sis ie ceed aie oie erates 1385 
Palseacodon ... 45.5.0 0 ee eee 21 
PalPOsyVODSicict-ciiortel eta 241, 277 
Paulowmniaercciccecee rece 11, 267 
P@TIGOTS, Ssiwias,.0/ececte, cro peer 131 
iPetrolisthes << <<<.) « eae tee 183 
PATS! eiorets : sie:00.5) oleae 89 
Pholadomiya.. --/ eee 274 
EMiySaertecertsct el ceeieeitre 103, 109 
1b ieee SAA HO AGDO cc 5 6c 11, 239 
Pisidium :.,.2% «37. eee 108, 109 
Planorbellla.... ... o.ccsiteeeeeee 270 
Plan orbiss.\2\.r:oehee eee 108, 109 
Platem ys. ./..5.-:+ joists cee 162 
Platysternum.. .\..< acre ceiver 22 
Pleuromeris.. . .<\- se. cies 52, 255 
eur oconch ar.) ieiee tele 5 
Pleurotomar caves. steve tole 264 
Blesiosaunusmnsecescec 39, 43, 128 


INDEX TO GENERA. 319 
BNGMeINGs << 55 scm cisaccs aya ee ACG U CRIMEAN s\ <1, cris cies Coss. app 105, 111 
LEIGTE EE RE ree 271 
RAL HUPMI AS els cys alec’ lots bs %aie's 259, 261|,Teredo......... Re Tee 259 
BERENS IIS iy oct win x oye o'ae a BEE BREE POUR GEL noir ens gr 8tY pewter cet 228 
RO GRMN Sopa a csc ss ne ws x0: HELM VIL: AG RR OSUIOO ae can Wes teed econ 22, 268 
ARUN OPIS 2 sicy aint oh ioe css EWES aSY SAO ew Heealig. a oo: 3 Wes cus cbiien oe 257 
PEPOUCUR Set Fix oie ieo pe = 10 ow STONE IS 43) Theeachampad .: sss seme <% 17 
MRtGEOMON Ses cia. /ete's are a elaiiek ete BL bp Rhecodonta:. . 2s... dcaheaine 230 
AEVGHOULY om oc eine = <> 010 selene eas BO PR GUIB Sy is hanhe y the «ira egos 27 
ATMOS seas swe esis s oro SRCIEDE ATW alve( Wate (oy oii: Pete Armee ae Le? 36 
Ep Abi eerie we oe sa wens SOME GOL 104 |'Titanotherium. . 2... <0.» sews 38 
BAUD PIGGHUN smilies ee «al slid ALD RATION XG Los <)sicis/ «ieee ae rae 22, 267 
BEEN OUTS 4 4 yc mgs nisrny ER EGS HGS Er OLOSUS)\.\. <<.) cease SN eeenvees 37 
2 ee oe RODSISD PANTIE Fore soci dwmin s ck a e 33 
‘2 Sau Sy ee PAD Er 282 Ph yTeopsis:c. «i= sss sedanene 223 
MAT ONOALCAZ. csscn vere se eee eee 54 
RUM ONGUSI rsh miei cisia:o'e tes » «0 1G 725 0: May LOSTOUS.. coc 018 sere» c Saapeeybonteben 40 
Drypanostoma ............ 106, 111 
LRINGIE Se a8 BOO a Cee At nen Hae 49 
FVDAMPHOSAUTUG s:<.c ccssc ese VA MATS CY ONS. oo ote cain) ne wine eee 277 
BREE YTT QS UUITUIS soe oy secs va ct sica sh cc. ce eS 141 | Uintamastix .....: Rete city an 169, 241 
MILT] OCETUS acy <soyctefeiefonacvccols e Sky SE Bs hintatherimm:. 1. /4..-.e55e 169, 277 
2 Fie BO SERS EB peceeeeretc tet Re Tp) | PEDERI ETA ete gS casa, tie sete sehen 92 
Bhynchotherium......:..0....:....0iss TPAD ac aie Gan dea oe o5 3 106, 108, 155 
RVR Se cppb-eanteinetgeisss PUPIL EN: 126 | 
IVI AED DHE» soi cnn cen ces do ont 106 
BURA crags sn ncpoycicweacensicrtaninc SERCO LS 46} Vanellus............+.teecsene 32 
BSR op Sets isnes chests sees ss «es og Lal 163 RIC EIMELUS iets ops ciethie cielo Oh bepealerd 259 
EURO CCDU GUS, wi un coreresoys chilled’ PSM NAE LUD Olesya crciccupele echo meRoes tos 107 
DRO nc oie ene snes AG's DE PIOLENICATGIA. «5.0... < cers. x vs poetirend 52 
SERA AL. is pa ronsisisiciersctw HAMBNt'S BILEE IV AUPUT EL, gastuiecain’ 6. alts « setelachca <iaie owed 107 
SAUTE Lage ye ssehed cas cuaneiel sist ausscn ost OC BOO TEV VED AT Sinise iv 3 ochin po: sis ee erenerees 107 
NOIR ce ann agin cs CASS 10 
PMCS hiytiainc aids SRE D Sividtys'e xs OS) WVASLATIUG cw rcrelesnrs nintai nei clatete ee ietals 239 
BOM OP TU so 9g RUIN MIO SUEY QOUIaiy.)< «5 uu oss tome tuanitete 84 
ESA SATAN oo ase. cosines pisvestthe 104, 109 | 
PPMBIGCHS occ cinivcnsn P05 SES AONECONIGES! < «aaa a'c\v c s\elecsie dt emnenare 135 
MEST ope, c.niive.sisvoyerass/n/s lila PMO TIGAIULAI As cs, sisi 8) abs, ajacavejain see ainsi aeeetease 107 


es ee 


; -f a 
_seaakr Ramayan.” 


2 iis : Emad 
arrateali«:f& es apa tniete’ 
inedae edt: ta’ diet tanec 


: -HYE chap dos eo aye! ao 
160 Gas sata A 
aga 4 ; 
‘ Lyatath 3 -7* qee oom 
lo .$mor of ) sy to nokta lettguid no. 
\ geome: dmoVi Wo eal 
oii, 20 (95 : < i BEL SOE ellatte 
pletite d= ar: a 
OENTITASS SS8L 26 €8 
afl Si 1 4 Witeo lt  aabinne 
ann) a aniisol sols 
wits - 7 ' 
Yo teaprsorvonn/ [° 41 bere annigtaasG abe 
| NS .alisd@ do mrsasle € 
ihee Ta af fino WIE 2 to oe 
asinge 1985) . ward 
ane) sii no 63in j aster 
a2 lor stat - O72 a ° 
elinco'd 2yossstst? To moitodin?~ [id silitqe” emivte Wie ee 
‘E68 ,coleoM  eidendig: ws ig fot sires” sits 
eyed 1390 a To paheresies Salt nO 743i 8 
' aH Si AVé Dodont-s 
Died 14% aqolutt aucole an? tea SIF 
a 7 ifs0 ated siad Woe jouiige 
Sr ,enws oft Io eagouy es ‘BE 18g 
santo s.A aw GO <8e" 2 soph yled or 
oho ute 3. aerslat pe 
- pert Btijo) igo elo BS Ob sane es ; 
gre ,.«.da xO 1 
te drsemsannonmé uaie ui nit ai 
. uf BSD + 3aT sale Wermat, io" aloort 
: : i F 2 sahitt) to Boi 
702 om sitanest »,4£ .038): Sis 
: ATL: .ahetoloO mot ei ~ tb £fd y % ; 
| zalmoyW to ygolosp amy 
Ds A L nol rst qed -(11n8 To etsy toms Be 
; aiovyesd saiftayst mail’ ¥ 08S ,s5de 
; , re RO STALE toi gonteh TORR 
4 : > : = : . 
qiaew l 3o encodes naeel fal | phincary? sal jo asibusd - hs 
: © 
“e 


GENERAL INDEX. 321 


GENERAL INDEX. 


Allen, H., On the Appendicular Skel- 
eton of Vertebrates, 42. 


Berthoud, E. L., On Prehistoric Hu- 
man Art from Wyoming and Colo- 
rado, 31, 46. 

Bland, Thos. and W. G. Binney, 
Notes on Lingual Dentition of cer- 
tain species of North American 
Land Shells, 124, 135. 


Committees for 1872, 12. 

Conchological Section, Meeting of, 
275. 

Conrad, T. A., Descriptions and II- 
lustrations of Genera of Shells, 37, 
50; Descriptions of a new recent 
species of Glycimeris from Beau- 
fort, N. C., and of Miocene Shells 
of North Carolina, 167, 216. 

Cooper, J. G., On New Californian 
Pulmonata, 143. 

Cope, E. D., List of the Reptilia of 
the Eocene Formation of New 
Jersey, 9, 14; On the Cranium of 
a Hump-backed Whale, 11; On a 
Crocodile of the genus Holops, 11; 
On an extinct Whale from Cali- 
fornia, 21, 29; Synopsis of the 
species Chelydrinr, 19, 22; On 
Bathmedon radians, 88; Curious 
Habit of a Snake, 40 ; Intelligence 
in Monkeys, 40; On the Horns of 
Cariacus virginianus, 123 ; On dif- 
ferent Schools of Naturalists, 124; 
On a Species of Clidastes, and on 
Plesiosaurus gulo, Cope, 127; On 
the Structure of Pythonomorpha, 
140 ; On the Geology of Wyoming, 
279 ; On an extinct genus of Sauro- 
dont Fishes, 280. 

Correspondence for 1872, 294. 

Coues, E., Studies of the Tyrannide, 


Part I; Revision of the Species of 
Myiarchus, 41, 56; Material for a 
Monograph of the Spheniscidie, 
170. 

Elections for 1872, 292. 

Farnum, John, Announcement of 
death of, 142. 

Finsch, Dr. O., Remarks on the 
‘Synopsis of the Genus Chettusia 
(Lobivanellus) ; with a description 
of a new species by J. A. Ogden,”’ 
31, 32. 

Frazer, John F., Announcement of 
death of, 2438. 

Frazer, Prof. P., Jr., Notice of sedi- 
ment in water from Geyser Spring, 
Saratoga, 41. 


Gabb, Wm. M., Notes on the Genus 
Polorthus, Gabb, 259; Notice of a 
Collection of Cretaceous Fossils 
from Chihuahua, Mexico, 263; 
Descriptions of some new Genera 
of Mollusca, 270. 

Gentry, T. G., On hybridism be- 
tween Macacus nemestrinus and 
M. cynomolgus, 122. 

Gerhard, Dr. W. W., Announce- 
ment of death of, 42. 

Gill, Theo., Note on Cottus Green- 
landicus, Fabr., 213. 

Guillou, Constant, Announcement of 
death of, 243. 


Kenig, Geo. A., Remarks on Silver 
Ore from Colorado, 278. 


Lapham, Hon. J. A., Communica- 
tion regarding Busycon perversum, 
276. 

Lea, Isaac, Descriptions of Twenty- 


322 


nine species of Unionide from the 
United States, 155. 

Leidy, Jos., On a Mite in the Ear of 
the Ox, 9 ; Notice of Corundum, 19 ; 
Remarks on Fossils from Wyom- 
ing, 19; Remarks on some Extinct 
Mammals, 37; Remarks on some 
Extinct Vertebrates, 38; Note on 
Gamasus of the Ox, 188 ; Remarks 
on Mastodon from New Mexico, 
142; On a new Genus of Extinct 
Turtles, 162; On some Remains of 
Cretaceous Fishes, 162; On Arte- 
mia from Salt Lake, Utah, 164; 
Remarks on Fossil Shark Teeth, 
166 ; On some new species of Fossil 
Mammalia from Wyoming, 167; 
Remarks on the Habits of an Ant, 
218 ; Remarks on Mineral Springs, 
etc., of Wyoming and Utah, 218 ; 
Notice of a Corundum Mine, 238 ; 
Remarks on Fossil Mammalia from 
Wyoming, 240 ; Remarks on Chip- 
ped Stones from Wyoming, 242; 
Remarks on the Action of Wind 
and Sand on Rocks, 2438; Notice 
of Donation of Fossils, ete., from 
Wyoming, 267; Remarks on Fos- 
sils from Wyoming, 277. 

Lewis, Dr. Jas., Shells of Herkimer 
and adjacent Counties in the State 
of New York, 97; Shells of Ten- 
nessee, No. 2, 108. 

Lyon, Major Sydney 8., Announce- 
ment of death of, 142. 


Meade, Maj. Gen. Geo. G., An- 
nouncement of death of, 268. 

Meehan, Thos., On the effects of 
girdling, 10; On Numerical Order 
in the Branching of some Conifere, 
31, 33; On the Axial Origin of so- 
called Pine Needles, 123 ; On Inhe- 
rent Growth Force, and on Varia- 
tions in Quercus Douglassii, 125 ; 
On the Flowers of Asparagus, 138 ; 
On the Spawn of Agaricus campes- 
tris, 214; On the Agency of In- 
sects in obstructing Evolution, 218, 
235; On difference in the growth 
of trees, etc., 239 ; On a cylindrical 
mass of Agate, 266. 

Moore, John G., Announcement of 
death of, 142. 


GENERAL INDEX. 


Norris, T., On the Stocking of the 
Delaware with Salmo salar, 163. 


Officers for 1873, 292. 
Officers of Conchological Section for 
1873, 276. 


Parrish, Edward, Announcement of 
death of, 221. 


Randolph, Sam’] Emlen, Announce- 
ment of death of, 278. 

Report of the Botanical Committee, 
287. 

Report of Conservator of Concholo 
gical Section, 290. 

Report of Curators, 283. 

Report of Librarian, 281. 

Report of Recorder of Biological and 
Microscopical Section, 288. 

Report of Recording Secretary, 287. 


Stimpson, Dr. Wm., Announcement 
of death of, 142. 

Streets, T. Hale, Notice of some 
Crustacea from the Island of St. 
Martin, W. I. Collected by Dr. 
Van Rijgersma, 122, 181. 


Taylor, T. Clarkson, Announcement 
of death of, 142. 

Tryon, Geo. W., Jr., Catalogue and 
Synomymy of the Family Lu- 
cinide, 41, 82; Catalogue of the 
Family Chamide, 116 ; Catalogue 
of the Family Chametracheide, 
120; Descriptions of new species 
of Marine Bivalve Mollusca, 1380 ; 
Catalogue and Synonymy of the 
Family Laseidee, 218, 229; Cata- 
logue and Synonymy of the Family 
Galeommide, 218, 222; Catalogue 
and Synonymy of the Family 
Leptonide, 218, 227; Catalogue 
and Synonymy of the Family As- 
tartide, 288, 245 ; Catalogue of the 
Family Solemyidee, 238, 258. 


Willcox, Jos., Remarks on Corun- 
dum, 266; Remarks on Glacial 
Scorings, 275; On some mineral 
localities in Canada, 276. 


r — 


ae > 


-_ 
~~ 


- wairyt dastnso = 99g 


od od} ou i} ,ahroM | ext mont abidoinU Yo asin: 9 spia 
Sales ooile& + t siawels | eal, estai3 betia 

) to tal sat ni sill p aU , aot .ybinl 

Bee £T8t ro) rosea | 7 Ol pbmows0Io s 


E sie aviv lesigalodonc 


: STa.8 toaitx® seo m0 edsaarosl + Ok oni 
i 7OTGS 4 : ; "alarms M 
au | eas caaaamem pbiswhT deirisd | |, weck ogo testes —- 


ov -@ Pe a8 er! 


; all Sent! 


£ 


| ssoawonath folio fesad qi 
i. STE go diash © 
-, @stiaia0d Jeoiantod | sat 7 


S.Tee .netindid to 100s 

bk taninotare Ao-iab 02951 to t200% 
ROBE soitesd lapiqgoozo iit 

2 etigaa uitibrosahi to dxotyoil 


tr to. +47 caA mT ad HOB iF 

oe SEI id niaesh ic 
a soitovi lsh ‘T gadsanie 

eo neetal oi? moi zoseien"”) 

| beiostiod 1 ids 

is ee SRE acieetl nsV 
aa OF solzeT | 217 OU ai 8 og RP 
a eee Sie S, (0 AES | ot. work M 
a yt os) iy : { 4 Ps 
vat ent Yo Taymor | paby A 10k as 


a ¥ AST mt finob 7 atid 
htbarre Aa hrs on 07 


onlay ulmet add “Ts led st state | wbault 

bowem Yo suongmomd 5 Ook SOF, tO ANON nce ae 
Spaseniiolé oviavyill ouiielt io | Ais ST A ee ee 

Pee araonve fre sanolay Pe ra Uhlan Soper pitt is Se ats 
¢ rit mbisagl qimel a a eee ee a 


Sr veymyacete hap say 

kit mbincno® 

ed! Yo yurysoaye “et 

accee Ble ebicotgsl jh bey ei aqaA To ciowol’ nes 
wm ee aera bina oe o.eiaer old aati. gy 


BE 652 ehilt pega anotiagh 30 USMS Gate 
: BE abit ilain® a rs bet an Mapa tral 
2 80% eeolliy | laviabrnily: 


mish == BOS tri L a62 nition A To baad 


gates lo toSmpaavodsA ,.) odo» 100M 
asilileoo! | ; * 2) Qo diash 


ADDRESSES 


DELIVERED ON 


LAYING THE CORNER-STONE 


AN EDIFICE 


FOR THE 


ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES 
OF PHILADELPHIA, 


October 30, 1872. 


PHILADELPHIA: 
COLLINS, PRINTER, 705 JAYNE STREET. 
1873. 


neta 7B: 


NEW HALL 


FOR THE 


ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF 
PHILADELPHIA. 


Tue corner-stone of a new building for the Academy of Natural 
Sciences of Philadelphia was laid, Wednesday, October 30, 1872, 
at the southeast corner of Race and Nineteenth streets. The dig- 
ging of the cellar of the north wing was commenced July 9, 1872. 
_ At half-past eleven o’clock A.M. many of the officers and mem- 
bers of the society assembled at the hall, northwest corner of 
Broad and Sansom streets, and walked together to the site of the 
new building. 

At twelve o’clock, noon, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, President of the 
Society and Chairman of the Building Committee, addressed the 
assembled crowd in substance as follows :— 


LADIES AND GENTLEMEN :— 

We have assembled to-day to manifest our satisfaction that, 
through the intelligent liberality of a comparatively few of our 
fellow citizens, we are enabled to commence the erection, on this 
spot, of a new building adapted to the purposes of the Academy 
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. The want of a sufficiently 
capacious edifice has embarrassed, and in some degree retarded, 
the progress of the institution during many years. The citizens of 
Philadelphia and of the State of Pennsylvania have a wide-spread 
interest in the success of this enterprise, although that interest is 
not universally recognized or admitted. 

The completion of the entire edifice, one wing of which we have 


+ 


commenced to build, and the arrangement in it of the collections 
now belonging to the institution, will be as palpable evidence of 
educational progress, in one department of the exact sciences, as 
can be presented; and it will be so estimated by those who may 
come here from abroad, in the summer of 1876, to determine our 
intellectual advancement during the hundred years of our national 
existence. 

The object of the society is to acquire exact knowledge of all 
created things, within the narrow limits of man’s capability to in- 
vestigate, and to give freely to the whole world the knowledge 
which may result from its labors. Its constant effort is to remove 
the veil which conceals from us the facts of the Creation in order 
that all may perceive and recognize their wonderful wisdom and 
beauty. Attainment of precise truth is the extremely difficult 
task assumed by this, and every society formed for the cultivation 
of the natural sciences. Yet, under an erroneous and wide-spread 
notion that the pursuit of truth on this line is in some indefinite 
manner detrimental to society, it has been and is still opposed by 
very many intelligent people. 

Truth is a unity, vastly multiple in constitution, but no one of 
its parts is inconsistent with another. Every absolutely estab- 
lished truth, be it great or small, must be in perfect accord with 
all that has been or ever will be ascertained by man. The crite- 
rion of truth in natural science is its harmony with all that is 
absolutely known. Every scientific assumption which is not true, 
however plausible it may appear on presentation, will prove to be 
discordant. In God’s creation there is no conflict or contradic- 
tion of parts. When accurately interpreted the perfect harmony 
of their relations will be manifest. The book of nature is entirely 
free from error; it contains no misstatement of any kind. Surely 
such a book may be studied without perverting the mind from 
truth or establishing a preference for what is not reality. 

Seeking the truths of nature demands an extensive workshop, 
in which to collect and arrange conveniently for use the numerous 
implements employed in the work. The implements consist in 
collections of all those natural objects which have been described 
properly classified and labelled, ready for study and comparison 
with those supposed to be new—that is, not previously described— 
and also an extensive collection of books in which are recorded the 
results of investigations made by naturalists in all parts of the 


5 


world; for he who would add to the stock of knowledge in any 
department of science needs to be acquainted with what is known 
already in it, or he may find himself laboring to discover what 
has been ascertained. A museum and library, chemical apparatus 
and microscopes, constitute the machinery necessary to facilitate 
and guide his labors. Such a museum and library and laboratory, 
in such condition as to be utilized by the naturalists, require 
large space, and this demand for space increases with the progress 
of our knowledge. 

The Academy now possesses more than 6000 minerals; 700 rocks ; 
65,000 fossils; 70,000 species of plants; 1000 species of zoo- 
phytes ; 2000 species of crustaceans; 500 species of myriapods 
and arachnidans; 25,000 species of insects; 20,000 species of 
shell-bearing mollusks ; 2000 species of fishes; 800 species of rep- 
tiles; 31,000 birds, with the nests of 200, and the eggs of 1500 
species; 1000 mammals and nearly 900 skeletons and pieces of os- 
teology. Most of the species are represented by four or five speci- 
mens, so that, including the archeological and ethnological cabi- 
nets, space is required now for the arrangement of not less than 
400,000 objects, besides the library of more than 22,500 volumes. 
_ Besides space enough in our workshop to appropriately arrange 
this vast number of implements, room is desired for a separate 
and distinct arrangement of all objects necessary to illustrate the 
natural history of the State of Pennsylvania, as well as a suitable 
room in which lectures on the natural sciences may be delivered. 

To set up this great museum and library, laboratory and lecture 
room, we have a plot of ground, measuring little more than an 
acre, for which we are indebted to the liberality of members of 
the society and individual citizens. No substantial encourage- 
ment has been yet received from the government of this city, nor 
from that of the State of Pennsylvania. 

In this respect, the policy of some of the State Legislatures is 
more encouraging. Massachusetts has given liberal aid to the 
Boston Society of Natural History; to the Museum of Compara- 
tive Zoology, at Cambridge; and to the Institute of Technology. 
New York maintains a museum of natural history, at Albany, by 
annual appropriations, and has given eighteen acres of land, valued 
at four millions of dollars, and five hundred thousand dollars be- 
sides, to establish a natural history museum at Central Park, in 
the city of New York. 


6 


The institutions thus aided are of great value but no one of 
them as a whole equals ours in scientific importance or intrinsic 
worth, or is better entitled to public favor. 

I mention these facts in no spirit of envy or detraction. We 
are all gratified to know that the number of laborers in the vast 
field in which we work is everywhere increasing. The encourage- 
ment extended to them by State governments implies that the 
cultivation of the natural sciences is becoming more and more 
wisely appreciated, and more widely diffused. 

I will detain you no longer. 


Rev. E. R. BEADLE, D.D., was introduced to the audience and 
said, substantially, that Philadelphia had been facetiously desig- 
nated as “a dining station on the road to New York;” but he 
doubted whether that was all that can be truthfully said about 
Philadelphia. He referred to the hospitals for the sick, asylums 
for children, retreats for the aged and indigent, and the neat and 
comfortable domiciles provided for working people, as well as to 
the schools, colleges, university, and expressed his belief that, 
although not yet finished, Philadelphia is doing very well. The 
building of the Academy of Natural Sciences is one of the works 
yet to be done. He alluded to the popular ignorance of even the 
simplest matters which influence the life, happiness, and comfort 
of humanity, and said that a workshop is wanted in which young 
people may be taught to recognize the properties and uses of nat- 
ural objects—to distinguish what is fact from what is not—and be 
trained to apply such knowledge intelligently for the benefit of 
themselves and of mankind. 


Prof. J. Airken Metas, M.D., of the Jefferson Medical College, 
was next introduced and delivered the following address :— 


Three-score years, heavy-laden with the endless series of changes, 
the thrilling narrative of private joys and sorrows, hopes and fears, 
the extraordinary record of national triumphs and social defeats, 
and the wondrous history of the great achievements and miserable 
failures that go to make up the life-history of two generations of 
men, have been forever engulfed in the illimitable ocean of the 
past, since the occurrence of that event the happy development of 
which you this day celebrate. 


T 


In this brief period—comprised within the life-time of some 
who now hear my voice—the most remarkable historical events 
have occurred, and many surprising scientific discoveries and im- 
portant industrial applications of them have been made. Indeed, 
by means of intellectual inquiry and its handmaid, applied science, 
the social and industrial condition of the world, during this short 
interval, has been completely revolutionized. 

Look at Philadelphia as it appeared at the commencement of 
1812, as it has been pictured, in truth, by a medical worthy of that 
time. A city whose inhabitants numbered 111,120, or less than 
one-sixth of its present population, occupying an area not one-half 
of that over which it now stretches its huge proportions; a city 
which contained 25,814 dwelling-houses, 6955 public buildings, 
ttores, manufacturing establishments, etc.; 42 churches, 11 insur- 
ance offices, 4 banks, 2 hospitals, a university, an Academy of Fine 
Arts, a museum of natural history, and 2 theatres in which per- 
fomances were occasionally given; a city in which 51 printing- 
ofices, employing 153 hand-presses, were in operation; a city 
boasting of 8 daily, 9 weekly, and several semi-weekly newspapers 
havng a combined circulation of about 61,000 copies per week— 
sucl, in brief, was the city of Penn sixty years ago. 

Neither in this country nor in Great Britain, at that time, had 
railroads and steamboats been put into operation. Electricity, 
the nodern Puck, had not yet learned the art of “ putting a girdle 
roun¢é about the earth in forty minutes.” The telegraph had not 
been nvented. Communication between distant points was slow 
and wmeertain. Instead of a few minutes, as is now the case, 
weeks were required for the transmission of intelligence from 
Philadelphia to the Gulf of Mexico. Our city was then two 
months distant by sail from Europe, and six from California, in- 
stead of being, as at present, within eight or nine days of the 
former, and but seven days’ ride by rail from the latter. The 
steam-plow, the reaping-machine, and the screw-ship were not in 
existence. The printing-press and the spinning-jenny were worked 
by hand instead of by steam. The photographic art was not 
known. The old-fashioned tinder-box and brimstone-match had 
not yet been replaced by the lucifer match, and oil, instead of gas, 
was an universal means of illumination. In short, a thousand 
mechanical and chemical influences which are incessantly changing 
the aspect of our present civilization were then utterly unknown. 


8 


Come back with me, in imagination, to the period of time just 
mentioned. It is the evening of the last day of the week, near the 
close of January, and the nipping air sweeps eagerly up this broad 
thoroughfare from the icy river below. Let us cross over and take 
refuge from the wintry blast in yonder quaint-looking house at the 
northwest corner of Second and High streets. From the imposing 
array of many-colored bottles, seen through the dimly-lighted 
window, and the inevitable sign of the pestle and mortar sur- 
mounting the doorway, you gather, at a glance, that it is the shop 
of a druggist. Let us enter, for this is one of the centres of the 
literary and scientific gossip of the town. Passing through an 
atmosphere odorous with the emanations of camphor, rhubarb, 
and musk, we find ourselves ina little room at the rear, and in the 
presence of a group of men gathered around a table and engaged 
in earnest conversation. At the further end of the room stands 5 
young man, who, with animated countenance and impressive ges- 
ticulations, appears to be addressing the others upon a subject of 
some importance. The lineaments of his face bear the stampof 
an earnest, ingenuous, and benevolent mind; and now, as he ceases 
speaking, and his face falls again into its accustomed repose it 
assumes an unmistakably reflective character. This is the pro- 
prietor of the store—one John Speakman, a native of Bucks comty, 
and a member of the religious society of Friends. That ycung 
gentleman sitting at the right of the table is Jacob Gillians, a 
dentist by profession, and an ardent lover of the natural sciaces. 
The individual by his side, bending over the table, with his eyes 
intently fixed upon the speaker, is John Shinn, Jr., a manufetur- 
ing chemist from New Jersey. In front of the latter, and upon 
the opposite side of the table, sits a native of France, Nicholas J. 
Parmantier, by name, who follows the occupation of a distiler and 
manufacturer of cordials. That man yonder, apparently older 
than his comrades, and whose broad and massive brow clearly 
betokens a mind given to profound thought, is Dr. Gerard Troost, 
a Hollander of Bois-le-Duc, a man of large attainments in mine- 
ralogy and chemistry especially, and at one time a protégé of the 
King of Holland. In the gentleman at the near end of the table, 
who appears to be recording the remarks of the chairman, you 
perceive another physician, Dr. Camillus M. Mann, an Irish refu- 
gee, who having boldly but unsuccessfully struck, in 1798, for the 


9 


liberty of his native land, has fled from its shores to cast his lot 
with the dwellers in the New World. 

In this outline picture, thus hastily sketched, behold the men 
who, with slender pecuniary means, but with admirable prevision 
and indomitable will, laid broadly and deeply the foundations of 
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, on the evening 
of Saturday, the 25th day of January, 1812. I say broadly and 
deeply, and I say it advisedly, for, from the scanty memoranda of 
the early meetings of the Academy which have been preserved, 
we gather that the founders considered ignorance of the laws of 
nature to be the prolific parent of many of the evils to which man 
is subjected, and they, consequently, recognized fully the necessity 
of improving the condition of mankind by seeking to enlarge the 
bounds of knowledge, and imparting what they thus acquired to 
others. 

Furthermore, they clearly perceived, as we learn from the early 
minutes of the society, that the operations of nature demand un- 
prejudiced, attentive, and severe scrutiny: and, in order that they 
might aid each other by a comparison of observations, they also 
declared that their discussions must be free. 

Freedom of scientific thought and discussion, the cultivation of 
the natural sciences exclusively, and the diffusion of this kind of 
knowledge among the people, were the principles which guided 
Speakman and his associates in their great undertaking. Indeed, 
the founders of the Academy (under which honorable title must 
also be included that eminent naturalist, Mr. Thomas Say, who 
became one of their number a few months after their first meeting) 
were evidently penetrated with the restless spirit of scientific 
inquiry which was then so rife in Europe. The fact, moreover, of 
living, as they did, in that memorable quarter of a century which 
witnessed the great American and French revolutions, and the 
famous though short-lived Irish rebellion, could not fail, in the 
case of such young, enthusiastic, and reflective minds, to impress 
them strongly with ideas of political freedom and the necessity of 
establishing this freedom upon the enduring rock of the enlighten- 
ment of the people. 

Mr. Gilliams was born in the closing year of our revolutionary 
war, and Mr. Say four years later; while Dr. Troost, the first 
President of the Academy, was ushered into the world in the very 
year made memorable by the declaration of American Independ- 


10 


ence. He was eighteen years of age, therefore, when the French 
Revolution terminated with the death of Robespierre. Having 
received his medical diploma from the University of Leyden, he 
practised pharmacy for a short time in Amsterdam and at the 
Hague. Afterwards he travelled extensively in France, Italy, 
Germany, and Switzerland, and became the pupil and companion 
of the celebrated Abbé Rene Just Hauy, with whom he studied 
crystallography. In Paris he became the associate of many of the 
most eminent scientific men of the day, and was elected in 1810 a 
correspondent of the Museum of Natural History of France. Two 
years later we find him in Philadelphia assisting in founding the 
Academy. Of Dr. Mann we simply know that in 1798 he was old 
enough to take an active part in the Irish rebellion, and that 
before coming to this country he also had spent some time in 
France seeking aid for his compatriots. Mr. William Maclure, 
who joined the Academy in June, 1812, and who acted as its 
second president for more than twenty-two years, was born in 
Scotland in 1763. Endowed with an eminently philanthropic and 
benevolent mind, and believing that knowledge and intelligence 
are the true sources of human happiness and prosperity, he used 
the large wealth of which he was happily possessed, to foster 
institutions of learning and to disseminate knowledge as much as 
possible. He travelled much in his own country,in France, Spain, 
the United States, and Mexico. We are told by his biographers 
that he “ visited these countries while in a state of political revo- 
lution, that he might be near to extend assistance to the poor and 
suffering.” Now a moment’s reflection will show, I think, that 
these men, in the course of their studies and travels, could not 
avoid being impressed by the spirit of free inquiry in science and 
politics by which they were everywhere surrounded. In view of 
the facts just presented, and from what we know of the lives and 
opinions of the originators of the Academy, and of the motives 
which actuated them in banding together for the cultivation of 
natural knowledge, it appears to me not inappropriate to regard 
the Academy as, in reality, an outgrowth of that great intellectual 
and democratic movement which, during the latter half of the 
eighteenth century, swept over Europe and a part of America, 
and was characterized by an extraordinary activity in the study 
of nature, coupled with a growing demand on the part of the 
governed classes for larger social and political privileges. So 


ll 


correct does this idea appear to me that I am led, in this con- 
nection, to refer briefly to the condition of science in Europe in 
the latter part of the eighteenth and the beginning of the present 
century, when the first feeble and apparently insignificant attempts 
were made to rear, in Philadelphia, a temple of the natural 
sciences. 

To the student of history it is well known that in France, under 
the administrations of those famous cardinals—the far-seeing 
Richelieu and the astute Mazarin—a powerful impulse was given 
to the highest branches of learning. From the hour that Louis 
XIV. ascended the throne, however, this impulse began slowly to 
be arrested by the gradual inauguration of a policy fatal alike to 
the intellectual and mechanical interests of the country. Mathe- 
matics, astronomy, the mechanical and inventive arts, anatomy, 
physiology, theoretical and practical medicine—all fell more or 
less rapidly into decay. With the death of Louis in 1715, the 
intellectual decadence of France was complete. Her great men, 
one after another, had passed away, until at last she was without 
literature, science, and arts. With the appearance of a new order 
of literary and scientific men, in the middle of the eighteenth cen- 
tury, she began at length to emerge from this stagnant condition. 
In 1735 Newton’s “Treatise on Fluxions” was translated into 
French by Buffon. Three years later Voltaire made the people 
of France acquainted with the philosophy of Newton in a manner 
so clear and forcible as to cause it to supersede that of Descartes. 
He also gave popularity among his countrymen to the writings 
of Locke, from which, according to Buckle, Condillac drew the 
materials of his system of metaphysics, and Rousseau his theory 
of education. In 1749 attention was strongly directed to the 
study of natural history by the celebrated Buffon, who, in that 
year, commenced the publication of his famous work on that sub- 
ject, and in glowing language advocated the unity of the human 
race, and endeavored to show how climate and other physical 
conditions influence the geographical distribution of animals. In 
1751 a popular account of Bacon and his philosophy was con- 
tributed by D’Alembert to the Encyclopedia. In 1754 Condillac, 
who Cousin declares was the only metaphysician produced by 
France in the eighteenth century, published his famous treatise 
on Sensations. Four years afterward appeared the remarkable 
essay of Helvetius on the Mind. These works undoubtedly gave 


12 


a powerful impetus to the study of the natural sciences at the 
close of the last century. For their authors, with great ability and 
with much logical acumen and fulness of illustration, maintained 
most peremptorily, as Locke had done more than a century before, 
that all our knowledge is really due to the study of the external 
world. Under the influence of the leading principle thus forcibly 
inculeated, some of the ablest intellects of France began to devote 
themselves, with extraordinary activity, to the study of the phe- 
nomena of nature. The laws of the radiation and conduction of 
heat were worked out by Prevost and Fourier; electrical phe- 
nomena were investigated by D’Alibard and Coulomb, while 
Malus and Fresnel, by their researches upon double refraction 
and the polarization of light, extended the bounds of our knowl- 
edge of optics. At the same time Lavoisier, by investigating with 
great ability the laws of oxidation, placed chemistry upon a 
strictly scientific basis, and, in conjunction with Berthollet, De 
Morveau, and Fourcroy, laid down, for the first time, a systematic 
chemical nomenclature. Meanwhile, geology was also cultivated 
with eminent success by Buffon, Rouelle, Desmarest, Dolomieu 
and Montlosier; while astronomy, both physical and mathemati- 
cal, was materially advanced by La Grange’s discovery of the 
periodical inequalities of the planets, and by the publication of 
the ‘* Mechanique Celeste” of Laplace, in which was clearly pre- 
sented to the world for the first time the famous “ nebular hypo- 
thesis’’—an hypothesis which is steadily approaching the character 
of a demonstration with every new discovery in astronomical 
science, and which has not only anticipated, but has also paved 
the way for, the co-ordinate doctrine of evolution in biology. In 
1762 Daubenton gave a new interest to paleontology by apply- 
ing, for the first time, the principles of comparative anatomy to 
the study of fossil bones. In this epoch, also, the illustrious Cu- 
vier gave to both geology and palzontology an eminently philoso- 
phical character by practically associating the study of the earth’s 
strata with the fossil remains found therein. This greatest of all 
descriptive anatomists did much for philosophical natural history 
by showing that the classification of animals must be based upon 
the comprehensive study of their organs rather than their ex- 
ternal characters. Histology, botany, and mineralogy likewise 
found zealous investigators during this remarkable intellectual 
period. While Bichat with scientific skill and industry was 


15 


demonstrating that the study of the organs of an animal must be 
subservient to the study of the tissues composing them, and while 
Adanson, Duhamel de Monceau, Desfontaines, and especially 
Jussieu were bringing to light many of the important facts con- 
cerning the structure and physiology of the vegetable kingdom, 
Romé de Lisle and Haiiy were as actively engaged in studying 
the structure of minerals and applying the principles of geometry 
to the elucidation of their forms. 

Turning, now, to Great Britain, we find that science, though not 
so actively cultivated, during this period, as in France, was by no 
means neglected. In 1753 was founded, at the cost of the govern- 
ment, the British Museum, which for many years has been so largely 
instrumental in promoting natural science in the United Kingdom. 
Between the years 1759 and 1804, the science of thermotics was 
greatly advanced by Black and Leslie, who, with much breadth of 
mind and industry, not only demonstrated the laws of specific and 
latent heat, but made possible the recognition of those remarkable 
doctrines, the development of which has stamped the science of the 
present century with its distinctive character. I allude to the inde- 
structibility of force and the correlation of the forces as modes of 
motion. At this time, many of the fundamental facts of chemistry 
were discovered. Carbonic acid gas was isolated and studied in 
1757 by Black. The discovery of oxygen was announced in 1774 
by Priestley, together with a description of some of its important 
properties. A year later he made known the fact that the air is 
composed of oxygen and nitrogen; and in 1776 he made physi- 
ology his debtor by proving that the change in color which the 
blood andergoes in passing through the lungs is due to the ab- 
sorption of oxygen—an important and fundamental fact in the 
chemistry of respiration. From 1799 to 1812, chemical science 
was also promoted by Sir Humphry Davy, whose great achieve- 
ment—the decomposition of the fixed alkalies by galvanism— 
constituted a new era in this science. In 1808, just four years 
before the founding of the Academy, Dalton gave another impetus 
to chemical philosophy by announcing, as deductions from the 
atomic theory, the well-known laws of definite combining propor- 
tions—laws which have done so much to perfect the analytical 
and synthetical processes of the chemist. Another remarkable 
discovery of this period—the composition of water—was made in 
1783, by Watt and Cavendish, independently of each other. 


14 


In the early years of the present century, optical science re- 
ceived a powerful impulse from the labors of Dr.. Thomas Young, 
who made the important discovery of the interference of light, and 
gave to double refraction a rational theory by advancing a plau- 
sible hypothesis of the propagation of light through an elastic 
medium in a manner not contradictory to any of the well-known 
facts and laws of dynamics. 

Geology, too, was not withont its zealous cultivators. In 1788 
Hutton published his celebrated ‘* Theory of the Earth,” in which, 
according to Lyell, may be found the germ of the metamorphic 
theory. Scientific geology in England owes its existence to Wil- 
liam Smith, who, between the years 1790 and 1815, made a labori- 
ous examination of different strata in Great Britain, and finally 
published the first complete geological map that ever appeared. 
In 1807 was formed the London Geological Society, the mem- 
bers of which early began with untiring industry to collect the 
facts relative to the structure of the earth’s crust. Owing to the 
assiduous and intelligent labors of John Hunter, comparative 
anatomy, in the last quarter of the eighteenth century, became, 
for the first time, in Great Britain, a science of importance. In 
astronomical science many important facts were discovered and 
recorded. Maskelyne, in 1790, published an admirable catalogue 
of the stars, while Sir William Herschel, between 1799 and 1820, 
may be said to have recreated astronomy and enlarged our views 
of the immensity of space by his astounding discoveries. 

In the mean time, science was steadily though less rapidly un- 
folding its fair proportions in various parts of Europe. ‘The inte- 
gral calculus and analytical mechanics were greatly improved 
between 1727 and 17838 by Euler, the celebrated Swedish geometer. 
In Germany, astronomy was cultivated from 1779 to 1815 with 
signal industry and success by the physician Olbers, who, besides 
discovering several of the asteroids, published an improved method 
of calculating the orbits of comets. During this period, Werner, 
in Germany, and Pallas, in Russia, made many important contri- 
butions to geological science. By the publication, in 1774, of his 
short but very remarkable “ Treatise on the Characters of Minerals,” 
Werner accomplished for the terminology of mineralogy what the 
‘** Philosophia Botanica” of Linneeus had done for that of botany 
nearly a quarter of a century before. Moreover, his celebrated 
‘Classification and Description of Mountains,” which appeared in 


15 


1787, did much to give to geology the rank of a positive science. 
In the mountain ranges of Siberia, Pallas discovered the general 
law of the succession of the granitic, schistose, and calcareous 
rocks—a discovery which has given birth, as Cuvier affirms, to 
all modern geology. In 1808 Berzelius, by the publication of his 
admirable ‘“ System of Chemistry,” greatly enlarged the bounda- 
ries of chemical science. His vast analytical labors did much to 
place the atomic theory upon a sure foundation. In Italy, near 
the close of the last century, electrical science was measurably pro- 
moted by the labors of Galvani and Volta. The former, in 1791, 
made known his curious researches upon the influence of electri- 
city upon muscular motion ; while the latter, about the same time, 
invented his well-known electric pile, by which he showed that a 
disturbance of electrical equilibrium was produced by the mere 
contact of different bodies, and that the electrical current circu- 
lated in one constant direction through a circuit composed of dif- 
ferent conductors. Between 1753 and 1812, anatomy, physiology, 
and general natural history were cultivated with much success in 
Europe by Linneus, Pallas, Spallanzani, Camper, Blumenbach, 
Felix d’Azara, and others. In addition to his “ System of Na- 
ture,” “ Botanical Philosophy,” and other valuable contributions 
to the literature of botanical science, Linnzeus, in 1753, published 
the ‘Species Plantarum,” in which, for the first time, was adopted 
the happy idea of distinguishing species by adding a simple de- 
scriptive word to the generic term. Camper and Blumenbach, in 
addition to their other labors, cultivated ethnology with much 
zeal. Blumenbach, especially, by the publication of his “ Decades 
Craniorum,” laid the foundation of the science of human cranio- 
graphy. It was during the great scientific epoch now under review 
that the illustrious Humboldt entered upon his wonderful career 
of extensive travel and varied scientific research. In the ten 
years immediately preceding the founding of the Academy, he had 
already published valuable works on the physical geography, geo- 
logy, zoology, comparative anatomy, and ethnology of the northern 
part of South America and Mexico, together with important memoirs 
on the astronomical observations and baromet#ic measurements 
made by him in conjunction with his fellow-traveller, Bonpland, 
during their five years’ exploration of little-known regions of the 
New World. These works, together with the ‘“ Aspects of Nature,” 
which first appeared in 1808, did more, perhaps, than the writings 


16 


of any other scientist of that period to call attention to the study 
of natural phenomena. 

Such, briefly, was the scientific outlook in Europe at the close 
of the first decade of the nineteenth century. What was the con- 
dition of science at that time in the New World? Meagre indeed. 
Franklin, that “ mighty genius,” as Mirabeau styled him, had 
been resting in his grave full twenty-two years when our Academy 
was born, and science in Philadelphia—I may say in America— 
lay sleeping with him. From the time that he had experimentally 
identified lightning with the electric fluid no great scientific dis- 
covery had been made in the United States. The American 
Philosophical Society, which he was instrumental in creating, 
had been in existence forty-three years, and had published in all 
that time but six volumes of its Transactions. The College of 
Physicians, founded in 1787, had issued, in 1793, the first and, up 
to 1812, the only volume of its publications. In addition to these 
institutions, two medical societies of but little importance, one 
botanical association known as the Linnzean Society, the Philadel- 
phia, Loganian, and Friends’ Libraries, with two small circulating 
libraries, were the only available aids to the literary and scientific 

‘student. Strictly scientific works were scarce, and scientific men 
but few in number. Between 1739 and 1803, James Logan, Dr. 
John Clayton, John and William Bartram, and Dr. Benjamin S. 
Barton had published various more or less valuable works on 
botany. The celebrated David Rittenhouse, whom Renwick, his 
biographer, pronounced as “second to Franklin alone in point of 
scientific merit, and the equal, in point of learning and skill, as an 
observer, to any practical astronomer then living,” had, some years 
prior to his death, in 1796, contributed many valuable papers on 
astronomical, philosophical, and mathematical subjects to the 
early volumes of the Transactions of the American Philosophical 
Society. Ina later volume of these Transactions, Mr. Maclure, 
who has been called the pioneer of American geology, published 
an account of a geological survey of the United States made by 
himself in 1809. In ornithology a new era may justly be said to 
have been established in 1808 by the publication of the first 
volume of Alexander Wilson’s magnificent work on American 
birds, the fifth and sixth volumes of which appeared in 1812. 

The mass of the people of Philadelphia were then, as they are 
now, but little interested in purely scientific studies. The few 


17 


persons who directed their attention to such inquiries, having 
neither cabinets nor books in the special departments of natural 
science at their command, were forced to contend with many diffi- 
culties. 

Amidst such inauspicious surroundings, and upon the eve of a 
war with Great Britain, the founders of the Academy began their 
great work, which, long ago, would have perished in the bud, had 
it not been for the important principles involved in the attempt. 
For it often happens in the affairs of men that the importance of 
the objects to be accomplished gives to the efforts made in their 
behalf a degree of perseverance which becomes the guarantee of 
ultimate success. 

Did the time permit, I would fain dwell upon the trials and diffi- 
culties experienced by the resolute men whose labors we this day 
commemorate. I might interest you with details of their early 
meetings held at Mr. Speakman’s residence, and of the subsequent 
sittings which took place at the house known to the citizens of 
that day as * Mercer’s cake shop,” where the title, ‘* Academy of 
Natural Sciences,” was first adopted ; I might describe to you the 
little room over the milliner’s shop in Second, near Race Street, 
in which the present magnificent museum and library of the Aca- 
demy were begun by the donation of books and dried plants, a 
few stuffed birds, some shells and insects, and a handful of arti- 
ficial crystals, all presented by the members themselves ; I might 
tell you how, as the museum increased, it was found necessary to 
move it to the larger accommodations afforded by a house in the 
neighborhood ; how a collection of minerals was purchased for 
the Academy by Mr. Speakman, who advanced the money from 
his own private means; how public lectures were delivered on 
mineralogy by Dr. Troost, on entémology by Mr. Say, and on 
botany by Drs. Waterhouse and Barnes, to large audiences of 
ladies and gentlemen; how, in July, 1815, the cabinet and library, 
now considerably increased, were moved to a building expressly 
erected for them on a vacant lot in the rear of Mr. Gilliams’s resi- 
dence on Arch Street; how the war with Great Britain which 
broke out in 1812, and continued during the first three years of 
the society’s existence, interfered very seriously with its progress 
by interrupting, to a considerable extent, intercourse with Europe, 
and thus almost entirely preventing the importation of much- 
needed scientific books; how several of the members were drawn 


2 


18 


away from their quiet pursuits to act as volunteers in defence of 
the city; and how, finally, notwithstanding the zealous efforts 
that had been made to advance the interests of the Academy and 
obtain for it the public support it deserved, the list of its members 
at the end of three years contained but twenty-five names. In 
1820 the society numbered one hundred members and one hundred 
and ninety correspondents, and began, for the first time in its 
career, to be favorably recognized by the cultivators of natural 
knowledge in Europe as well as America. The lot and building 
at the southeast corner of Twelfth and Sansom streets having 
been purchased with funds supplied by Mr. Maclure and other 
members, the Academy moved to this locality in May, 1826. 
Thirteen years afterwards the collections had increased so much as 
to require still larger space for their accommodation. Accordingly, 
the present site at the southwest corner of Broad and Sansom 
Streets was secured, and a large and commodious edifice erected 
through the munificence mainly of its large-hearted president, the 
late Mr. William Maclure. The building was enlarged in 1847, at 
the expense of another benefactor of the Academy, the late Dr. 
Thomas B. Wilson; and again in 1855, by means of a fund raised 
by subscription among the members and their friends. In this 
building the sessions of the Academy have been held for the last 
thirty-two years, during which time its utility as an educational 
institution, and as a centre of scientific research, has been steadily 
increasing. 

_ Thus slowly and laboriously advancing, encountering many ob- 
stacles, now succumbing to them and anon overcoming them, 
constantly embarrassed by the want of funds, deriving no assist- 
ance from either the State or municipal government, except ex- 
emption from taxation, and obtaining but little aid outside of the 
immediate circle of its members, the Academy, after the lapse of 
little more than half a century, has become famous in the great 
republic of science, has achieved an enviable reputation not only 
in this country, but in the Old World, as a chief focus of scientific 
activity in the United States. As such, as the champion of edu- 
cation of a special kind,as the earnest promoter of natural knowl- 
edge, it deserves the respect and hearty support of the citizens of 
Philadelphia. 


Listen, I pray you, to what the society has been able by its own 


19 


unassisted efforts, to accomplish in the brief period comprised 
within the limits of a single human life. 

It has gathered into its museum more than 400,000 specimens 
of natural history, many of them unique, and not to be replaced by 
any expenditure of money, time, or labor. It has created a grand 
library, containing nearly 23,000 volumes, many of which are not 
to be found in any other library in the United States. Of some 
of them duplicates cannot be procured at any price. This library, 
which is one of reference exclusively, is of incalculable value to 
men of science in this country. It is constantly consulted not 
only by persons residing in this city, but also by students from 
all parts of the United States; not only by its own members, but 
by many others engaged in scientific research; for the society, 
true to the principles of its founders, true to their desire to diffuse 
knowledge as much as possible, has never refused permission to 
any respectable persons to consult its treasures freely. 

The Academy, early recognizing the importance of contributing 
to the common stock of knowledge any discoveries in natural 
science made by its members, issued, in May, 1817, the first num- 
ber of a journal of its transactions. The first series of this jour- 
nal terminated in 1842, and consisted of 8 octavo volumes, of 
2912 pages, containing 237 papers contributed by 56 authors, and 
illustrated by 161 plates. In 1841 another publication known as 
the “ Proceedings,’ was commenced. Up to the present time, 22 
volumes, each averaging 400 pages, and containing the verbal, 
and many of the written, communications made at the meetings 
of the society, have been published. In 1847 a second series of 
the “Journal” was begun in quarto form. Seven volumes of 2820 
pages in the aggregate, and containing 116 articles, contributed 
by 50 authors, and illustrated by 318 well-executed lithographic 
plates, have appeared. In 1865 the Academy, through its con- 
chological section, commenced the publication of another serial, 
the “ American Journal of Conchology.” Of this,seven volumes 
have been issued, containing in the aggregate 2500 pages of 
printed matter, illustrated by 150 plates, many of them colored, 
‘besides about 1000 wood engravings. These publications are ex- 
changed with about 200 scientific and philosophical institutions 
located in the United States and South America, in Europe, Asia, 
and Liberia. While serving as a medium for the dissemination 
of a large amount of technical knowledge hitherto unknown or 


20 


unrecorded, they have acquired for the Academy and its students, 
a world-wide reputation, and, by giving to Philadelphia a definite 
scientific character and position, have enhanced our national re- 
spectability abroad. They have shown that our city has its repre- 
sentatives of mind as well as of wealth, that it is alive to the 
intellectual as well as the material needs of mankind. 

The beneficial efforts of the Academy have not been confined 
to the collection of books and specimens and the publication of 
learned papers. It has, also, as its archives show, aided, both by 
judicious counsel and pecuniary means, many scientific expedi- 
tions, whether projected under the patronage of government or 
conducted by private individuals. In this way it has assisted in 
developing the topography, meteorology, natural history, and 
ethnology of many parts of this country, of the islands of the 
South Sea, of the frozen Polar zone, and the burning African land. 
By means of a sum of money annually donated by the children 
of the late Augustus E. Jessup, for many years a member of the 
Academy, it has supported a number of young men while devoting 
their time and energies to the acquisition of a practical knowledge 
of the natural sciences. 

To bring together the appliances necessary for scientific study, 
to give to the world the important results of its toilsome, pro- 
tracted, and self-denying labors, to aid in their researches those 
who have given evidence that they possess the rare ability and 
the willingness to become the interpreters of nature, to inculcate 
a taste among the people generally for the natural sciences by 
exhibiting its rich collections for many years, without charge— 
such has been the work of the Academy, such its noble mission. 

When we reflect that the institution is supported entirely by 
donations and the annual contributions of its members, very few 
of whom possess large means; when we consider that since its 
formation not more than five hundred citizens of Philadelphia 
have enrolled themselves in the list of its members ; when we re- 
call the fact that it possesses no estate yielding revenue, that for 
many years it struggled under the burden of a heavy mortgage 
upon its building, and that, until this debt was extinguished in 
1859, by the generous act of Dr. Wilson, its legitimate income was 
not more than sufficient to defray its current expenses ; and when 
we remember that the classing, labelling, and arranging of the 
specimens have voluntarily been done by a few of the members, 


21 


the most of whom have been able to give to this work and to their 
studies only the leisure moments snatched from their daily voca- 
tions, we may well be astonished at the results it has accomplished 
—results which compare favorably in many respects with those 
achieved by similar institutions, which for many years have been 
sustained by the kingly governments of Europe. By fostering 
science it has proven itself a benefactor of mankind. For the 
labors of scientific men, though often but little heeded when first 
promulgated, or looked upon as curious, and, it may be, as use- 
less speculations, are really not lifeless germs. Like seed fallen 
by the wayside, though neglected for a while, they nevertheless 
spring up in due time and blossom and bear fruit; like the tiny 
brooks which feed the mighty river upon whose bosom the com- 
merce of a great nation is ultimately to be borne, they find, at 
length, a marvellous expression in the practical affairs of every-day 
life. 

To appreciate properly the efforts of the Academy we should 
contemplate for a moment what science has done for mankind, 
especially during the last sixty years. 

Look for a moment at savage man, who finds in his material 
wants, the first incentive to the employment of his powers of ob- 
servation in the acquisition of natural knowledge. Inferior to 
many of the lower animals in the keenness of his senses, he has, 
vastly more than they, felt the pressure of the external world upon 
him. The necessity of obtaining subsistence, providing shelter 
against the weather, and means of defence against his enemies, 
arouses his dormant intellectual energies. He begins to observe 
how sunshine, rain, and wind affect the growth of the plants 
around him, especially those supplying him with a portion of his 
daily food; how the germinating seed is developed into a plant; 
how the plant blossoms and bears fruit. He learns to distinguish 
nutritive from poisonous plants, observes the effects of fire and of 
natural forces, scans the starry heavens with eyes brimful of 
superstitious wonder, and learns at length to couple the motions 
of the heavenly bodies with the ever-recurring changes of the sea- 
sons. Thus, face to face with the unalterable facts, the inexorable 
laws of nature, his reason enters feebly upon that career of inquiry 
which, though its immediate and pressing object is simply the 
amelioration of his physical condition, is destined, after long ages, 
to place him in possession of those classified groups of facts and 


22 


principles which we denominate mathematics, physics, chemistry, 
geology, botany, biology, social, political, and moral science. 
Science, thus created, has rescued savage man from the bond- 
age of ignorance and gross superstition, and, by giving him com- 
mand over the primal forces of nature, has elevated him in the 
economic, social, and moral scale. It has benefited him by im- 
proving agriculture, developing and utilizing the staples of com- 
merce, and increasing and cheapening the means of transportation. 
It has bridged the ocean and made its waves a means of convey- 
ance from one hemisphere to the other, thus bringing distant 
nations face to face, as it were, and enabling them to exchange 
their handicrafts quickly and profitably. It has thrown huge 
bridges—wonders of engineering skill—over impassable rivers, 
and covered the earth with an endless net-work of railways. The 
classic fable of Mercury, cast from Olympus, becoming the mes- 
senger of the gods, it has practically realized by drawing from 
heaven the electric fluid and compelling it to act as the letter- 
carrier of man along thousands of miles of telegraphic wire. Nay, 
mirabile dictu, it has bound together the two hemispheres with 
mighty submarine cables, along which our scientific Hermes speeds 
with his letter-bags at the rate of 19,000 miles in a second of time. 
It has introduced, as motive power, thousands of steam-engines 
into mills, mines, and factories, with the most extraordinary in- 
dustrial and financial results. By inventing a multiplicity of 
apparatus for accomplishing, in a simple and effective manner, a 
great—I had almost said an endless—variety of purposes, it has 
increased the facilities of production, simplified and cheapened 
many manufactures, remodelled the arts, and made labor so easy 
and rapid that it is now possible to perform an amount of work 
which no combined manual effort could hope to accomplish. Con- 
stantly discovering new raw materials, it is constantly adapting 
them to the material wants of life. It has taught us to bleach and 
to dye, to spin and to weave, to decompose and recombine, and in 
various ways to modify and to call into existence the hidden, use- 
ful properties of the numberless substances that nature gives to 
man for his convenience and comfort. It teaches us how to irri- 
gate and manure barren soils into fruitful fields, how to transform 
the wild currant into the sweet grape, how to convert its juice 
into wine, and this into ether; howto transform a caterpillar into 
a silk-worm, and to weave into velvet the silk which it spins. 


23 


Diving into the bowels of the earth, it brings forth coal and iron. 
From the former it distils, on the one hand, a brilliant light, and, 
on the other, a magnificent series of dyes rivalling in gorgeousness 
the colors of Tyre. The latter it converts into steel, and forges 
this into bars, and even, as if to show its amazing dexterity, ham- 
mers it into laminz rivalling the leaves of a book in thinness and 
flexibility. It bleaches rags to whiteness, and gives to the calico- 
printer indigo and ultramarine dyes. From refuse soap-suds it 
-reclaims important fatty matters ; from the leaflet of the pine tree 
it obtains cloth capable of being woven into various articles of 
dress. It has transformed pulverized bones and the sewage of 
cities into manure, the refuse of the gas-works into ammonia, ether, 
and flavoring extracts ; and old rags into clothing, paper, and 
many ornamental articles. 

But the acquisition of natural knowledge, while adding directly 
to the resources of our material civilization, has conferred upon 
man practical benefits of another character. The proper applica- 
tion of our advanced knowledge of the laws and conditions of life, 
both in health and disease, has done much not only to mitigate 
individual suffering and to prolong individual life, but it has also 
enabled whole communities to protect themselves, more effectually 
than in former years, from the ravages of epidemic disease. 

Though often foot-sore and weary in this long and solemn 
march called the progress of science, though often bruised and 
broken in his struggles with a stern and unrelenting nature, man 
at length rises to the realization of the fact that he cannot live by 
bread alone. His mental efforts, directed to the improvement of 
his material condition, have given rise to intellectual wants, to the 
irrepressible desire to understand the mystery of nature, to know, 
in the language of Goethe’s * Faust :”— 


‘°To know what the world contains 
In its innermost heart and finer veins, 
To see all its energies and seeds, 
And deal no more in words but in deeds.”’ 


Perplexed and amazed in the midst of the knowledge which he 
has so laboriously wrested from rock and tree, from river and cloud, 
he obstinately questions the universe about him, interrogates the 
consciousness within him as to the meaning of creation, the sig- 
nificance and purpose of man in the order of that creation, whence 


24 


he comes and whither he goes. To nature he says, in the words 
of Shelley’s ** Alastor,” 
**T have loved 
Thee ever and thee only ; I have watched 
Thy shadow, and the darkness of thy steps, 
And my heart ever gazes on the depths 
Of thy deep mysteries. I haye made my bed 
In charnels and on coffins, where black Death 
Keeps record of the trophies won from thee ; 
Hoping to still these obstinate questionings 
Of thee and thine.”’ 


But these questionings, these yearnings of the soul, meet with 
a vague and evasive response. Loving the light and seeking it, 
the student of nature comes out of the search baffled and sad, but 
not discouraged. In his attempts to penetrate the outward sem- 
blance of the numberless objects that engross his attention, and 
attain the inner and hidden meaning, he finds himself suddenly 
confronted with the unknown and the unknowable, discovers im- 
perfections in his knowledge that cannot be remedied, and feels 
that the aspirations of his soul cannot be realized. Beyond the 
sensual phenomena of nature, behind this veil of Isis, he beholds 
forces which dreamily waver before him, and which continually 
elude his eager grasp. Thus he awakens to a painful conscious- 
ness of the limitation of his faculties, and to the recognition of a 
Power vastly superior to himself—a Power “ past finding cut.” 
In this consciousness, and in the feelings of helplessness and de- 
pendence engendered by it, lies the germ of the religious idea— 
the essence of natural religion. Thus out of the philosophy of 
nature is evolved the philosophy of spirit, as the flower is developed 
from the stem. Though unable to grasp the secret idea of nature, 
though unable to understand the reason and the object of the 
eternal and infinite play of matter and force around him, he, 
nevertheless, constantly rises in his pursuit of natural knowledge 
to grander and still grander conceptions of the universe, to more 
and more philosophical views of himself as part of that universe. 
He rises to the recognition of fixed order and immutable law in 
the moral as well as in the intellectual and physical worlds. He 
fashions for himself a new morality, based upon a more exact 
acquaintance with the laws of his organization and his relations 
to the animate and inanimate nature about him. 


25 


Through the earnest and untiring efforts of its members, aided 
by the wise munificence of many generous patrons of science in 
this city, the Academy is to-day enabled to lay the corner-stone 
of a larger edifice, and thus to inaugurate a new and still brighter 
era in its existence. Assisted by the liberal and continued sup- 
port of the citizens of Philadelphia, it is destined, in its efforts to 
promote and popularize knowledge, to become more than ever the 
pioneer of advanced science, more than ever a great school for the 
higher culture of the mind, more than ever the exponent of that 
intellectual revolution which is, at the present time, slowly but 
surely changing the aspect of society. 


Professor H. C. Woon, Jr., M.D., of the University of Pennsyl- 
vania, was introduced, and delivered the following address :— 


Ladies and Gentlemen: Standing here to-day on this platform 
in presence of some of my masters in science, there comes upon 
me a flood of reminiscences from the past, and in the uncertain 
twilight of the future I seem to see a vision fair and fruitful, 
though misty and uncertain in its outline. 

The tiny doors which close the cells where memories sleep are 
flung wide open, and scenes of the long-ago come upon me as 
sharp and clear as though in the light of the present. It seems 
but yesterday, when, a lad of some ten summers, leading my little 
brother by the hand, with eager, anxious heart, I rang the front- 
door bell of a house in Arch Street, near Fourth, and asked for 
one of those who now sit upon this platform. Well do I remember 
the disappointment of the final answer to my entreaties that I was 
too young to be given tickets to the Academy of Natural Sciences. 
Childish griefs and childish joys, though they seem to us trifles 
light as air, are yet real as life, and the impression of the choking 
disappointment of that hour time will not efface. 

Again I see myself, now in advancing youth, armed with a letter 
of introduction, ascending the steps of a modest dwelling in 
Sansom Street, wondering, as I ring, how strange it is that so 
great a man should live in so small a house. Little then did I 
know the truth of the saying of the prose poet, Ruskin, * That the 
world pays least for its best work.” 

The word of the master of the little house had, however, power 
enough to unlock that chamber of mysteries of my childish fancy, 


26 


the Library of the Academy, and, astonished, in my joy, I roamed 
at will and fastened as I wished on the books that crowned the 
walls. But another step was wanted. I could not handle the 
rare treasures locked in the museum cases. I could but flatten 
my nose against the panes in my efforts to see the specimens. 
One auspicious morn, howeyer, the keys were given me, and now 
at last I could touch and handle and taste to my heart’s content. 
It seemed as though the veritable keys of knowledge had been 
put in my possession, and I had but to walk in and pluck the 
golden fruits of the orchard. 

There comes to me to-day also a vision of the future. I see no 
longer the homely face of the old Academy, beautified by the 
thoughts of its usefulness and by the glamour of old association. 
A new building rises before me, higher and wider in its scope, 
grander and nobler in its architecture, than the old building that 
we love, but yet cold and barren in its very newness. 

It is to realize this vision that we are here to-day. It is to 
witness the first beginning of the new life of our loved institution 
that we are assembled. The trustees, in their faith rather than 
in their knowledge, in their weakness rather than in their strength, 
have gone forward, and it rests with the citizens of Philadelphia 
to decide what measure of success shall crown their efforts. 

I know that there are some who see but little value in the study 
of natural science; who in their folly cry out Cuz bono? With 
such to-day I will not pause to reason; if the noonday blaze of 
this the nineteenth century cannot penetrate the thickness of their 
intellectual darkness and prejudice, what could the rushlight of 
my best efforts do? I can only say with reverent feeling, God 
pity the man and God help the nation that, blinded by its avarice 
for present material gain, can see no place for the quiet student 
of God’s work. 

See yon orchard, with its golden fruit of plenty. Could it be 
foreseen, or did the little rootlet know, that, working so silently 
and yet so faithfully in the darkness under ground, it was prepar- 
ing for such a bounteous harvest? So it is with the scholar in 
his quiet room; in his most abstruse and apparently most profit- 
less study, he is gathering the knowledge, the power, that per- 
haps other men shall ripen into the richest material fruit. 

There has been made recently, in this city, and indeed there is 
still being made, an effort to put the University of Pennsylvania 


27 


on a wider footing. Far be it from us to-day to dampen the ardor 
or throw aught in the way of those who are carrying out this 
work ; but none the less is it true that there is a culture deeper, 
higher, and more profound than any university can give. 

This is the self-culture of the true scholar, for which a university 
at best can but lay the foundation. The highest culture must be 
forever self-culture. A man may be aided by others up to a cer- 
tain point ; into the unknown he must travel alone. Aye, more 
than this, before he reaches that unknown he must for himself 
trace out the obscure, unfrequented paths which mark the out- 
lying regions of uncertainty in knowledge. 

It is to afford opportunity for this self-culture that the cade 
exists. There are but few men whom destiny has marked for such 
acourse. The study halls of the Academy must always be for 
the few—but the work of the few is the life of the nation. I 
must assert, then, the pre-eminent claims for such institutions as 
our Academy. Talk of your universities—of the large crowds 
that haunt their doors—of the annual overflgw of vigorous trained 
young talent wherewith they bless surrounding regions. Why, 
our old Academy is the gymnasium in which men train themselves 
for professorships in the universities. 

There is a class of medical men who, in their early professional 
life, study deeply the natural sciences, and who often through 
life add to the practical duties of their profession investigations of 
natural history. I do not remember a single great name of such 
a character in Continental Europe. Yet in the British Islands, 
the brightest lights of the profession—the Hunters, Coopers, 
Brodies, Reids, Bells,-Beales, Pagets, etc.—the foremost medical 
thinkers, leaders, and practitioners of their days, have been of 
this character—students of natural history who have applied the 
methods and facts of their sister science to their profession, and 
thereby climbed to their proud pre-eminence. In our own city the 
names of Rush, Morton, Harlan, Wood, and some about us, 
mark our origin. And, indeed, it is chiefly through such men 
that the great renown of our city, as a medical centre, was ac- 
quired. Speaking for this class of men, I would say to the citi- 
zens of Philadelphia, as they value the fair name of their city ; as 
they respect and honor that profession into whose keeping they 
place all that is dearest to them; as they hope for skilful rescue 


28 


when life is in peril, to see to it that men of this character are not 
deprived of their opportunities for culture and growth. 

For myself, I wish to say to-day, that whatever of value I may 
have achieved in the past, or whatever of value, little or great, I 
may achieve in the future, as a medical investigator, is largely due 
to the lessons of close observation, of patient comparison, of cau- 
tious deductions, learnt in the close aisles and dusty by-rooms of 
the old Academy—the only institution which I ever have or ever 
will claim as my Alma Mater—the veritable mother of my intel- 
lectual life. 

A few weeks before the lamented Professor Frazer’s death, a 
prominent business man of this city told me that he called on him 
in reference to a grandson who rebelled against learning Greek or 
Latin. Mr. asked the Professor, “Is there any use in his 
learning these things?” “* Where is he to live?” was the reply. “In 
Philadelphia.” ‘ Ah, in Philadelphia! Why, then it makes little 
difference whether he is an ignoramus or not.” 

There was deep truth in the Professor’s sarcasm. It has seemed 
in the past as though our city was willing to settle down to be the 
far-famed paradise of mediocrity—a dead level, unbroken alike by 
abysses of gross ignorance or masses of high culture. 

There has, however, come into this old city of ours, I am most 
happy to believe, a new life. Arousing herself from her lethargy 
of years, like a giant refreshed by sleep, she is marching forward 
in all her interests; stretching out the arms of her commerce to 
grasp at once the Occident and the Orient, pouring forth from 
muititudinous workshops products of a continent, sending her 
sons to drag out the untold treasures of the neighboring moun- 
tains, she is multiplying her wealth with almost magical rapidity. 
Her educational interests, awakened by the hum of universal labor, 
are forgetting their feeble steps in this the day of their rejuvena- 
tion, and it’s well that our cherished institution now steps forward 
to the changing music of the times. 

Not long since there came to a neighboring city a man of years 
and said to its citizens: Ihave nothing to give but my time and 
my reputation, bat if you will find me the means I will founda 
museum that shall far eclipse the famous Academy of Natural 
Sciences of Philadelphia; and the citizens of that city, scarcely a 
third the size of ours, gave him $362,000, and the legislature of a 
State scarcely as large as a corner of Pennsylvania gave him 


29 


$190,000, and the museum is arising in grand proportions, and 
the fame of it is filling the whole earth. To-day we come before 
the citizens of Philadelphia not with empty hands. With alibrary, 
with a collection that it would take half a million of dollars to 
gather up; with funds sufficient for future support, this institu- 
tion only asks a habitation—a house in which it may display its 
riches. 

Trustees of the Building Fund of the Academy of Natural 
Sciences, we labor, it is true, under that strange curse which seems 
rooted in the very groundwork of human nature. We are no 
citizens of a foreign land. We are but prophets without honor in 
our own country. And yet I say, go forward. 

Only with faith and vigor let us work, and it must be that suc- 
cess will crown our enterprise ; that ere long we shall raise our 
jubilant voices under roofed arch tree, in spacious halls and 
lighted galleries—voices jubilant for labor past, for good works 
done, for hopes extinguished in fruition. 


Dr. Ruschenberger then laid the corner-stone, depositing in it 
copies of the daily papers of the city, papers relating to the his- 
tory of the Academy, the by-laws of the Academy, and the num- 
ber of the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of 
Philadelphia last published. 

Rey. Dr. Boardman delivered a prayer, after which the assem- 
blage dispersed. 


ee te 
a aL » 
—- 


* at Cary if bes Arias aye ba 6 
ee _ he Ae 277 ¥ = tie A 
ee ; ie 


_ 7 


46, @ myn ad 
of oe fe 
. 
i ‘ vy yi \ 
1 , 
i ° "* Ww i 
i vie 
i ® | iY 
. ‘ 
7 Ae 
i 
‘ « 
of 
Th 
. 
if 
' 
bs 
, 
“ 
» ' 


| 
| 
| 


T 


aa a O 
\ 


SS ewes - —_ aa. = 


_ 
= 


wh MS ie ik ‘3 
DY eet Cae 
PPh va 7 
c ‘b) " 
; \ iW 


QH Academy of natural Sciences 
1 of Philadelphia 
Aa’ Proceedings 


PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE 
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET 


ae 


UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY 


. 
ri begat 

Oe 
Weetate sil td aces 
tees 


Ae 
Bethy 
= sate 

fiyhs 


ite 
oie 
nei? 
pag S0fe ADs ra ot 
Sane grag? 


$Y 


upaeaTest ty 
‘ L 
‘ 


ee 


is Seas 
oes 
23" 


: 
oa 


stains 
ee ne Brae 
*